2 - 6501-7000

FN Clarivate Analytics Web of Science
VR 1.0
PT J
AU Franchetti, P
AF Franchetti, Paulo
TI Haiku in Brazil
SO ALEA-ESTUDOS NEOLATINOS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE haiku; Brazilian poetry; exoticism
AB This article focuses on the interpretation and appropriation of haiku in Brazil
along 20th century, with particular attention to the early descriptions of haiku,
based on French sources of information, until the recent contribution of Japanese
immigrants and their descendants.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Teoria Literaria, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Franchetti, P (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Teoria Literaria,
Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR Campos Haroldo de, 1977, IDEOGRAMA LOGICA POE
COUCHOUD PL, 2003, HAIKAI EPIGRAMMES LY, P25
DEQUEIROS E, 2000, GAZETA NOTICIAS, P151
DUTRA O, 1922, PAIS DEUSES ASPECTOS, P231
FRANCHETTI P, 1996, HAIKAI ANTOLOGIA HIS
FRANCHETTI P., 1993, ALGUNS ASPECTOS TEOR
FRANCHETTI Paulo, 2007, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI
GOGA H. M., 1996, NATUREZA BERCO HAICA
GOGA HM, 1988, HAICAI BRASIL, P22
GOGA HM, 1988, HAIKU BUNGAKUKAN KIY
LIMA O, 1997, JAPAO IMPRESSOES TER, P181
Prado Paulo, 2004, P BRASIL, P10
VELOSO C, 1983, CAPRICHOS RELAXOS SA
XISTO P, 1984, PARTICULAS
NR 14
TC 8
Z9 9
U1 2
U2 3
PU UNIV FED RIO DE JANEIRO, FAC LETRAS
PI RIO DE JANEIRO RJ
PA CIDADE UNIV, PROGRAM POS-GRAD LETRAS NEOLATINAS, AV HORACIO MACEDO,
2151, RIO DE JANEIRO RJ, CEP 21941-97, BRAZIL
SN 1517-106X
J9 ALEA-ESTUD NEOLAT
JI Alea-Estud. Neolat.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 2
BP 256
EP 269
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000200007
PG 14
WC Literature, Romance
SC Literature
GA 407ON
UT WOS:000263374300006
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Serrani, S
AF Serrani, Silvana
TI Anthology: compiled writing, discourse and symbolic capital
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE anthology; Hispanic studies; discourse analysis; Argentinian poetry
AB This article discusses, from a Discourse Analysis perspective, general
properties of anthologies, as paradigmatic realizations of compiled writing. Formal
distinctions (such as miscellany/anthology) and general characteristics attributed
to the genre (for instance, the decontextualization of contents) are questioned and
discursive effects of geopolitical-cultural representations in anthologies are also
examined. The main claim is that conceiving anthologies as discourse allows us to
go further in the comprehension of the genre's materiality and functioning.
Illustrations are mainly drawn from anthologies belonging to Hispanic Studies, but
references to other contexts are also made. The proposal of a discursive
comparative analysis is presented, searching to deepen the comprehension of the
anthology's functions as a memory and cultural legacy, an instrument of criticism
and a symbolic capital. Results from a case study on bilingual anthologies of
Argentinian poetry are presented. To conclude, the relevance of the anthology
regarding the notion of cultural trans-nationality is underlined.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, IEL, CEHISP, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Serrani, S (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, IEL, CEHISP, Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR BAKHTIN M, 2000, ESTETICA CRIACAO VER, P279
BANDEIRA M, 1977, ITINERARIO PASARGADA, P35
Benedict Barbara M., 1996, MAKING MODERN READER, P3
Biet C., 1993, MEMOIRES EUROPE ANTH
BORGES JL, 1990, BOOK FANTASY
COSTA WC, 2007, ANTOLOGIA LIT FANTAS
Delabastita Dirk, 2008, SHAKESPEARE EUROPEAN
FOUCAULT M, 1990, ARQUEOLOGIA SABER, P228
FRAISSE E, 1997, ANTHOLOGIES FRANCE, P234
GASPARINI P, 2006, HISPAMERICA, V105, P45
Mujica B, 1997, HISPANIA-J DEV INTER, V80, P203, DOI 10.2307/345879
NAVA P, 1986, BALAO CATIVO MEMORIA, V2, P334
POLET J. C., 1992, PATRIMOINE LIT EUROP
PROSDOCIMI MD, 1970, ANTOLOGIAS POETICAS
RAZZINI M, 1992, ANTOLOGIA NACL 1895
RAZZINI M, 2000, ESPELHO NACAO ANTOLO
SERRANI A, 2006, PRATICAS IDENTITARIA, P103
SERRANI S., 1997, LINGUAGEM PESQUISA S
SIEBENMANN G, 1997, POESIA POETICAS SIGL, P461
STEINMANN G, 1890, ELEMENTE PALAONTOLOG, P15
NR 20
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 2
BP 270
EP 287
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000200008
PG 18
SC Literature
GA 407ON
UT WOS:000263374300007
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Saraiva, JA
AF Saraiva, Juracy Assman
TI THE REWRITING OF QUINCAS BORBA BY A WATCHMAKER
SO REVISTA DE LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Ctr Univ FEEVALE, Inst Ciencias Humanas Letras & Artes, BR-93415090 Novo
Hamburgo, RS, Brazil.
RP Saraiva, JA (reprint author), Ctr Univ FEEVALE, Inst Ciencias Humanas Letras &
Artes, BR-93415090 Novo Hamburgo, RS, Brazil.
EM juracy@fevale.br
CR ASSIS Machado de, 1970, QUINCAS BORBA APENDI
ASSIS Machado de, 1986, OBRA COMPLETA, V1, P641
COUTINHO Afranio, 1986, OBRA COMPLETA, V1, P23
Eco U., 1986, LECTOR FABULA COOPER, V379
MEYER Augusto, 1986, TEXTOS CRITICOS, P339
SARAIVA JA, 2008, MACHADO ASSIS ENSAIO, P198
NR 6
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV ESTADUAL PAULISTA-UNESP
PI ARARAQUARA
PA FAC CIENCIAS LETRAS, CAMPUS DE ARARAQUARA, DEPT LETRAS MODERNAS,,
ARARAQUARA, SP 14800-901, BRAZIL
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 11
EP 32
PG 22
WC Literary Theory & Criticism
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Backes, KLH
AF Hagemann Backes, Karin Lilian
TI "SCHOOL TALE: MERIMEE IN MACHADO DE ASSIS' WORKS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande do Sul, Fac Letras, Programa Posgrad Letras,
BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Backes, KLH (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande do Sul, Fac
Letras, Programa Posgrad Letras, BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM karinlh@uol.com.br
CR BOWMAN EP, 1962, PROSPER MERIMEE HERO
CANDIDO A, 1993, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE
DEASSIS M, 2004, OBRA COMPLETA
DIXON P, 1992, CONTOS M DEASSIS MAI
FAORO R, 2001, M DEASSIS PIRAMIDE T
GLEDSON J, 2006, PORUM NOVO M DEASSIS
JOBIM JL, 2001, BIBLIOTECA M DEASSIS
KRISTEVA J, 1974, INTRO SEMANALISE
MERIMEE P, 1960, NOVELAS COMPLETAS
MONTELLO J, 1997, MEMORIAS POSTUMAS M
PASSOS GP, 1996, SUGESTOES CONSELHEIR
PATER Walter, 1910, MISCELLANEOUS STUDIE, P172
PEREIRA L, 1988, HIST LIT BRASILEIRA
SCHWARZ R, 2004, FOLHA SAO PAULO, P10
SCHWARZ R, 2003, M DEASSIS FICCAO HIS, P319
Sussekind Flora, 1990, BRASIL NAO LONGE DAQ
VERISSIMO J, 1976, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 33
EP 47
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Godoi, RC
AF de Godoi, Rodrigo Camargo
TI The fable of a liberal journalist: politcs and literature in a Machado
de Assis' fantastic short story
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Machado de Assis; Short story; Politics
AB This article analyses Machado de Assis' fantastic short story "O Pais das
Quimeras" going from the critics and chronicles where the author clearly shows us
his both politic and artistic conceptions. Thus, without refusing the influences of
the 19(th) fantastic literature in Machado's short story, we could verify that the
young writer started using the fiction as a space to discuss important matters of
his own prose, like Brazilian empire politics.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Inst Estudos Linguagem, Dept Teoria & Hist
Literaria, BR-13084971 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP de Godoi, RC (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Inst Estudos
Linguagem, Dept Teoria & Hist Literaria, BR-13084971 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM rodrigocamargo21@hotmail.com
CR ARMANGE AHK, 2005, ENTRELINHAS
AZEVEDO SM, 1990, THESIS U SAO PAULO S, P736
BRANCO CC, 1862, FUTURO
CANO J, 2008, BIBLIOTECA ENTRELIVR, P28
CANO J, 2001, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA, P165
CANO Jefferson, 2008, COMENTARIOS SEMANA
CAVALLINI MC, 1999, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA
DASILVEIRA DM, 2005, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA, P211
DEASSIS M, 2008, COMENTARIOS SEMANA
DEASSIS M, 1862, FUTURO, P126
DEASSIS M, 1863, FUTURO, P265
DEASSIS M, 2004, OBRA COMPLETA, V3
DESA MC, 2003, THESIS U SAO PAULO S, P144
DESOUSA JG, 1955, BIBLIOGRAFIA M DEASS
FERNANDES MJF, 2003, POIESIS LIT PENSAMEN
IGLESIAS F, 1985, HIST GERAL CIVILIZAC, V2
JUNQUEIRA MA, PRESENCA POE MACHADO
LIMA Luiz Costa, 1984, CONTROLE IMAGINARIO
LULA DDG, LUGAR FANTASTICO M D
LULA DDG, 2005, THESIS U FEDERAL JUI, P76
MASSA J-M., 1971, JUVENTUDE M DEASSIS
POE Edgar Allan, 2008, HIST EXTRAORDINARIAS
RISSA K, 2007, CONFLUENCIAS LIT MAC
SCHWARCZ Lilian Moritz, 1998, BARBAS IMPERADOR D P
TODOROV Tzvetan, 1975, INTRO LIT FANTASTICA
NR 25
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 49
EP 69
PG 21
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Padua, VS
AF Padua, Victoria Saramago
TI A barking dog never talks: animals in Machado de Assis' novels
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Machado de Assis; La Fontaine; Animals; Fable; Subjectivity; Narrative
AB One of the most interesting aspects of the novel Philosopher or dog? is,
certainly, the relationship established between its protagonist Rubiao and his dog
Quincas Borba. There is a mixture of dialogue and monologue, in which Rubiao seems
to listen clearly to the dog's words. However, such words serve only to confirm
thoughts and feelings of the protagonist himself. Even considering its significant
differences, something similar occurs with other characters in Machado de Assis'
novels: Aires attributes reflexions to dogs and asses, Bras Cubas interacts with
butterflies, Bentinbo with worms. Taking into account the fables' tradition, from
Aesope to La Fontaine, in which animals act as an inverted mirror of human mind, it
is appropriate to ask if Machado might be rethinking or even subverting this genre
in his works. Therefore, this article examines some new dimensions given to the
lafontainian fable, from the perspective of the subjectivity's configurations and
the narrator's specificity in Machado's works. Animals will be analyzed, thus, as
spaces where human subjectivity may be unfolded.
C1 Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Inst Letras Posgrad Letras, BR-20550900 Rio De
Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Padua, VS (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Inst Letras Posgrad
Letras, BR-20550900 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM vicsaramago@hotmail.com
CR Bosi Alfredo, 2004, Estud. av., V18, P355, DOI 10.1590/S0103-40142004000200022
Bosi Alfredo, 1999, M DEASSIS ENIGMA OLH
DANDREY P, 1996, POETIQUE FONTAINE FA
DARMON JC, 2003, PHILOS FABLE FONTAIN
de Melo e Souza Ronaldes, 1998, M DEASSIS REVISAO
DELAFONTAINE J, 1824, FABLES
DELAFONTAINE J, 1886, FABULAS
DESCARTES R, 1996, DISCURSO METODO TRAD
DESENA J, 1988, ESTUDOS CULTURA LIT, V70, P325
EULALIO A, 1992, ESCRITOS, P347
JOBIM JL, 2001, BIBLIOTECA M DEASSIS
PASSOS Gilberto Pinheiro, 2000, NAPOLEAO BOTAFOGO PR
SARAIVA JA, 2008, M DEASSIS LINHA, P1
SCHWARZ R, 2000, MESTRE PERIFERIA CAP
SILVA ACS, 2008, M DEASSIS LINHA, P1
SOUZA RD, 2006, ROMANCE TRAGICOMICO
WIKIPEDIA ENCICLOPED
NR 18
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 71
EP 90
PG 20
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cavallini, MC
AF Cavallini, Marco Cicero
TI Spleen and slavery: the melancholy of the seigneurial class in Dom
Casmurro and Bras Cubas
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Machado de Assis; Melancholy; Slavery
AB This article proposes a reflection on the meanings of melancholy in the novels
of Machado de Assis.
C1 Univ Estadual Maringa, Ctr Ciencias Humanas Letras & Artes, Dept Hist, BR-
87020900 Maringa, Parana, Brazil.
RP Cavallini, MC (reprint author), Univ Estadual Maringa, Ctr Ciencias Humanas
Letras & Artes, Dept Hist, BR-87020900 Maringa, Parana, Brazil.
EM ciceromarco@hotmail.com
CR AULET C, 1881, DICCIONARIO CONT LIN
Bluteau R., 1712, VOCABULARIO PORTUGUE
CALDWELL H, 2008, OTELO BRASILEIRO M D
CAVALLINI MC, 2005, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA, P175
Chalhoub Sidney, 2003, M DEASSIS HIST
Corominas J., 1991, DICCIONARIO CRITICO
CORTESAO AA, 1900, SUBSIDIOS DICCIONARI
de VITERBO Joaquim de Santa Rosa, 1865, ELUCIDARIO PALAVRAS
DEFARIA EA, 1859, NOVO DICCIONARIO LIN
DEMONTAIGNE M, 1990, ESSAIS LIVRE PREMIER
GLEDSON John, 1991, M DEASSIS IMPOSTURA
KLIBANSKY R, 2006, SATURNO MELANCOLIA E
LAROUSSE P, 1866, GRAND DICTE UNIVERSE
MACHADO JP, 1954, DICIONARIO ETIMOLOGI
Magalhaes Junior Raimundo, 1981, VIDA OBRA M DEASSIS
NABUCO Joaquim, 2000, ABOLICIONISMO
NASCENTES Antenor, 1932, DICIONARIO ETIMOLOGI
PLATAO, 1997, TUTTE OPOERE, V4
POE EA, 2003, HIST EXTRAORDINIRIAS
POE EA, 1999, POEMAS E ENSAIOS, P101
REGO ED, 1989, CALUNDU PANACEIA M D
Schwarz Roberto, 1990, MESTRE PERIFERIA CAP
SILVA Antonio Moraes, 1813, DICCIONARIO LINGUA P, V2
STAROBINSKI Jean, 1962, HIST TRATAMIENTO MEL
VALDEZ MDM, 1864, DICCIONARIO ESPANHOL
Vieira F. D., 1871, GRANDE DICCIONARIO P
NR 27
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 91
EP 112
PG 22
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Campos, RMA
AF Alves Campos, Raquel Machado
TI Fool or almighty: readings on Machado de Assis and slavery
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Critique of Machado de Assis; Historiography of slavery; "Bons Dias!"
AB Machado de Assis's understanding of slavery and mainly of the abolitionist
process is in the core of the readings which support a close linkage between
Assis's literary work and Brazilian society under the Second Reign. Such
understanding is not, however, consensual among experts on the writer's work. The
issues dealt with in this paper concern the different visions of how Assis
portrayed abolition and the slaves themselves, as well as the relation such visions
bear with historiography of slavery in Imperial Brazil.
C1 Univ Fed Goias, Programa Posgrad Hist, BR-74001970 Goiania, Go, Brazil.
RP Campos, RMA (reprint author), Univ Fed Goias, Programa Posgrad Hist, BR-74001970
Goiania, Go, Brazil.
EM raquelmcampos@uol.com.br
CR CARDOSO Fernando H., 1991, CAPITALISMO ESCRAVID
Chalhoub S, 2006, ARTCULTURA, V8, P109
Chalhoub Sidney, 2003, M DEASSIS HIST
CHALHOUB Sidney, 2001, VISOES LIBERDADE HIS
DEASSIS M, 1997, OBRA COMPLETA, V3, P801
DEASSIS M, 2007, M DEASSIS AFRO DESCE
DEASSIS M, 1990, BONS DIAS EDICAO INT
DEMORAES E, 1986, CAMPANHA ABOLICIONIS, P317
FAORO R, 2001, M DEASSIS PIRAMIDE
Franco Maria Sylvia de Carvalho, 1997, HOMENS LIVRES ORDEM
GENOVESE Eugene D., 1988, TERRA PROMETIDA MUND
Gledson John, 2006, NOVO M DEASSIS ENSAI
Gledson John, 1986, M DEASSIS FICCAO HIS
LARA S. H., 1995, PROJETO HIST, P43
MAGALHAES R, 1971, M DEASSIS DESCONHECI
MATTOS HM, 1997, HIST VIDA PRIVADA BR, V2, P337
QUEIROZ S. R. R., 1998, HIST BRASILEIRA PERS, P103
SCHWARZ R, 2001, VENCEDOR BATATAS, P34
SLENES RW, 1999, SENZALA FLOR ESPERAN, P27
NR 20
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 113
EP 129
PG 17
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Moura, M
AF Moura, Magali
TI Diabolic laughter in Machado and Goethe: some reflections on the fight
of evil against good
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Goethe; Machado de Assis; Bakhtin; Laughter; Irony
AB The aim of this study is to develop a reflection about the function of the evil
character (Mefistofeles) in Machado de Assis' as well as in Goethe's Faust through
the perspective of Bakhtin's theory of the laughter and irony. We intend to
demonstrate how the dynamics inherent to the text redimensions the reading act
through the use of ironical games, changing it into an act of knowledge of man
himself and the world. By discussing some passages from these two author's texts,
we will be able to see that the choice of dramatic-narrative tecniques that
reproduce the changeability of concepts is responsible for the maintenance of the
contemporaneity of their texts.
C1 Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Ctr Educ & Humanidades, Dept Letras Anglogermancias,
BR-20550900 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Moura, M (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Ctr Educ & Humanidades,
Dept Letras Anglogermancias, BR-20550900 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM magali32@uol.com.br
CR ALLENDER JH, 1976, J GREAT LAKES RES, V2, P7
ASSIS Machado, 1994, OBRA COMPLETA, VII
ASSIS MDB, 1904, ESAU JACO
ASSIS MDB, 1899, PAGINOS RECOLHIDAS
ASSIS MDB, 1996, CULTURA POPULAR IDAD
ASSIS MDB, 1994, QUINCAS BORBA, V1
ASSIS MDB, 1863, CASAMENTO DIABO
ASSIS MDB, 1993, QUESTOES LIT ESTETIC
ASSIS MDB, 1884, VOLUME CONTOS
BARRENTO J, 1989, LIT ALEMA TEXTOS CON, V1
DEARAUJO HB, 1939, ASPECTO RELIG OBRA M
ELLADE M, 1991, MEFISTOFELES ANDROGI
FELDMAN SA, REV HIST ESTUDOS CUL, V4
Goethe von J. S., 1808, FAUST, V1
Hassan I., 1988, WEGE MODERNE SCHLUSS, P47
HEISE E, 2005, BLICKWECHSEL AKTEN 1, V2, P536
KIERKEGAARD Soren, 1991, CONCEITO IRONIA CONS
Krause Gustavo Bernardo, 2007, Kriterion, V48, P235, DOI 10.1590/S0100-
512X2007000100014
LESSINIG GE, 1989, LIT ALEMA TEXTOS CON, V1, P119
LOBO L, 1983, LETTERATURE AM RIV T, P65
MANN T, 1984, DOUTOR FAUSTO
PIMENTEL AF, 1974, PRESENCA ALEMA OBRA
VICENTE G, 1996, AUTO BARCA INFERNO
VONGOETHE JW, 2007, FAUSTO
VONHOFMANNSTHAL H, 1979, GESAMMELTE WERK ZEHN, V2
NR 25
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 131
EP 150
PG 20
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ramos, AFC
AF Cernic Ramos, Ana Flavia
TI Machado de Assis' Balas de Estalo: humour and politic in Imperial Brazil
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Empire; Brazilian press; Writers; Brazilian history; Imperial politics
AB This article examines Machado de Assis' participation, under the pseudonym
Lelio, in the collective series Balas de Estalo, published between 1883 and 1886 in
the periodical Gazeta de Noticias. In the middle of urban change context, of
immigration, abolitionism, "Balas de Estalo" helped the creation of a political
project based on the decline of the country's main institutions, such as monarchy,
Catholic Church and slavery. The subject of this research is to understand how
Machado de Assis took part in this collective series, how be created his character
Lelio and, finally, which was his view of the imperial politics in the late 19(th)
century.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Inst Filosofia & Ciencias Humanas, Dept Hist,
BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Ramos, AFC (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Inst Filosofia &
Ciencias Humanas, Dept Hist, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM afcramos@uol.com.br
CR ASSIS M. de., 1990, BONS DIAS CRONICAS 1
Barbosa Marialva, 2000, DONOS RIO IMPRENSA P
CALLIPO DM, 1998, THESIS U SAO PAULO S, P256
CONRAD R., 1978, ULTIMOS ANOS ESCRAVA
DEASSIS M, 1958, CRONICAS LELIO
DEASSIS M, 1938, OBRAS COMPLETAS
DEASSIS M, 1998, BALAS ESTALO M DEASS
deASSIS Machado, 1996, SEMANA CRONICAS 1892
DEHOLANDA SB, 2005, BRASIL MONARQUICO IM, V7
DESOUSA JG, 1955, BIBLIOGRAFIA M DEASS
GRANJA lucia, 2000, M DEASSIS ESCRITOR F
Mendonca Joseli, 1999, ENTRE MAO ANEIS LEI
MINE Elza, 1992, REV BIBLIOTECA NACL, V7, P23
PEREIRA Leonardo, 2004, CARNAVAL LETRAS LIT
Santos Filho L., 1947, HIST MED BRASIL SECU
SCHWARCZ Lilian Moritz, 1998, BARBAS IMPERADOR D P
SOUZA Francisco Belisario Soares de, 1979, SISTEMA ELEITORAL IM
NR 18
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 2
BP 151
EP 170
PG 20
SC Literature
GA 477HG
UT WOS:000268509300009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gelado, V
AF Gelado, Viviana
TI "Art of denial": Latin America avant-garde manifesto
SO REVISTA IBEROAMERICANA
LA Spanish
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ, Brazil.
RP Gelado, V (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ,
Brazil.
CR ABASTADO C, 1980, LITTERATURE, V39, P5
Angenot M., 1995, PAROLE PAMPHLETAIRE
[Anonymous], 1976, KLAXON 1922 1923
AQUINO H, 1980, NUESTRA AVENTURA LIT
AVELINO A, 1921, MANIFIESTO POSTUMIST
BASADRE Jorge, 1928, EQUIVOCACIONES ENSAY
BATISTA TL, 1922, MANIFIESTO EUFORISTA
BURGER P., 1987, TEORIA VANGUARDIA
DE MICHELI M, 1968, VANGUARDIAS ARTISTIC
DEANDRADE M, 1928, REV ANTROPOFAGIA, V1
DEANDRADE M, 1980, MANIFESTO POESIA PAU
HUIDOBRO V, 1921, ESPRIT NOUVEAU, V7
Huidobro Vicente, 1976, OBRAS COMPLETAS
INOJOSA J, 1984, ARLE MODERNA 60 MANI
Mangone Carlos, 1994, MANIFIESTO GENERO EN
MARIANI R, EXTREMA IZQUIERDA, pR10
MARIATEGUI JC, 1926, AMAUTA, V1, P1
MARIATEGUI JC, 1928, AMAUTA, V3, P1
MARINO A, 1984, AVANT GARDES LIT 20, V2, P825
TEJADA O, 1988, MANIFIESTOS PROCLAMA
Verani Hugo, 1990, VANGUARDIAS LITERARI
VIDELA G, 1990, DIRECCIONES VANGUARD
VIGNAL PJ, EXPOSICION ACTUAL PO
1981, DADA 1916 1922 ZURIC
1980, LITTERATURE, V39
1976, AMAUTA 1926 1930
1981, CONTEMPORANEOS 1928
NR 27
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU INST INT LIT IBEROAMERICANA
PI PITTSBURGH
PA UNIV PITTSBURGH ATTN: ERIKA BRAGA 1312 CATHEDRAL OF LEARNING,
PITTSBURGH, PA 15260 USA
SN 0034-9631
J9 REV IBEROAMERICANA
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 2008
VL 74
IS 224
BP 649
EP 666
DI 10.5195/REVIBEROAMER.2008.5249
PG 18
SC Literature
GA 374VL
UT WOS:000261071700004
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Magalhaes, I
AF Magalhaes, Izabel
TI Discourses and gender identities in adult literacy and in special
schools
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE gender identities; discourses; literacies; adult literacy; special
schools
AB The purpose of this paper is to present results from my research on gender
identities in adult literacy and in special schools. My discussion is situated in
the tradition of studies in gender and language, focusing on discourses and
literacies. The methodology is ethnographic-discursive, with an analysis of data
that was collected in a teacher education course, in which participants carried out
classroom research, and data generated in interviews with teachers (Magalhaes,
2000a, 2006a, 2006b; Resende, 2008). The main result of this study indicates
multiple, heterogeneous identities in gender discourses that are opposite, but
which can mix in forms of co-existence. However, it is necessary to point out that
gender identities are constructed in unequal relations of power in social
practices.
C1 Univ Brasilia, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Magalhaes, I (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
EM mizabel@unb.br
CR BAKHTIN Mikhail, 1997, ESTETICA CRIACAO VER
Borba Rodrigo, 2007, GENDER LANG, V1, P131, DOI DOI 10.1558/GENL.2007.1.1.131
Butler J, 1990, GENDER TROUBLE FEMIN
Cameron D., 1995, LANGUAGE GENDER INTE, P31
Cameron D., 1990, FEMINIST CRITIQUE LA, P1
Cameron Deborah, 1999, DISCOURSE READER, P442
CASTELLS Manuel, 2006, PODER IDENTIDADE
Chouliaraki L., 1999, DISCOURSE LATE MODER
D'INCAO Maria Angela, 2000, HIST MUTHERES BRASIL, P223
da MOITA LOPES L. P., 2002, IDENTIDADES FRAGMENT
DELIMA MC, 2007, THESIS U BRASILIA
Fairclough N., 2003, ANAL DISCOURSE TEXTU
FAIRCLOUGH N, 2001, DISCURSO MUDANCA SOC
FAIRCLOUGH Norman, 2001, TEXTUS, V14, P3
Foucault M., 1987, ARQUEOLOGIA SABER
Giddens A, 1992, TRANSFORMATION INTIM
GRIGOLETTO M, 2006, PRATICAS IDENTITARIA, P15
Halliday M. A. K, 2004, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA
Heberle Viviane, 2006, LINGUAGEM GENERO TRA
HIRATA H, 2002, GENERO DEMOCRACIA SO, V34, P339
Holland D., 1998, IDENTITY AGENCY CULT
Kress G, 2001, MULTIMODAL DISCOURSE
Lakoff R., 1975, LANGUAGE WOMANS PLAC
Larrain Jorge, 2001, IDENTIDAD CHILENA
MAGALHAES M. I., 2000, EU TU CONSTITUICAO S
MAGALHAES MI, 2005, FEMINISTH CRITICAL D, P181
MAGALHAES MI, 2006, DISCURSO IDENTIDADE
MAGALHAES MI, 1997, LETRAS REV MESTRADO, V14, P83
MAGALHAES MI, 2000, DISCURSOS DESCOBRIME, P207
MAGALHAES MI, 2005, REV ABRALIN, V4, P231
MAGALHAES MI, 2003, DISCURSO GENERO ED, P33
MAGALHAES MI, 2005, CADERNOS LINGUAGEM S, V7, P106
MAGALHAES MI, 2006, PRATICAS IDENTITARIA, P71
MAGALHAES MI, 2004, LING DISCURSO, V4, P113
MAGALHAES MIS, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V23, P183, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(93)E0101-5
MAGALHAES MIS, 1991, CONSTITUICAO DESEJAD, P143
Maltz D. J., 1982, LANGUAGE SOCIAL IDEN, P195
MILLS S, 1995, LANGUAGE GENDER INTE, P1
RAJAGOPALAN K, 2003, LINGUISTICA CRITICA
RESENDE V, 2008, THESIS U BRASILIA
Resende V., 2006, ANALISE DISCURSO CRI
Spender D, 1980, MAN MADE LANGUAGE
Street B, 2001, LITERACY DEV ETHNOGR, P1
Street BV, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC
Sunderland J, 2004, GENDERED DISCOURSES, P1, DOI 10.1057/9780230505582
Tannen Deborah, 1991, YOU JUST DONT UNDERS
THOMPSON John, 1998, MIDIA MODERNIDADE TE
Zimmerman Don H., 1975, LANGUAGE SEX DIFFERE, p[105, 125]
NR 48
TC 2
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 3
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
PA DIVISAO DE PERIODICIOS, CAIXA POSTAL 275, SAO LEOPOLDO, RS, BRAZIL
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 2
BP 61
EP 68
PG 8
WC Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 442RC
UT WOS:000265857300002
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cockell, FF
Perticarrari, D
AF Cockell, Fernanda Flavia
Perticarrari, Daniel
TI Giving voice to worker's discourse: real activity and language
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE work; discourse; ergonomics; real activity
AB Based on a brief methodological discussion about the Ergonomic Work Analysis,
this study aims at evaluating the role of workers' discourse during each stage of
an ergonomic intervention. We discuss how work and language practices are related
and show how essential it is to have access to what workers say. Through discourse
analyses, the ergonomist is able to understand activities constraints, in order to
transform the work. We indicate how the studies on language practices may co-
operate with the ergonomic intervention. Our conclusion is that, if we use two
fields of knowledge to understand the real activity, it will be necessary to
discuss the limits of the knowledge and concepts used in ergonomic practice.
C1 [Cockell, Fernanda Flavia] Doutora Engn Producao UFSCar, Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
[Perticarrari, Daniel] Doutor Ciencias Sociais UFSCar, Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
RP Cockell, FF (reprint author), Doutora Engn Producao UFSCar, Sao Carlos, SP,
Brazil.
EM fercockell@yahoo.com.br; dperticarrari@yahoo.com.br
CR ALVARES D, 1999, C BRAS ERG SALV 1999, V9, P1
BERGER P., 1985, CONSTRUCAO SOCIAL RE
BRAIT B, 2002, LINGUAGEM TRABALHO C, P31
COCKELL FF, 2008, THESIS U FEDERAL SAO
COCKELL FF, 2004, THESIS U FEDERAL SAO
DANIELLOU F, 2004, ERGONOMIA BUSCA SEUS, pR7
Daniellou F, 2004, ERGONOMIA BUSCA SEUS, P1
DEJOURS C, 2004, ERGONOMIA BUSCA SEUS, P199
Dejours C, 1987, LOUCURA TRABALHO
DEJOURS C., 1994, PSICODINAMICA TRABAL
DUARTE FJC, 2002, LINGUAGEM TRABALHO C, P209
FALZON P, 2004, ERGONOMIA BUSCA SEUS, P229
FERREIRA M. C, 2000, REV ALETHEIA, V1, P71
FERREIRA MCL, 1999, MULTIPLOS TERRITORIO, P60
FOUCAULT M, 1986, ARQUEOLOGIA SABER
Guerin F., 2001, COMPREENDER TRABALHO
LACOSTE M, 1998, LINGUAGEM TRABALHO, P15
Lima F.P.A., 1998, FUNDAMENTOS TEORICOS
LIMA FPA, 2001, TRABALHO ED SAUDE MO, P133
MOULIN MGB, 2001, CADERNOS PSICOLOGIA, V3, P47
Nouroudine A., 2002, LINGUAGEM TRABALHO C, P17
PECHEUX Michel, 1995, SEMANTICA DISCURSO C
SANTANNA VLA, 2008, GUAVIRA LETRAS, V6, P99
SILVA MCP, 2000, C PESQ SOC CAMP 2000, V3, P1
SILVA MCPS, 2002, LINGUAGEM TRABALHO C, P61
Wisner A., 1994, INTELIGENCIA TRABALH
NR 26
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 2
BP 69
EP 75
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA 442RC
UT WOS:000265857300003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bastos, LC
AF Bastos, Liliana Cabral
TI In face of the pain of the other - narratives of health care
professionals in work meetings
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE narrative; identity; interaction; health context; health care
professional
ID STORIES; BIG
AB In this paper I examine the construction of suffering by an interdisciplinary
group of health care professionals who work with child and adolescent victims of
violence. For that, I analyze the narratives these professionals produce during
their regular planning and case presentation meetings. Based on the notion of small
and big stories, I was able to identify two suffering construction practices: the
telling of small narratives, or episodes of suffering, which occur mostly in
planning meetings when participants present and discuss the suffering generated by
the professional practice itself, or as evidence supporting hypotheses and opinions
concerning the overall functioning of the group; and the telling of big narratives,
or trajectories of suffering, which are co-constructed in stages during meetings
dedicated to case presentations, in which events are reviewed and future action is
suggested. The analysis also revealed that these narratives function to maintain
group cohesion, since the meetings are an optimal setting for telling and listening
to stories. In this context, a classical movement of identity construction takes
place, supported by the distinction between us group members who know about
violence - and them - non-members, other professionals who still have to learn
about violence. Finally, the analysis shows how, in this interdisciplinary group,
different types of professionals co-construct narratives of suffering. The fact
that this group includes physicians, who have traditionally had the power to make
decisions on their own, independently of other team members, might be associated
with a change in the usual medical identity within contemporary organizations.
C1 PUC Rio, Programa Posgrad, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Bastos, LC (reprint author), PUC Rio, Programa Posgrad, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM lcbastos@bighost.com.br
CR Baker CD, 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES, P777
Bamberg M, 2006, NARRAT INQ, V16, P139, DOI 10.1075/ni.16.1.18bam
Bastos L.C., 2003, SCRIPTA, V9, P31
Bastos LC, 2005, CALIDOSCOPIO, V3, P74
Boltanski Luc, 1999, DISTANT SUFFERING MO
BRUNER J, 1990, ACTA MEANING
Dejours C, 2001, BANALIZACAO INJUSTIC
Erickson F., 1996, SOCIOLINGUISTICS LAN, P283
Freeman M, 2006, NARRAT INQ, V16, P131, DOI 10.1075/ni.16.1.17fre
GEORGAKOPOULOU A, 2005, INT PRAGM ASS C RIV, V9
Georgakopoulou A, 2006, NARRAT INQ, V16, P122, DOI 10.1075/ni.16.1.16geo
GOFFMAN E, 2002, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P107
Goffman Erving, 1974, FRAME ANAL ESSAY ORG, P1
Gumperz John, 1982, DISCOURSE STRATEGIES
Hutchby Ian, 1998, CONVERSATION ANAL
Iedema R., 2003, DISCOURSES POSTBUREA
Kleinman Arthur, 1997, SOCIAL SUFFERING
Labov W., 1967, ESSAYS VERBAL VISUAL, P12
Labov W., 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY, P354
Mishler E. G., 1986, RES INTERVIEWING CON
Mishler E. G., 1999, STORYLINES CRAFTARTI
Polkinghorne D, 1988, NARRATIVE KNOWING HU
Riessman C.K., 2001, HDB INTERVIEW RES CO, P695
Schieffelin B. B., 1989, TEXT, V9, P7, DOI DOI 10.1515/TEXT.1.1989.9.1.7
SONTAG Susan, 2003, DIANTE DOR OUTROS
Tannen D., 1989, TALKING VOICES REPET
NR 26
TC 3
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 2
BP 76
EP 85
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA 442RC
UT WOS:000265857300004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Aresi, F
Flores, VD
AF Aresi, Fabio
Flores, Valdir do Nascimento
TI The enunciative operation of the pair question-response in situation of
clinic of language disturbs
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE question; response; enunciation; language disturbs; form; meaning
AB This paper intends to analyze, from an enunciative point of view, the operation
of the pair question-response in dialogs taken from clinic of language disturbs, in
order to discuss the relation between form and meaning in this pair in the context
of clinic of language disturbs.
C1 [Flores, Valdir do Nascimento] Pesquisador CNPq, Inst Letras UFRGS, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM fabio_koy@yahoo.com.br; valdirnf@yahoo.com.br
CR BENVENISTE Emile, 1989, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, VII
Benveniste Emile, 1988, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, VI
DITTMANN J, 1979, ARBEITEIN KNOVERSATI, P1
FLORES V, 2006, ORGANON, V20, P61
FLORES Valdir do Nascimento, 2005, INTRO LINGUISTICA EN
Goffman E., 1987, FACONS PARLER
KERBRATORECCHIO.C, 2005, ATOS LINGUAGEM DISCU
Searle J., 1972, ACTES LANGAGE
Stenstrom Anna-Brita, 1984, QUESTIONS RESPONSES
Stubbs M., 1983, ANALISIS DISCURSO
URBANO H, 1996, GRAMATICA PORTUGUES, V3, P75
NR 11
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 2
BP 86
EP 95
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA 442RC
UT WOS:000265857300005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Vasconcellos, ML
Fernandes, LP
AF Vasconcellos, Maria Lucia
Fernandes, Lincoln P.
TI Linguistics and the Language of Translation.
SO TRANSLATOR
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Vasconcellos, Maria Lucia] Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
[Fernandes, Lincoln P.] Fac Barddal, BR-88036500 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
RP Vasconcellos, ML (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Campus Univ
Trindade,Caixa Postal 476, BR-88040900 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
EM marialuciabv@gmail.com; lico.fernandes@gmail.com
RI Fernandes, Lincoln Paulo LPF/C-6668-2013
CR Baker M, 1998, ROUTLEDGE ENCY TRANS
Fawcett P., 1997, TRANSLATION LANGUAGE
Halliday M. A. K., 1970, NEW HORIZON LINGUIST, P140
Halliday Michael, 1976, COHESION ENGLISH
Halliday Michael A. K., 1978, LANGUAGE SOCIAL SEMI
Holmes James S., 1988, TRANSLATED PAPERS LI, P66
MALMKJAER K, LINGUISTICS LANGUAGE
PAGANO A, 2004, P III CIAT C IB AM T
PAGANO A, 2003, REV DELTA, V19, P1
Pagano A. S., 2005, COMPETENCIA TRADUCAO, P157
SCRUTUN R, 1974, ART IMAGINATION STUD
Toury Gideon, 1980, SEARCH THEORY TRANSL
VENTOLA E, 1991, STUDIES TRANSLATION, P109
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 3
PU ST JEROME PUBLISHING
PI MANCHESTER
PA 2 MAPLE ROAD, WEST, BROOKLANDS, MANCHESTER, M23 9HH, ENGLAND
SN 1355-6509
J9 TRANSLATOR
JI Translator
PD APR
PY 2008
VL 14
IS 1
BP 165
EP 170
PG 6
WC Communication; Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
SC Communication; Linguistics
GA V12ZZ
UT WOS:000207638400008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Russotto, M
AF Russotto, Margara
TI 'Amado dueno mio'
SO CONFLUENCIA-REVISTA HISPANICA DE CULTURA Y LITERATURA
LA Spanish
DT Poetry
C1 [Russotto, Margara] Cent Univ Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela.
[Russotto, Margara] Univ Simon Bolivar, Caracas 1080, Venezuela.
[Russotto, Margara] Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Russotto, Margara] Univ Massachusetts, Amherst, MA 01003 USA.
RP Russotto, M (reprint author), Cent Univ Venezuela, Caracas, Venezuela.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV NORTHERN COLORADO C/O ESTER G. GONZALEZ, EDITOR
PI GREELEY
PA DEPT HISPANIC STUDIES, GREELEY, CO 80639 USA
SN 0888-6091
J9 CONFLUENCIA
JI Confluencia-Rev Hisp. Cult. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2008
VL 23
IS 2
BP 212
EP 213
PG 2
WC Literary Theory & Criticism; Literature, Romance
SC Literature
GA 294WH
UT WOS:000255436500038
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Russotto, M
TI Las 'siete virtudes capitales'
LA Spanish
DT Poetry
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI GREELEY
SN 0888-6091
J9 CONFLUENCIA
PD SPR
PY 2008
VL 23
IS 2
BP 213
EP 213
PG 1
SC Literature
GA 294WH
UT WOS:000255436500039
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Russotto, M
TI 'Anotado en los margenes de un libro de astronomia del Padre Eusebio
Kino'
LA Spanish
DT Poetry
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI GREELEY
SN 0888-6091
J9 CONFLUENCIA
PD SPR
PY 2008
VL 23
IS 2
BP 214
EP 214
PG 1
SC Literature
GA 294WH
UT WOS:000255436500040
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, MMD
Rossi, JP
Van Borsel, J
AF de Britto Pereira, Monica Medeiros
Rossi, Jamile Perni
Van Borsel, John
TI Public awareness and knowledge of stuttering in Rio de Janeiro
SO JOURNAL OF FLUENCY DISORDERS
LA English
DT Article
DE stuttering; awareness of stuttering; public opinion
AB This study reports the results of an investigation of public awareness and
knowledge of stuttering in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. A total number of 606 street
recruited respondents answered questions on various aspects of stuttering,
including prevalence, onset, gender distribution, occurrence in different cultures,
cause, treatment, intelligence, and hereditariness. The questionnaire used was a
Portuguese version of the one by [Van Borsel, J., Verniers, I. & Bouvry, S. (1999).
Public awareness of stuttering. Folia Phoniatrica et Logopaedica, 51, 124-132].
Although, stuttering is a disorder which is known to a majority of the
participants, knowledge appears to be limited for certain aspects. Knowledge also
differs among subgroups of participants according to gender, age and educational
level. Comparison of the results of the current study with similar studies
conducted in Belgium and in Shanghai, China shows several similarities but also
some differences.
Educational objectives: The reader will be able to: (1) discuss public awareness
and knowledge of stuttering in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil; (2) discuss the differences
in knowledge according to gender, age and educational level and; (3) discuss
similarities and differences with comparable studies run in Belgium and Shanghai,
China. (C) 2007 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
C1 [de Britto Pereira, Monica Medeiros; Rossi, Jamile Perni] Univ Veiga Almeida,
Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
[Van Borsel, John] Ghent Univ Hosp, B-900 Ghent, Belgium.
RP Van Borsel, J (reprint author), Ghent Univ Hosp, B-900 Ghent, Belgium.
EM John.vanborsel@ugent.be
CR ANDREWS G, 1983, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V48, P226, DOI 10.1044/jshd.4803.226
Behlau M, 2006, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V58, P14, DOI 10.1159/000088994
Bloodstein O, 1995, HDB STUTTERING
COX N, 2005, 7 OXF DYSFL C
CROWE T, 1978, TEACHER ATTITUDES ST
CROWE TA, 1981, J FLUENCY DISORD, V6, P163, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(81)90013-9
KIDD KK, 1977, J FLUENCY DISORD, V2, P259, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(77)90030-4
KIDD KK, 1980, J FLUENCY DISORD, V5, P187, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(80)90028-5
LESSER R, 1992, FOLIA PHONIATR, V44, P105, DOI 10.1159/000266147
LOGAN R, 1999, 3 DIMENSIONS STUTTER
Ming J X, 2001, Logoped Phoniatr Vocol, V26, P145
Neumann K, 2003, J FLUENCY DISORD, V28, P381, DOI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2003.07.003
Van Borsel J, 1999, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V51, P124, DOI 10.1159/000021487
Webster WG, 1997, INT CONGR SER, V1146, P119
YEAKLE MK, 1986, J FLUENCY DISORD, V11, P345, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(86)90022-7
NR 15
TC 27
Z9 28
U1 0
U2 3
PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE INC
PI NEW YORK
PA 360 PARK AVE SOUTH, NEW YORK, NY 10010-1710 USA
SN 0094-730X
EI 1873-801X
J9 J FLUENCY DISORD
JI J. Fluency Disord.
PD MAR
PY 2008
VL 33
IS 1
BP 24
EP 31
DI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2007.10.001
PG 8
WC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Education, Special; Linguistics;
Rehabilitation
SC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Education & Educational Research;
Linguistics; Rehabilitation
GA 273OA
UT WOS:000253939300002
PM 18280867
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, NM
AF Pereira, Nilce M.
TI Book illustration, as (intersemiotic) translation: Pictures translating
words
SO META
LA English
DT Article
DE (intersemiotic) translation; illustration; text; picture; recreation
AB This article examines book illustrations through the prism of Translation
Studies. It mainly suggests that the pictures in illustrated books are
(intersemiotic) translations of the text and that, as such, they can be analyzed
making use of the same tools applied to verbal interlingual translation. The first
section deals with the theoretical bases upon which illustrations can be regarded
as translations, concentrating on theories of re-creation, as illustration is
viewed essentially as the re-creation of the text in visual form. One of the claims
in this section is that, because illustration is carried out in very similar ways
as interlingual translation itself, the term "intersemiotic" relates more to the
(obvious) difference of medium. For this reason the word is most often referred to
in parentheses. The second section discusses three particular ways through which
illustrations can translate the text, namely, by reproducing the textual elements
literally in the picture, by emphasizing a specific narrative element, and by
adapting the pictures to a certain ideology or artistic trend. The example
illustrations are extracted from different. kinds of publication and media, ranging
from Virgil's Aeneid, Lewis Carroll's Alice in Wonderland and Mark Twain's
Adventures of Huckleberry Finn to an online comic version of Shakespeare's Hamlet.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Pereira, NM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM nilce.pereira@gmail.com
CR BEHRENDT SC, 1997, CHILDRENS LIT, V13, P23
Bland David, 1958, HIST BOOK ILLUSTRATI
CAMPOS H, 1967, METALINGUAGEM OUTRAS, P31
CARROLL L, 1997, ALICE PAIS MARAVILHA
CARROLL L, 1995, ALICE PAIS MARAVILHA
Carroll Lewis, 1995, ALICE WONDERLAND
Carroll Lewis, 2002, ALICE PAIS MARAVILHA
Cohen Jane R., 1980, C DICKENS HIS ORIGIN
DAVID BR, 1984, HUCK FINN CRITICS CE, P247
DEFOE D, LIFE SURPRISING ADVE
Gannon Susan R., 1991, CHILDRENS LIT, V19, P90
Gardner M, 1960, ANNOTATED ALICE
Harthan John, 1981, HIST ILLUSTRATED BOO
Jakobson R., 2000, TRANSLATION STUDIES, P113
Kallendorf C., 2001, POETS CRITICS READ V, P121
KEMBLE EW, 2007, COLOPHON BOOK COLLEC, V1
Leach E.W., 1982, EARLY ILLUSTRATED BO, P175
LEAVIS QD, 1994, DICKENS NOVELIST, P429
LEFEVERE A, 1992, DISPOSITIO REV HISP, V7
Lefevere A, 1992, TRANSLATION REWRITIN
LEFEVERE Andre, 1992, TRANSLATION HIST CUL
LESTER VB, 2004, PHIZ MAN WHO DREW DI
Mespoulet M., 1934, CREATORS WONDERLAND
Oittinen R., 2000, TRANSLATING CHILDREN
PEREIRA N, 2003, ALICE BRASIL TRADU 6
Pereira Nilce M, 2007, BOUNDARIES INT PERSP, P56
Shakespeare W., 2006, TRAGEDY HAMLET PRINC
TWAIN M, 2000, ILLUSTRATED MARK TWA
Twain M., 2003, ADVENTURES HUCKLEBER
Tymoczko M., 1999, TRANSLATION POSTCOLO
VINAY J, 1958, TRANSLATOR STUDIES R
WALL S, 1970, CHARLES DICKENS
WAUGH A, 1937, NONESUCH DICKENSIANA
WEBSTER S, 1946, MARK TWAIN BUSINESS
NR 34
TC 10
Z9 10
U1 0
U2 11
PU PRESSES UNIV MONTREAL
PI MONTREAL
PA PO BOX 6128, SUCCURSALE A, MONTREAL, QUEBEC H3C 3J7, CANADA
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD MAR
PY 2008
VL 53
IS 1
BP 104
EP 119
DI 10.7202/017977ar
PG 16
WC Language & Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 280NB
UT WOS:000254432400009
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Guimaraes, R
AF Guimaraes, Rodrigo
TI Jorge Luis Borges and Maurice Blanchot: Pharmakos of writing
SO ACTA LITERARIA
LA Spanish
DT Article
DE Jorge Luis Borges; Maurice Blanchot; contemporary literature;
deconstruction
AB This essay focuses on the deconstruction procedures accomplished in the
language, evidenced in the writing of Jorge Luis Borges and Maurice Blanchot.
Notions related to the occidental's metaphysics such as reality, time, space, truth
and memory are deeply displaced by the writing of these authors.
C1 Fapemig Unimontes Univ Estadual Montes Claros Min, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP Guimaraes, R (reprint author), Fapemig Unimontes Univ Estadual Montes Claros
Min, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
EM rodrigo.guima@terra.com.br
CR BLANCHOT M, 1984, LIVRO VIR
BLANCHOT M, 1997, PARTE FOGO
BLANCHOT M, 2002, WRITING DISASTER
BLANCHOT M, 1987, ESPACO LIT
Blanchot Maurice, 1969, A CONVERSA INFINITA
BORGES J. L., 2000, OBRAS COMPLETAS, VI
BORGES Jorge Luis, 1952, OBRAS COMPLETAS, VII
Borges Jorge Luis, 2000, OBRAS COMPLETAS, VIII
deCAMPOS Haroldo, 1993, METALINGUAGEM OUTRAS
DERRIDA Jacques, 2002, A FARMACIA DE PLATAO
Derrida Jacques, 2002, ESCRITURA DIFERENCA
LACAN Jacques, 1998, ESCRITOS
Lautreamont C. de., 2005, CANTOS MALDOROR
WITTGENSTEIN L., 1979, INVESTIGACOES FILOSO
NR 14
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PU UNIV CONCEPCION, FAC HUMANIDADES ARTE
PI CONCEPCION
PA CASILLA 160-C, CORREO 3, CONCEPCION, 00000, CHILE
SN 0717-6848
J9 ACTA LIT
JI Acta Lit.
PY 2008
IS 37
BP 97
EP 109
DI 10.4067/S0717-68482008000200008
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 473TX
UT WOS:000268233500008
OA Bronze, Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fiorin, JL
AF Fiorin, Jose Luiz
TI Language and interdisciplinarity
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE linguistics; literary studies; interdisciplinarity; multidisciplinarity;
transdisciplinarity
AB Since language is multifaceted and heterogeneous, interdisciplinarity is natural
to linguistic studies. In this article, after demonstrating that, I present two
basic ways of doing science. One is ruled by the principle of exclusion, whereas
the other is ruled by the principle of participation. The former leads to
specialization, whereas the latter leads to the surpassing of specialization. From
that, I discuss the advantages and problems of disciplinarity, and present the
reasons why nowadays interdisciplinarity is a positive universal in scientific and
pedagogical discourses. Also, based on etymology, I discuss the concepts of
interdisciplinarity, multidisciplinarity, pluridisciplinarity and
transdisciplinarity. Finally, I examine the bonds between linguistics and other
sciences, by drawing a brief history of the relations between linguistics and
literature in Brazil.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, FFLCH, Dept Linguist, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Fiorin, Jose Luiz] Ecole Hautes Etud Sci Sociales, Paris, France.
[Fiorin, Jose Luiz] Univ Bucharest, Bucharest, Romania.
RP Fiorin, JL (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, FFLCH, Dept Linguist, BR-05508 Sao
Paulo, Brazil.
CR Alonso Damaso, 1960, POESIA ESPANHOLA ENS
ARRIVE M, 2001, LINGUISTICA PSICANAL, P79
AUSTIN J. L., 1990, QUANDO DIZER FAZER P
BAKHTIN M, 1970, POETIQUE DOSTOIEWSKI
Bakhtin Mikhail, 1970, OEUVRE FRANCOIS RABE
Bally Charles, 1951, TRAITE STYLISTIQUE F
Bally Charles, 1926, LE LANGAGE ET LA VIE
BANDEIRA M, 1983, POESIA COMPLETA PROS, P217
BENVENISTE E, 1976, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, V1, P284
BILAC O, 1942, POESIAS, P5
CAMARA JM, 1970, PRINCIPIOS LINGUISTI, P192
CAMARA JM, 1986, HIST LING, P54
CAMARA JR J. M., 1977, CONTRIBUICAO ESTILIS
CANDIDO A, 1975, LIT SOCIEDADE ESTUDO, P12
COMTE A, 1869, COURS PHILOS POSITIV, V1, P47
COMTE A, 1908, COURS PHILOS POSITIV, V4, P328
de BARROS Manoel, 2003, MEMORIAS INVENTADAS
DEASSIS M, 1979, OBRA COMPLETA, V1, P534
DEBARROS M, 1998, RETRATO ARTISTA QUAN, P77
DESAUSSURE F, 1969, CURSO LINGUISTICA GE, P17
DISCINI Norma, 2003, ESTILO NOS TEXTOS
Dominique MAINGUENEAU, 1987, NOUVELLES TENDANCES
DUCROT Oswald, 1977, PRINCIPIOS SEMANTICA
DURAND G, 1991, ENTRE SAVOIRS INTERD, P36
FIORIN JL, 2003, ASTUCIAS ENUNCIACAO
FIORIN Jose Luis, 2004, RAZOES SENSIBILIDADE, P117
FONTANILLE J, 2001, TENSAO SIGNIFICACAO, P27
FREUD S, 2001, OBRAS COMPLETAS, V11, P143
GASSET JO, 1962, REBELIAO MASSAS, P174
Greimas A.-J., 1979, SEMIOTIQUE DICTIONNA
Grice H. P., 1979, COMMUNICATIONS, V30, P57, DOI DOI 10.3406/COMM.1979.1446
Harris Zellig Sabbettai, 1968, MATH STRUCTURES LANG
HESIODO, 2002, TRABALHOSE DIAS, P106
JAKOBSON R, 1969, LINGUISTICA COMUNICA, P162
JESPERSEN O., 1993, PROGR LANGUAGE
Jespersen O., 1961, MODERN ENGLISH GRAMM
JESPERSEN O, EFFICIENCY LINGUISTI, P194
LACAN J, 1981, SEMINAIRE LIVRE, V3, P229
LACAN J, 1966, ECRITS, V1, P145
LAPA MR, 1968, ESTILISTICA LINGUA P
LEVISTRAUSS C, 1976, ESTRUTURAS ELEMENTAR, P70
LUCRECIO, 1948, NATURE, V2, P822
MAINGUENEAU D., 1990, PRAGMATIQUE DISCOURS
MAINGUENEAU Dominique, 1995, CONTEXTO OBRA LITERA
MAINGUENEAU Dominique, 1983, SEMANTIQUE POLEMIQUE
MAINGUENEAU Dominique, 2006, CENAS ENUNCIACAO
MAINGUENEAU Dominique, 1984, GENESES DISCOURS
Pereira Astrojildo, 1944, INTERPRETACOES
PEREIRA LM, 1988, MACHADO ASSIS ENSAIO
ROBIN R, 1977, HIST LING, P25
ROMERO S, 1992, MACHADO ASSIS ESTUDO, P164
ROSA JG, 1986, GRANDE SERTAO VEREDA, P469
Schwarz Roberto, 1977, AO VENCEDOR BATATAS
SEARLE JR, 1991, ACTOS FALA ENSAIO FI
SNOW C.P, 1995, DUAS CULTURAS SEGUND
SPENCER H, 1939, PROGR SUA LEI SUA CA
Spitzer L., 1982, LINGUISTICA HIST LIT
TEIXEIRA Lucia, 1999, LEITURA TEXTOS VISUA
VENDRYES J, 1950, LANGAGE, P402
VIEIRA JL, 2004, D ANTONIA SOUSA NETO, P60
VOLTAIRE FM, 2000, OEUVRES HISTORIQUES
WIENER N, 1985, CIBERNETICA CONTROL, P24
1952, ANUARIO FACULDADE FI, P275
NR 66
TC 2
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 5
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 29
EP 53
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100003
PG 25
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100003
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Durao, FA
AF Durao, Fabio Akcelrud
TI Turning to a false debate on theory
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Theory; literary theory; Norton Anthology of Theory and Criticism;
Theory's Empire; academic mode of production
AB This paper investigates the current crisis of literary studies as it is
expressed by the transition from literary theory to Theory. Comparing two recent
works, which became important references in the debate in the United States, this
essay calls attention to the undeniable conceptual progress brought about by
Theory, which, however, took place amid an increasing alienation and potential
philistinism. This article ends with remarks on how certain theoretical discourses
fit into the current academic mode of production - more than ever ruled by
quantitative parameters.
C1 [Durao, Fabio Akcelrud] UFRJ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
[Durao, Fabio Akcelrud] Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
[Durao, Fabio Akcelrud] Duke Univ, Durham, NC 27706 USA.
RP Durao, FA (reprint author), UFRJ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR BOXER S, 2001, NY TIMES 0419, pB11
BROWN M, 2003, PEDAGOGY CRITICAL AP, V3, P452
CAIN WE, 2003, PEDAGOGY, V3, P468
CULLER J, 2003, SYMPLOKE, P242
DURAO F. A, 2004, REV LETRAS SAO JOSE, P81
DURAO FA, 2007, AM BRIT CANADIAN STU, V8, P10
KUBEK E, 2003, J MIDWEST MODERN LAN, V36, P73
LIMA LC, 2002, TEORIA LIT SUAS FONT, V7
LIMA Luiz Costa, 2002, TEORIA LIT SUAS FONT, V1
MARSHALL DG, 2003, PEDAGOGY, V3, P464
MATTELART A, 1977, P DONALD COMUNICACAO
Patai Daphne, 2005, THEORYS EMPIRE ANTHO
RICHTER D, SYMPLOKE
WATERS L, 2004, ENEMIES PROMISE, P7
2003, SYMPLOKE, V11, P249
NR 15
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 54
EP 69
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100004
PG 16
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100004
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zilberman, R
AF Zilberman, Regina
TI Reception and reading of literature on the horizon
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE reception; reading; reader
AB Since Aristotle's Poetics, the reception of literary works has been matter of
theoretical, sociological and historical researches. Their more significant
tendencies are examined in this article.
C1 [Zilberman, Regina] Univ Heidelberg, D-6900 Heidelberg, Germany.
[Zilberman, Regina] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Programa Posgrad Letras, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Zilberman, R (reprint author), Univ Heidelberg, D-6900 Heidelberg, Germany.
CR ADORNO Theodor W., 1985, DIALETICA ESCLARECIM
ARISTOTELES, 1966, POETICA, P74
ARISTOTELES, 1981, POETICA CLASSICA, P24
BARTHES R., 1974, INVESTIGACIONES RETO
Blanck H, 1992, BUCH ANTIKE
BRAUDEL Fernand, 1995, CIVILIZACAO MAT EC C
Chartier R., 1987, LECT LECT FRANCE ANC
CHARTIER Roger, 1994, ORDEM LIVROS LEITORE
Darnton R., 1985, GREAT CAT MASSACRE O
Darnton Robert, 1982, LIT UNDERGROUND OLD
DARNTON Robert, 1998, BEST SELLERS PROIBID
DECERVANTES M, 1996, QUIXOTE MANCHA, V1, P38
DIAS JSD, 1963, REV FACULDADE LETRAS, V39, P232
Escarpit Robert, 1970, LIT SOCIAL ELEMENTS
*EUR, 1979, HIP
EVANZOHAR I, 1999, SIN FRONTERAS ENSAYO, P29
FISCHER Steven Roger, 2006, HIST LEITURA
HOGGART Richard, 1977, USES LITERACY
HUYSSEN A, 1986, GREAT DIVIDE
Jauss Hans Robert, 1978, POUR ESTHETIQUE RECE
JAUSS HR, 1976, LIT COMO PROVOCACION, P168
Leavis Q. D., 1932, FICTION READING PUBL
MARTORELL J, 2004, TIRANT BLANC
*OV, 1930, HER
*PLAT, 1966, FEDR
SCHENDA R, 1977, STUDIEN SOZIALGESCHI
SCHENDA R, 1976, STUDIEN POPULAREN LI, V19
SCHUCKLING LL, 1966, SOCIOLOGY LIT TASTE
1983, INDICE LIVROS PROIBI
NR 29
TC 4
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 85
EP 97
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100006
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100006
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ginzburg, J
AF Ginzburg, Jaime
TI Aesthetic value: between universality and exclusivity
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE aesthetic value; universality; exclusion; violence
AB This study brings a reflection on aesthetic values, trying to consider
connections between universality, social exclusion and contemporary violence.
C1 [Ginzburg, Jaime] Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Ginzburg, Jaime] CNPq, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Ginzburg, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
OI Ginzburg, Jaime/0000-0003-2413-9085
CR ADORNO T, 1999, NEGATIVE DIALECTICS, P317
ADORNO T, 1988, TEORIA ESTETICA, P16
AGUIAR F, 1997, GENEROS FRONTEIRA
BLOOM H, 1995, CANONE OCIDENTAL, P24
BLOOM H, 1995, CANONE OCIDENTAL
BLOOM Harold, 2003, GENIO
BOURDIEU Pierre, 1996, REGRAS ARTE
CHAMBERLAIN B, 1993, BRASIL BRAZIL, V10, P17
COUTINHO A, 1976, NOTAS TEORIA LIT, P8
COUTINHO E, 1996, REV BRASILEIRA LIT C, V3, P72
NATALI MP, 2006, LIT SOCIEDADE, V9, P33
PERRONE-MOISES Leyla, 1998, ALTAS LITERATURAS
REIS R, 1992, PALAVRAS CRITICA, P73
RICHARD Nelly, 1999, NARRATIVAS MODERNIDA
SARLO B., 2007, TEMPO PASSADO
SCHELLING F, 1959, RELACION ARTES FIGUR, P49
SELIGMANN-SILVA M, 2003, HIST MEMORIA LIT
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 98
EP 107
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100007
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100007
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gutman, G
AF Gutman, Guilherme
TI Freud, Lear & Bloom: Some notes on reading and psychoanalysis
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE psychoanalysis; literary criticism; Freud Shakespeare; Harold Bloom
AB Permanency of motifs available to the writer; interweaving of motifs and
conflicts in the psychoanalytical understanding of the human being; externality of
the subconscious; interpretation as a form of construction; the importance of
literature in clinical psychoanalysis; Lear and finitude.
C1 [Gutman, Guilherme] Univ Estado Rio De Janeiro, Inst Social Med, Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
[Gutman, Guilherme] PUC Rio, Dept Psicol, Oporto, Portugal.
RP Gutman, G (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio De Janeiro, Inst Social Med, Rio De
Janeiro, Brazil.
CR BLOOM H, 1995, CANONE OCIDENTAL LIV, P65
BLOOM H, 2000, SHAKESPEARE INVENCAO, P19
BLOOM Harold, 1991, ANGUSTIA INFLUENCIA
FREUD S, 1900, OBRAS COMPLETAS
FREUD S, 1913, OBRAS COMPLETAS, V12, P303
FREUD S, 1913, S FREUD S FERENCZI C, P226
FREUD S, 1920, ESCRITOS PSICOLOGIA, V2, P162
FREUD S, 1912, S FREUD S FERENCZI C, P10
GAY P, 1989, FREUD VIDA NOSSO TEM
HELIODORA B, 1998, FALANDO SHAKESPEARE, P173
HELIODORA B, 1990, MERCADOR VENEZA, P134
JONES E, 1963, LIFE WORK S FREUD AB
Shakespeare William, 1986, COMPLETE WORKS, P479
Strachey J, 1914, STANDARD EDITION, P145
1992, POESIA REPRESSAO REV
1991, CABALA CRITICA
1995, MAPA DESLEITURA
NR 17
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 108
EP 120
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100008
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100008
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Souza, EM
AF de Souza, Eneida Maria
TI Biography, a good archive
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE genetic criticism; Guimaraes Rosa; biography
AB This text discusses the relationship between Genetic Criticism and biography, in
the analysis of the backstages of the creation process, and the experiences lived
by the authors which are linked to the literary and the existential productions.
The intention of uniting these two poles allows us to expand the documental
registers on the authors, in the effort of acknowledging pre-textual and pre-
existential stages.
C1 [de Souza, Eneida Maria] Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
RP de Souza, EM (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, Belo
Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
CR [Anonymous], 2007, CRITICA CULT
[Anonymous], 1961, GLOBO
BENJAMIN W, 1987, W BENJAMIN OBRAS ESC, V2, P234
DERRIDA J, 1998, POURQUOI CRITIQUE ME, P207
GALVAO Walnice Nogueira, 2006, CADERNOS LIT BRASILE, P149
HAY Louis, 2007, LIT ESCRITORES QUEST, P17
PEREC Georges, 2003, PENSER CLASSER, P22
SANCHEZ Yvette, 1999, COLECCIONISMO LIT, P118
SOUZA EM, 2004, PEDRO NAVA RISCO MEM, P113
1948, CORREIO MANHA
1952, CORREIO MANHA
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 121
EP 129
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100009
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100009
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Willemart, P
AF Willemart, Philippe
TI Genetic criticism today
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE manuscript; process of creation; genetic critic
AB This article reviews the literature to provide the current state of the genetic
critic in Brazil. It lists the currently available books and periodicals, annals of
congresses or symposia published by members of the Association of Researchers in
Genetic Critic (APCG), showing the tendencies that guide the research in the
endless universe of human creation. It also highlights the object of study of the
genetic critic, which is not necessarily the one that precedes the word but the
processes of creation. Finally, it shows the essential role of genetic critic even
in the computer era, since the hard disk maintains all the changes made in the text
by obliterations and substitutions if the adequate software is installed.
C1 [Willemart, Philippe] Univ Sao Paulo, FFLCH, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Willemart, Philippe] Univ Sao Paulo, NAPCG, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Willemart, P (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, FFLCH, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR Jeanneret Michel, 1994, GENESIS, V6, P25
Lebrave Jean-Louis, 1992, GENESIS, V1, P33
PINO CA, 2007, CIENCIAS CULTURA, V59
PINO CA, 2008, CRIACAO DEBATE
PINO Claudia Amigo, 2007, ESCREVER ESCREVER
SALLES CA, 2007, CIENCIAS CULTURA, V59, P46
SALLES Cecilia Almeida, 1998, GESTO INACABADO PROC
SALLES Cecilia Amaral, 2006, REDES CRIACAO CONSTR
WILLEMART Philippe, 2005, CRITICA GENETICA PSI
ZULAR Roberto, 2002, CRIACAO PROCESSO ENS
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
SN 1517-106X
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 10
IS 1
BP 130
EP 139
DI 10.1590/S1517-106X2008000100010
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 380VD
UT WOS:000261493100010
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cowling, C
AF Cowling, Camillia
TI Sugar, Slavery and Freedom in Nineteenth-century Puerto Rico.
SO BULLETIN OF SPANISH STUDIES
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Cowling, Camillia] Univ Candido Mendes, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Figueroa LA, 2005, SUGAR, SLAVERY, AND FREEDOM IN NINETEENTH-CENTURY PUERTO
RICO, P1
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU ROUTLEDGE JOURNALS, TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXFORDSHIRE, ENGLAND
SN 1475-3820
EI 1478-3428
J9 B SPAN STUD
JI Bull. Span. Stud.
PY 2008
VL 85
IS 3
BP 398
EP 400
PG 3
SC Literature
GA V13HA
UT WOS:000207656700043
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Melo, LE
AF Melo, Lelia Erbolato
TI Children's oral production of narratives and constructive memory using
prior reading of pictures
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE constructive memory; children's oral narrative; image
AB With the purpose of approximating two issues, oral narrative and constructive
memory, we assume that children, as well as adults, have a constructive memory.
Accordingly, researchers of the constructive memory share with piagetians the
vision that memory is an applied cognition. Under this perspective, understanding
and coding into memory constitute a process which is considered similar to the
piagetian assimilation of building an internal conceptual representation of the
information (hence the term constructive memory. The objective of this study is to
examine and illustrate, through examples drawn from a research about oral narrative
with 5, 8 and 10 years old children, the extent to which the constructive memory is
stimulated by the acquisition of the structures of knowledge or "mental models"
(schemes of stories and scenes, scripts), and if they automatically employ them to
process constructively the information in storage and rebuild them in the recovery.
A sequence of five pictures from a book without text was transformed into
computerized program, and the pictures were thus presented to the children. The
story focuses on a misunderstanding of two characters on a different assessment
about a key event. In data collection, the demands of memory were preserved, since
children narrate their stories when the images were no longer viewed on the
computer screen. Each narrative was produced as a monologue. The results show that
this story can be told either in a descriptive level or in a more elaborated level,
where intentions and beliefs are attributed to the characters. Although this study
allows an assessment of the development of children's capabilities (both cognitive
and linguistic) to narrate a story, there are for sure other issues that could be
exploited.
RP Melo, LE (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM leliaerbolato@hotmail.com
CR ABRAMOVICH F, 1993, LIT INFANTIL GOSTOSU
ADAM Jean-Michel, 1985, TEXTE NARRATIF
Adam Jean-Michel, 1997, TEXTES TYPES PROTOTY
BITAR ML, 2002, PRODUCAO ORAL CRIANC
Bruner J., 1997, ATOS SIGNIFICACAO
Bruner J., 2002, REALIDADE MENTAL MUN
Brunovsky P., 1991, J DYN DIFFER EQU, V3, P313
CAIN K, 1996, READING COMPREHENSIO, P67
CARDARELLO R, 1991, ENTRETIENS NATHAN LE, P271
Fayol M., 1985, RECIT CONSTRUCTION
Flavell J. H., 1999, DESENVOLVIMENTO COGN
Francois F., 1984, CONDUITES LINGUISTIQ
FRANCOIS F, 2004, ENFANTS RECITS MISE
Furnari E., 1988, ESCONDE ESCONDE, P2
Gulich Elisabeth, 1985, HDB DISCOURSE ANAL, P169
Hudson J. A., 1986, EVENT KNOWLEDGE STRU, P97
HURSTEL F, 1966, ENFANCE, V4, P115
KAIL M, 2004, ACQUISITION LANGUAGE
KOCH I. G. V., 1989, TEXTO COERENCIA
Labov W., 1978, PARLER ORDINAIRE LAN, P289
LAFOREST M, 1996, AUTOUR NARRATION
MARGAIRAZ E, 1924, ARCH PSYCHOL, V24, P211
PEPINA TA, 1971, PSYCHOL PRESCHOOL CH, P255
PRENERON C, 2001, APPORT IMAGE COMPREH
PRETI D, 1990, LINGUAGEM FALADA CUL
PROPP Vladimir Jakovlevic, 1970, MORPHOLOGIE CONTE
SABEAUJOUANNET E, 1977, SYNTAXE ENFANT AVANT, P25502
Veneziano E., 2002, PRAGMATIQUE PSYCHOL, P215
VENEZIANO E, 2005, TRAVAUX NEUCHATELOIS, V42, P81
VYGOTSKY L. S., 1991, FORMACAO SOCIAL MENT
NR 30
TC 2
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 6
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 1
BP 20
EP 27
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA 442QZ
UT WOS:000265857000003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Telles, CM
AF Telles, Celia Marques
TI Unable hands in writing texts, its consequence to the phonological
studies
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE scripta; scriptor's language; written popular Portuguese;
phonetic-graphematic analysis
AB At first, it should be pointed out that a text is considered a document of
linguistic facts. Thus, in textual philology, the phonetic-graphematic relation
leads to two relative considerations concerning methodological behavior: there is a
need for conservative lessons in the editions of manuscript texts and the
possibility of such lessons allows one to make a phonological description from the
scripta of the texts. These elements from the scripta are the evidence which cannot
be forgotten by the philologist. From textual data, the analysis at the phonetic-
graphematic levels makes it possible to infer the production of some phonemes, what
is only feasible if the edition keeps the spelling of the manuscript. According to
the scripta of the document, it is possible to point out the obvious mistakes (or
lapsus calami) and the language register variations of the scriptor which will be
the ones to be considered in the present analysis. Two examples of texts to the
transposition speech/writing are taken. The first one are the texts related to an
association of Afro-Bahian community, by the hands of Africans and free creoles,
edited by Oliveira (2006), one of the most interesting documents of the scripta of
black or miscigenated people were literated in the 1800's. The second one is taken
from the sociolinguistics research material from Dermeval da Hora in the town of
Vitoria da Conquista (BA). From the excerpts edited by Oliveira (2006), five
phenomenas can be pointed. In relation to the excerpts of manuscripts of D.
Aureliana, 15 phenomenas can be observed. In summary, it is possible to state that
the analysis of the evidence presented by the data of the scripta will be useful to
show different paths in the teaching of written Portuguese language mainly in the
peripheral communities and for the general population of youngsters and adults.
C1 CNPq, UFBA, Salvador, BA, Brazil.
RP Telles, CM (reprint author), CNPq, UFBA, Salvador, BA, Brazil.
EM cmtelles@ufba.br
CR BLANCHE-BENVENISTE C., 1998, ESTUDIOS LINGUISTICO, P129
Contreras Lidia, 1994, ORTOGRAFIA GRAFEMICA
DECASTILHO AT, 1995, SEGISMUNDO SPINA LIN
DEOLIVEIRA F, 1975, GRAMATICA LINGUAGEM, P51
FERREIRA ABD, 1972, PEQUENO DICIONARIO B
GRESILLON A, 1983, LANGAGES, V69, P5
HERKENHOFF P, 1996, BIBLIOTECA NACL HIST, P109
ILLICH I., 1995, CULTURA ESCRITA ORAL, P35
KITTAY J., 1995, CULTURA ESCRITA ORAL, P179
Lass Roger, 1997, HIST LINGUISTICS LAN
MARCUSCHI Luiz A, 2001, FALA ESCRITA ATIVIDA
Menendez Pidal Ramon, 1976, TEXTOS MEDIEVALES ES
Narayanan R. M., 1995, Conference Proceedings. Second Topical Symposium on
Combined Optical-Microwave Earth and Atmosphere Sensing (Cat. No.95TH8015), P189,
DOI 10.1109/COMEAS.1995.472369
Niederehe H.-J., 1987, ALFONSO 10 SABIO LIN
OLIVEIRA K, 2006, THESIS UFBA SALVADOR
ORTEGA MDM, 1999, LENGUA SIGLOS 16 17, P23
REIS V, 1989, CONSTRUCAO NARRATIVE
SAMPSON G., 1996, SISTEMAS ESCRITA TIP
TAVANI Giuseppe, 1988, LIT LATINO AM CARAIB, P53
TEBEROSKY A, 1998, ESTUDIOS LINGUISTICO, P9
TROUBETZKOY N. S., 1935, ANLEITUNG PHONOLOGIS
TROUBETZKOY NS, 1972, CIRCULO PRAGA, P79
TROUBETZKOY NS, 1969, CERCLE PRAGUE, P85
VACHEK J, 1966, READINGS LINGUISTICS, V2, P152
NR 24
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 1
BP 28
EP 36
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA 442QZ
UT WOS:000265857000004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schmitz, JR
AF Schmitz, John Robert
TI A critical analysis of "Languages, codes and their technologies" by Rojo
and Moita Lopes (2004)
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE reading; ethics; identity; citizenship
AB Rojo e Moita Lopes in a seminar paper, "Languages, codes and their tecnologies"
criticize the Parametros Curriculares Nacionais para o Ensino Medio (PCNEM), 2004
and the PCN+ and raise a number of problems that need to be debated in depth in
order to prepare a language policy in Brazil. In the course of my article, I
inquire what the concepts "citizenship" and "ethics" entail. I ask if those
concepts should actually be given space in the curriculum in Brazilian elementary
and secondary schools.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Schmitz, JR (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM john.schmitz@uol.com.br
CR Bachman L. F., 1990, FUNDAMENTAL CONSIDER
Brown J. D., 1996, TESTING LANGUAGE PRO
Cox M. I. P., 2007, CALIDOSCOPIO, V5, P5
Davies A., 1990, PRINCIPLES LANGUAGE
DELA JUSTINA Eliege Wernke Niehues, 2004, LINGUAGEM DISCURSO, V4, P349
Faraco CA, 2006, CALIDOSCOPIO, V4, P15
Geertz Clifford, 1998, FOCAAL TIJDSCHRIFT A, V32, P91
Guillen MF, 2001, ANNU REV SOCIOL, V27, P235, DOI 10.1146/annurev.soc.27.1.235
HALLIDAY MAK, 1970, NEW HORIZON LINGUIST, P40
Halliday Michael Alexander Kirkwood, 1973, EXPLORATIONS FUNCTIO
Hymes D., 1972, SOCIOLINGUISTICS, P269
JURADO SGO, 2003, THESIS PUC SP
MACEDO S, 2005, CRAFTING GOOD CITIZE
MURPHY JB, 2005, TUG WAR
PAIVA Vera Lucia Menezes, 2005, REV BRASILEIRA LINGU, V5, P43
ROJO RHR, 2004, ORIENTACOES CURRICUL, P14
Smith A., 1990, THEOR CULT SOC, V7, P171, DOI DOI 10.1177/026327690007002011
Soares Astreia, 2002, OUTRAS CONVERSAS JEI
Volman M, 1998, BRIT J SOCIOL EDUC, V19, P529, DOI 10.1080/0142569980190405
NR 19
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2008
VL 6
IS 1
BP 37
EP 44
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA 442QZ
UT WOS:000265857000005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Van Borsel, J
Leahy, MM
Pereira, MB
AF Van Borsel, John
Leahy, Margaret M.
Pereira, Monica Britto
TI Judging stuttering in an unfamiliar language: The importance of
closeness to the native language
SO CLINICAL LINGUISTICS & PHONETICS
LA English
DT Article
DE stuttering; identifying stuttering; language familiarity
ID IDENTIFICATION; DISFLUENCY; AGREEMENT; JUDGMENTS
AB In order to test the hypothesis that closeness to the listener's native language
is a determining factor when identifying stuttering in an unfamiliar language,
three panels of different linguistic background were asked to make judgements of
stuttering in a sample of Dutch speakers. It was found that a panel speaking Dutch
and a panel speaking English (both West Germanic languages) performed better in
identifying Dutch people who stutter and people who do not stutter than a panel
speaking Brazilian Portuguese (a Romance language) thus confirming the existence of
a closeness of language influence. Further analysis showed that when the native
language is more remote from the unfamiliar language there is the possibility of a
higher risk for false positive identification.
C1 [Van Borsel, John] State Univ Ghent Hosp, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
[Leahy, Margaret M.] Univ Dublin Trinity Coll, Dublin 2, Ireland.
[Pereira, Monica Britto] Univ Veiga Almeida, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Van Borsel, J (reprint author), UZ Gent, 2P1,Pintelaan 185, B-9000 Ghent,
Belgium.
EM john.vanborsel@ugent.be
CR Comrie B., 1987, WORLDS MAJOR LANGUAG
Cordes AK, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P951, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4304.951
Crystal David, 1987, CAMBRIDGE ENCY LANGU
CURLEE RF, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P595, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2404.595
Fenk-Oczlon G, 2005, SPRACHE NATURLICHKEI
Finn P, 1997, J FLUENCY DISORD, V22, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0094-730X(97)00008-9
Humphrey BD, 2004, THEORY RES THERAPY, P423
Ingham RJ, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P581, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4003.581
KULLY D, 1988, J FLUENCY DISORD, V13, P309, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(88)90001-0
Van Borsel J, 2005, J FLUENCY DISORD, V30, P109, DOI
10.1016/j.jfludis.2005.04.001
Van Borsel J, 2001, J FLUENCY DISORD, V26, P179, DOI 10.1016/S0094-
730X(01)00098-5
WALEY JL, 1997, INTRO TYPOLOGY
World Health Organisation, 1992, INT STAT CLASS DIS R
NR 13
TC 9
Z9 10
U1 0
U2 7
PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS LTD
PI ABINGDON
PA 4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND
SN 0269-9206
J9 CLIN LINGUIST PHONET
JI Clin. Linguist. Phon.
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 1
BP 59
EP 67
DI 10.1080/02699200701647289
PG 9
WC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Rehabilitation
SC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Rehabilitation
GA 247BY
UT WOS:000252053300005
PM 18092220
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gomes, G
AF Gomes, Gilberto
TI Three types of conditionals and their verb forms in English and
Portuguese
SO COGNITIVE LINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Article
DE conditionals; indicative; subjunctive; counterfactuals
ID IF
AB An examination of conditionals in different languages leads to a distinction of
three types of conditionals instead of the usual two (indicative and subjunctive).
The three types can be explained by the degree of acceptance or as-if acceptance of
the truth of the antecedent. The labels subjunctive and indicative are shown to be
inadequate. So-called indicative conditionals comprise two classes, the very
frequent uncertain-fact conditionals and the quite rare accepted-fact conditionals.
Uncertain-fact conditionals may have a time shift in contemporary English and the
future subjunctive in Portuguese (though not all of them do). Moreover, paraphrases
of if with in case or supposing are usually possible with approximately the same
meaning. Accepted-fact conditionals never have these features.
C1 Univ Estadual Norte Fluminense, Campos dos Goytacazes, Brazil.
RP Gomes, G (reprint author), Univ Estadual Norte Fluminense, Campos dos
Goytacazes, Brazil.
CR ADAMS EW, 1970, FDN LANGUAGE, V6, P89
ANDERSON AR, 1951, ANALYSIS, V12, P35
BENNETT J, 1995, MIND, V104, P331, DOI 10.1093/mind/104.414.331
BENNETT JA, 2003, PHILOS GUIDE CONDITI
Bhatt Rajesh, 2006, BLACKWELL COMPANION, V1
Comrie B., 1986, CONDITIONALS
DANCYGIER B., 2005, MENTAL SPACES GRAMMA
DANCYGIER B., 1998, CONDITIONALS PREDICT
Declerck Renaat, 2001, CONDITIONALS COMPREH
DUDMAN VH, 1986, THEORIA, V52, P168
DUDMAN VH, 1989, MIND, V98, P591
DUDMAN VH, 1988, ANALYSIS, V48, P113, DOI 10.2307/3328212
DUDMAN VH, 1984, ANALYSIS, V44, P145, DOI 10.2307/3327374
Edgington D, 2003, MIND LANG, V18, P380, DOI 10.1111/1468-0017.00233
EDGINGTON D, 1995, MIND, V104, P235, DOI 10.1093/mind/104.414.235
Fogelin RJ, 1998, ANALYSIS, V58, P286, DOI 10.1111/1467-8284.00133
GIBBARD A, 1980, IFS
GOMES G, 2007, TRUTH NATURAL LANGUA
Haegeman L, 2003, MIND LANG, V18, P317, DOI 10.1111/1468-0017.00230
Iatridou S, 2000, LINGUIST INQ, V31, P231, DOI 10.1162/002438900554352
LANGACKER RW, 1991, FDN COGNITIVE GRAMMA, V2
LEWIS David, 1973, COUNTERFACTUALS
Sperber D., 1986, RELEVANCE COMMUNICAT
STALNAKER R, 1975, PHILOSOPHIA, V5, P269, DOI 10.1007/BF02379021
Sweetser E., 1990, ETYMOLOGY PRAGMATICS
THOMASON R, 1980, IFS
VANDERAUWERA J, 1986, CONDITIONALS
NR 27
TC 3
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 1
PU MOUTON DE GRUYTER
PI BERLIN
PA GENTHINER STRASSE 13, 10785 BERLIN, GERMANY
SN 0936-5907
EI 1613-3641
J9 COGN LINGUIST
JI Cogn. Linguist
PY 2008
VL 19
IS 2
BP 219
EP 240
DI 10.1515/COG.2008.009
PG 22
SC Linguistics
GA 322WT
UT WOS:000257406700002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Celani, MAA
AF Alba Celani, Maria Antonieta
TI When myth and reality meet: Reflections on ESP in Brazil
SO ENGLISH FOR SPECIFIC PURPOSES
LA English
DT Editorial Material
AB Within the broad background of English language education in Brazil, this paper
intends to discuss two questions. Firstly, where and why a common misconception
about ESP being identified as the teaching of reading only originated, and
secondly, given the social role of English in the Brazilian context, whether an ESP
approach can be seen as more suitable than a General English (GE) approach as a
theoretical background for curriculum planning and classroom practice in English
general education. How can these two questions be related? This paper will discuss
how and why what started as a misconception in relation to a specific context might
be seen as a possible solution for making the teaching-learning of English more
meaningful in general education. For the discussion, data will be drawn both from
the National ESP Project and from teachers' reactions to the proposal in the
National Parameters. (C) 2008 The American University. Published by Elsevier Ltd.
All rights reserved.
C1 Pontifical Catholic Univ Sao Paulo, Postgrad Programme Appl Linguist, BR-
05014001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Celani, MAA (reprint author), Pontifical Catholic Univ Sao Paulo, Postgrad
Programme Appl Linguist, Rua Monte Alegre 984, BR-05014001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM acelani@pucsp.br
CR Abbott G., 1981, ELT J, V35.3, P228
Allwright R., 1982, INDIVIDUALISATION, P24
Appadurai A, 1996, MODERNITY LARGE CULT
Belcher DD, 2006, TESOL QUART, V40, P133, DOI 10.2307/40264514
Benesch S, 1999, TESOL QUART, V33, P573, DOI 10.2307/3587682
BENESCH S, 2001, CRITICLA ENGLISH ACA
Benesch S, 2006, RE-LOCATING TESOL IN AN AGE OF EMPIRE, P49
BOHN H, 2001, PROFESSOR LINGUAS ES, P115
*BRAS MIN ED DESP, 1998, PAR CURR NAC LING ES
CANAGARAH AS, 2005, RECLAIMING LOCAL LAN
CELANI M. A. A., 2002, IDENTIDADES RECORTES, P319
CELANI M. A. A., 2003, PROFESSORES FORMADOR
CELANI MAA, 1994, LANGUAGE AID PROJECT, P36
CELANI MAA, 2000, IMAGENS BRASIL 500 A, P223
CELANI MAA, 2005, ASPECTOS LEITURA ENS, P2
CELANI MAA, 2005, CAMPINAS MERCADO LET
CELANI MAA, 2000, SELECTED PAPERS AILA, P39
CELANI Maria Antonieta Alba, 1988, BRAZILIAN ESP PROJEC
CELANI Maria Antonieta Alba, 1998, ESPECIALIST, V19, P233
DELIMA N, 2002, THESIS PONTIFICAL CA
Dudley-Evans Tony, 1998, DEV ENGLISH SPECIFIC
Fabricio BF, 2006, RE-LOCATING TESOL IN AN AGE OF EMPIRE, P65
Freedom RM, 1998, CARDIOL YOUNG, V8, P6, DOI 10.1017/S1047951100004601
FREEMAN SL, 1992, ENDOCR RES, V18, P1
Freire P., 1970, PEDAGOGIA OPRIMIDO
Freire Paulo, 2001, PEDAGOGIA SONHOS POS
GIDDENS A, 1997, MODERNIZACAO REFLEXI
Giroux H., 1988, TEACHERS INTELLECTUA
HOLLIDAY A, 1982, ECOLOGICAL APPROACH, P124
Holliday A., 2005, STRUGGLE TEACH ENGLI
Holmes J, 2006, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V25, P109, DOI 10.1016/j.esp.2005.08.002
HOLMES JL, 1994, CAHIERS APLIUT, V13, P28
Hutchinson T., 1987, ENGLISH SPECIFIC PUR
LEFFA V. J., 2001, PROFESSOR LINGUAS ES
LOPES LPM, 2005, INT S ORG INT FDN EN
MELLO DM, 2005, THESIS PONTIFICAL CA
Munby J., 1978, COMMUNICATIVE SYLLAB
Rajagopalan K, 2005, TEACHING ENGLISH TO THE WORLD: HISTORY, CURRICULUM, AND
PRACTICE: HISTORY, CURRICULUM AND PRACTICE, P1
RAJAGOPALAN K, 2005, RECLAIMING LOCAL LAN, P99
Rajagopalan K, 2005, EDUC LINGUIST, V5, P283
RAMOS R. C. G., 2004, ESPECIALIST, V25, P107
Richterich R., 1977, IDENTIFYING NEEDS AD
Robinson P., 1991, ESP TODAY
SOUSA MBN, 2006, THESIS PONTIFICIAL C
Swales J., 1985, EPISODES ESP
SWALES J, 2007, J ENGLISH ACAD PURPO, V6, P278
Vygotsky L. S, 1930, MIND SOC DEV HIGHER
Wenger E, 1998, COMMUNITIES PRACTICE
NR 48
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 6
PU PERGAMON-ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD
PI OXFORD
PA THE BOULEVARD, LANGFORD LANE, KIDLINGTON, OXFORD OX5 1GB, ENGLAND
SN 0889-4906
EI 1873-1937
J9 ENGL SPECIF PURP
JI Engl. Specif. Purp.
PY 2008
VL 27
IS 4
BP 412
EP 423
DI 10.1016/j.esp.2008.07.001
PG 12
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 373DJ
UT WOS:000260950900004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rosa, MC
AF Rosa, Maria Carlota
TI Grammatical method for all languages
SO HISTORIOGRAPHIA LINGUISTICA
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Rosa, Maria Carlota] Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Program Posgrad Linguist, Dept
Linguist & Filol, Fac Letras, BR-21941917 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Rosa, MC (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Program Posgrad Linguist,
Dept Linguist & Filol, Fac Letras, Ave Horacio Macedo,2151 Cidade Univ Ilha Fundao,
EM carlota@ufrj.br
RI Rosa, Maria Carlota/K-8906-2012
OI Rosa, Maria Carlota/0000-0003-2936-7386
CR ROBOREDO Amaro de, 2007, METHODO GRAMMATICAL
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU JOHN BENJAMINS PUBLISHING CO
PI AMSTERDAM
PA PO BOX 36224, 1020 ME AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
SN 0302-5160
EI 1569-9781
J9 HIST LINGUIST
JI Historiogr. Linguist.
PY 2008
VL 35
IS 3
BP 457
EP 460
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA 342CA
UT WOS:000258761000010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rosa, MC
AF Rosa, Maria Carlota
TI Real latin grammar, how to learn in a short period of time, Portugese
language with latin examples
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Rosa, Maria Carlota] Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Fac Letras, Dept Linguist &
Filol, Programa Posgrad Linguist, BR-21941917 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Rosa, MC (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Fac Letras, Dept Linguist &
Filol, Programa Posgrad Linguist, Ave Horacio Macedo,2151 Cidade Univ Ilha Fundao,
EM carlota@ufrj.br
CR ROBOREDO Amaro de, 2007, VERDADEIRA GRAMMATIC
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0302-5160
EI 1569-9781
J9 HIST LINGUIST
PY 2008
VL 35
IS 3
BP 457
EP 460
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA 342CA
UT WOS:000258761000011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Durante, AS
Carvallo, RMM
AF Durante, Alessandra Spada
Mamede Carvallo, Renata Mota
TI Contralateral suppression of linear and nonlinear transient evoked
otoacoustic emissions in neonates at risk for hearing loss
SO JOURNAL OF COMMUNICATION DISORDERS
LA English
DT Article
ID MEDIAL OLIVOCOCHLEAR SYSTEM; COCHLEAR MICROMECHANICAL PROPERTIES;
PERIPHERAL AUDITORY LATERALIZATION; ACOUSTIC STIMULATION; FUNCTIONAL
MATURATION; PROCESSING DISORDERS; SOUND STIMULATION; HUMANS; NOISE;
INVOLVEMENT
AB To investigate the transient evoked otoacoustic emissions (TEOAE) contralateral
suppression in neonates at risk for hearing loss, 55 neonates at risk for hearing
loss (risk group) and 72 fullterm neonates not at such risk (control group) were
bilaterally tested. In all neonates, the TEOAE were recorded in two stimulation
modes (linear and nonlinear clicks), with and without contralateral acoustic
stimulation. Findings revealed significant contralateral suppression of otoacoustic
emissions in both groups, but the amount of TEOAE contralateral suppression was
reduced for at risk group (p = 0.001), supporting the hypothesis that medial
olivocochlear bundle function is reduced in neonates at risk for hearing loss. The
combination of contralateral acoustic stimulation and TEOAE enables easy and
noninvasive study of auditory efferent function. However it should be emphasized
that the reduction in TEOAE contralateral suppression in the risk group,
statistically identified as a group effect, might not be detectable in individual
cases. Further studies are needed in order to determine whether the lower amount of
TEOAE contralateral suppression in neonates at risk for hearing loss represents a
risk for developing auditory processing disorders.
Learning outcomes: The reader will be introduced to the study using auditory
efferent pathway activation by contralateral acoustic stimulation (CAS), resulting
in the TEOAE suppression effect. The characteristics of TEOAE suppression in the
neonatal population, in which it provides evidence of the reduced medial
olivocochlear system function in those at risk for hearing loss, will also be
addressed. (c) 2007 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
C1 [Durante, Alessandra Spada] Med Sch Santa Casa, BR-01221020 Sao Paulo, SP,
Brazil.
[Mamede Carvallo, Renata Mota] Med Sch Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, SP, Brazil.
RP Durante, AS (reprint author), Med Sch Santa Casa, Rua Dr,Cesareo Mota Jr,61, BR-
01221020 Sao Paulo, SP, Brazil.
EM asdurant@usp.br; renamaca@usp.br
RI Carvallo, Renata M M/B-8676-2012
CR Abdala C, 2000, EAR HEARING, V21, P542, DOI 10.1097/00003446-200012000-00002
Bamiou DE, 2001, ARCH DIS CHILD, V85, P361, DOI 10.1136/adc.85.5.361
BERLIN CI, 1993, HEARING RES, V71, P1, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(93)90015-S
Berlin CI, 2003, PEDIATR CLIN N AM, V50, P331, DOI 10.1016/S0031-3955(03)00031-2
BERLIN CI, 1994, OTOLARYNG HEAD NECK, V110, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0194-5998(94)70788-
X
BROWNELL WE, 1985, SCIENCE, V227, P194, DOI 10.1126/science.3966153
BUNO W, 1978, EXP NEUROL, V59, P62, DOI 10.1016/0014-4886(78)90201-7
Chabert R, 2006, PEDIATR RES, V59, P305, DOI 10.1203/01.pdr.0000196739.16060.0a
CODY AR, 1982, HEARING RES, V6, P199, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(82)90054-5
COLLET L, 1992, AUDIOLOGY, V31, P1
COLLET L, 1990, HEARING RES, V43, P251, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(90)90232-E
DALLOS P, 1992, J NEUROSCI, V12, P4575
DAVIS H, 1983, HEARING RES, V9, P79, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(83)90136-3
Davis NM, 2001, DEV MED CHILD NEUROL, V43, P191, DOI 10.1017/S0012162201000366
De Ceulaer G, 2001, OTOL NEUROTOL, V22, P350, DOI 10.1097/00129492-200105000-
00013
DESMEDT J. E., 1962, JOUR ACOUSTICAL SOC AMER, V34, P1478, DOI 10.1121/1.1918374
Durante AS, 2002, INT J AUDIOL, V41, P211, DOI 10.3109/14992020209078333
Finitzo T, 2000, PEDIATRICS, V106, P798
GALAMBOS R, 1956, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V19, P424
GIFFORD ML, 1987, HEARING RES, V29, P179, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(87)90166-3
Giraud AL, 1995, BRAIN RES, V705, P15, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(95)01091-2
Hood Linda J, 2003, J Am Acad Audiol, V14, P302
Hood LJ, 1996, HEARING RES, V101, P113, DOI 10.1016/S0378-5955(96)00138-4
Hugosson S, 1997, INT J PEDIATR OTORHI, V42, P149, DOI 10.1016/S0165-
5876(97)00129-8
*JOINT COMM INF HE, 1994, POS STAT, V36, P38
Kaga K, 1996, INT J PEDIATR OTORHI, V36, P231, DOI 10.1016/0165-5876(96)01355-9
Kawase T, 1995, HEARING RES, V91, P1, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(95)00145-X
KEMP DT, 1991, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, P73
Khalfa S, 1998, HEARING RES, V121, P29, DOI 10.1016/S0378-5955(98)00062-8
Khalfa S, 1997, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, V117, P192, DOI 10.3109/00016489709117767
Khalfa S, 1996, NEUROREPORT, V7, P993, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199604100-00008
Kumar UA, 2004, EAR HEARING, V25, P142, DOI 10.1097/01.AUD.0000120363.56591.E6
LIBERMAN CM, 1999, EFFERENT AUDITORY SY, P1
MICHEYL C, 1995, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, V115, P178, DOI 10.3109/00016489509139286
Micheyl C, 1996, J ACOUST SOC AM, V99, P1604, DOI 10.1121/1.414734
MORLET T, 1993, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, V113, P271, DOI 10.3109/00016489309135808
Morlet T, 2004, CLIN OTOLARYNGOL, V29, P183, DOI 10.1111/j.0307-
7772.2004.00786.x
Morlet T, 1999, HEARING RES, V134, P153, DOI 10.1016/S0378-5955(99)00078-7
Muchnik C, 2004, AUDIOL NEURO-OTOL, V9, P107, DOI 10.1159/000076001
Newmark M., 1997, Journal of Basic and Clinical Physiology and Pharmacology, V8,
P133
PRASHER D, 1994, BRIT J AUDIOL, V28, P247, DOI 10.3109/03005369409086574
PUEL JL, 1990, J ACOUST SOC AM, V87, P1630, DOI 10.1121/1.399410
RASMUSSEN GL, 1946, J COMP NEUROL, V84, P141, DOI 10.1002/cne.900840204
RYAN S, 1994, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, V114, P485, DOI 10.3109/00016489409126091
Ryan S, 1996, HEARING RES, V94, P140, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(96)00021-4
RYAN S, 1991, British Journal of Audiology, V25, P391, DOI
10.3109/03005369109076614
Sanches SGG, 2006, AUDIOL NEURO-OTOL, V11, P366, DOI 10.1159/000095898
VEUILLET E, 1991, J NEUROPHYSIOL, V65, P724
Veuillet E, 1996, HEARING RES, V93, P128, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(95)00212-X
Veuillet E., 1999, J AUDIOL MED, V8, P18
WARR WB, 1979, BRAIN RES, V173, P152, DOI 10.1016/0006-8993(79)91104-1
NR 51
TC 12
Z9 17
U1 0
U2 1
PI NEW YORK
SN 0021-9924
EI 1873-7994
J9 J COMMUN DISORD
JI J. Commun. Disord.
PD JAN-FEB
PY 2008
VL 41
IS 1
BP 70
EP 83
DI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2007.05.001
PG 14
GA 252ZQ
UT WOS:000252487100005
PM 17585930
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Abeledo, MDL
AF Lopez Abeledo, Maria de la O.
TI Sociocultural Theory and the Genesis of Second Language Development
SO LANGUAGE AND EDUCATION
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Lopez Abeledo, Maria de la O.] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Inst Letras, BR-
90046900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Abeledo, MDL (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Inst Letras, BR-
EM mabeledoh@yahoo.es
CR Chaiklin S., 2003, VYGOTSKYS ED THEORY
Lantolf J. P, 2000, SOCIOCULTURAL THEORY
Lantolf James P, 1994, VYGOTSKIAN APPROACHE
Lantolf James P., 2006, SOCIOCULTURAL THEORY
Scollon R., 2001, MEDIATED DISCOURSE N
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
PA 2-4 PARK SQUARE, MILTON PARK, ABINGDON OX14 4RN, OXON, ENGLAND
SN 0950-0782
EI 1747-7581
J9 LANG EDUC-UK
JI Lang. Educ.
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 2
BP 178
EP 181
DI 10.2167/le127b.0
PG 4
WC Education & Educational Research; Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
SC Education & Educational Research; Linguistics
GA V13GJ
UT WOS:000207655000007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garcez, PM
AF Garcez, Pedro M.
TI Language in Late Modernity: Interaction in an Urban School
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Garcez, Pedro M.] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Inst Letras, Dept Linguist, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Garcez, PM (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Inst Letras, Dept
Linguist, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM pmgarcez@pesquisador.cnpq.br
OI de Moraes Garcez, Pedro/0000-0001-8642-678X
CR Rampton B, 2006, STUD INTERACT SOCIO, P1, DOI 10.1017/CBO9780511486722
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0950-0782
J9 LANG EDUC-UK
JI Lang. Educ.
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 3
BP 257
EP 260
DI 10.2167/le130b.0
PG 4
GA V13GY
UT WOS:000207656500005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Loder, LL
AF Loder, Leticia Ludwig
TI Second Language Interaction
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Loder, Leticia Ludwig] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre,
RS, Brazil.
RP Loder, LL (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, BR-90046900 Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR Firth A, 1997, MOD LANG J, V81, P285, DOI 10.2307/329302
KURHILA S, 2006, 2ND LANGUAGE INTERAC
Markee N, 2004, MOD LANG J, V88, P491, DOI 10.1111/j.0026-7902.2004.t01-14-.x
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P361, DOI 10.2307/413107
Wagner J, 1996, J PRAGMATICS, V26, P215, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(96)00013-6
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0950-0782
J9 LANG EDUC-UK
JI Lang. Educ.
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 4
BP 343
EP 346
DI 10.2167/le132b.0
PG 4
GA V13GZ
UT WOS:000207656600005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Junqueira, ES
AF Junqueira, Eduardo S.
TI Challenging the Boundaries Between Standard and Popular Language
Situated in Historical Contexts: The Communicative Practices of
High-School Brazilian Students Crafting Hybrid Multi-Modal Ways With
Words
LA English
DT Article
DE communicative practices; language uses; hybridity; multi-modality; local
knowledge; new literacies
AB This article presents the contextualised interpretive analysis of communicative
practices (artefacts including a song and a comic strip) developed by economically
disadvantaged secondary students from two Brazilian public schools. Students' uses
of standard and popular languages stretch and problematise social and cultural
constructions about what it means to be `literate' currently. The linguistic
analysis and the inter-textual analysis of students' multi-modal texts exposed the
tensions and the intricacies between rigidly standardised mainstream norms of
grammar and socially and culturally embedded textual production and language use at
play in many K-12 schools. The analysis challenges current reductionist social
conventions about cultural production and language use to further a conception of
language that centers difference, change and creativity. It explores the complexity
of the artefacts produced by the students according to their hybrid cultural
practices, their context and their access to information and communication
technologies (ICT). It indicates that students' use of language and multi-
modalities presented in the artefacts extrapolates narrow definitions imposed by
social conventions about certain language uses (including grammar conventions) and
communicative practices. This poses challenges to schools operating according to
narrow, ideological conventions that may hurt students' abilities to use language,
to communicate and to learn.
C1 Univ Fed Ceara, Lab Multimeios, BR-60020110 Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil.
RP Junqueira, ES (reprint author), Univ Fed Ceara, Lab Multimeios, Rua Waldery
Uchoa 1, BR-60020110 Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil.
EM eduardoj@multimeios.ufc.br
CR Barton D., 1999, SITUATED LITERACIES
Blommaert J, 2005, LINGUIST EDUC, V16, P378, DOI DOI
10.1016/J.LINGED.2006.03.001
BURNETT C, 2005, LITERACY, V39, P158, DOI DOI 10.1111/J.1467-9345.2005.00416.X
Cazden C, 1996, HARVARD EDUC REV, V66, P60
Cole M., 1996, CULTURAL PSYCHOL ONC
Cope B., 2000, MULTILITERACIES LITE
CUMMINS J, 1996, 2 FACES LANGUAGE PRO
Cushman E., 1998, STRUGGLE TOOLS ORAL
Delpit L., 1994, OTHER PEOPLES CHILDR
DEPOURBAIX R, 1999, SITUATED LITERACIES
DYSON A, 2000, PERSPECTIVES WRITING
Fairclough N., 2000, MULTILITERACIES LITE
Foucault M., 1980, POWER KNOWLEDGE SELE
GUIMARAES E, 2005, SCI CULTURE, V57, P24
GUIMARAES E, 2005, SCI CULTURE, V57, P22
Heath S. B., 1983, WAYS WORDS
Heath Shirley Brice, 2001, LITERACY CRITICAL SO
Holland D., 2001, HIST PERSON ENDURING
Hymes D., 1994, LANGUAGE LITERACY SO
Instituto Brasileiro de Geografia e Estatistica (IBGE), 2002, CENS 2000
Knobel M., 2007, NEW LITERACIES SAMPL
KRESS G, 2003, LITERACY NEW AGE, P41
Lankshear Colin, 2003, NEW LITERACIES CHANG
MILLER PJ, 1995, CULTURAL PRACTICE CO
Nieto S., 2000, PUERTO RICAN STUDENT
PAGOTTO EG, 2005, SCI CULTURE, V57, P31
PIMENTEL Sidney V., 1997, CHAO LIMITE FESTA PE
PREFEITURA MD, 2005, TAPERA
Purcell-Gates V., 2002, SKIN WE SPEAK
Rosaldo Renato, 1989, CULTURE TRUTH REMAKI
Said Edward W., 1995, POSTCOLONIAL STUDIES, P87
Seiter E., 2005, INTERNET PLAYGROUND
Snyder I., 2002, CAMB J EDUC, V32, P367, DOI DOI 10.1080/0305764022000024212
STREET B, 2005, NRC C MIAM
Street B. V., 2000, MULTILINGUAL LITERAC
Street Brian, 1993, CROSS CULTURAL APPRO
Vygotsky LS, 1978, MIND SOC
NR 38
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0950-0782
J9 LANG EDUC-UK
JI Lang. Educ.
PY 2008
VL 22
IS 6
BP 393
EP 410
DI 10.2167/le753.0
PG 18
GA V18AI
UT WOS:000207977300005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Nicolaides, CS
AF Nicolaides, Christine Siqueira
BE Lamb, T
Reinders, H
TI Roles learners believe they have in the development of their language
learning - autonomy included?
SO LEARNER AND TEACHER AUTONOMY: CONCEPTS, REALITIES, AND RESPONSES
SE AILA Applied Linguistics Series
LA English
DT Proceedings Paper
CT 13th AILA World Congress of Applied Linguistics
CY DEC 16-21, 2002
CL SINGAPORE, SINGAPORE
SP AILA
AB Through data generated in an ethnographic research project, which studies
language learners (future English teachers), it was possible to observe that
learners voice the importance of being in control of their own learning.
Nevertheless, in the academic context, it seems they have an imaginary territory,
where they can or cannot exercise autonomy. In the classroom, they agree that the
one who owns the knowledge (teacher) should be in charge of class management, which
includes the determination of content, duration of the activities etc. From the
learners' perspective, besides being the one who knows the content, the teacher is
the one that knows the best way to learn too. Outside the classroom, though, the
situation changes: they feel freer to act according to their own learning beliefs
and empowered to make their own decisions. All these data have been collected
during a whole school year, at Catholic University of Pelotas - Brazil, when the
researcher tried to construct an emic view with her participants using a range of
research methods.
C1 [Nicolaides, Christine Siqueira] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, BR-90046900 Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR Auerbach E., 2000, SOCIOPOLITICS ENGLIS, P143
BARCELOS A. M. F., 2001, REV BRASILEIRA LINGU, V1, P71
Benson P., 2002, LEARNER AUTONOMY, P10
Benson P., 1997, AUTONOMY INDEPENDENC, P13
Benson P, 2001, TEACHING RES AUTONOM
CANDLIN C, 1997, AUTONOMY INDEPENDENC
Crabbe D., 1993, SYSTEM, V21, P443, DOI [10.1016/0346-251X(93)90056-M, DOI
10.1016/0346-251X(93)90056-M]
DICKINSON L., 1994, AUTONOMY LANGUAGE LE, P02
FREIRE P. P, 1996, PEDAGOGIA AUTONOMIA
Holec H, 1981, AUTONOMY FOREIGN LAN
Littlewood W., 1996, SYSTEM, V24, P427, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(96)00039-5
Rubin J., 2001, J ASIAN PACIFIC COMM, V1, P25
NR 13
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU JOHN BENJAMINS B V PUBL
PI AMSTERDAM ME
PA PO BOX 36224, 1020 AMSTERDAM ME, NETHERLANDS
SN 1875-1113
BN 978-90-272-9169-1
J9 AILA APPL LINGUIST S
PY 2008
VL 1
BP 141
EP 160
PG 20
WC Education & Educational Research; Linguistics
GA BYG64
UT WOS:000298589100009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dias, SMV
AF Vicente Dias, Silvana Moreli
TI Brasis calcados? Provincial modernist arena
SO MESTER
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Dias, SMV (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANDRADE M, 2000, CORRES M DEANDRADE M
BANDEIRA M, 2006, CRONICAS PROVINCIA D
BANDEIRA M., 1974, POESIA COMPLETA PROS
BARBOSA JA, 2004, MISTERIOS DICIONARIO, P55
BENJAMIN W, 1985, OBRAS ESCOLHIDAS, V1, P59
BERARDINELLI A, 1994, POESIA PROSA
Berman Marshal, 1986, TUDO QUE SOLIDO DESM
BOSI Alfredo, 2000, SER TEMPO POESIA
CANDIDO A, 1975, RAIZES BRASIL, pR11
CANDIDO Antonio, 2000, LIT SOC, P101
CASTELLO JA, 1961, JOSE LINS REGO MODER
DAFONSECA EN, 1996, MANIFESTO REGIONALIS, P219
de ANDRADE C. D., 2002, CE MARIO CORRES COMP
de AZEVEDO Neroaldo Pontes, 1996, MODERNISMO REGIONALI
DEALMEIDA JMC, 1980, TRADICAO REGIONALIST
DIMAS Antonio, 1996, MANIFESTO REGIONALIS, P23
DOREGO JL, 1936, HOMENAGEM MANUEL BAN, P105
FREYRE G, 1944, PERFIL EUCLYDES OUTR
FREYRE G, 1931, CARTA MANUEL BANDEIR
FREYRE G, 1979, TEMPO APRENDIZ ARTIG, V1
Freyre Gilberto, 1952, MANIFESTO REGIONALIS
FREYRE Gilberto, 2001, CASA GRANDE SENZALA
GIUCCI Guillermo, 2007, GILBERTO FREYRE BIOG
Hobsbawm E. J, 1995, EXTREMOS BREVE SECUL
JARDIM L, 1964, RETALHOS JORNAIS VEL
LAFETA Joao Luiz, 2000, 1930 CRITICA MODERNI
LOWY Michael, 1993, ROMANTISMO POLITICA
Martins Wilson, 2002, IDEIA MODERNISTA
NETO M, 1997, EDUCACAO PELA PEDRA
Pallares-Burke Maria Lucia Garcia, 2005, GILBERTO FREYRE VITO
PINCHERLE MC, 1999, CITTA SINCOPATA POES
SAID Edward, 2007, HUMANISMO CRITICA DE
TRIGO Luciano, 2002, ENGENHO MEMORIA NORD
VECCHI R, C LETR JUL DEZ 2000, P187
NR 35
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV CALIF
PI LOS ANGELES
PA DEPT SPANISH PORTUGUESE MESTER 405 HILGARD AVE, LOS ANGELES, CA
90095-1532 USA
SN 0160-2764
J9 MESTER
JI Mester
PY 2008
VL 37
SI SI
BP 41
EP 63
PG 23
SC Literature
GA V12EC
UT WOS:000207581500004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Soares, DR
AF Soares, Debora Racy
TI Studies of Brazilian and Portuguese literature
SO MESTER
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 [Soares, Debora Racy] Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Soares, DR (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR FRANCHETTI P, 2007, ESTUDIOS LITERATURA
1989, ALGUNS ASPECTOS TEOR
2001, NOSTALGIA EXILIO MEL
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV CALIF
PI LOS ANGELES
90095-1532 USA
SN 0160-2764
J9 MESTER
JI Mester
PY 2008
VL 37
SI SI
BP 129
EP 135
PG 7
SC Literature
GA V12EC
UT WOS:000207581500009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Cuevas, RRM
Paraboni, I
AF Moya Cuevas, Ramon Re
Paraboni, Ivandre
GP De La Salle Univ Manila
TI Using 'Low-cost' Learning Features for Pronoun Resolution
SO PACLIC 22: PROCEEDINGS OF THE 22ND PACIFIC ASIA CONFERENCE ON LANGUAGE,
INFORMATION AND COMPUTATION
LA English
CT 22nd Pacific Asia Conference on Language, Information and Computation
CY NOV 20-22, 2008
CL De La Salle Univ, Cebu, PHILIPPINES
SP Univ Philippines, Visayas Cebu Coll, Philippine Council Adv Sci & Technol Res &
Dev, Dept Sci & Technol, Commiss Higher Educ
HO De La Salle Univ
DE Anaphora resolution; Machine Learning
AB We investigate a machine learning approach to Portuguese pronoun resolution. We
presently focus on so-called 'low-cost' learning features readily obtainable from
the output of a part-of-speech tagger, and we largely bypass deep syntactic and
semantic analysis. Preliminary results show significant improvement in resolution
precision and recall, and are comparable to existing rule-based approaches for the
Portuguese language spoken in Brazil.
C1 [Moya Cuevas, Ramon Re; Paraboni, Ivandre] Univ Sao Paulo, Escola Artes Ciencias
& Humanidades, BR-1000 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM fusion@usp.br; ivandre@usp.br
RI Paraboni, Ivandre/C-1550-2012
CR BICK E, 2000, THESIS ARHUS U
CHAVES A, 2007, THESIS U SAO CARLOS
COELHO TT, 2005, AN 25 C SOC BRAS COM, P2069
Cuevas RRM, 2008, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V4919, P344, DOI 10.1007/978-3-540-
78135-6_29
HOBBS JR, 1978, LINGUA, V44, P311, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(78)90006-2
Kenedy Chistopher, 1996, P 16 INT C COMP LING, V1, P113
Lappin S., 1994, Computational Linguistics, V20, P535
MCCARTHY JF, 1995, 14 INT C ART INT IJC
Mitkov R., 1999, Machine Translation, V14, P281, DOI 10.1023/A:1011184828072
Mitkov R., 2002, ANAPHORA RESOLUTION
Ng V, 2002, 40TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR COMPUTATIONAL
LINGUISTICS, PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE, P104
Quinlan JR, 1993, C4 5 PROGRAMS MACHIN
SANTOS DNA, 2007, 6 MEX INT C ART INT, P966
Soon W. M., 2001, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V27
NR 14
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DE LA SALLE UNIV-MANILA-DLSU
PI MANILA
PA 2401 TAFT AVE, MANILA, 1004, PHILIPPINES
PY 2008
BP 377
EP 383
PG 7
WC Computer Science, Information Systems; Computer Science, Theory &
Methods; Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
SC Computer Science; Linguistics
GA BJE27
UT WOS:000265134100038
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Sarinho, VT
AF Sarinho, Victor Travassos
BE Xu, LD
Tjoa, AM
Chaudhry, SS
TI Using JPOX to develop a persistence API for generic objects
SO RESEARCH AND PRACTICAL ISSUES OF ENTERPRISE INFORMATION SYSTEMS II, VOL
2
SE International Federation for Information Processing
LA English
CT 2nd International Conference on Research and Practical Issues of
Enterprise Information Systems
CY OCT 14-16, 2007
CL Beijing, PEOPLES R CHINA
DE enterprise information systems (EIS); enterprise application; enterprise
software solutions; enterprise modeling and integration; enterprise
model; JDO; JPOX; generic objects persistence
AB JPOX is an open source project that tries to be the reference between API JDO
(Java Data Objects) implementations. Using JDO specifications, Java objects can be
persisted automatically, independent of database management system. However, JDO
builds the automatic persistence using object type definitions (classes). In this
way, specifics query and update methods must be created for each type of object.
Therefore, the objective of this work is develop an automatic persistence API for
generic objects, based on JPOX project, avoiding database manipulation
difficulties, and improving the development of object persistence based
applications.
C1 Univ Estadual Feira de Santana, Depto Exatas, BR-44031460 Feira de Santana, BA,
Brazil.
EM vsarinho@gmail.com
CR Ambler S. W., DESIGN ROBUST PERSIS
*CASTOR, CASTOR PROJ
*HIB, OBJ REL MAPP TRANSP
*JAV, JAV 2 PLATF
RUMBAUGH J, 2000, UML GUIA USUARIO
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU SPRINGER
PI NEW YORK
PA 233 SPRING STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10013, UNITED STATES
SN 1571-5736
BN 978-0-387-76311-8
J9 INT FED INFO PROC
PY 2008
VL 255
BP 933
EP +
PG 2
WC Business; Computer Science, Information Systems; Computer Science,
Interdisciplinary Applications; Computer Science, Theory & Methods;
Information Science & Library Science; Literature; Management
SC Business & Economics; Computer Science; Information Science & Library
Science; Literature
GA BGU65
UT WOS:000250701800020
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Souza, RA
AF de Souza, Roberto Acizelo
TI Joaquim Norberto and his Contribution to Text Edition and to Literary
Criticism
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Brazil; Romantic literary criticism; Romantic texts edition
AB In Joaquim Norberto's broad and heterogeneous works thes edition of texts holds
an outstanding position. Literary criticism, in its turn, appears as an activity
derived from that one, as well as in a lower status in the whole of his production.
As a critic, he follows mainly a biographic orientation frequently trimming the
reconstitution of the studied writers' lives with episodes worthy of sentimental
feuilletons.
C1 Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Inst Letras, Dept Literatura Brasileira & Teoria
Literatura, BR-20559900 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP de Souza, RA (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Inst Letras, Dept
Literatura Brasileira & Teoria Literatura, BR-20559900 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM acizelo@bighost.com.br
CR ABREU CJM, 1877, OBRAS COMPLETAS
ALVARENGA MID, 1864, OBRAS POETICAS
BARRETO Dalmo, 1991, REV I HIST GEOGRAFIC, V15, P937
CANDIDO Antonio, 1971, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE, V2
CARPEAUX OM, 1961, HIST LIT OCIDENTAL, V3, P1369
CARPEAUX Otto Maria, 1949, PEQUENA BIBLIO CRITI
CASTELLO JA, 1964, JOSE BONIFACIO VELHO
DACOSTA CM, 1903, OBRAS POETICAS
DAGAMA JB, 1903, OBRAS POETICAS
DEAZEVEDO MAA, 1873, OBRAS
DIAS A, 1910, POESIAS
DIRCEU D, 2001, LIRAS APRESENTADAS M
DIRCEU D, 1845, LIRAS ATRIBUIDAS DMJ
GONZAGA TA, 1862, MARILIA DIRCEU
*I HIST GEOGR BRAS, 1850, REV TRIMENSAL HIST G, V13, P520
*I HIST GEOGR BRAS, 1850, REV TRIMENSAL HIST G, V13, P529
*I HIST GEOGR BRAS, 1855, REV I HIST GEOGRAFIC, V18, P419
MIRANDA JA, 1998, CMHLB CARAVELLE, V70, P135
MIRANDA JA, 2001, CAPITULOS HIST LIT B, P5
MOREIRA Maria Eunice, 1995, CADERNO CENTRO PESQU, V1, P21
MOREIRA Maria Eunice, 2004, PEDRAS ARCO, P119
MOREIRA ME, 2001, FALAS DIVERSAS
PACHA S, 2001, MARILIA DIRCEU, pR15
PEIXOTO A, 1920, JOSE BONIFACIO
PEIXOTO ACD, 1951, DIRECAO CRITICA LIT
PEIXOTO Ignacio Jose de Alvarenga, 1865, OBRAS POETICAS
PINHEIRO F, 1872, POSTILAS RETORICA PO
RABELO LAURINDO, 1876, OBRAS POETICAS
RAMOS PED, 1965, POESIA ROMANTICA
SILVA JND, 1876, REV TRIMENSAL I HIST, V3, P197
SILVA JND, 1850, REV TRIMENSAL HIST G, V13, P274
SILVA JND, 1898, REV I HIST GEOGRAFIC, V19, P475
SILVA JND, 1861, POESIAS AM ELISIO, P187
SILVA JND, 1862, SAUDADES, P1
SILVA JND, 1997, BRASILEIRAS CELEBRES
SPINA S, 1994, INTRO EDOTICA
NR 42
TC 1
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 9
EP 26
PG 18
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dal Farra, ML
AF Dal Farra, Maria Lucia
TI The Seasonal Fruits of the Feminine: Adelia, Adilia e Paula Tavares
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Feminine Literature; Brazilian Portuguese and African Poetry;
Intertextuality
AB His article aims tit understanding the treatment given fruits. a recurrent sign
in the poetics of three women poets, the Brazilian poet Adelia Prado, The
Portuguese Adilia Lopes and the Angolan Paula Tavares. Through a comparatist
methodological approach, it will be possible to trace how fruits are associated to
feminine symbolism, related or not to the cultural blemish of the original sin.
C1 Univ Fed Sergipe, Dept Letras, Ctr Educ & Ciencias Humanas, BR-49100000 Sao
Cristovao, SE, Brazil.
RP Dal Farra, ML (reprint author), Univ Fed Sergipe, Dept Letras, Ctr Educ &
Ciencias Humanas, BR-49100000 Sao Cristovao, SE, Brazil.
EM posgrap@ufs.br
RI Wozniak, Agata/H-2361-2011
CR ABDALAJUNIOR B, 2003, VOOS ILHAS
BEZERRA KD, 1999, ESTUDOS PORTUGUESES, P49
CASCUDO LD, 1983, HIST ALIMENTACAO BRA, P676
CRISPIM MD, UNIAO ESCRITORES ANG
DIOGO AAL, 2000, OBRA, P473
ELGELMAYER E, 2000, OBRA, P467
LANCASTER L, DOIS POEMAS PAULA TA
LOPES A, 2000, OBRA
PADILHA LC, 2000, AFRICA BRASIL, P287
PRADO A, 1978, CORACAO DISPARADO
PRADO A, 1981, TERRA SANTA CRUZ
PRADO A, 1988, FACA PEITO
PRADO Adelia, 1979, BAGAGEM
SECCO Carmen Lucia Tindo, 2003, MAGIA LETRAS AFRICAN
SECCO CLT, RUMINACOES TEMPO MEM
SILVESTRE O. M., 1999, FLORBELA ESPANCA ESP, P37
SUSSEKIND Flora, 2002, ANTOLOGIA, P203
TAVARES P, 1985, RITOS PASSAGEM
TAVARES P, 2001, DIZESME COISAS AMARG
TAVARES P, 1999, LAGO LUA
NR 20
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 27
EP 36
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Soares, A
AF Soares, Angelica
TI The Marginalization of Women in the Poetry of Silvia Jacintho and Astrid
Cabral
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Ideology; Genre; Woman; Patriarchalism; Brazilian contemporary poetry
AB This essay proposes a reading of women's social marginalization by the
oppressiveness of the patriarchal power in Silvia Jacintho's and Astrid Cabral's
memorialist poems, through a feminist perspective of questioning the genre
ideology. The starting point for this reading is a brief reflection on ideology and
genre construction, as well as the social organization in the relation between the
sexes. Denouncements of women historical exclusion in images of confinement,
resistance, traps, and demolitions in the referred poets will be literarily
approached.
C1 Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Fac Letras, Dept Ciencias & Literatura, BR-21941901 Rio
De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Soares, A (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Fac Letras, Dept Ciencias &
Literatura, BR-21941901 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM angelica@esquadro.com.br
CR ALTHUSSER Louis, 1970, IDEOLOGIA APARELHOS
BOURDIEU Pierre, 2005, DOMINACAO MASCULINA
BUTLER J, 2003, PROBLEMAS GENERO, P15
CABRAL A, 1998, INTRAMUROS
CASTELLS M, 2001, PODER IDENTIDADE, V2, P169
CHAUI M, 1999, DESEJO, P19
CHAUI M, 1987, MEMORIA SOCIEDADE, pR17
CHEVALLIER J, 1990, DICIONARIO SIMBOLOS
de LAURETIS Teresa, 1994, TENDENCIAS IMPASSES, P206
Eagleton Terry, 1997, IDEOLOGIA
GAGNEBIN J. M., 1994, HIST NARRACAO W BENJ
JACINTHO S, 2001, LIVRO INTUICAO
MESZAROS I, 2004, PODER IDEOLOGIA, P57
SAFFIOTI H, 1988, CONDICAO FEMINIA, P143
SAFFIOTI H. I. B, 2002, LABRYS ESTUDOS FEMIN
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 37
EP 51
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Murad, S
AF Murad, Samira
TI Is Georges Perec the Anti-Proust?
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Marcel Proust; Georges Perec; Memory; Intertexuality; Potentiality
AB This article presents and analyses the points of view of literary critics that
have studied Marcel Proust's role in the work of Georges Perec with the intention
of showing the workings of their approaches. The article also points towards a
direction that can be followed when analyzing these two writers' relations.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciencias Humanas, Dept Letras Modernas,
Programa Posgrad Lingua & Literatura Francesa, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Murad, S (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciencias
Humanas, Dept Letras Modernas, Programa Posgrad Lingua & Literatura Francesa, BR-
EM smurad@uo.com.br
CR Burgelin Claude, 1996, PARTIES DOMINOS CHEZ
CONSTANTIN D, LIEUX JAI DORMI G PE
DELEUZE Gilles, 2007, PROUST SIGNES
FRAISSE L, 1995, ESTHETIQUE MARCEL PR
Jullien D, 2003, LITTERATURE, P3
Perec G., 1978, VIE MODE EMPLOI
PEREC G, 2003, ENTRETIENS C, V1
Perec George, 1974, ESPECES ESPACES
Proust M., 1988, RECHERCHE TEMPS PERD, VII
Proust M, 1989, RECHERCHE TEMPS PERD, VIV
Proust Marcel, 1987, READING RUSKIN
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 53
EP 63
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Guimaraes, R
AF Guimaraes, Rodrigo
TI The Contemporary Literature in Relationship with Jacques Derrida's
Thinking
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Jacques Derrida; Deconstruction; Contemporary Literature
AB This essay focuses on the main "concepts" and thoughts developed by Jacques
Derrida in his close relationship with literature. It aims at showing how the
philosopher works with these aspects of language considering the frameworks of his
theory that includes "concepts" as differance, espacing, hymen, brisura, double-
bind and the own writing as a text operator.
C1 Univ Estadual Montes Claros, BR-39401365 Montes Claros, MG, Brazil.
RP Guimaraes, R (reprint author), Univ Estadual Montes Claros, BR-39401365 Montes
Claros, MG, Brazil.
EM rodrigo.guima@terra.com.br
CR ANDRADE C. D. de, 2002, POESIA COMPLETA
ARTAUD A, 2006, LINGUAGEM VIDA
BLANCHOT M, 1997, PARTE FOGO
De Saussure F, 1995, CURSO LINGUISTICA GE
DECAMPOS H, 2005, MALLARME
DERRIDA J., 1995, SALVO NOME
DERRIDA J, 1997, GRAMATOLOGIA
DERRIDA J, 1994, VOZ FENOMENO
Derrida J, 1972, DISSEMINATION
DERRIDA Jacques, 2002, A FARMACIA DE PLATAO
DERRIDA Jacques, 1991, MARGENS FILOSOFIA
DERRIDA Jacques, 2004, PAPEL MAQUINA
DERRIDA Jacques, 1994, ESPECTROS DE MARX
Derrida Jacques, 2002, ESCRITURA DIFERENCA
DERRIDA Jacques, 1987, FEU LA CENDRE
DERRIDA Jacques, 2001, POSICOES
DUQUEESTRADA PC, 2002, MARGENS
ECKHART, 1998, LIVRO DIVINA CONSOLA
FREUD Sigmund, 1920, ALEM PRINCIPIO PRAZE
HEIDEGGER Martin, 1987, INTRO METAFISICA
LACAN J, 1986, LITURATERRA CHE VUOI, V1, P17
Lacan J., 1983, SEMINARIO
Lacan J., 1957, SEMINARIO
LACAN J, 1992, SEMINARIO
LACAN J., 1988, SEMINARIO
LACAN Jacques, 1998, ESCRITOS
Lautreamont C. de., 2005, CANTOS MALDOROR
Leavy John P., 1990, GLAS
LECLAIRE S, 1977, PSICANALISAR
NASCIMENTO Evando, 1999, DERRIDA LIT
Rousseau J.-J, 1998, ENSAIO ORIGEM LINGUA
SANTIAGO Silviano, 1976, GLOSSARIO DERRIDA
SILESIUS A, 1988, PELEGRIN CHERUBINIQU
VALERY P., 1999, VARIEDADES
NR 34
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 65
EP 84
PG 20
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gil, FC
AF Gil, Fernando Cerisara
TI Criticism and the rural novel
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Literary criticism; Regionalism; Regionalist novel
AB This article discusses the state and the valuation that Brazilian criticism
assigns to the regionalist novel.
C1 Univ Fed Parana, CNPq, Dept Linguist Letras Class & Vernaculas, Setor Ciencias
Humanas Letras & Artes, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
RP Gil, FC (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, CNPq, Dept Linguist Letras Class &
Vernaculas, Setor Ciencias Humanas Letras & Artes, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana,
Brazil.
EM fcgil61@gmail.com
CR Candido Antonio, 1975, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE, VII
COUTINHO Afranio, 1986, LIT BRASIL, V5
GRIECO Agrippino, 1947, EVOLUCAO PROSA BRASI
MIGUELPEREIRA L, 1973, PROSA FICCAO
SUSSEKIND F, 1984, TAL BRASIL QUAL ROMA
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 85
EP 100
PG 16
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Oliveira, SR
AF de Oliveira, Solange Ribeiro
TI Literature and the Other Arts, nowdays: Pop Art, and Contemporary
Brazilian Poetry
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Literature and the Other Arts; Iconotext; Felipe Fortuna
AB The text explores the interface between literature and the visual arts,
particularly between contemporary poetry and pop art. Starting out from
contemporary North-American poetry, the paper concentrates on the creation of the
Brazilian poet Felipe Fortuna, In the line of Liliane Louvel's intermedial
analysis, Fortuna's "Poemas para a aula de ginastica "("Poems for classes in the
gym") are analyzed as iconotexts, saturated with pictorial impregnations,
suggestive of dominant as aspects of contemporary culture.
C1 Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, BR-31270901 Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP de Oliveira, SR (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, BR-31270901
Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
EM solanger1@uol.com.br
CR ABELAIRA A, 1996, OUTRORA AGORA
ARBEX M, 2006, C INT ABR LUG DISC 1, P1
BARTHES R, 1964, ESSAYS CRITIQUES
Danto AC, 2003, ABUSE BEAUTY
Danto AC, 1997, END ART CONT ART PAL
FORTUNA F, 1991, ARTES OFICIOS POESIA, P132
HUGHES R, 1995, SHOCK NEW, P325
Louvel L., 1997, POETIQUE PARIS, V112, P475
MATTOSO G, 1991, ARTES OFICIOS POESIA, P174
MONACHESI J, 2006, FOHLA D PAULO, P6
SHAKESPEARE WS, 2002, COMPLETE SONNETS POE, P91
TRINIDAD D, 1994, POSTMODERN AM POETRY, P596
VENEROSO MDD, 2000, CALIGRAFIAS ESCRITUR, V1
VENEROSO MDD, 2006, C INT ABR LUG DISC 1
ZAPPI L, 2006, FOLHA D PAULO, P4
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 101
EP 115
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Renaux, S
AF Renaux, Sigrid
TI PKPAGE'S "CONVERSATION": A DIALOGUE BETWEEN PAINTING AND POETRY
LA English
DT Article
DE Canadian poetry; Stylistics; Aesthetics
AB This work analyzes P.K.Page's poem "Conversation", which concerns the
remembrance of a dialogue between the Canadian poet and the Israeli ambassador Arie
Aroch, while both were engaged in painting a canvas in her studio on Estrada da
Gavea, in Rio de Janeiro. By way of a stylistic approach - foregrounding the
recurrence of a specific vocabulary related to painting, of formal and pictorial
frames (the Picture within a picture) and of images suggestively symbolical -, the
analysis will reveal that, in spite of the informality of the dialogue enhanced by
the use of free verse lines, the poem actually becomes a dialogue between the art
of painting and the art of poetry.
C1 Ctr Univ Campos Andrade, BR-80010130 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
RP Renaux, S (reprint author), Ctr Univ Campos Andrade, BR-80010130 Curitiba,
Parana, Brazil.
EM sigrid@uniandrade.br
CR Bakhtin M., 1973, PROBLEMS DOSTOEVSKYS
Brogan T. V. F., 1993, NEW PRINCETON ENCY P
CUMMING R, 1998, ENTENDER ARTE
Jakobson Roman, 1964, STYLE LANG, P350
LAWRENCE T, 2007, MENINAS
Leech G., 1985, DISCOURSE LIT NEW AP, P39, DOI DOI 10.1075/CT.3.04LEE
Page P. K., 1987, BRAZILIAN J
Page P.K., 1997, HIDDEN ROOM COLLECTE, V2
SEARLE JR, 1980, CRIT INQUIRY, V6, P477, DOI 10.1086/448060
VERMEER J, ART PAINTING
VRIES A. de, 1974, DICT SYMBOLS IMAGERY
Woolf Virginia, 1955, LIGHTHOUSE
Zholkovsky A., 1985, DISCOURSE LIT NEW AP, P105
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 117
EP 128
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fontes, O
AF Fontes Filho, Osvaldo
TI Notes on an Impossible Literature: Bataille's Blue of Noon
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Narrative; Politics; Desire; Impossibility; Death; Georges Bataille
AB Georges Bataille's novel Blue of Noon (1935) appraises itself as disposing of a
premonitory vision on 30th and 40th political and social convulsions. As a
heterocritical narrative, it evokes an alternation of dreams and reality, quotidian
events and historical facts, ammounting to comments about revolutionary values its
age. This paper aims to expose some notes on the narrative schemes of Blue of Noon.
As a contest between writing and its own impossibility, Bataille's text shows
fiction as the other side of theoretical optimism and reveals literature as the
realm of transgressions.
C1 Pontificia Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Comunicacao & Filosofia, Dept Filosofia, BR-
RP Fontes, O (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Comunicacao &
Filosofia, Dept Filosofia, BR-05014901 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM osvaldofontes@itelefonica.com.br
CR BATAILLE G, 1971, OEUVRES COMPLETES, V3, P377
BATAILLE G, 1971, OEUVRES COMPLETES, V3, P509
BATAILLE G, 1971, OEUVRES COMPLETES, V1, P332
BLANCHOT M, 1969, ENTRETIEN INFINI, P300
Blanchot Maurice, 1983, COMMUNAUTE INAVOUABL
CUSSET C, 1995, G BATAILLE APRES TOU, P171
DURAS M, 1958, CIGUE, P32
FOUCAULT M, 2001, DITOS ESCRITOS, V3, P28
HOLLIER D, 1987, REV SCI HUMAINES, V2, P93
MARMANDE F, 2006, G BATAILLE POLITIQUE, P172
REDA J, 1962, CAHIERS SUD, P271
SOLLERS PB, 2003, ELOGE PINFINI, P496
SOLLERS PB, 1996, GUERRE GOUT, P480
Surya Michel, 1992, G BATAILLE MORT OEUV
NR 14
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 129
EP 144
PG 16
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cardozo, MM
AF Cardozo, Mauricio Mendonca
TI Paul Celan: Praxis and Space of Contemporary Poetry
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Paul Celan; Ethos; Relation; Space of poetry; Poetic practice
AB By taking the work of The German-speaking poet Paul Celan into consideration, as
well as his reflections on poetic practice, I shall, in the present article,
question the notion of ethical dynamics deriving from an interdependent
relationship between poetic space and practice. Such dynamics, in turn, establishes
itself as a possibility of both transformation and outliving of the place that
poetry lakes in the contemporary world.
C1 Univ Fed Parana, Setor Ciencias Humanas Letras & Artes, Dept Letras Estrangeiras
Modernas, BR-80060150 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
RP Cardozo, MM (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, Setor Ciencias Humanas Letras &
Artes, Dept Letras Estrangeiras Modernas, BR-80060150 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
EM maumeluco@uol.com.br
CR Blanchot M., 1989, SPACE LIT
Buber M., 2001, EU TU
CELAN P, 2000, GASAMMELTE WERKE SIE, V1, P7
CELAN P, 2000, GESAMMELTE WERKE SIE, V3, P187
Celan Paul, 2003, GEDICHTE KOMMENTIERT
MALLARME S, 2002, MALLARME, P149
Schmitz Simone, 2003, GRENZUBERSCHREITUNGE
TAURECK BHF, 2002, EMMANUEL LEVINAS EIN
VAZ HCD, 1993, ESCRITOS FILOSOFIA, V2
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ARARAQUARA
SN 0101-3505
EI 1981-7886
J9 REV LET
JI Rev. Let.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 48
IS 1
BP 145
EP 155
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 399YA
UT WOS:000262834000011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garate, MV
AF Garate, Miriam V.
TI Critical cinematography and fiction in Horacio Quiroga
LA Spanish
DT Article
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Garate, MV (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR Barthes Roland, 1980, CHAMBRE CLAIRE
Bazin Andre, 1958, QUESTCE QUE CINEMA, V1-4
Bessiere Irene, 1974, RECIT FANTASTIQUE PO
Borge Jason, 2005, AVANCES HOLLYWOOD CR
BRUNETTA GP, 1993, NACIMIENTO RELATO CI
CESERANI R., 1999, FANTASTICO
FAIVRE J, 1991, LIT FANTASTIQUE
FREUD S, 1996, PSICOLOGIA MASAS ANA, V18
FREUD S, 1996, HIST YBA BEYRISUS UB, V17
GARATE MV, 2005, ACT 5 C INT IN PRESS
Grivel C., 1992, FANTASTIQUE FICTION
Jordan Mary Erdal, 1998, NARRACION FANTASTICA
MELLIER D., 2000, LIT FANTASTIQUE
Milner Max, 1982, LA FANTASMAGORIE
Morin E, 1956, CINEMA HOMME IMAGINA
Poniatowska Elena, 1979, NOCHE VIENES
PREDAL R, 1989, CINEMACTION, V50
QUIROGA H, 1996, TODOS CUENTOS, pR20
QUIROGA H, 1922, ATLANTIDA 1026, P238
QUIROGA H, 1920, CARAS CARETAS 0612, P1132
Quiroga Horacio, 1997, ARTE LENGUAJE CINE
Sarlo Beatriz, 1992, IMAGINACION TECNICA
Todorov T., 1970, INTRO LIT FANTASTIQU
VAX L, 1965, SEDUCTION ETRANGE
Xavier Ismail, 1984, DISCURSO CINEMATOGRA
NR 27
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 2008
VL 74
IS 222
BP 101
EP 114
PG 14
SC Literature
GA 374VI
UT WOS:000261071400006
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Olmos, AC
AF Cecilia Olmos, Ana
TI Transgressive poetry: avant-garde and pop culture during the fifties in
Latin America
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
C1 [Cecilia Olmos, Ana] Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Olmos, AC (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR GELADO Viviana, 2006, POETICAS TRANSGRESSA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 2008
VL 74
IS 222
BP 299
EP 303
PG 5
SC Literature
GA 374VI
UT WOS:000261071400022
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Waizbort, L
AF Waizbort, Leopoldo
TI Rationalization, Kunstwollen and technical means of expressivity. The
example of the romantic piano
SO REVUE DE SYNTHESE
LA French
DT Article
DE Sociology of music; technical medium; Max Weber
AB This article seeks to retrace some of the empirical, historical and sociological
elements of Max Weber Sociology of music. Even if he is first and foremost
interested in the process of rationalisation throughout western civilisation, his
Sociology of music is founded on the idea of the technical medium, which he
explores in several different directions. This idea will be examined here by means
of several examples drawn from western music, particularly from the romantic piano
repertoire.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Sociol, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Waizbort, L (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Sociol, Ave Luciano Gualberto
315, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM waizbort@usp.br
CR Adorn Theodor W., 1958, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V16, P229
ADORNO TW, 1986, PRISMES CRITIQUE CUT, P80
ADORNO TW, 1972, PARALIPOMENA GESAMME, V7, P389
ADORNO TW, 1977, PRISMEN GESAMMELTE S, V10, P97
ADORNO TW, 1976, PARALIPOMENA AUTOUR, P9
BLAUKOPF K, 1982, MUSIK WANDEL GESELLS
DESPOIX P, 2004, COMMUNICATION C KOMP
HEINRICH D, 1952, EINHEIT WISSENSCHAFT
Lukacs G., 1982, BRIEFWECHSEL 1902 19
Reich S., 1981, ECRITS ENTRETIENS MU
Rosen Charles, 2002, GENERATION ROMANTIQU
Schluchter Wolfgang, 1991, RELIG LEBENSFUHRUNG
WAIZBORT L, 1995, FUNDAMENTOS RACIONAI, P23
WEBER M., 2001, ETHIQUE PROTESTANTE
WEBER M, 1920, GESAMMELTE AUFSATZE, V1, P17
Weber M, 1988, GESAMMELTE AUFSATZE, P449
WEBER M, 1965, ESSAIS THEORIE SCI, P399
WEBER M, 2005, SCI PROFESSION VOCAT, P9
WEBER M, 1988, SOZIOLOGISCHEN OKONO, P489
Weber M, 1988, GESAMMELTE AUFSATZE, P582
NR 20
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU SPRINGER FRANCE
PI PARIS
PA 22 RUE DE PALESTRO, PARIS, 75002, FRANCE
SN 0035-1776
J9 REV SYNTH
JI Rev. Synth.
PY 2008
VL 129
IS 3
BP 389
EP 400
DI 10.1007/s11873-008-0047-2
PG 12
WC History; Literary Theory & Criticism; Philosophy
SC History; Literature; Philosophy
GA 365KQ
UT WOS:000260405600004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU De Aragao, MDS
AF Silva De Aragao, Maria Do Socorro
TI DIALECTIC AND GEOLINGUISTIC STUDIES IN BRAZIL
SO REVUE ROUMAINE DE LINGUISTIQUE-ROMANIAN REVIEW OF LINGUISTICS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 [Silva De Aragao, Maria Do Socorro] Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Silva De Aragao, Maria Do Socorro] Univ Fed Paraiba, BR-58059900 Joao Pessoa,
Paraiba, Brazil.
[Silva De Aragao, Maria Do Socorro] Univ Fed Ceara, Ceara, Brazil.
RP De Aragao, MDS (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR AGUILERA Vanderci Andrade, 1998, GEOLINGUISTICA BRASI
AGUILERA Vanderci de Andrade, 1994, ATLAS LINGUISTICO PA
AGUILERA VD, 2004, ENCONTRO NACL GRUPO, V3
ALMEIDA FDC, 2007, MICRO ATLAS FONETICO
AMARAL A, 1976, DIALETO CAIPIRA
ARAGAO M, 2006, ATLAS LINGUISTICO PI
ARAGAO M. do S. S. de, 1984, ATLAS LINGUISTICO PA
ARAGAO M. S., 1998, GEOLINGUISTICA BRASI, P55
ARAGAO MSS, 1988, BIBLIO DIALETAL BRAS
ARAGAO MSS, 1997, SITUACAO GEOGRAFIA L, P79
ARAGAO MSS, 2006, ATLAS LINGUISTICO AC
ARAGAO SS, 1987, SITUATION GEOGRAPHIE
BALBI A, 1826, ATLAS ETHNOGRAPHIQUE
BESSA JR, 1982, ATLAS LINGUISTICO CE
BRANDAO S., 1991, GEOGRAFIA LINGUISTIC
BRANDAO SF, 1986, S DIV LING BRAS, V1, P139
BUNSE H, 1969, ESTUDOS DIALETAIS RI
CAMARA JR, 1972, DISPERSOS, P71
CARDOSO S. A. M, 1999, DELTA, V15, P233
CARDOSO S. A. M, 2001, DELTA, V17, P25
CARDOSO SAM, 2001, GEOLINGUISTIQUE HORS, V2, P197
CARDOSO SAM, 1998, ATLAS LINGUISTICO BR
CARDOSO SAM, 1999, B ABRALIN, V23, P18
CARDOSO SAM, 2002, ATLAS LINGUISTICO SE
CARDOSO SAM, 1996, C INT ABR, V1, P181
CARDOSO SAM, 1986, ESTUDOS LINGUUISTICO, V5, P47
CARDOSO SAM, 1997, B ABRALIN
CARDOSO SAM, 2004, DIVERSIDADE LINGUIST, P105
CARDOSO SAM, 2001, REV GELNE, V5, P185
CARDOSO SAM, 1993, ENCONTRO NACL ANPOLL, V2, P876
CARUSO P., 1983, ATLAS LINGUISTICO ES
CARUSO P, 1982, ALFA, V26, P69
CRUZ MLC, 2004, ATLAS LINGUISTICO AM, V1
CRUZ MLC, 2004, ATLAS LINGUISTICO AM, V2
CUNHA CS, 2005, ATLAS LINGUISTICO SO
CUNHA CS, 2006, ESTUDOS GEOSOCIOLING
DEMELO GC, 1964, REV SEPRO LISBOA, V23, P41
FERREIRA Carlota, 1987, ATLAS LINGUISTICO SE
FERREIRA Carlota, 1994, DIALETOLOGIA BRASIL
FERREIRA CS, 1995, DELTA, V11, P255
FERREIRA CS, 1995, REV INT LINGUA PORTU, V14, P91
FERREIRA CS, 1988, DIVERSIDADE PORTUGUE
FRUBEL ACM, 2004, 2 ENCONTRO NALC GRUP, V1
ISQUERDO AN, 2004, 2 ENCONTRO NACL GRUP, V1
ISQUERDO AN, 2006, PROJETO ATLAS LINGUI, P67
KOCH W, 2002, ATLAS LINGUISTICO ET
LESSA LG, 1998, GEOLINGUISTICA BRASI, P137
LIMA JL, 2000, ATLAS LINGUISTICO MA
LIMA LG, 2006, THESIS UFRJ MESTRADO
MOTA JA, 2006, PROJETO ATLAS LINGUI
NASCENTES Antenor, 1961, BASES ELABORACAO ATL
NOGUEIRA AX, 1998, GEOLINGUISTICA BRASI, P143
PEREIRA MN, 2002, ATLAS LINGUISTICO RI
PEREIRA MN, 2007, THESIS UFRJ
RAMOS CM, 2002, ATLAS LINGUISTICO MA
RAZKY A, 1998, GEOLINGUISTICA BRASI, P155
RAZKY A, 2004, ESTUDOS GEOSOCIOLING, P173
RAZKY Abdelhak, 2004, ATLAS LINGUISTICO SO
REIS RCP, 2006, THESIS UFMS MESTRADO
RIBEIRO Jose, 1977, ESBOCO ATLAS LINGUIS
ROSSI N., 1965, ATLAS PREVIO FALARES
ROSSI N, 1969, S SAO PAUL AL SAO PA, P87
ROSSI Nelson, 1963, ATLAS PREVIO FALARES
ROSSI Nelson, 1967, ALFA, P89
SILVA S, 1958, GUIA ESTUDOS DIALETO
NR 65
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITURA ACAD ROMANE
PI BUCURESTI
PA CALEA 13 SEPTEMBRIE NR 13, SECTOR 5, BUCURESTI 050711, ROMANIA
SN 0035-3957
J9 REV ROUM LINGUIST
JI Rev. Roum. Linguist.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2008
VL 53
IS 1-2
BP 125
EP 140
PG 16
SC Linguistics
GA 496BQ
UT WOS:000269943400007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Della Giustina, FP
Rossi, TMD
AF Della Giustina, Flavia Pinheiro
De Freitas Rossi, Tania Maria
TI THE PRAGMATIC METALINGUISTIC AWARENESS AND ITS RELATION WITH THE
PRODUCTION OF NARRATIVE TEXTS
SO RLA-REVISTA DE LINGUISTICA TEORICA Y APLICADA
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE Metalinguistic development; phonological awareness; pragmatic awareness
AB This study investigated the pragmatic metalinguistic awareness and its relation
to narrative text production by fifth-graders. The research was carried out with
two distinct groups, in which students were divided by their levels of phonological
awareness. The main objective was to verify how systematic knowledge of scientific
subjects and concepts learned during Early Childhood Education and Elementary
School, are organized and structured to produce written material. The use of verbal
stories allowed the understanding of the children's social intention through their
choices of words, revealing the steps covered from its mental concept until its
materialization -writing. The results show that the level of metalinguistic
awareness is connected to the other-reader's representation, real or imaginary,
which will affect all written work.
C1 [Della Giustina, Flavia Pinheiro; De Freitas Rossi, Tania Maria] Univ Catolica
Brasilia, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Della Giustina, FP (reprint author), Univ Catolica Brasilia, Brasilia, DF,
Brazil.
EM flaviagiustina@terra.com.br; taniamrossi@gmail.com
CR ALBUQUERQUE EB, 1997, PSICOLOGIA TEORIA PE, V3, P329
ALBUQUERQUE EB, 1994, THESIS UFPE RECIFE
BACHMAN LF, 1991, TESOL QUART, V25, P671, DOI 10.2307/3587082
BACHMAN LF, 1987, ANN AM ACAD POLIT SS, V490, P20, DOI
10.1177/0002716287490001003
BAKHTIN M. M., 1997, MARXISMO FILOSOFIA L
BAKHTIN Mikhail, 1997, ESTETICA CRIACAO VER
BARRERA SD, 2003, PSICOLOGIA REFLEXAO, V16, P1
Bialystok E., 1993, SYSTEMS REPRESENTATI, P211
CAGLIARI Luiz Carlos, 1997, ALFABETIZACAO LINGUI
CARDOSO JC, 2000, 3 C PESQ SOC CAMP SA
CHOMSKY Noam, 1973, LINGUAGEM PENSAMENTO
CIELO CA, 1998, SENSIBILIDADE FONOLO
COLACO VFR, 2001, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
CORREA J, 2004, PSICOLOGIA TEORIA PE, V20, P60
Crystal D, 1985, DICT LINGUISTICS PHO
DIAS MGB, 2000, PSICOLOGIA TEORIA PE, V16, P55
GERALDI Joao Wanderley, 1997, PORTOS DE PASSAGEM
Golbert C.S., 1988, EVOLUCAO PSICOLINGUI
GOMBERT J. E, 2003, METALINGUAGEM AQUISI
GOMBERT JE, 1993, INT J PSYCHOL, V28, P571, DOI 10.1080/00207599308246942
GOMBERT JE, 1999, BRIT J DEV PSYCHOL, V17, P169
Gombert JE, 1992, METALINGUISTC DEV
GOMBERT JE, 2000, ACQUISITION LANGAGE, V2, P117
Guimarães Sandra Regina Kirchner, 2003, Psic.: Teor. e Pesq., V19, P33, DOI
10.1590/S0102-37722003000100006
HYMES D., 1979, COMMUNICATIVE APPROA
IGOA MJ, 2003, ANUARIO PSICOLOGIA, V34, P449
Jimenez JE, 2004, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V96, P798, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.96.4.798
MALUF M. R., 1997, PSICOL-REFLEX CRIT, V10, P125, DOI DOI 10.1590/S0102-
79721997000100009
MARTINS CC, 1991, CADERNOS PESQUISA, V76, P41
*MIN ED, 1998, PAR CURR NAC 5 8 SER
*MIN ED, 2004, RES SAEB 2003
Nunes Carraher T., 1985, PSICOLOGIA TEORIA PE, V1, P269
Rego L., 1995, PSICOL-TEOR PESQUI, V11, P51
Rego LLB, 1997, PSICOL-REFLEX CRIT, V10, P199
Rego LLB, 1993, TEMAS PSICOLOGIA, V1, P79
ROSSI TMF, 1998, THESIS UNB BRASILIA
Spinillo Alina Galvão, 2003, Psicol. Reflex. Crit., V16, P537, DOI
10.1590/S0102-79722003000300012
Vygotsky L, 1991, PENSAMENTO LINGUAGEM
YAVAS F, 1998, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V14, P39
Zorzi J. L., 1998, APRENDER ESCREVER AP
NR 40
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PU UNIV CONCEPCION, FAC HUMANIDADES ARTE
PI CONCEPCION
PA CASILLA 160-C, CORREO 3, CONCEPCION, 00000, CHILE
SN 0718-4883
J9 RLA-REV LINGUIST TEO
JI RLA-Rev. Linguist. Teor. Apl.
PY 2008
VL 46
IS 2
BP 29
EP 51
PG 23
SC Linguistics
GA 462HQ
UT WOS:000267342200003
OA Other Gold, Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU de Oliveira, PCF
Torrens, EW
Cidral, A
Schossland, S
Bittencourt, E
AF de Oliveira, Paulo C. F.
Torrens, Edson Wilson
Cidral, Alexandre
Schossland, Sidney
Bittencourt, Evandro
GP European Language Resources Association
TI Evaluating Summaries Automatically - a system proposal
SO SIXTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON LANGUAGE RESOURCES AND EVALUATION,
LREC 2008
LA English
CT 6th International Conference on Language Resources and Evaluation (LREC)
CY MAY 28-30, 2008
CL Marrakech, MOROCCO
SP European Language Resources Assoc (ELRA), Evaluat & Language Resources Distribut
Agcy (ELDA), Ist Linguistica Computazionale (ILC), Nuance, Inst Nederlandse
Lexicologie (INL), Microsoft, European Media Lab GmbH, Linguatec, Connexor, Orange,
Telisma, AAMT, AMTA, ACL, AFNLP, ALTA, COCOSDA, Oriental COCOSDA, EACL, EAMT,
ELSNET, EURALEX, GWA, IAMT, ISCA, KnowledgeWeb, LDC, NEMLAR Network, SIGLEX, TEI,
Technolangue French Program, WRITE, Informat Soc & Media, European Commiss, Unit E
2 Content & Knowledge
AB We propose in this paper an automatic evaluation procedure based on a metric
which could provide summary evaluation without human assistance. Our system
includes two metrics, which are presented and discussed. The first metric is based
on a known and powerful statistical test, the chi(2) goodness-of-fit test, and has
been used in several applications. The second metric is derived from three common
metrics used to evaluate Natural Language Processing (NLP) systems, namely
precision, recall and f-measure. The combination of these two metrics is intended
to allow one to assess the quality of summaries quickly, cheaply and without the
need of human intervention, minimizing though, the role of subjective judgment and
bias.
C1 [de Oliveira, Paulo C. F.; Torrens, Edson Wilson; Cidral, Alexandre] Univ
Joinville, Dept Informat, Joinville, SC, Brazil.
[Schossland, Sidney; Bittencourt, Evandro] Univ Joinville, Dept Foreign Trade,
Joinville, SC, Brazil.
RP de Oliveira, PCF (reprint author), Univ Joinville, Dept Informat, Joinville, SC,
Brazil.
EM pc.oliveira@univille.net; edson.wilson@univille.net;
alexandre.cidral@univille.net; sidney.schossland@univille.net;
evandro.bittencourt@univille.net
RI Torrens, Francisco/AAB-2897-2019
OI Torrens, Francisco/0000-0002-8534-208X
CR Butler C., 1985, STAT LINGUISTICS
CHINCHOR N, 1993, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V19, P409
Cormen T. H., 2001, INTRO ALGORITHMS
EDMUNDSON HP, 1969, J ACM, V16, P264, DOI 10.1145/321510.321519
Fukui T., 2001, Proceedings of the Kansai Plant Protection Society, P51
Gale W. A., 1991, P 7 ANN C UW CTR NEW, P40
Hand T. F, 1997, P ACL EACL 97 WORKSH, P31
KILGARRIFF A, 2001, INT J CORPUS LINGUIS, V6, P1, DOI DOI 10.1075/ijcl.6.1.01roc
Lin Chin-Yew, 2004, P WORKSH TEXT SUMM B
Mani I., 1998, 98W0000138 MITRE COR
Open University, 2001, NETW ASS TRANSP 3
PAICE CD, 1990, INFORM PROCESS MANAG, V26, P171, DOI 10.1016/0306-4573(90)90014-
S
Pedersen T., 1996, P 13 NAT C ART INT
Radev D. R., 2000, P 2000 NAACL ANLP WO, P21, DOI DOI 10.3115/1117575.1117578
Roukos Salim, 2001, RC22176 IBM
Saggion H., 2002, P 3 INT C LANG RES E, P747
Salton G., 1983, INTRO MODERN INFORM
Sheskin DJ, 2000, HDB PARAMETRIC NONPA
Siegel S, 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
Turian J. P., 2003, P MT SUMM 9
Van Rijsbergen C. J, 1979, INFORM RETRIEVAL
Voorhees E. M., 1999, 8 TEXT RETR C TREC 8
Voorhees E. M., 2000, P 9 TEXT RETRIEVAL C
Voorhees EM, 2000, INFORM PROCESS MANAG, V36, P697, DOI 10.1016/S0306-
4573(00)00010-8
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EUROPEAN LANGUAGE RESOURCES ASSOC-ELRA
PI PARIS
PA 55-57, RUE BRILLAT-SAVARIN, PARIS, 75013, FRANCE
PY 2008
BP 474
EP 479
PG 6
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BGS66
UT WOS:000324028900086
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Trojahn, C
Quaresma, P
Vieira, R
AF Trojahn, Cassia
Quaresma, Paulo
Vieira, Renata
TI A Framework for Multilingual Ontology Mapping
LREC 2008
LA English
CY MAY 28-30, 2008
AB In the field of ontology mapping, multilingual ontology mapping is an issue that
is not well explored. This paper proposes a framework for mapping of multilingual
Description Logics (DL) ontologies. First, the DL source ontology is translated to
the target ontology language, using a lexical database or a dictionary, generating
a DL translated ontology. The target and the translated ontologies are then used as
input for the mapping process. The mappings are computed by specialized agents
using different mapping approaches. Next, these agents use argumentation to
exchange their local results, in order to agree on the obtained mappings. Based on
their preferences and confidence of the arguments, the agents compute their
preferred mapping sets. The arguments in such preferred sets are viewed as the set
of globally acceptable arguments. A DL mapping ontology is generated as result of
the mapping process. In this paper we focus on the process of generating the DL
translated ontology.
C1 [Trojahn, Cassia; Quaresma, Paulo] Univ Evora, Rua Romao Ramalho 59, Evora,
Portugal.
[Vieira, Renata] Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, Brazil.
RP Trojahn, C (reprint author), Univ Evora, Rua Romao Ramalho 59, Evora, Portugal.
EM cassia@di.uevora.pt; pq@di.uevora.pt; renata.vieira@pucrs.br
RI Vieira, Renata/N-5102-2018; Quaresma, Paulo/I-8117-2019
OI Vieira, Renata/0000-0003-2449-5477; Quaresma, Paulo/0000-0002-5086-059X
CR Baader F., 2003, DESCRIPTION LOGIC HD
BOER A, 2003, ICAIL, P60
Guyot Jacques, 2005, CLEF
Haase P., 2005, IHIS 05, P9
Horrocks I., 2003, P 2 INT SEM WEB C
Maedche A, 2002, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2473, P251
Pazienza M., 2005, P MEAN 05 WORKSH
Rahm E, 2001, VLDB J, V10, P334, DOI 10.1007/s007780100057
Shvaiko P., 2004, TECHNICAL REPORT
Trojahn C, 2008, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V4900, P237
NR 10
TC 5
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 2
PI PARIS
PY 2008
BP 1034
EP 1037
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BGS66
UT WOS:000324028901021
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Dias-da-Silva, BC
Di Felippo, A
Nunes, MDV
AF Dias-da-Silva, Bento Carlos
Di Felippo, Ariani
Volpe Nunes, Maria das Gracas
TI The Automatic Mapping of Princeton WordNet Lexical-Conceptual Relations
onto the Brazilian Portuguese WordNet Database
LREC 2008
LA English
CY MAY 28-30, 2008
ID EUROWORDNET
AB Princeton WordNet (WN.Pr) lexical database has motivated efficient compilations
of bulky relational lexicons since its inception in the 1980's. The EuroWordNet
project, the first multilingual initiative built upon WN.Pr, opened up ways of
building individual wordnets, and interrelating them by means of the so-called
Inter-Lingual-Index, an unstructured list of the WN.Pr synsets. Other important
initiative, relying on a slightly different method of building multilingual
wordnets, is the MultiWordNet project, where the key strategy is "building language
specific wordnets keeping as much as possible of the semantic relations available"
in the WN.Pr. This paper, in particular, stresses that the additional advantage of
using WN.Pr lexical database as a resource for building wordnets for other
languages is to explore possibilities of implementing an automatic procedure to map
the WN.Pr conceptual relations as hyponymy, co-hyponymy, troponymy, meronymy,
cause, and entailment onto the lexical database of the wordnet under construction,
a viable possibility, for those are language-independent relations that hold
between lexicalized concepts, not between lexical units. Accordingly, combining
methods from both initiatives, this paper presents the ongoing implementation of
the WN.Br lexical database and the aforementioned automation procedure illustrated
with a sample of the automatic encoding of the hyponymy and co-hyponymy relations.
C1 [Dias-da-Silva, Bento Carlos; Di Felippo, Ariani] Univ Estadual Paulista UNESP,
CELiC Ctr Estudos Linguists Comp Linguagem, Fac Ciencias & Letras, BR-14800901
Araraquara, SP, Brazil.
EM bento@fclar.unesp.br; arianidf@uol.com.br; gracan@icmc.usp.br
RI Roelfsema, Pieter/J-6903-2013
OI Roelfsema, Pieter/0000-0002-1625-0034
CR Beau B., 2003, WORDNET TREEWALK APP
Bentivogli L., 2000, P LREC 2000, P993
Bentivogli L., 2000, P 9 EURALEX INT C ST, P663
Calzolari N., 1996, EAGLES FINAL REPORT
Calzolari N, 2004, Linguistics Today - Facing a Greater Challenge, P89
DIAS-DA-SILVA B.C, 1998, P 16 INT C LING OXF, P1
Dias-da-Silva B.C., 2003, P 17 INT C LING PRAG, P1
Durkin J., 1994, EXPERT SYSTEMS DESIG
Fellbaum C., 1998, WORDNET ELECT LEXICA
Handke Jurgen, 1995, STRUCTURE LEXICON HU
Hanks Patrick, 2003, OXFORD HDB COMPUTATI, P48
LENCI A, 2000, INT J LEXICOGR, V13, P249
MATSUMOTO Y, 2000, HDB NATURAL LANGUAGE, P563
Matsumoto Y., 2003, OXFORD HDB COMPUTATI, P395
Miller G. A., 1986, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V1, P171
MILLER GA, 1991, COGNITION, V41, P197, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(91)90036-4
Palmer M., 2001, LINGUISTICA COMPUTAZ, V14-15, P1
Peters W, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P221, DOI 10.1023/A:1001134011927
Pianta E., 2002, P 1 INT C GLOB WORDN, P293
Rigau G., 2002, 1 INT WORDNET C TUT
Vossen P, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P73, DOI 10.1023/A:1001175424222
Vossen P., 2003, OXFORD HDB COMPUTATI, P464
Zampolli A., 1997, TELRI 2 EUR SEM LANG, P185
NR 24
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI PARIS
PY 2008
BP 1535
EP 1541
PG 7
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BGS66
UT WOS:000324028901106
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU de Azeredo, S
Moraes, SMW
de Lima, VLS
AF de Azeredo, Susana
Moraes, Silvia Maria W.
Strube de Lima, Vera Lucia
TI Keywords, k-NN and Neural Networks: A Support for Hierarchical
Categorization of Texts in Brazilian Portuguese
LREC 2008
LA English
CY MAY 28-30, 2008
AB A frequent problem in automatic categorization applications involving Portuguese
language is the absence of large corpora of previously classified documents, which
permit the validation of experiments carried out. Generally, the available corpora
are not classified or, when they are, they contain a very reduced number of
documents. The general goal of this study is to contribute to the development of
applications which aim at text categorization for Brazilian Portuguese.
Specifically, we point out that keywords selection associated with neural networks
can improve results in the categorization of Brazilian Portuguese texts. The corpus
is composed of 30 thousand texts from the Folha de Sao Paulo newspaper, organized
in 29 sections. In the process of categorization, the k-Nearest Neighbor (k-NN)
algorithm and the Multilayer Perceptron neural networks trained with the
backpropagation algorithm are used. It is also part of our study to test the
identification of keywords parting from the log-likelihood statistical measure and
to use them as features in the categorization process. The results clearly show
that the precision is better when using neural networks than when using the k-NN.
C1 [de Azeredo, Susana; Moraes, Silvia Maria W.; Strube de Lima, Vera Lucia] PUCRS
Fac Informat, BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM suzaz@terra.com.br; silvia.moraes@pucrs.br; vera.strube@pucrs.br
CR Ceci M, 2007, J INTELL INF SYST, V28, P37, DOI 10.1007/s10844-006-0003-2
Goncalves T. C. F., 2007, THESIS U EVORA
Hao PY, 2007, EXPERT SYST APPL, V33, P627, DOI 10.1016/j.eswa.2006.06.009
Haykin S, 1998, NEURAL NETWORKS COMP
Gonzalez MAI, 2006, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V3960, P100
Langie L. C., 2004, THESIS PUCRS
Lavelli A., 2004, P 13 ACM INT C INF K, P615
Moraes S. M. W., 2007, AN 26 C SBC TIL 5 WO
Rayson P., 2000, P WORKSH COMP CORP H, P1, DOI DOI 10.3115/1117729.1117730
Scott M., 1996, WORDSMITH TOOLS
SEBASTIANI F, 2006, ENCY LANGUAGE LINGUI, V14, P457, DOI DOI 10.1016/B0-08-
044854-2/00964-0
Srinivasan P, 2002, J INFORM RETRIEVAL, V5
Sun AX, 2001, 2001 IEEE INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON DATA MINING, PROCEEDINGS,
P521, DOI 10.1109/ICDM.2001.989560
Vilares J., 2002, Computational Linguistics and Intelligent Text Processing.
Third International Conference, CICLing 2002. Proceedings (Lecture Notes in
Computer Science Vol.2276), P381
Yang YM, 1999, SIGIR'99: PROCEEDINGS OF 22ND INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT IN INFORMATION RETRIEVAL, P42
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PARIS
PY 2008
BP 1578
EP 1583
PG 6
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BGS66
UT WOS:000324028901113
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Stenzel, K
AF Stenzel, Kristine
TI Evidentials and clause modality in Wanano
SO STUDIES IN LANGUAGE
LA English
DT Article
DE evidentiality; epistemic modality; typology of evidential systems;
Amazonian languages; Eastern Tukanoan language family
AB This paper investigates evidentiality as a category of clause modality in Wanano
(Eastern Tukanoan). I discuss four major categories of modality by which
statements, questions, and 'oriented' utterances are grammatically and obligatorily
marked and explore areas of semantic overlap. The major focus is the complex and
typologically interesting Wanano evidential system, and I describe the core and
extended semantics of each of the five categories - HEARSAY, VISUAL, NON-VISUAL,
INFERENCE, and ASSERTION. This description provides input to the theoretical
discussion of the relationship between evidentials and epistemic values. I conclude
that in Wanano, not only statements coded by evidentials but also statements
referring to irrealis situations and interrogatives display sensitivity to scalar
values of speaker commitment.
C1 [Stenzel, Kristine] Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Museu Nacl, BR-21941 Rio De
Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Stenzel, K (reprint author), Rua Otavio Carneiro 93-1202, BR-24230190 Niteroi,
RJ, Brazil.
EM krstenzel@terra.com.br
CR Aikhenvald A. Y., 2003, STUDIES EVIDENTIALIT, P1, DOI DOI 10.1075/TSL.54.04AIK
Aikhenvald A. Y., 2002, LANGUAGE CONTACT AMA
Aikhenvald A. Y., 2003, GRAMMAR TARIANA NW A
Aikhenvald AY, 2004, Linguistics Today - Facing a Greater Challenge, P1
AIKHENVALD AY, 1998, LANG SCI, V20, P241, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0388-0001(98)00002-3
Anderson Lloyd B, 1986, EVIDENTIALITY LINGUI, P273
BARNES J, 1984, INT J AM LINGUIST, V50, P255, DOI 10.1086/465835
Bybee Joan, 1998, ANTHROPOL LINGUIST, V40, P257
Bybee Joan, 1994, EVOLUTION GRAMMAR TE
Chafe W, 1986, EVIDENTIALITY LINGUI
CRISWELL L, 2000, INDIGENAS COLOMBIA V, P395
de Haan Ferdinand, 2001, INT J AM LINGUIST, V67, P193, DOI DOI 10.1086/466455
De Haan Ferdinand, 1999, SW J LINGUISTICS, V18, P83
DEHAAN F, 1997, INTERACTION MODALITY
DELANCEY S, 1997, LINGUISTIC TYPOLOGY, V1, P33, DOI DOI 10.1515/LITY.1997.1.1.33
Epps P, 2005, STUD LANG, V29, P617, DOI 10.1075/sl.29.3.04epp
FERGUSON Judith, 2000, LENGUAS INDIGENAS CO, P357
FLOYD R, 1999, STRUCTURE EVIDENTIAL
FRAJZYNGIER Z, 1985, STUD LANG, V9, P243, DOI 10.1075/sl.9.2.05fra
GIVON T, 1982, STUD LANG, V6, P23, DOI 10.1075/sl.6.1.03giv
Givon Talmy, 2001, SYNTAX INTRO, VI
Gomez-Imbert Elsa, 2000, LENGUAS INDIGENAS CO, P321
Gomez-Imbert Elsa, 2003, LANGUES COGNITION, P117
GOMEZIMBERT E, 1997, THESIS U PARIS
GOMEZIMBERT E, 2007, LENONCIATION MEDIATI, V2
GOMEZIMBERT E, 1999, CATEGORIES BASE CONJ
Jackson JE, 1983, FISH PEOPLE LINGUIST
JONES W, 1991, BARASANO SYNTAX
KAYE JD, 1970, THESIS COLUMBIA U
Kinch Pamela G., 2000, LENGUAS INDIGENAS CO, P469
LANDABURU J, 2005, 2 C IND LANG LAT AM
Luka Barbara J., 2001, CONCEPTUAL DISCOURSE, P91
MALONE T, 1988, INT J AM LINGUIST, V54, P119, DOI 10.1086/466079
Malone Terrell, 2000, LENGUAS INDIGENAS CO, P437
MILLER MARION, 1999, DESANO GRAMMAR
MORSE NL, 1999, CUBEO GRAMMAR
Palmer Frank R, 1986, MOOD MODALITY
RAMIREZ HENRI, 1997, FALA TUKANO YEPA MAS, VI
STENZEL K, 2004, THESIS U COLORADO
STENZEL KRISTINE, 2007, INT J AM LINGUIST, V73, P331
WALTZ N, 1997, AGUA ROCA HUMO ESTUD
Waltz Nathan, 2000, LENGUAS INDIGENAS CO, P453
WALTZ NATHAN E, 2002, INT J AM LINGUIST, V68, P157
Welch Betty, 2000, LENGUAS INDIGENAS CO, P419
WILLETT T, 1988, STUD LANG, V12, P51, DOI 10.1075/sl.12.1.04wil
NR 45
TC 8
Z9 8
U1 1
U2 2
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-4177
EI 1569-9978
J9 STUD LANG
JI Stud. Lang.
PY 2008
VL 32
IS 2
BP 405
EP 445
DI 10.1075/sl.32.2.06ste
PG 41
SC Linguistics
GA 297QY
UT WOS:000255632600005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lages, SK
AF Lages, Susana Kampff
TI Latin America, a space for tranlations
SO TRANSLATION STUDIES
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 [Lages, Susana Kampff] Univ Fed Fluminense, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Lages, SK (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM susanaklages@hotmail.com
CR ARCAINI E, 1995, LIBRI RIV ITALI S535
BARBOSA JA, 1995, LIBRI RIV ITALI S535, P29
Berman Antoine, 1984, EPREUVE ETRANGER CUL
PAGNI A, 2004, AM LATINA ESPACIO TR
Venuti Lawrence, 1998, SCANDALS TRANSLATION
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 1478-1700
J9 TRANSL STUD
JI Transl. Stud.
PY 2008
VL 1
IS 2
BP 230
EP 234
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA V19OS
UT WOS:000208082300009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schwindt, LC
AF Schwindt, Luiz Carlos
TI Paradigmatic correspondences in the Brazilian Portuguese verbal vowel
system
SO ACTA LINGUISTICA HUNGARICA
LA English
DT Article
DE vowel harmony; allomorphy; paradigms; morphophonology; Optimality Theory
AB In this paper, we reanalyse the alternation in the Brazilian Portuguese verbal
system called verbal vowel harmony (VH), which applies to verb stems in the second
and third conjugations (e.g., beber 'to drink' > bebo 'I drink'; segir 'to follow'
> sigo 'I follow'). We pose the following questions concerning VH: (i) Is it a
synchronic process? (ii) Does it exhibit paradigmatic effects? and (iii) How can it
be described in Optimality Theory? To answer question (i), we present a corpus of
BP dictionarized verbs in the third person and results from empirical tests that
evaluate acceptability/productivity in the conjugation of pseudo-verbs. Concerning
question (ii), we show that a paradigmatic correspondence between verbal forms in
BP accounts for misapplication patterns. Answering question (iii), we offer a
description of the process in line with Transderivational Correspondence Theory
(Benua 1997).
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Schwindt, LC (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Av Bento
Goncalves,9500 Bairro Agron, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM schwindt@terra.com.br
CR Archangeli D, 1997, PHONOL WORLD LANG, P197
BENUA L, 1999, THESIS U MASSACHUSSS
Clements G. N., 2001, DISTINCTIVE FEATURE, P71, DOI DOI 10.1515/9783110886672
Harris J., 1974, LINGUIST INQ, V5, P61
Lopez Barbara, 1979, THESIS UCLA
Mateus M. H., 1975, ASPECTOS FONOLOGIA P
MCCARTHY J, 1993, 32 RUTG CTR COGN SCI
Peperkamp Sharon, 1997, THESIS HIL
PRINCE A, 1993, CUCS69793
Prince Alan, 1993, TR2 RUTG U CTR COGN
QUICOLI AC, 1990, LINGUA, V80, P295, DOI 10.1016/0024-3841(90)90036-K
Redenbarger Wayne J, 1981, ARTICULATOR FEATURES
WETZELS WL, 1911, CADERNOS ESTUDIOS LI, V23, P19
WETZELS WL, 1991, NEW ANAL ROMANCE LIN, P77
WETZELS WL, 1995, PHONOLOGY, V12, P281
NR 15
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 2
PU SPRINGER
PI DORDRECHT
PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS
SN 1216-8076
J9 ACTA LINGUIST HUNGAR
JI Acta Linguist. Hung.
PD DEC
PY 2007
VL 54
IS 4
BP 393
EP 407
DI 10.1556/ALing.54.2007.4.3
PG 15
SC Linguistics
GA 271FA
UT WOS:000253773100003
OA Green Accepted
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zyngier, S
van Peer, W
Hakemulder, J
AF Zyngier, Sonia
van Peer, Willie
Hakemulder, Jemeljan
TI Complexity and foregrounding: In the eye of the beholder? (Empirical
perspective the interrelation between foregrounding and complexity in
the evaluation of literary texts)
SO POETICS TODAY
LA English
DT Article
ID AESTHETICS; BEAUTY; ART
AB This article approaches from an empirical perspective the interrelation between
foregrounding and complexity in the evaluation of literary texts. For this purpose,
a reading experiment is reported. Participants from three cultures (Brazil, Egypt,
and the Netherlands) read three texts of different degrees of complexity and
evaluated them on a number of variables. Subsequently, they re-read and evaluated
the texts once more. The hypothesis was that complex texts would be rated higher on
a second than on a first reading; the opposite was predicted for the text with the
lowest complexity. Results confirmed this hypothesis for only one group of
participants, which raises questions about the nature of a "reading culture."
C1 [Zyngier, Sonia] Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
[van Peer, Willie] Univ Munich, Munich, Germany.
RP Zyngier, S (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Adamson S. M., 2001, RISE FALL EMPATHETI, P83
Andringa E, 2006, POETICS TODAY, V27, P501, DOI 10.1215/03335372-2006-001
Barrett J. H., 2003, CASTI KARLQVIST DANG, P1
Barthes R, 1967, ELEMENTS SEMIOLOGY
Berlyne D. E., 1971, AESTHETICS PSYCHOBIO
BERLYNE DE, 1972, CAN J PSYCHOL, V26, P303, DOI 10.1037/h0082439
Birkhoff GD, 1933, AESTHETIC MEASURE
Bortolussi M., 2003, PSYCHONARRATOLOGY FD
Casti John, 2003, ART COMPLEXITY
Cohn D., 1978, TRANSPARENT MINDS NA
CRUTCHFIELD JP, 2003, CASTI KARLQVIST, P31
CULLER J, 1981, PRUSUIT SIGNS
CUMMINGS EE, 1985, CONCISE ANTHOLOGY AM, P1630
Cupchik GC, 1988, EMPIRICAL STUDIES AR, V6, P171, DOI [10.2190/FLM8-6NQ7-N5WM-
WLLT., DOI 10.2190/FLM8-6NQ7-N5WM-WLLT]
Daris J., 1990, KISS LAMOURETTE REFL, P154
Davis Philip J, 1981, MATH EXPERIENCE
DEJONG IJF, 2001, VANPEER CHATMAN, P67
DIXON P, 1993, POETICS, V22, P5, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(93)90018-C
FLUDERNIK M, 1993, FICTIONS LANGUAGE LA
Fowler R., 1989, LANGUAGE DISCOURSE L, P77
Fowler Roger, 1986, LINGUISTIC CRITICISM
FRICKE H, 1999, ALLGMEINE LITERATURW, P140
GELMANN M, 2003, CASTI KARLQVIST, P47
GENETTE Gerard, 1980, NARRATIVE DISCOURSE
Hakemulder F., 2007, MUSES MEASURES EMPIR
Hakemulder J., 2007, STYLISTICS PROSPECT, P1
Hakemulder JF, 2004, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V38, P193, DOI 10.1207/s15326950dp3802_3
Havranek Bohuslav, 1964, PRAGUE SCH READER ES, P3
Hekkert P, 1996, AM J PSYCHOL, V109, P389, DOI 10.2307/1423013
Iser W., 1974, IMPLIED READER PATTE
KARLQVIST A, 2003, CASTI KARLQVIST, P63
Kraaykamp G, 2003, POETICS, V31, P235, DOI 10.1016/S0304-422X(03)00033-0
KRAAYKAMP G, 1993, LEZEN GESPROKEN STUD
Leder H, 2004, BRIT J PSYCHOL, V95, P489, DOI 10.1348/0007126042369811
Leech G., 1981, STYLE FICTION LINGUI
Martindale C., 1990, CLOCKWORK MUSE PREDI
MIALL DS, 1994, POETICS, V22, P389, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(94)00011-5
MUKAFOVSKY J, 1984, PRAGUE SCH READER AE, P17
National Endowment for the Arts, 2004, 46 NAT END ARTS
Nussbaum M., 1993, QUALITY LIFE
POLIVANOV B, 2003, 4 M EMP SCI LIT ECEL
Rapley M., 2003, QUALITY LIFE RES CRI
Reber R, 2004, PERS SOC PSYCHOL REV, V8, P364, DOI 10.1207/s15327957pspr0804_3
ROSE J, 1992, J HIST IDEAS, V53, P47, DOI 10.2307/2709910
Semino E., 2004, CORPUS STYLISTICS SP
Sen A., 1982, CHOICES WELFARE MEAS
Shklovsky Viktor, 1965, RUSSIAN FORMALIST CR, P3
SHORT M, 1989, TAMING TEXT, P61
Short M. H., 1989, READING ANAL TEACHIN, P22
Silvia PJ, 2005, REV GEN PSYCHOL, V9, P342, DOI 10.1037/1089-2680.9.4.342
SIMPSON P, 1999, J LIT STUDIES, V15, P510
Simpson P., 1993, LANGUAGE IDEOLOGY PO
SOPCAK P, 2004, THESIS U MUNICH
SOUTHWICK M, 2003, CASTI KARLQVIST, P199
Spitzer L., 1948, LINGUISTICS LIT HIST
STCLAIR W, 2005, J COFFIN MEMORIAL LE
STERNBERG M, 1982, LANG STYLE, V15, P67
Sternberg M., 2005, POETICS TODAY, V26
STERNBERG M, 2006, POETICS TODAY, V27
Sternberg Meir, 1993, EXPOSITIONAL MODES T
Sternberg Meir, 1991, LIT PRAGMATICS, P62
STEWART I, 1998, ZAHLEN NATUR MATH FE
van Peer W., 2001, NEW PERSPECTIVES NAR
van Peer Willie, 1986, STYLISTICS PSYCHOL I
VANPEER W, 1996, BRIT J AESTHET, V36, P97, DOI 10.1093/bjaesthetics/36.2.97
VANPEER W, IN PRESS QUALITY LIT
VANPEER W, 1997, SYSTEMIC EMPIRICAL A, P549
VERHASSELT E, 2002, LIT RULES FLANDERS I
Weyl H., 1952, SYMMETRIE
WILLIAMS WC, 1985, CONCISE ANTHOLOGY AM
WUNDT W, 1974, GRUNDZUGE PHYSL PSYC
Zwaan R. A., 1993, ASPECTS LIT COMPREHE
ZYNGIER S, 1999, J LIT STUDIES, V15, P529
NR 74
TC 16
Z9 16
U1 0
U2 16
PU DUKE UNIV PRESS
PI DURHAM
PA 905 W MAIN ST, STE 18-B, DURHAM, NC 27701 USA
SN 0333-5372
J9 POETICS TODAY
JI Poetics Today
PD WIN
PY 2007
VL 28
IS 4
BP 653
EP 682
DI 10.1215/03335372-2007-011
PG 30
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 266SU
UT WOS:000253458100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, Raul
TI Toward a tensional criticism
SO REVIEW-LITERATURE AND ARTS OF THE AMERICAS
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
RP Antelo, R (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0890-5762
J9 REVIEW
JI Review
PD NOV
PY 2007
IS 75
BP 214
EP 217
DI 10.1080/08905760701627687
PG 4
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 233CJ
UT WOS:000251067700002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Scherer, LC
Ska, B
Giroux, F
Lesage, F
Senhadji, N
Marcotte, K
Tomitch, LMB
Benali, H
Joanette, Y
AF Scherer, L. C.
Ska, B.
Giroux, F.
Lesage, F.
Senhadji, N.
Marcotte, K.
Tomitch, L. M. B.
Benali, H.
Joanette, Y.
TI Discourse comprehension in successful aging: A NIRS study
SO BRAIN AND LANGUAGE
LA English
DT Meeting Abstract
ID BRAIN ACTIVITY
C1 [Scherer, L. C.; Tomitch, L. M. B.] Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900
Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
[Scherer, L. C.] Univ Santa Cruz do Sul, Mestrado Em Letras, Brazil.
[Ska, B.; Lesage, F.; Joanette, Y.] Univ Montreal, Fac Med, Montreal, PQ H3C
3J7, Canada.
[Ska, B.; Giroux, F.; Lesage, F.; Senhadji, N.; Marcotte, K.; Benali, H.;
Joanette, Y.] Inst Univ Geriatr Montreal, Ctr Rech, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
[Lesage, F.] Univ Montreal, Ecole Polytech, Dept Genie Elect, Montreal, PQ H3C
3J7, Canada.
[Marcotte, K.] Univ Montreal, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
[Benali, H.] CHU Pitie Salpetriere, INSERM, U678, Paris, France.
EM tilianscherer@hotmail.com
CR Banich MT, 2000, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V10, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(00)00015-X
Cabeza R, 2004, CEREB CORTEX, V14, P364, DOI 10.1093/cercor/bhg133
Cabeza R, 2002, PSYCHOL AGING, V17, P85, DOI 10.1037//0882-7974.17.1.85
Dehaene S, 1997, NEUROREPORT, V8, P3809, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199712010-00030
George M., 1999, BRAIN, V122, P1317
Grady CL, 2006, J COGNITIVE NEUROSCI, V18, P227, DOI 10.1162/jocn.2006.18.2.227
Klem G H, 1999, Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Suppl, V52, P3
KRAMER AF, 2006, HDB PSYCHOL AGING, P58
Perani D, 1996, NEUROREPORT, V7, P2439, DOI 10.1097/00001756-199611040-00007
Robertson DA, 2000, PSYCHOL SCI, V11, P255, DOI 10.1111/1467-9280.00251
THORNTON R, 2006, HDB PSYCHOL AGING, P261
NR 11
TC 3
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 4
PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC ELSEVIER SCIENCE
PI SAN DIEGO
PA 525 B ST, STE 1900, SAN DIEGO, CA 92101-4495 USA
SN 0093-934X
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD OCT-NOV
PY 2007
VL 103
IS 1-2
BP 228
EP 229
DI 10.1016/j.bandl.2007.07.017
PG 2
WC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Neurosciences;
Psychology, Experimental
SC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Neurosciences &
Neurology; Psychology
GA 227MF
UT WOS:000250660100111
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Raffray, CN
Pickering, MJ
Branigan, HP
AF Raffray, Claudine N.
Pickering, Martin J.
Branigan, Holly P.
TI Priming the interpretation of noun-noun combinations
SO JOURNAL OF MEMORY AND LANGUAGE
LA English
DT Article
DE conceptual combination; noun-noun combinations; relation priming;
semantic priming; thematic relations; compound nouns
ID CONCEPTUAL COMBINATION; LANGUAGE PRODUCTION; COMPLEX CONCEPTS; COMPOUND
NOUNS; CARIN THEORY; COMPREHENSION; COORDINATION; REANALYSIS;
SIMILARITY; CREATION
AB Noun-noun combinations like dog scarf are common in everyday discourse but often
have more than one interpretation. How do language users arrive at an
interpretation of the relationship between the two nouns? This paper reports three
expression-picture matching experiments that used a priming paradigm to investigate
the influence of modifier and head constituents on the comprehension of novel
ambiguous noun noun combinations. Experiment 1 examined the effects of lexical
repetition and semantic relation. We found reliable relation priming, regardless of
whether the modifier or head was repeated between prime and target: Participants
tended to choose target pictures involving the same relation as a preceding prime
picture. Experiment 2 demonstrated significant relation priming when neither
constituent was repeated. Experiment 3 showed significant relation priming when
each picture contained both possible semantic relations, arguing against a possible
visual-priming account of the effect. We interpret the findings in light of
competing models of conceptual combination. (c) 2007 Elsevier Inc. All rights
reserved.
C1 Univ KwaZulu, Dept Linguist, Natal, RN, Brazil.
Univ Edinburgh, Dept Psychol, Edinburgh EH8 9YL, Midlothian, Scotland.
RP Raffray, CN (reprint author), Univ KwaZulu, Dept Linguist, Natal, RN, Brazil.
EM Raffray@ukzn.ac.za
OI Branigan, Holly/0000-0002-7845-8850
CR Berman R. A., 1989, FIRST LANG, V9, P247, DOI DOI 10.1177/014272378900902701
BOCK JK, 1986, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V18, P355, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(86)90004-6
BOCK JK, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P150, DOI DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.1.150
Branigan HP, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V31, P468, DOI 10.1037/0278-
7393.31.3.468
Branigan HP, 2000, COGNITION, V75, pB13, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00081-5
CAREY PW, 1970, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V9, P243, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(70)80058-
5
CLARK EV, 1987, J CHILD LANG, V14, P547, DOI 10.1017/S030500090001028X
CLARK HH, 1973, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V12, P355
Cleland AA, 2003, J MEM LANG, V49, P214, DOI 10.1016/S0749-596X(03)00060-3
DOWNING P, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P810, DOI 10.2307/412913
ESTES Z, 2003, J MEM LANG, V48, P299
Estes Z, 2006, J MEM LANG, V55, P89, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2006.01.004
Gagne CL, 2005, J MEM LANG, V53, P445, DOI 10.1016/j.jml.2005.03.006
Gagne CL, 2000, J MEM LANG, V42, P365, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2683
Gagne CL, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P723, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2559
Gagne CL, 2002, MEM COGNITION, V30, P637, DOI 10.3758/BF03194965
Gagne CL, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P71
Gagne CL, 2001, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V27, P236, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.27.1.236
GARROD S, 1987, COGNITION, V27, P181, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90018-7
GERRIG RJ, 1992, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V7, P205, DOI 10.1080/01690969208409385
Gerrig RJ, 1999, J MEM LANG, V41, P457, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1999.2656
Glucksberg S, 2000, PSYCHON B REV, V7, P510, DOI 10.3758/BF03214364
Levelt WJM, 1999, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V22, P1
Levi J. N., 1978, SYNTAX SEMANTICS COM
Maguire P, 2007, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V33, P811, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.33.4.811
Masson MEJ, 2003, CAN J EXP PSYCHOL, V57, P203, DOI 10.1037/h0087426
MEDIN DL, 1988, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V20, P158, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(88)90018-7
MURPHY GL, 1990, J MEM LANG, V29, P259, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(90)90001-G
MURPHY GL, 1988, COGNITIVE SCI, V12, P529, DOI 10.1016/0364-0213(88)90012-2
Murphy GL, 2006, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V32, P1438, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.32.6.143
Pickering MJ, 1998, J MEM LANG, V39, P633, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1998.2592
RUMELHART DE, 1980, THEORETICAL ISSUES R, P33
SMITH EE, 1988, COGNITIVE SCI, V12, P485, DOI 10.1016/0364-0213(88)90011-0
Spellman BA, 2001, MEM COGNITION, V29, P383, DOI 10.3758/BF03196389
Storms G, 2005, MEM COGNITION, V33, P852, DOI 10.3758/BF03193080
Watson Matthew E., 2004, P 26 ANN C COGN SCI
Wisniewski EJ, 2005, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V31, P169, DOI 10.1037/0278-
7393.31.1.169
Wisniewski EJ, 1997, PSYCHON B REV, V4, P167, DOI 10.3758/BF03209392
Wisniewski EJ, 1998, J MEM LANG, V38, P177, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2550
Wisniewski EJ, 1996, J MEM LANG, V35, P434, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.0024
NR 40
TC 25
Z9 26
U1 1
U2 6
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0749-596X
J9 J MEM LANG
JI J. Mem. Lang.
PD OCT
PY 2007
VL 57
IS 3
BP 380
EP 395
DI 10.1016/j.jml.2007.06.009
PG 16
WC Linguistics; Psychology; Psychology, Experimental
SC Linguistics; Psychology
GA 215XR
UT WOS:000249842800003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Figueiredo, DD
AF Figueiredo, Debora de Carvalho
TI The writer's craft, the culture's technology
SO JOURNAL OF PRAGMATICS
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ So Santa Catarina, UNISUL, Grad Program Language Studies, Tubarao, SC,
Brazil.
RP Figueiredo, DD (reprint author), Univ So Santa Catarina, UNISUL, Grad Program
Language Studies, Tubarao, SC, Brazil.
EM deborafigueiredo@terra.com.br
CR Budd Dona, 1994, 19 CENTURY LIT, V49, P196
CALDASCOULTHARD CR, 2005, WRITERS CRAFT CULTUR
CHOULIARAKI, 1999, DISCOURSE LATE MODER
DAANHAY M, 2005, GENDER WORK VICTORIA
FLETCHER LM, 1996, BLEAK HOUSE, V25, P53
Giddens Anthony, 1994, REFLEXIVE MODERNIZAT
Hall S., 1996, QUESTIONS CULTURAL I, P1, DOI DOI 10.4135/9781446221907.N1
Hall S., 1992, MODERNITY ITS FUTURE, P273
SHORT, 2002, LANGUAGE LIT, V111, P325
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU ELSEVIER SCIENCE BV
PI AMSTERDAM
PA PO BOX 211, 1000 AE AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD OCT
PY 2007
VL 39
IS 10
BP 1886
EP 1889
DI 10.1016/j.pragma.2007.03.004
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA 218NO
UT WOS:000250022400012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Moura, HMD
Neto, MMA
AF de Melo Moura, Heronides Maurilio
Aragao Neto, Magdiel Medeiros
TI Argument, phrase and saturator in the scope of HPSG
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE argument; phrase; saturator; HPSG
AB This work presents the formalization of argument as interfacial feature
structure between phonology, syntax and semantics. It also shows that argument,
phrase and saturator are distinct entities, although they may be related to each
other. Such a distinction is based on the observation that an argument, differently
from a phrase and a saturator, is an entity that is inherent to the meaning of the
nucleus it is part of. The theoretical framework used is the Head-driven Phrase
Structure Grammar (HPSG), a model of grammar which is strongly lexicalist, surface
oriented and based on the notion of Saussurean sign.
C1 [de Melo Moura, Heronides Maurilio; Aragao Neto, Magdiel Medeiros] Univ Fed
Santa Catarina, Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
[Aragao Neto, Magdiel Medeiros] Univ Fed Amazonas, Manaus, AM, Brazil.
RP Moura, HMD (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
EM heronides@uol.com.br; magdiel_man@yahoo.com.br
CR ARAGAO MM, 2007, THESIS U FEDERAL SAN
ARAGAO MM, 2004, JORNADA NACL ESTUDOS, V1, P1505
ARAGAO N, 2007, ANALISE DIRIGIR PART
CAMBRUSSI MF, 2007, THESIS U FEDERAL SAN
CANCADO M, 2005, SEMANTICA FORMAL, P95
CANCADO M, 2005, ARGUMENTOS COMPLEMEN
Cançado Márcia, 2005, DELTA, V21, P23, DOI 10.1590/S0102-44502005000100002
CHIERCHIA G., 2003, SEMANTICA
Chomsky Noam, 1993, LECT GOVT BINDING
Cruse A., 2000, MEANING LANGUAGE INT
de SAUSSURE F., 2003, CURSO LINGUISTICA GE
FOLTRAN MJ, 2000, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V39, P151
GRIMSHAW JB, 1990, ARGUMENT STRUSTURE
Jackendoff R., 2002, FDN LANGUAGE BRAIN M
Levin Beth, 2005, ARGUMENT REALIZATION
MIOTO C., 2005, NOVO MANUAL SINTAXE
MOURA H, 2004, REV ANPOL, V16, P57
PUSTEJOVSKY J, 1995, GENERATIVE LEXICON
RADFORD A, 1997, SYNTAX MINIMALIST IN
Sag I. A., 2007, SIGN BASED CON UNPUB
Sag Ivan A., 2003, SYNTACTIC THEORY FOR
TRINDADE MM, 2006, THESIS U FEDERAL SAN
Verspoor Cornelia, 1997, THESIS U EDINBURGH
NR 23
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 1
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
BP 145
EP 155
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100002
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ferreira, LC
AF Ferreira, Luciane Correa
TI Conceptual metaphor and corpus linguistics
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE cognitive linguistics; foreign language acquisition; corpus linguistics
AB The present study deals with the understanding of metaphors by foreign language
learners. Ten linguistic metaphors were selected from English and American
newspapers. After that, we identified the underlying conceptual metaphor based on
the conceptual metaphor inventory presented by Lakoff and Johnson (1980, 1999) and
the primary metaphor inventory proposed by Grady (1997). Considering the
difficulties linguistic metaphors represent for text comprehension by non-native
speakers, we seek to investigate what sort of knowledge foreign language learners
use when trying to understand a linguistic metaphor. In this respect, we looked
into the way foreign language readers comprehend linguistic metaphors, firstly
without using the context and then using the context. We present experimental data
to support the hypothesis that foreign language readers access conceptual knowledge
when processing a linguistic metaphor in a foreign language. The sample comprised
221 Brazilian undergraduate students. The results of the study carried out with
Brazilian foreign language learners corroborate our hypothesis that there is a
universal pattern in the structuring of abstract concepts which enhances the
comprehension of metaphor in a foreign language. We have also compared those data
to the results of a study which examined the same metaphors using corpus
linguistics methodology. In a nutshell, the results reveal that the comprehension
process in the foreign language is strongly influenced by embodied cognition (Gibbs
Jr., 2006).
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Ferreira, LC (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, RS,
Brazil.
EM luciucsc@yahoo.com.br
CR BOERS F, 1999, METAPHOR COGNITIVE L, P46
CHARTERISBLACK J, 2000, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V19, P149, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0889-
4906(98)00025-8
CHARTERISBLACK J, 2003, APPL LINGUIST, V23, P104
Cienki A, 2005, COGN LINGUIST, V16, P279, DOI 10.1515/cogl.2005.16.2.279
Deignan A, 2005, METAPHOR CORPUS LING
Deignan Alice, 1999, RES APPL METAPHOR, P177, DOI DOI
10.1017/CBO9781139524704.012
Gibbs R. W., 2006, EMBODIMENT COGNITIVE
Gibbs R.W., 1994, POETICS MIND FIGURAT
Gibbs RW, 2004, J PRAGMATICS, V36, P1189, DOI 10.1016/j.pragma.2003.10.009
Grady Joseph, 1997, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
Johnson Mark, 1987, BODY MIND BODILY BAS
KECSKES I, 2001, APPL COGNITIVE LINGU, P249
Kovecses Z, 2005, METAPHOR CULTURE UNI
Lakoff G., 1999, PHILOS FLESH EMBODIE
LAKOFF G, 1980, METAPHORS WE LIVE
Lakoff G., 1989, MORE COOL REASON FIE
Littlemore J, 2001, TESOL QUART, V35, P459, DOI 10.2307/3588031
NIEMEIER S, 2001, LANGUAGE USE COGNITI, P154
SARDINHA AB, 2007, METAFORA
SCARAMUCCI M, 1995, THESIS U CAMPINAS
SCARAMUCCI MA, 1997, DELTA, V13, P215
SIQUEIRA M, 2004, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
SIQUEIRA M, 2001, C BRAILEIRO LINGUIST, V6, P24
*WEBCORP, 2006, US GUID
NR 24
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 6
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
BP 156
EP 167
PG 12
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100003
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ferreira, AAG
AF Ferreira, Anise A. G.
TI Applications of IT tools: software for qualitative data analysis and SDI
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE qualitative data analysis; software; text analysis; discourse analysis;
sociodiscursive interactionism; CAQDA
AB The objective of the present article is to identify and discuss the
possibilities of using qualitative data analysis software in the framework of
procedures proposed by SDI (socio-discursive interactionism), emphasizing free
distribuited software or free versions of commercial software. A literature review
of software for qualitative data analysis in the area of social sciences and
humanities, focusing on language studies is presented. Some tools, such as: Wef-
tQDA, MLCT, Yoshikoder and Tropes are examined with their respective features and
functions. The software called Tropes is examined in more detail because of its
particular relation with language and semantic analysis, as well as its embeded
classification of linguistic elements such as, types of verbs, adjectives,
modalizations, etc. Although trying to completely automate an SDI based analysis is
not feasible, the programs appear to be powerful helpers in analyzing specific
questions. Still, it seems important to be familiar with software options and use
different applications in order to obtain a more diversified vision of the data. It
is up to the researcher to be critical of the analysis provided by the machine.
C1 [Ferreira, Anise A. G.] LAEL PUCSP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Ferreira, Anise A. G.] FCLAr UNESP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[Ferreira, Anise A. G.] LAEL PUCSP, Araraquara, SP, Brazil.
[Ferreira, Anise A. G.] FCLAr UNESP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Ferreira, AAG (reprint author), LAEL PUCSP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM anise.a@gmail.com
CR ABREUTARDELLI L, 2006, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
*ACETIC, 1994, TROP SOFTW DISTR SEM
ANTONY L, 2007, ANTCONC HOM
*ATLAS TI GMBH, 2002, ATLAS TI
Barry C. A., 1998, SOCIOLOGICAL RES ONL, V3
Berber Sardinha A. P., 2004, LINGUISTICA CORPUS
Boersma P., 2006, PRAAT DOING PHONETIC
BRONCKART J, 2003, ATIVIDADE LINGUAGEM
BRONCKART J.-P., 2004, CAHIERS SECTION SCI, V103, P11
BRONCKART JP, 2007, CAHIERS LINGUISTIQUE, V26, P245
CASSIDY S, 2001, EMU SPEECH DATABASE
Charaudnau P., 1992, GRAMMAIRE SENS EXPRE
Coffey A., 1996, SOCIOLOGICAL RES ONL, V1, P1
DRISKO JW, 1997, QDA SOFTWARE QUALITA
FASSNACHT C, 2002, TRANSANA
FENTON A, 2006, WEFTQDA
FIELDING N, 1993, SOCIAL RES UPDATE, V1
Ghiglione R, 1998, ANAL AUTOMATIQUE CON
Ghiglione R., 1995, ANAL COGNITIVO DISCU
GIBBS GR, 2006, ONLINE QDA
HUBER GL, AQUAD 6 PROGRAM ANAL
HUCKVALE M, 2007, WASP WINDOWS TOOL SP
Kipp Michael, 2000, ANVIL VIDEO ANNOTATI
KOENIG T, 2005, COMPARISON SOFTWARE
Lewins A., 2006, CHOOSING CAQDAS PACK
*LING LIST, 2006, WEB RES LIST SOFTW
LOVE W, 2006, YOSHIKODER SOFTWARE
MANTA M, 1998, TRANSCRIBER TOOL SEG
PADILHA R, 2004, SUPERHYPERQUAL SOFTW
PEREIRA J. C. R., 1999, ANALISE DADOS QUALIT
PETERS V, KWALITAN NET
PIAO SS, 2007, MULTILINGUAL CORPUS
*QSR, 1981, NUD IST QUAL RES SOF
*QUAL RES, 1985, ETHN
RAGIN CC, 2005, QUALITATIVE COMP ANA
*RES, 1997, HYPERRESEARCH
*U MICH REG, 1998, SOUDSCR MIC PROJ
Weitzman E., 1995, COMPUTER PROGRAMS QU
NR 38
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 3
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
BP 168
EP 176
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100004
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Finatto, MJB
Simioni, S
AF Bocorny Finatto, Maria Jose
Simioni, Siane
TI Reason clauses in Chemistry texts: effects of translation on the
cohesive structure
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE causality; translation; chemistry
AB This paper presents the theoretical-methodological choices and the initial
results concerning the observation of the incidence of reason clauses in Chemistry
texts. Translated academic textbooks of the area are specially focused in this
study. These textbooks are opposed to other types of texts such as papers from
specialized journals and texts from science popularization magazines that focus
specifically on Chemistry themes. From the results in Portuguese and the contrast
between original and translated texts, some indications for the continuity of the
study are given.
C1 [Bocorny Finatto, Maria Jose] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, PPG Letras, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
[Bocorny Finatto, Maria Jose] CNPq, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
[Simioni, Siane] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Curso Letras Traducao, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Finatto, MJB (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, PPG Letras, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM mfinatto@terra.com.br; sianelita@gmail.com
CR Atkins P., 2001, PRINCIPIOS QUIMICA Q
Atkins PW, 1999, CHEM PRINCIPLES QUES
ATKINS PW, 1998, FISICO QUIMICA, V1
Bechara E., 2001, MODERNA GRAMATICA PO
Brady James E., 1986, QUIMICA GERAL, V2
CECHIN S, 2007, ADVERBIOS TERMINADOS
da CUNHA C. F., 2001, NOVA GRAMATICA PORTU
de ALMEIDA Napoleao Mendes, 2005, GRAMATICA METODICA L
Finatto M. J. B., 2006, CONTRAPONTOS, V6, P263
HOLLMANN W., 2003, THESIS U MANCHESTER
KOCH IGV, 1996, COESAO TEXTUAL
Leffa V. J., 1996, FATORES COMPREENSAO
Mahan B. M., 1987, U CHEM
Mahan Bruce M., 1995, QUIMICA CURSO U
Masterton W. L., 1990, PRINCIPIOS QUIMICA
Neves Maria Helena de Moura, 2000, GRAMATICA USOS PORTU
NEVES MH, 1999, GRAMATICA PORTUGUES, V2, P461
PILLA L, 1979, FISICO QUIMICA
RODRIGUES C. C, 2000, TRADUCAO DIFERENCA
Russel J. B., 1994, QUIMICA GERAL
SILVA SM, 2001, ENCONTRO DEBATES SOB, V21, P128
SIMIONI S, 2007, SALAO INICIACAO CIEN, V19
*SUP, 2002, COL COMPL 15 AN
NR 24
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
BP 177
EP 184
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU da Silva, DF
AF da Silva, Dinora Fraga
TI Epistemological insertion of the complexity theory in linguistics: on
fragments and totalities
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE system; paradigm crisis; linguistic studies
AB This article discusses a topic which has been orienting linguistic studies - the
concept of system, as defined by modern sciences, based on the relation between
part and whole. We reexamine this orienting concept starting with the discussion of
the modernity paradigm crisis, possible due to the approximation among sciences,
such as Physics and Biology, which are providing to other sciences an
epistemological oxygenation regarding their objects of knowledge. Besides this,
through such advances, it unveils for those sciences the fact that no matter how
strict they are, in the sense of modernity, their objects may also be thought from
the perspective of construction of meanings, with all language work that it
involves. Thus, with the relativization of the limits among sciences, scientific
work gains political meaning, both for integrating sciences and allowing focus on
what is human and socially situated.
C1 PPG Linguist Aplicada UNISINOS, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP da Silva, DF (reprint author), PPG Linguist Aplicada UNISINOS, Sao Leopoldo, RS,
Brazil.
EM dinoraf@unisinos.br
CR Barthes Roland., 1970, S Z
CALABRESE O., 1987, A IDADE NEOBARROCA
CALVINO Italo, 1990, SEIS PROPOSTAS PROXI
Damasio A. R., 1996, ERRO DESCARTES EMOCA
De Leo G. A., 1997, CONSERV ECOL, V1, P3
JARRY A, 1992, AMOR ABSOLUTO
KHUN T, 1989, ESTRUTURA REVOLUCOES
LANDAW GP, 1997, TEORIA HIPERTEXTO
Latour B., 1994, JAMAIS FOMOS MODERNO
Maturana H. R., 1997, MAQUINAS SERES VIVOS
MORIN E, 1998, CIENCIA COM CONSCIEN
PRIGOGINE Y, 1996, FIM CERTEZAS
Sacks O, 1997, HOMEM QUE CONFUNDIU
WILBER K, 1998, PARADIGMA HOLOGRAFIC
NR 14
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
BP 185
EP 189
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Matte, MN
Mutti, RMV
AF Matte, Marleni Nascimento
Varini Mutti, Regina Maria
TI Effects of a sense of professor displacement in a virtual pedagogical
seminar
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE telematic environment; virtual seminar; pedagogical discourse; professor
AB This study, which has a discursive and educational approach, focuses on pedagogy
for Distance Education in a telematic environment in higher education. It aims at
showing sense effects manifested in interlocutions of participants of a virtual
pedagogical seminar, in extracts of statements that discuss the role of professors.
The analytical procedure stresses the discursive functioning of the verb to be like
a linguistic clue that indicates effects of a sense of professor displacement. It
can be observed that the production of senses in writing in a mediating virtual
environment provides visibility to the in-between place of tension between
heterogeneity determined by collective construction in the mediating environment
and the individual's tendency, in a pedagogical condition, of forming the one,
aiming at sense stabilization.
C1 [Matte, Marleni Nascimento; Varini Mutti, Regina Maria] PPGEdu UFRGS, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Matte, MN (reprint author), PPGEdu UFRGS, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM msmatte@portoweb.com.br; reginamutti@terra.com.br
CR Authier-Revuz J, 1998, PALAVRAS INCERTAS NA
BAKHTIN M, 2000, ESTETICA CRIACAO VER
Ferreira ABH, 1999, NOVO DICIONARIO LING
Gadet Francoise, 1997, ANALISE AUTOMATICA D
GARCIA O. M, 1997, COMUNICACAO PROSA MO
LEVY Pierre, 1999, CIBERCULTURA
MATTE MN, 2000, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
MATTE MN, 2005, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
MUTTI R. M. V, 2007, ANALISE DISCURSO BRA, P265
MUTTI RMV, 2005, C TECHN LANG VERS SO
ORLANDI E. P., 1988, DISCURSO LEITURA
PECHEUX M, 1997, ANALISE AUTOMATICA D, P311
PECHEUX Michel, 1999, PAPEL DA MEMORIA, P49
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
BP 190
EP 194
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100007
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Chisman, R
AF Chisman, Rove
TI Ontroduction
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, PPG Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Chisman, R (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, PPG Linguist Aplicada, Sao
Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
CR Lakoff G., 1999, PHILOS FLESH EMBODIE
Sag Ivan A., 2003, SYNTACTIC THEORY FOR
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 3
PG 2
SC Linguistics
GA V12ES
UT WOS:000207583100001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU da Cunha, MAF
AF da Cunha, Maria Angelica Furtado
TI Grammaticalization of the strategies of negation in Brazilian Portuguese
LA English
DT Article
DE grammaticalization; iconicity; semantic bleaching; negation; linguistic
change; Brazilian Portuguese
AB Brazilian Portuguese exhibits three strategies of clausal negation. This work
analyzes and interprets these strategies in the framework of Functional
Linguistics. The analysis is based on a corpus of written and spoken material
produced by students from different levels of schooling. The negative patterns are
in variation, performing the same general discourse function of denying. It is
assumed that variation reflects a linguistic change in progress. The study reveals
the interaction of two competing motivations, one in the direction of restoring
iconicity and the other leading to a decrease of iconicity, in a Movement towards
economy. (c) 2006 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande do Norte, BR-59072970 Natal, RN, Brazil.
RP da Cunha, MAF (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Norte, BR-59072970 Natal,
RN, Brazil.
EM angelica@ufrnet.br
CR AMARAL Amadeu, 1920, DIALETO CAIPIRA
ASHBY WJ, 1981, LANGUAGE, V57, P674, DOI 10.2307/414345
BRAGA R, 1978, 200 CRONICAS ESCOLHI
Bybee J, 2003, NEW PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE, VOL 2, P145
BYBEE J, 1988, BLS PARASESSION GRAM, P247
Bybee Joan L., 1994, EVOLUTION GRAMMAR
Chafe Wallace, 1994, DISCOURSE CONSCIOUSN
CROFT W, 1991, J LINGUIST, V27, P1, DOI 10.1017/S0022226700012391
DACUNHA MAF, 2000, PROCEDIMENTOS DISCUR, P11
DAHL O, 1979, LINGUISTICS, V17, P79, DOI 10.1515/ling.1979.17.1-2.79
DENBESTEN H, 1985, SUBSTRATA UNIVERSALS, V1, P185
Dryer Matthew S., 1989, STUDIES SYNTACTIC TY, P93
DU BJ, 1993, TALKING DATA TRANSCR, P45
Du Bois John W., 1985, ICONICITY SYNTAX, P343, DOI DOI 10.1075/TSL.6.17DUB
FURTADO DA CUNHA M. A., 1998, CORPUS DISCURSO GRAM
Givon T., 1983, TOPIC CONTINUITY DIS, P1, DOI [10.1075/tsl.3.01giv, DOI
10.1075/TSL.3.01GIV]
Givon Talmy, 1979, UNDERSTANDING GRAMME
Givon Talmy, 1990, SYNTAX
HAIMAN J, 1983, LANGUAGE, V59, P781, DOI 10.2307/413373
Haiman John, 1985, ICONICITY SYNTAX
HEINE BERND, 1991, APPROACHES GRAMMATIC, V1-2
HOPPER P, 1994, CURRENT ISSUES LINGU, V109, P29
Hopper Paul J., 1993, GRAMMATICALIZATION
Hopper Paul J., 1987, BERKELEY LINGUISTICS, V13, P139, DOI DOI
10.3765/BLS.V13I0.1834
Horn Laurence R., 1989, NATURAL HIST NEGATIO
Jespersen Otto, 1917, NEGATION ENGLISH OTH
LICHTENBERK F, 1991, APPROACHES GRAMMATIC, V1
NASCENTES A, 1922, LINGUAJAR CARIOCA
PAYNE J, 1985, LANGUAGE TYPOLOGY SY, V2, P42
SABINO F, 1983, GATO SOU CIRCULO LIV
Schwegler A., 1991, ORBIS, V34, P187, DOI DOI 10.2143/ORB.34.0.2013017
Schwegler Armin, 1988, DIACHRONICA, V5, P21
Tottie Gunnel, 1991, NEGATION ENGLISH SPE
VICENTE GIL, 1980, OBRAS PRIMAS TEATRO
2000, BUNDAS MAGAZINE
NR 35
TC 6
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
EI 1879-1387
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD SEP
PY 2007
VL 39
IS 9
BP 1638
EP 1653
DI 10.1016/j.pragma.2006.10.004
PG 16
SC Linguistics
GA 217GK
UT WOS:000249936200010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Souza, PC
AF de Souza, Paulo Chagas
TI Athematic participles in Brazilian Portuguese: A syncretism in the
making
SO ACTA LINGUISTICA HUNGARICA
LA English
DT Article; Proceedings Paper
CT 12th International Morphology Meeting
CY MAY 25-28, 2006
CL Budapest, HUNGARY
DE Brazilian Portuguese; verbs; paradigms; syncretism; rules of referral
AB Some Portuguese verbs have two different past participles, such as, e.g.,
aceitar 'accept', with participles aceitado and aceito; and limpar 'clean', with
limpado and limpo. The first one in each pair mentioned is thematic, whereas the
second one is athematic. While regular thematic participles all bear stress on the
theme vowel, these athematic participles all bear the primary stress on the
athematic stem. As the morphosyntactic category first person singular present
indicative (1spi) is realized by {-o}, it normally coincides the masculine form of
this athematic participle, giving rise to a syncretism between 1spi and the
participle. The aim of this paper is to track the appearance of this kind of
participle and the resulting syncretism in Portuguese and the changes making it
possible for new participles to be formed in this way in colloquial Brazilian
Portuguese.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, FFLCH, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP de Souza, PC (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, FFLCH, Av Prof
Luciano Gualberto 403, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM pcsouza@usp.br
RI de Souza, Paulo Chagas/D-4377-2012
OI de Souza, Paulo Chagas/0000-0003-0600-8401
CR ALLEN JH, 1988, NEW LATIN GRAMMAR
ARONOFF M, 1994, STEMS INFLECTIONAL C
Baerman M, 2004, LANGUAGE, V80, P807, DOI 10.1353/lan.2004.0163
Ernout A., 1967, DICT ETYMOLOGIQUE LA
STUMP GT, 1993, LANGUAGE, V69, P449, DOI 10.2307/416695
WUNDERLICH D, 2003, EXPLORATIONS NOMINAL, P373
ZWICKY A, 1985, P BERKELEY LINGUISTI, V11, P372
NR 7
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU AKADEMIAI KIADO ZRT
PI BUDAPEST
PA BUDAFOKI UT 187-189-A-3, H-1117 BUDAPEST, HUNGARY
SN 1216-8076
EI 1588-2624
J9 ACTA LINGUIST HUNGAR
JI Acta Linguist. Hung.
PD JUN
PY 2007
VL 54
IS 2
BP 119
EP 128
DI 10.1556/ALing.54.2007.2.1
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA 271EY
UT WOS:000253772900001
OA Green Accepted
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, Kanavillil
TI Language and politics.
SO APPLIED LINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR Joseph Joseph E., 2006, LANGUAGE POLITICS
May S., 2006, INTRO LANGUAGE POLIC, P255
Rajagopalan K., 2004, HDB APPL LINGUISTICS, P397, DOI DOI
10.1002/9780470757000.CH16
RICKFORD J, 1997, EBONICS CONTROVERSY
NR 4
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS
PI OXFORD
PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND
SN 0142-6001
J9 APPL LINGUIST
JI Appl. Lingusit
PD JUN
PY 2007
VL 28
IS 2
BP 330
EP 333
DI 10.1093/applin/amm007
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 188JA
UT WOS:000247915000012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Evaristo, C
AF Evaristo, Conceicao
TI 'Ditinha'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Excerpt
C1 Catholic Univ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Evaristo, C (reprint author), Catholic Univ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU JOHNS HOPKINS UNIV PRESS
PI BALTIMORE
PA JOURNALS PUBLISHING DIVISION, 2715 NORTH CHARLES ST, BALTIMORE, MD
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SUM
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 3
BP 929
EP 932
DI 10.1353/cal.2008.0012
PG 4
WC Literature, African, Australian, Canadian
SC Literature
GA 251EL
UT WOS:000252354000027
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Paraboni, I
van Deemter, K
Masthoff, J
AF Paraboni, Ivandre
van Deemter, Kees
Masthoff, Judith
TI Generating referring expressions: Making referents easy to identify
SO COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Article
AB It is often desirable that referring expressions be chosen in such a way that
their referents are easy to identify. This article focuses on referring expressions
in hierarchically structured domains, exploring the hypothesis that referring
expressions can be improved by including logically redundant information in them if
this leads to a significant reduction in the amount of search that is needed to
identify the referent, Generation algorithms are presented that implement this idea
by including logically redundant information into the generated expression, in
certain well-circumscribed situations. To test our hypotheses, and to assess the
performance of our algorithms, two controlled experiments with human subjects were
conducted. The first experiment confirms that human judges have a preference for
logically redundant expressions in the cases where our model predicts this to be
the case. The second experiment suggests that readers benefit from the kind of
logical redundancy that our algorithms produce, as measured in terms of the effort
needed to identify the referent of the expression.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, EACH, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Univ Aberdeen, Dept Comp Sci, Aberdeen AB9 1FX, Scotland.
RP Paraboni, I (reprint author), Av Arlindo Bettio 1000, BR-03828000 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
EM ivandre@usp.br; kvdeemte@csd.abdn.ac.uk; jmasthoff@csd.abdn.ac.uk
RI Paraboni, Ivandre/C-1550-2012
FU Engineering and Physical Sciences Research CouncilEngineering & Physical
Sciences Research Council (EPSRC) [EP/E011764/1, GR/S13330/01]
CR APPELT DE, 1985, ARTIF INTELL, V26, P1, DOI 10.1016/0004-3702(85)90011-6
Arts A., 2004, THESIS TILBURG U NET
*ASS BRIT PHARM IN, 1997, 1996 1997 ABPI COMP
Clark H. H., 1992, ARENAS LANGUAGE USE
CREMERS A, 1996, THESIS U EINDHOVEN
DALE R, 1995, COGNITIVE SCI, V18, P233, DOI DOI 10.1207/S15516709COG1902_3
Dale R, 1989, P 27 ANN M ASS COMP, P68, DOI [10.3115/981623.981632, DOI
10.3115/981623.981632]
Dale Robert, 1991, P 5 C EUR CHAPT ASS, P161, DOI DOI 10.3115/977180.977208
DEUTSCH W, 1976, THESIS U MARBURG
Edmonds Philip G, 1994, P 15 INT C COMP LING, V2, P1118
Grice H.P., 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V3, P43
Horacek H., 2005, 10 EUR WORKSH NAT LA, P58
Jordan P., 2002, INFORM SHARING REFER, P295
JORDAN PW, 2000, ACL 2000, P142
Keysar B, 2003, COGNITION, V89, P25, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(03)00064-7
KRAHMER E, 2002, INFORM SHARING REFER, P223
LEVELT Willem, 1989, SPEAKING INTENTION A
Mangold R, 1986, SENSORISCHE FAKTOREN
Norman D.A., 1988, DESIGN EVERYDAY THIN
PARABONI I, 2003, THESIS U BRIGHTON UK
PARABONI I, 2002, INFORM SHARING, P329
PARABONI I, 2002, P 2 INT C NAT LANG G, P113
Paraboni Ivandre, 2006, P 4 INT NAT LANG GEN, P55
PARABONI J, 2000, P INLG 2000 MITZP RA, P27
PECHMANN T, 1989, LINGUISTICS, V27, P98
Reiter E., 2000, BUILDING NATURAL LAN
Siddharthan A., 2004, P 42 ACL BARC SPAIN, P408
SONNENSCHEIN S, 1982, CHILD DEV, V53, P717, DOI 10.2307/1129385
SONNENSCHEIN S, 1984, PSYCHOLILNGUISTIC RE, V13, P147
van Deemter K, 2002, COMPUT LINGUIST, V28, P37, DOI 10.1162/089120102317341765
VANDEEMTER K, 2004, P 3 INT C NAT LANG G, P31
NR 31
TC 35
Z9 35
U1 0
U2 2
PU MIT PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
PA ONE ROGERS ST, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142-1209 USA
SN 0891-2017
EI 1530-9312
J9 COMPUT LINGUIST
JI Comput. Linguist.
PD JUN
PY 2007
VL 33
IS 2
BP 229
EP 254
DI 10.1162/coli.2007.33.2.229
PG 26
WC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science,
Interdisciplinary Applications; Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
GA 181YF
UT WOS:000247471600004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ostermann, AC
AF Ostermann, Ana Cristina
TI The language of police interviewing: A critical analysis.
SO LANGUAGE IN SOCIETY
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, BR-93022000 Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Ostermann, AC (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, BR-93022000 Sao
EM aco@unisinos.br
CR Fairclough N., 1989, LANGUAGE POWER
Goffman E., 1974, FRAME ANAL
Goffman E, 1981, FORMS TALK
HERITAGE J, 1979, STUD ETHNOMETHODOL, P123
Heydon G, 2005, LANGUAGE OF POLICE INTERVIEWING: A CRITICAL ANALYSIS, P1, DOI
10.1057/9780230502932
HEYDON G, 1997, THESIS MONASH U MELB
Levinson S. C., 1983, PRAGMATICS
NR 8
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CAMBRIDGE UNIV PRESS
PI NEW YORK
PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA
SN 0047-4045
EI 1469-8013
J9 LANG SOC
JI Lang. Soc.
PD JUN
PY 2007
VL 36
IS 3
BP 462
EP 466
DI 10.1017/S0047404507070303
PG 5
WC Linguistics; Sociology
SC Linguistics; Sociology
GA 175WG
UT WOS:000247044100015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Aoun, J
Nunes, J
AF Aoun, Joseph
Nunes, Jairo
TI Vehicle change phenomena as an argument for move F
SO LINGUISTIC INQUIRY
LA English
CT CSSP 1997 Conference
CY 1997
CL Paris, FRANCE
SP CSSP
DE vehicle change; Move F; Agree; expletive-associate pairs; covert
checking
AB Three different formal devices have been proposed within minimalisin to replace
Chomsky's (1993) covert movement of phrasal categories to check Case and agreement:
expletive-associate relations (Brody 1995), movement of formal features (Chomsky
1995), and the operation Agree (Chomsky 2000, 2001). We propose that vehicle change
effects (in the sense articulated by Fiengo and May (1994)) establish empirical
grounds for distinguishing among these alternatives and argue that only the Move F
approach can account for the data without enriching the theoretical apparatus.
C1 Northeastern Univ, Boston, MA 02115 USA.
Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, FFLCH, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Aoun, J (reprint author), Northeastern Univ, 110 Churchill Hall, Boston, MA
02115 USA.
EM j.ooun@neu.edu; jmnunes@usp.br
RI Nunes, Jairo/F-7540-2012
OI Nunes, Jairo/0000-0001-6853-2474
CR BOECKX C, 2001, NATURAL LANGUAGE LIN, V19, P509
Boskovic Zeljko, 2002, SYNTAX, V5, P167, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9612.00051
Brody Michael, 1995, LEXICOLOGICAL FORM R
CHEN LLS, 1991, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
CHOMSKY N, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P1
Chomsky N, 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM, P219
Chomsky Noam, 2000, STEP STEP ESSAYS MIN, P89, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226702271625
Chomsky Noam, 2001, K HALE LIFE LANGUAGE, P1, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226704322747
Fiengo R, 1994, INDICES IDENTITY
HANKAMER J, 1976, LINGUIST INQ, V7, P391
Hornstein Norbert, 2001, MOVE MINIMALIST THEO
JOHNSON K, 1991, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V9, P577, DOI 10.1007/BF00134751
Kayne Richard S., 1994, ANTISYMMETRY SYNTAX
KOIZUMI M, 1993, MIT WORKING PAPERS L, V18, P99
Lasnik Howard, 1999, MINIMALIST ANAL
Lightfoot D., 1999, DEV LANGUAGE ACQUISI
May R., 1985, LOGICAL FORM ITS STR
MERCHANT J, 2001, SYNTAX SILEN CE
Nunes J, 2004, LINGUIST INQ MONOGR, V43, P1
Nunes J, 2001, LINGUIST INQ, V32, P303, DOI 10.1162/00243890152001780
NUNES J, 2000, DELTA, V16, P415
OCHI M, 1999, THESIS U CONNECTICUT
Oku Satoshi, 1998, THESIS U CONNECTICUT
RAPOSO E, 1985, LINGUIST REV, V5, P75
Safir K, 1999, LINGUIST INQ, V30, P587, DOI 10.1162/002438999554228
Warner Anthony, 1986, YORK PAPERS LINGUIST, V12, P153
ZOCCA C, 2003, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA
Zocca Cynthia, 2005, LEIDEN WORKING PAPER, V2, P29
NR 28
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 2
PU MIT PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
SN 0024-3892
EI 1530-9150
J9 LINGUIST INQ
JI Linguist. Inq.
PD SUM
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 3
BP 525
EP 538
DI 10.1162/ling.2007.38.3.525
PG 14
SC Linguistics
GA 194BD
UT WOS:000248318000004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lima, MDS
Fontana, B
AF Lima, Marilia Dos Santos
Fontana, Beatriz
TI Constructing pedagogical awareness with Brazilian language educators
SO TESOL QUARTERLY
LA English
C1 [Lima, Marilia Dos Santos] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
[Fontana, Beatriz] Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, Brazil.
RP Lima, MDS (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil.
CR Bourdieu P., 2004, EC TROCAS SIMBOLICAS
Canagarajah A. S., 2004, CRITICAL PEDAGOGIES, P116
FONTANA B, 2005, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
LIMA M. D. S, 2004, LINGUISTICA APLICADA, P205
LONGARAY EA, 2005, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
Norton B, 1997, TESOL QUART, V31, P409, DOI 10.2307/3587831
Norton B, 2001, LEARNER CONTRIBUTION, P159
Pennycook A., 2001, CRITICAL APPL LINGUI
PHILLIPSON R, 2003, LINGUISTICS IMPERIAL
NR 9
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU TESOL
PI ALEXANDRIA
PA 700 SOUTH WASHINGTON ST, STE 200, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22314 USA
SN 0039-8322
J9 TESOL QUART
JI Tesol Q.
PD JUN
PY 2007
VL 41
IS 2
BP 417
EP 421
PG 5
GA 337ZQ
UT WOS:000258474900016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Hilgert, JG
AF Hilgert, Jose Gaston
TI Spoken language and enunciation
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE speech; writing; orality; scripturality; conversation; enunciation
AB At the textual analysis it does not matter to know the real extra-linguistic
conditions in that the enunciation occurs, since they are commonly inaccessible to
the analyzer. It is not the enunciation itself the object of analysis, but the
projection of the enunciation in the text. Thus, textual genres are defined and
identified from the enunciation marks shown in the texts. Based on this point of
view of the enunciation, some notions inherent to the study of the spoken texts are
discussed, aiming to enlarge the scope of the description and mainly of the
interpretation of these texts.
C1 Univ Mackenzie UPM, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Hilgert, JG (reprint author), Univ Mackenzie UPM, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM gastonh@uol.com.br
CR Antos G, 1982, GRUNDLAGEN THEORIE F
Authier-Revuz J, 1998, PALAVRAS INCERTAS NA
BARREIRA L, 2006, HDB DYNAMICAL SYST B, V1
BARROS DLP, 2006, ESTUDOS LINGUA FALAD, V1, P46
BARROS DLP, 2002, INTERACAO FALA ESCRI, V5, P17
BARROS DLP, 2006, ORALIDADE DIFERENTES, V8, P57
DESAOPAULO F, 2007, IGREJA CRIA 10 MANDA
FIORIN J. L., 1996, ASTUCIAS ENUNCIACAO
FIORIN J.L, 2003, INTRO LINGUISTICA PR, V2, P161
GREIMAS A. J, DICIONARIO SEMIOTICA
Gulich E., 2001, LEXIKON ROMANISTISCH, P196
HILGERT J. G., 1997, LINGUAGEM FALADA CUL
HILGERT JG, 2006, ORALIDADE DIFERENTES, V8, P161
HILGERT JG, 2002, INTERACAO FALA ESCRI, V5, P89
Kerbrat-Orecchioni Catherine, 1980, ENONCIATION SUBJECTI
KOCH P, 1994, SCHRIFT SCHRIFLICHKE, V1, P588
Koch Peter, 1985, ROMANISTISCHES JB, V36, P15, DOI DOI 10.1515/9783110244922.15
Koch Peter, 1990, GESPROCHENE SPRACHE
MARCUSCHI Luiz A, 2001, FALA ESCRITA ATIVIDA
RAMOS G., 1994, CARTAS
Rath R, 1979, KOMMUNIKATIONSPRAXIS
SCHANK G, 1980, LEXIKON GERMANISTISC, V2, P313
TATIT Luiz, 2002, INTRO LINGUISTICA OB, VI, P187
2007, PAN 2007 GUIA COMPLE
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 2
BP 69
EP 76
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA V12ER
UT WOS:000207583000002
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Saboia, IB
Coelho, R
de Aquino, CAB
AF de Saboia, Iratan Bezerra
Coelho, Raquel
Braz de Aquino, Cassio Adriano
TI Narratives et labour: the contemporary impasse of the narrative of the
self through work
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE narrative; narrative of self; centralism of work; work and job
AB Narrative is one of the oldest ways of human expression, being conceived by
several authors as a means for one's structuring. Taking narrative as a form of
psychological meaning and constitution, we attempt to delimit, inside the emerging
field of Psychology that takes narrative as the center of its investigation, the
formation of the self through this discursive practice. Being a means for the
formation of the self, narrative crosses several atria of human life. One of these
privileged fields of personal and social significance is work. However, in the
course of history we notice that there is an effort in aligning the concept of work
with that of job, effort that is perpetrated by an ideology of security of the job,
a reflex of a defined social system, the industrial system. In this context, we
notice that, at present, the category of work is being reformulated; some authors
even speculate its disappearance. In this article, we discuss the possibilities of
the narrative of self through work in a time when the centralism of the work itself
and its existence are in check.
C1 [de Saboia, Iratan Bezerra] Univ Fed Ceara, Curso Psicol, Fortaleza, Ceara,
Brazil.
[Braz de Aquino, Cassio Adriano] Univ Complutense Madrid, E-28040 Madrid, Spain.
RP de Saboia, IB (reprint author), Univ Fed Ceara, Curso Psicol, Fortaleza, Ceara,
Brazil.
EM iratan@gmail.com; raquel_coelho@hotmail.com; nutra@ufc.br
CR ANTUNES Ricardo, 1998, ADEUS AO TRABALHO EN
BARRAYCCOA J, 2005, TIEMPO MUERTO TRIBAL
Bauman Z., 1999, TRABAJO CONSUMISMO N
Brockmeier Jens, 2003, Psicol. Reflex. Crit., V16, P525, DOI 10.1590/S0102-
79722003000300011
Bruner J., 1997, ATOS SIGNIFICACAO
Castel R., 1995, METAMORFOSIS CUESTIO
DEAQUINO CAB, 2003, THESIS U COMPLUTENSE
DEMARTINS HHT, 2001, TEMPO SOC, V13, P61
DONKIN R, 2003, SANGUE SUOR LAGRIMAS
Geertz C., 1989, INTERPRETACAO CULTUR
Gorz Andre, 2003, METAMORFOSES TRABALH
JUNIOR JCC, 2001, TEMPO SOC, V13, P31
LEFEVRE F., 2000, DISCURSO SUJEITO COL
MARCIEL RH, 2006, REV MALESTAR SUBJETI, V6, P535
Meda Dominique, 1998, TRABAJO VALOR PELIGR
SILVA ML, 2003, REV MALESTAR SUBJETI, V3, P151
Vieira AG, 2001, PSICOL-REFLEX CRIT, V14, P599
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 2
BP 84
EP 91
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA V12ER
UT WOS:000207583000004
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Andrade, DNP
Ostermann, AC
AF Pinheiro Andrade, Daniela Negraes
Ostermann, Ana Cristina
TI Police interrogation in Brazil: institutional talk permeated by traces
of spontaneous conversation
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE police interrogation; institutional interaction; spontaneous
conversation
ID GENDER
AB The article discusses how police interrogations in a Brazilian police station
are constituted and what characteristics make them different from police
interrogations investigated in other cultural contexts. We take as bases for
comparison studies of police interrogation conducted by Shuy (1998), in the USA, by
Komter (2003), in the Netherlands, and by Heydon (2005), in Australia. Whereas the
police interrogations in Australia, USA and the Netherlands are similar in the way
they are conducted (avoidance of expressions of sympathy, affiliation or
disaffiliation with the deponents, use of technical jargon throughout the
interrogation, among others), the Brazilian police interrogations in the context
investigated diverge from all of those in several aspects. The main phenomena
responsible for such dissonance are: (1) use of irony, (2) creation of hypotheses
without making use of metalanguage, and (3) use of evaluations about situations
concerning the crime, topics mentioned by the deponent, and the deponent
himself/herself. The interrogations conducted by the Brazilian police officers are
also permeated by laughter, less caution with regards to maintaining a position of
neutrality, affiliation and disaffiliation by the officers, options that seem to
give characteristics of spontaneous conversations to those interactions.
C1 [Pinheiro Andrade, Daniela Negraes; Ostermann, Ana Cristina] Programa Posgrad
Linguist Aplicada, Unisinos, RS, Brazil.
RP Andrade, DNP (reprint author), Programa Posgrad Linguist Aplicada, Unisinos, RS,
Brazil.
EM daniela@ddados.com.br; aco@unisinos.br
CR ATIKINSON JM, 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC
Atkinson J. M., 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P199
BATESON GREGORY, 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND
Button Graham, 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P212
Clift R, 1999, LANG SOC, V28, P523
Drew P., 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P3
Drew P, 1992, TALK WORK
Goffman E., 1974, FRAME ANAL
GREATBATCH D, 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P268
Heydon G, 2005, LANGUAGE OF POLICE INTERVIEWING: A CRITICAL ANALYSIS, P1, DOI
10.1057/9780230502932
Komter M, 2003, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V36, P433, DOI 10.1207/S15327973RLSI3604_5
OSTERMANN A. C., 2006, LINGUAGEM GENERO TRA, P15
Ostermann AC, 2003, DISCOURSE SOC, V14, P473, DOI 10.1177/0957926503014004004
Ostermann Ana. C., 2000, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN
SCHNACK Cristiane Maria, 2005, ENTRELINHAS, V2, P2
Sefi S., 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, P359
SETTLE R, 1990, POLICE POWER USE ABU
Shuy RW, 1998, LANGUAGE CONFESSION
Speer SA, 2006, DISCOURSE SOC, V17, P785, DOI 10.1177/0957926506068433
SWALES JM, 1996, ACAD WRITING INTERCU, P45, DOI DOI 10.1075/PBNS.41.06SWA
Zimmerman D.H., 1992, TEXT CONTEXT CONTRIB, P35
NR 22
TC 2
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 3
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 2
BP 92
EP 104
PG 13
SC Linguistics
GA V12ER
UT WOS:000207583000005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Oliveira, RP
Gago, PC
AF de Oliveira, Roberto Perobelli
Gago, Paulo Cortes
TI Practices of everyday telephone conversation closings: when the call
does not close
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE conversation analysis; telephone everyday conversation; closings
AB This paper studies everyday telephone conversation closings in the framework of
ethnomethodological Conversation Analysis. Through the contributions of Schegloff
and Sacks (1973) and Button (1987; 1990), among others, it aims to show some
practices used by participants to continue the call, even after first closing cue.
The corpus is constituted by data of naturally occurring talk, recorded from a
Brazilian family who lives in the city of Juiz de Fora, Minas Gerais, and evidences
how the parties, in the Brazilian context, construct social relationships
microsequentially. Thus, the study confirms the commonsense notion that finishing a
conversation is a delicate issue for the participants, since they can use many
practices to continue the conversation between the pre-closing first pair part "ok"
and the closing second pair part "bye".
C1 [de Oliveira, Roberto Perobelli; Gago, Paulo Cortes] Univ Fed Juiz de Fora, Juiz
De Fora, MG, Brazil.
[Gago, Paulo Cortes] Univ Estado Rio De Janeiro, Juiz De Fora, MG, Brazil.
RP de Oliveira, RP (reprint author), Univ Fed Juiz de Fora, Juiz De Fora, MG,
Brazil.
EM betoperobelli@terra.com.br; pcgago@uol.com.br
CR Button G., 1987, TALK SOCIAL ORG, P101
Button Graham, 1990, INTERACTION COMPETEN, P93
Duranti Alessandro, 1997, LINGUISTIC ANTHR
GAGO P. C., 2002, VEREDAS, V6, P89
GARCEZ PM, 2002, IDENTIDADES RECORTES, P83
Goffman E, 1967, INTERACTION RITUAL E
Levinson S., 1983, PRAGMATICS, P284
Oliveira MS, 2007, MINER ENG, V20, P197, DOI 10.1016/j.mineng.2006.09.004
OLIVEIRA RP, 2006, THESIS U FEDERAL JUI
OSTERMANN AC, 2002, ALFA-SAO PAULO, V46, P39
SACKS H, 1974, LANGUAGE, V50, P696, DOI 10.2307/412243
SACKS H., 2003, VEREDAS, V7, P9
Schegloff E. A., 1995, SEQUENCE ORG UNPUB
Schegloff E. A., 1973, SEMIOTICA, V8, P289, DOI DOI 10.1515/SEMI.1973.8.4.289
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1986, HUM STUD, V9, P111, DOI 10.1007/BF00148124
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 2
BP 105
EP 114
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA V12ER
UT WOS:000207583000006
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schnack, C
AF Schnack, Cristiane
TI Baby talk: adult talk direct to the child. Which child? Which adult?
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE baby talk; language socialization; childhood; family;
talk-in-interaction
AB As a researcher interested in understanding how children are socialized in the
communities to which they belong, I look at language socialization studies (Ochs
and Schieffelin, 1986; 2001) for a theoretical and analytical framework to pursue
this goal. Departing from this framework, I discuss a practice which is widely
linked, academically, to the language acquisition process baby talk. Baby talk was
defined by Ferguson (1996 [1964]) as a special register used by adults in
interaction with children. This register, according to the author, makes it easier
for children to access the linguistic code that characterizes the speech community
to which the children belong. Studies that follow this proposal are able to reveal
how simplified-syntactically, semantically and lexically-this register appears to
be. However, what is perceived is that the relations between children's linguistic
competence e the use of baby talk are essentialist since they attribute the
children a cognitive limitation to understand the "adult" linguistic code, taken as
the "normal" one. Thus the current study proposes to relocate the use of baby talk
in the light of language socialization studies so as to understand this code as
part of the local practices (Wenger, 1998) and its cultural meanings (Ochs, 1986;
Ochs and Schieffelin, 2001; Schieffelin and Ochs, 1986; 1996). Making use of an
ethnographic approach to the analysis of verbal exchanges (Sacks, 2000; Duranti,
1997; Erickson and Shultz, 2002 [1981]; Gumperz, 1982), the domestic environments
of two Brazilian families are investigated, enabling the mapping of the local
practices of baby talk. It is possible, then, to think about the local construction
regarding the (linguistic) competence of children and adults' rights and duties in
interaction with children. This study reveals that, although baby talk takes place
in both of the families, the local understandings that surround this practice - and
which make it take place - are considerably distinct.
C1 Inst Evangel Novo Hamburgo, Unidade Oswaldo Cruz, Novo Hamburgo, RS, Brazil.
RP Schnack, C (reprint author), Inst Evangel Novo Hamburgo, Unidade Oswaldo Cruz,
Novo Hamburgo, RS, Brazil.
EM crischnack@terra.com.br
CR [Anonymous], 2000, LECT CONVERSATION
Baquedano Lopez P, 2001, LINGUISTIC ANTHR REA, P343
BAQUEDANOLOPEZ P, 2002, SELVES VOICES GOFFMA, P173
BLOUT BG, 1977, TALKING CHILDREN LAN, P297
Borges Lucivanda Cavalcante, 2003, Psicol. Reflex. Crit., V16, P327, DOI
10.1590/S0102-79722003000200013
Braz Fabíola de Sousa, 2002, Psicol. Reflex. Crit., V15, P333, DOI
10.1590/S0102-79722002000200011
ECKERT P, 1992, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V21, P461, DOI
10.1146/annurev.an.21.100192.002333
ERICKSON Frederick, 2002, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P215
FERGUSON C, 1996, SOCIOLINGUISTIC PERS, P103
Ferguson C. A., 1977, TALKING CHILDREN LAN, P219
Garrett PB, 2002, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V31, P339, DOI
10.1146/annurev.anthro.31.040402.085352
Goffman Erving, 1974, FRAME ANAL ESSAY ORG
Goffman Erving, 1959, PRESENTATION SELF EV
GOODWIN C, 1990, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V19, P283, DOI
10.1146/annurev.an.19.100190.001435
Goodwin M, 2001, KEY TERMS LANGUAGE C, P172
Goodwin MH, 2007, DISCOURSE SOC, V18, P93, DOI 10.1177/0957926507069459
Goodwin Marjorie Harness, 2005, CALIDOSCOPIO, V3, P184
Goodwin MH, 2002, J PRAGMATICS, V34, P1621, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(02)00078-4
Goodwin MH, 1990, HE SAID SHE SAID TAL
Guo J., 1996, SOCIAL INTERACTION S, P251
Hall K., 1996, GENDER ARTICULATED L, P97
Hutchby Ian, 1998, CHILDREN SOCIAL COMP
ISSLER D, 1998, LETRAS HOJE, V33, P183
JACOBY S, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P171, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_1
Lareau A, 2003, UNEQUAL CHILDHOODS C
Lave J., 1991, SITUATED LEARNING LE
OCHS E, 1982, LANG SOC, V11, P77, DOI 10.1017/S0047404500009040
Ochs E., 2002, LANG ACQUIS, P99
Ochs E., 1992, TEXT CONTEXT CROSS D, P29
OCHS E, 1986, LANGUAGE SOCIALIZATI, P1
Ochs E., 1991, MISCOMMUNICATION PRO, P44
Ochs E, 2001, LINGUISTIC ANTHR REA, P263
Paugh AL, 2005, DISCOURSE SOC, V16, P55, DOI 10.1177/0957926505048230
Platt Martha, 1986, LANGUAGE SOCIALIZATI, P127
Rogoff B., 2003, CULTURAL NATURE HUMA
sACks H., 2000, LECT CONVERSATION, V1
SACKS H., 2003, VEREDAS, V7, P9
Schieffelin B. B., 1990, GIVE TAKE EVERYDAY L
Schieffelin Bambi B., 1986, LANGUAGE SOCIALIZATI
SCHIEFFELIN BB, 1986, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V15, P163, DOI
10.1146/annurev.an.15.100186.001115
SCHNACK C, 2006, THESIS UNISINOS SAO
SCHNACK Cristiane M., 2005, ENTRELINHAS, V2
Snow C. E., 1977, TALKING CHILDREN LAN, P31
Snow CE, 1977, TALKING CHILDREN LAN
TANNEN D., 1987, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P183
Wenger E, 1998, COMMUNITIES PRACTICE
NR 50
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 2
BP 115
EP 124
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA V12ER
UT WOS:000207583000007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fabricio, BF
AF Fabricio, Branca Falabella
TI Tactical-reflexive co-participation: constructing a landscape of
intercultural exchanges and democratic dialogue in the foreign language
classroom
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE panoptism; participation structure; tactical-reflexive co-participation;
intercultural dialogue
AB My intent in this paper is to discuss the possibility of redescribing aspects of
the disciplinary regime still reigning over school settings worldwide in times of
post-panoptic relations. I shall argue that reviewing both panoptism and the
pedagogic practices it engenders calls for the reconstruction of naturalized
patterns of classroom participation. In order to sustain this point of view and
suggest a type of participation structure that may contribute to the rearticulation
of recurrent classroom interactional practices, I resort to a set of conversations
generated in a language school. The data, part of a four-semester long ethnographic
research study involving learners of English as a foreign language, are approached
in the light of a foucauldian perspective in association with the work of Schultz
et al. (1982). The analysis shows that a new type of participation structure -
termed tactical-reflexive co-participation - can be cooperatively operationalized
in the classroom, constructing a landscape of intercultural exchanges and
democratic dialogue.
C1 Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Fabricio, BF (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM brancaff@globo.com
CR APEL K, 1998, CADERNOS TRADUCAO, V3, P8
Bauman Z, 2000, LIQUID MODERNITY
BUCCI E., 2004, VIDEOLOGIAS ENSAIOS
CANDAU VM, 2005, CULTURAS ED ENTRE CR, P12
CANDAU VM, 2002, SOC ED CULTURAS QUES
FABRICIO BF, RECRIANDO SALA AULA
FABRICIO BF, 1999, INTERCAMBIO, V8, P217
FABRICIO BF, 1996, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
FABRICIO BF, 2003, PESQUISAS DISCURSO P, V2, P25
Ferro JM, 2001, CEREBROVASC DIS, V11, P177, DOI 10.1159/000047635
Florio S., 1982, CHILDREN OUT SCH ETH, P88
FOUCAULT M., 1988, HIST SEXUALIDADE, VI
Foucault M., 1979, MICROFISICA PODER
Foucault Michel, 1996, VIGIAR PUNIR HIST VI
Gee J., 2000, MULTILITERACIES LITE, P43
KENDON A, 1990, CONDUCTING INTERACTI, P204
LARROSA Jorge, 2002, SUJEITO EDUCACAO EST, P35
LEVY Pierre, 1999, CIBERCULTURA
LOPES LPM, SEXUALIDADES SALA AU
*MIN ED, 1998, LING ESTR PAR CURR N
MOITA LOPES L. P., 2005, PERSPECTIVAS ED ENSI, P49
PEREZ GOMEZ A. I, 2001, CULTURA ESCOLAR SOC
RECH M, 1992, THESIS U FEDERAL SAN
Santha P. C., 2007, Journal of Experimental Zoology India, V10, P1
SEMPRINI Andrea., 1999, MULTICULTURALISMO
SILVA TT, 2002, SUJEITO ED ESTUDOS F, P247
VEIGANETO A, 2002, ED SOC, V79, P163
Young R., 1996, INTERCULTURAL COMMUN
NR 30
TC 0
Z9 1
U1 1
U2 2
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 2
BP 125
EP 138
PG 14
SC Linguistics
GA V12ER
UT WOS:000207583000008
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, ED
AF Pereira, Edimilson de Almeida
TI 'Cartography I'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
C1 Univ Fed Juiz de Fora, Juiz De Fora, Brazil.
RP Pereira, ED (reprint author), Univ Fed Juiz de Fora, Juiz De Fora, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 2
BP 460
EP 460
PG 1
SC Literature
GA 220ZA
UT WOS:000250194700008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, ED
TI 'Morning'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 2
BP 461
EP 461
PG 1
SC Literature
GA 220ZA
UT WOS:000250194700009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, ED
TI 'Collision'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 2
BP 462
EP 463
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 220ZA
UT WOS:000250194700010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, ED
TI 'Ship'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 2
BP 463
EP 464
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 220ZA
UT WOS:000250194700011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, ED
TI 'Linguae'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
CR DAVIS AY, 1998, BLUES LEGACIES BLACK, P263
FRAGINALS MM, 1984, AFRICA LATIN AM ESSA, P242
VERGER PF, 1995, EWE USO PLANTA SOC I, P377
2003, LUGARES ARES OBRA PO, V2, P72
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 2
BP 465
EP +
PG 5
SC Literature
GA 220ZA
UT WOS:000250194700012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, ED
TI 'Cartography II'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 30
IS 2
BP 468
EP 470
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 220ZA
UT WOS:000250194700013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Abdala, B
AF Abdala Junior, Benjamin
TI Images of a Colonial Kalunga
SO RESEARCH IN AFRICAN LITERATURES
LA English
DT Article
RP Abdala, B (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR NETO A, 1988, SACRED HOPE
NETO A, 1980, NAUSEA, P70
NETO A, 1963, CON OCCHI ASCIUTTI C
NETO Agostinho, 1974, SAGRADA ESPERANCA
*PUF, 2002, ANTH NOUV POES NEGR
SARTRE JP, 1979, NAUSEE
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU INDIANA UNIV PRESS
PI BLOOMINGTON
PA 601 N MORTON STREET, BLOOMINGTON, IN 47404-3797 USA
SN 0034-5210
J9 RES AFR LITERATURES
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 1
BP 68
EP 74
DI 10.1353/ral.2007.0009
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 127IR
UT WOS:000243579600007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fonseca, MNS
AF Soares Fonseca, Maria Nazareth
TI Master Tamoda and his adventures in language
LA English
DT Article
C1 Catholic Univ Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP Fonseca, MNS (reprint author), Catholic Univ Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
CR AGUESSY Honorat, 1977, INTRO CULTURA AFRICA, V70, P95
BA AH, 1993, CORREIO UNESCO, V21, P16
BICALHO SD, THESIS BELO HORIZONT
Fanon F., 1963, WRETCHED EARTH
HAMILTON R, 1981, LIT AFRICANA LIT NEC, V1, P70
LABAN M, 1991, ENCONTRO ESCRITORES, V1
LABAN M, AMBAQUISTA LIT
SANTO CE, 2000, TOPOLOGIAS CONTO MAR
TRIGO S, 1986, ENSAIOS LIT COMP AFR
Xitu Uanhenga, 1984, MESTRE TAMODA KAHITU
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 1
BP 75
EP 86
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 127IR
UT WOS:000243579600008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Padilha, LC
AF Padilha, Laura Cavalcante
TI Tradition and the effects of the new in modern African fictional
cartography
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Fluminense, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Padilha, LC (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR ACHEBE C, 1989, MONOGRAPHS INT STUDI, V55
BENJAMIN W, 1994, MAGIA TECNICS ARTE P, V1
BORGES COELHO J. P, 2003, DUAS SOMBRAS RIO
CARDOSO B, 1992, SIGNO FOGO
Cardoso Boaventura, 1997, MAIO MES MARIA
CHATELAIN H, 1894, FOLK TALES ANGOLA
CHATELAIN Heli, 1964, CONTOS POPULARES ANG
CHIZIANE P, VENTOS APOCALISPSE
CHIZIANE P, 2003, BALADA AMOR VENTO
Chiziane Paulina, 2000, SETIMO JURAMENTO
CHIZIANE Paulina, 2003, NIKETCHE HIST POLIGA
CORNEJO POLAR Antonio, 2000, CONDOR VOA LIT CULTU
Couto Mia, 1992, TERRA SONAMBULA
de Carvalho Ruy Duarte, 1995, REPENSANDO AFRICANID, P69
de Carvalho Ruy Duarte, 2000, VOU VISITAR PASTORES
DEASSIS A, 1979, SEGREDO MORTA ROMANC, P70
DECARVALHO RD, 1988, HABITO TERRA
DEFREITAS A, 2000, CANTO SANGARDATA
DEMATTA JDC, 2001, DELIRIOS
GUERRA H, 1913, TEXTOS AFRICANOS EXP, P1
HALL Stuart, 2003, DIASPORA IDENTIDADES
MATA Inocencia, 2001, LIT ANGOLANA SILENCI
MIGNOLO WD, 2003, HIST LOAIS PROJETOS
Moreiras Alberto, 2001, EXAUSTAO DIFERENCA P
Neto Agostinho, 1979, SAGRADA ESPERANCA
PADILHA L. C., 1995, ENTRE VOZ LETRA LUGA
PADILHA Laura C., 2002, NOVOS PACTOS OUTRAS
PAZ Octavio, 1984, FILHOS BARRO ROMANTI
Pepetela, 1982, MAYOMBE
PEPETELA, 1996, PARABOLA CAGADO VELH
Pepetela, 1992, GERACAO UTOPIA
RUI M, 1997, RIOSECO
Santos M., 2004, NATUREZA ESPACO TECN
TAVARES AP, 1985, RITOS PASSEGEM
TAVARES AP, 1998, SANGUE BUGANVILIAS
NR 35
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 1
BP 106
EP 118
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 127IR
UT WOS:000243579600011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Secco, CLT
AF Tindo Secco, Carmen Lucia
TI Postcolonial poetry in Cape Verde, Angola, and Mozambique: Some
contemporary considerations
LA English
DT Article
RP Secco, CLT (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Agostinho Neto Antonio, 1985, SAGRADA ESPERANCA
ALMADA Jose Luis Hopffer, 1991, MIRABILIS VEIAS ABER
BARTES R, 1986, RUSTLE LANGUAGE
BOSI A., 1992, TEMPO HIST
CHEVALIER Jean, 1999, DICIONARIO SIMBOLOS
DALOMBA MA, SACROSSANTO REFUGIO
DOSSANTOS A, 1996, COLECIIONADOR QUIMER
DUARTE V, 1993, MANHA AMADRUGADA
FORTES Corsino, 1980, PAO FONEMA
GIL G, SE EU QUISER FALAR D
GOMS SC, 1996, 1 SEM LIT AFR LING P
GOMS SC, 1993, CADEROS U FEDERAL FL
GUITA F, 1997, AGORA DEPOIS COISAS
KAFUKENO F, 2000, SOBRE GRAFITE CERA
MAIMONA J, 1997, IDADE PALAVRAS
MELO J, 1998, TANTO AMOR
MENDONCA JL, 1997, QUERO ACORDAR ALBA
Ortega F., 2000, PARA POLITICA AMIZAD
QUEIROZ C, 2001, BOTOES PEQUENOS SONH
SANTILI MA, 1985, AFRICANIDADE
SECCHIN AC, 1996, POESIA DESORDEM
TAVARES Paula, 2001, DIZES ME COISAS AMAR
WHITE E, 2001, DORMIR DEUS NAVIO LI
NR 23
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 1
BP 119
EP 133
DI 10.1353/ral.2007.0018
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 127IR
UT WOS:000243579600012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Duarte, ED
AF de Assis Duarte, Eduardo
TI Machado de Assis's African descent
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP Duarte, ED (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
CR BLOOM Harold, 2003, GENIO 100 AUTORES MA
Chalhoub Sidney, 2003, MACHADO ASSIS HIST
de ASSIS Joaquim Maria Machado, 1992, OBRA COMPLETA
DEASSIS JMM, 1990, BONS DIAS CRONICAS 1
Gledson John, 1986, MACHADO ASSIS FICCAO
Gomes Heloisa Toller, 1994, MARCAS ESCRAVIDAO NE
IANNI O, 1988, ESTUDOS AFRO ASIASTI
MAGALHAES JUNIOR Raimundo, 1956, DIALOGOS REFLEXOES R
MAGALHAES Raimundo, 1957, MACHADO ASSIS DESCON
MATTOS M, 1930, MACHADO ASSIS HOMEM
MEYER Augusto, 1952, MACHADO ASSIS
NASCIMENTO GMD, 2002, REV ESTUDOS LIT, V2
Pereira Lucia Miguel, 1988, MACHADO ASSIS ESTUDO
RAEDERS G, 1996, CONDE GOBINEAU NO BR
RODRIGUES I, 1997, THOTH, V1, P255
Schwarz Roberto, 1977, VENCEDOR BATATAS
SOUSA JD, 1905, ULTIMOS SONETOS
SOUSA Jose Galante de, 1955, BIBLIO MACHADO ASSIS
NR 19
TC 5
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 0
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 1
BP 134
EP 151
DI 10.1353/ral.2007.0003
PG 18
SC Literature
GA 127IR
UT WOS:000243579600013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gomes, HT
AF Gomes, Heloisa Toller
TI Afro-Brazilian literature: Spaces conquered, spaces in-between
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Gomes, HT (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR BARBOSA M, 1988, CADERNOS NEGROS, V11
BARBOSA M, 1985, REFLEXOES, P50
BONFIM M, 1935, BRASIL
CAMARGO O, 2002, ESTRANHO, P22
CAPONE S, 2004, BUSCA AFRICA NO CAND
DANTAS BG, 1987, VOVO NAGO PAPAI BRAN
Davis CB, 1994, BLACK WOMEN WRITING
DUARTE ED, 2005, UNPUB LIT AFROBRASIL
Fonseca M. N. S., 2000, BRASIL AFROBRASILEIR
Freyre Gilberto, 1973, CASA GRANDE SENZALA
GAMA Luiz, 1974, TROVAS BURLESCAS
Gomes Heloisa Toller, 1994, MARCAS ESCRAVIDAO NE
Lins P., 1997, CIDADE DE DEUS
MAGGIE Y, 1989, SINAIS TEMPOS IGREJA
MAGGIE Yvone, 1992, MEDO FEITICO RELACOE
MARTNS LM, 1997, NACOES NOSSAS HIST E, P41
MINKA J, 1992, CADERNOS NEGROS, V15, P52
Moura Clovis, 1983, BRASIL RAIZES PROTES
PADILHA L, 1995, ENTRE VOZ LETRA LUGA, V20
RODRIGUES RN, 1982, AFRICANOS NO BRASIL
Sodre M, 1988, TERREIRO CIDADE FORM
THEODORO H, 1986, ESTUDOS AFROASIATICO, V12, P39
TRINDADE S, 1961, CANTARES AO M POVO
NR 23
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SPR
PY 2007
VL 38
IS 1
BP 152
EP 162
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 127IR
UT WOS:000243579600014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Assis-Peterson, AA
Cox, MIP
AF de Assis-Peterson, Ana Antonia
Pagliarini Cox, Maria Ines
TI English in the age of globalization: beyond good and evil
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE globalization; public education; foreign language teaching/learning
AB This article resumes three interpretations for the phenomenon of the bond
between globalization and English. First, it recalls the naive position that sees
the worldliness of English as natural and neutral. Second, it presents the critical
view deeply marked by the nationalist and anti-imperialist ideology that
understands the spread of English as another dimension of USA domination over the
world. Finally, the third view is the critical viewpoint of the critical viewpoint
that points out the limitations of the anti-imperialist position in the new world
order imposed by globalization. However, whatever the interpretation is, no one
wants or can wait any longer to learn English. These urges place us face to face
with the historic inefficiency of Brazilian public schools to teach foreign
languages. Along the years the privilege of efficient teaching has been allocated
to private language institutes. Such situation has been turning the competent
learning of English among other languages into a cultural asset guaranteed only to
the children of wealthy classes in Brazilian society. For the wealthy, on the
horizon appears the so called bilingual school. And what is there for the others,
for the underprivileged?
C1 [de Assis-Peterson, Ana Antonia] Univ Penn, MeEL UFMT, Philadelphia, PA 19104
USA.
[Pagliarini Cox, Maria Ines] Univ Estadual Campinas, MeEL UFMT, Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
RP de Assis-Peterson, AA (reprint author), Univ Penn, MeEL UFMT, Philadelphia, PA
19104 USA.
EM anaassis@terra.com.br; icox@terra.com.br
CR ALVI G, 2006, SECOLO AM
Barcelos A. M. F., 2006, LINGUAGEM ENSINO, V9, P145
Block D., 2001, GLOBALIZATION LANGUA, P117
Canclini NG, 1999, CONSUMIDORES CIDADAO
CANEVACCI Massimo, 1996, SINCRETISMOS EXPLORA
CELANI M. A. A., 2003, PROFESSORES FORMADOR
COELHO Hilda Simone Henriques, 2006, CRENCAS ENSINO LINGU, P125
COX M. I. P., 2001, LINGUAGEM ENSINO, V4, P11
COX MIP, 2002, POLIFONIA, V5, P1
DEOLIVEIRA E, 2002, TRABALHOS LINGUISTIC, V39, P69
DEROSNAY J, 2000, NAVEGAR SECULO 21, P217
DIAS M. H. M., 2006, POLIFONIA, V12, P107
DIAS MHM, 2006, THESIS U FEDERAL MAT
GASPARINI EN, 2005, POLIFONIA, V10, P159
GIMENEZ T, 2005, PERSPECTIVAS EDUCACI
KUBOTA R., 2001, GLOBALIZATION LNAGUA, P13
LATOUCHE S, 1994, OCIDENTALIZACAO MUND
LEVY P., 1999, CIBERCULTURA, V34
ORTIZ Renato, 2006, MUNDIALIZACAO SABERE
PAIVA V. L. M. O., 2005, LINGUISTICA APLICADA, P135
Pennycook A., 1994, CULTURAL POLITICS EN
PERIN J. O. R., 2005, PERSPECTIVAS EDUCACI, P143
Phillipson Robert, 1992, LINGUISTIC IMPERIALI
Ritzer G., 1996, MCDONALDIZATION SOC
SANTOS LIS, 2005, THESIS U FEDERAL MAT
VASANTKUMAR NJC, 1992, CULT SOC 10 C
WALKER S, 2003, CAMINHOS COLHEITA EN, P35
NR 27
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 5
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 5
EP 14
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900002
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU do Amaral, LC
Duarte, NEWP
AF do Amaral, Luis Centeno
Duarte, Noris Eunice W. P.
TI New teachers of Portuguese Language and the old discourse of
conservative schools
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE applied linguistics; educational sociolinguistics; reading
AB New teachers of Portuguese Language, exposed to a curriculum which is based on
linguistic theories, frequently begin to work in conservative schools, which are
against innovative proposals. This text discusses the timid diffusion of
Linguistics in schools and how this situation affects the work of the beginning
teachers. The authors then propose an alternative way to minimize the problem.
C1 [do Amaral, Luis Centeno; Duarte, Noris Eunice W. P.] UFPR, Fac Letras,
Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
RP do Amaral, LC (reprint author), UFPR, Fac Letras, Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
EM luis.amaral@ufpel.edu.br; noris@vetorial.net
CR AMARAL Luis I. C., 2003, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
BAUGH J, 1995, SOCIAL SCI LANGUAGE, V1, P101
Bortoni-Ricardo S. M., 2005, NOS CHEGUEMU ESCOLA
BOURDIEU Pierre, 1996, EC TROCAS LINGUISTIC
DUARTE NE, 2006, THESIS U FEDERAL SAN
Gabbiani Beatriz, 2000, ESCUELA LENGUAJE POD
GORSKI E, 2006, SOCIOLINGUISTICA ENS
ZILLES AM, 1999, PORTUGUES CIDADANIA, P88
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 15
EP 18
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900003
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Possenti, S
AF Possenti, Sirio
TI Can we teach style?
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE style; text; discourse; anaphora; language teaching
AB This paper argues that style can be the object of language teaching in schools.
Style is conceived as a certain kind of relation between form and content, which is
treated as independent from the expression of subjectivity as well as from a
supposed exclusive relation with art works. It is suggested that by rewriting texts
in the classroom it is possible to select and highlight specific points with
specific functions in each text. Examples are given of lexical anaphoric
transformations in different texts, since this phenomenon is relevant for both text
linguistics and discourse analysis. Working on this locus in texts shows how
decisive it is for a text to produce certain meaning effects like the imposition of
a point of view, the explicit referring back or the decision of the author to leave
it to the reader to retrieve information from text memory.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, CNPq, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Possenti, S (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, CNPq, BR-13081970
EM siriop@terra.com.br
CR AMOSSY Ruth, 2005, IMAGENS SI DISCURSO
CAMARA JR J. M., 1977, CONTRIBUICAO ESTILIS
DESCINI N, 2003, ESTILO NOS TEXTOS
FIORIN J. L., 2006, INTRO PENSAMENTO BAK
GRANGER GG, 1968, FILOSOFIA ESTILO
MAINGUENEAU D, 2005, DISCURSO LIT
PECHEUX M., 1969, ANAL AUTOMATICA DISC, P61
POSSENTI S., 1988, DISCURSO ESTILO SUBJ
POSSENTI S., 2002, PERSPECTIVA REV CTR, V20, P105
SCHNEIDER M, 1985, LADROES PALAVRAS
NR 10
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 19
EP 23
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Britto, LPL
AF Leme Britto, Luiz Percival
TI School, Language Teaching, Literacy, and Knowledge
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE writing; literacy; competences; knowledge; education; school
AB Taking into consideration the relationships between knowledge and writing in
contemporary society, this article presents the thesis that literacy is inseparable
from formal knowledge and knowledge of the world. Thus it is not possible to
maintain the hypothesis that literacy is a specific competence conceived as a kind
of abstract knowledge. In order to sustain the thesis above, we first examine how
knowledge of writing has been treated in the literature, and what led to the
formulation of the concept of literacy as abstract knowledge. Next we establish a
theoretical framework in which mastery and uses of writing are connected with other
forms of knowledge. We conclude that much more than mastering a certain norm or
technology, knowing how to read and write implies having acquired elaborated
knowledge and being able to use it to participate and intervene in society.
C1 Univ Sorocaba, Programa Posgrad Educ, Sorocaba, SP, Brazil.
RP Britto, LPL (reprint author), Univ Sorocaba, Programa Posgrad Educ, Sorocaba,
SP, Brazil.
EM luiz.britto@uniso.br
CR Bourdieu P., 1998, EC TROCAS LINGUISTIC
BRITTO L. P. L, 1997, SOMBRA CAOS ENSINO L
BRITTO Luiz Percival Leme, 2003, CONTRA CONSENSO CULT
DUARTE Newton, 2004, VIGOTSKI APRENDER AP
GONZALEZ JLC, 2003, DESAFIOS TRABALHO CA, P55
KATO Mary, 1986, MUNDO ESCRITA PERSPE
OSAKABE H, 1983, LEITURA CRISE ESCOLA, P147
Soares Magda, 2004, Rev. Bras. Educ., V0, P5, DOI 10.1590/S1413-
24782004000100002
NR 8
TC 6
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 24
EP 30
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Breunig, CG
AF Breunig, Carmen Grellmann
TI "I must speak German, if I don't, they cry!" Bilingualism as a cultural
responsive pedagogy
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE interaction; code switching; cultural responsive pedagogy
AB This research investigates if code switching is used in a first elementary
school class, in a bilingual context and if it constitutes a cultural responsive
pedagogic strategy. With that purpose, classroom activities were both video and
audio taped, regularly, once a week, during the period of one semester. The classes
are made up of three main moments: initial sharing time activities, activities
developed at the tables and final sharing time activities. This analysis of
interaction reveals the occurrence of code switching with the main function of
maintaining the course of interaction (Auer, 1988) which is then interpreted as a
strategy of cultural responsive pedagogy (Bortoni-Ricardo e Dettoni, 2001), giving
voice and opportunity as well as welcoming the children who are from a different
linguistic reality in which the use of German predominates, in contrast to the
obligation of using Portuguese in the school.
C1 Colegio Sinodal, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Breunig, CG (reprint author), Colegio Sinodal, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
EM cbreunig@brturbo.com.br
CR ALVAREZCACCAMO C, 1990, 16 ANN M BERK LING S, P3
Auer P., 1998, CODE SWITCHING CONVE
Auer Peter, 1999, INT J BILINGUAL, V3, P309, DOI DOI
10.1177/13670069990030040101
BAGNO M., 2002, LINGUA MATERNA LETRA, P13
Blom Jan-Petter, 2002, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P45
BORTONI SM, 1994, REV INT LINGUA PORTU, V12, P82
BORTONIRICARDO SM, 2001, CENAS SALA AULA
CAJAL I. B. A, 2001, CENAS SALA AULA
Cazden C., 2001, CLASSROOM DISCOURSE
Donato R., 1994, VYGOTSKIAN APPROACHE, P33
ERICKSON F, 1987, ANTHROPOL EDUC QUART, V18, P335, DOI
10.1525/aeq.1987.18.4.04x0023w
ERICKSON Frederick, 2002, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P215
GUMPERZ JJ, 1982, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P149
HEYE J, 2003, PALAVRA, V11, P30
KNORST B, 2003, HIST SANTA MARIA HER
LANTOLF JP, 1994, VYGOTSKIAN APPROACHE, P1
PHILIPS S, 1972, SOCIOLINGUISITCA INT, P370
Poulisse N, 1997, MOD LANG J, V81, P324, DOI 10.2307/329307
RECH MD, 1996, MULTIPLAS FACES LING, P309
Schegloff Emanuel A., 2002, ANNU REV APPL LINGUI, V22, P3, DOI DOI
10.1017/S0267190502000016
TERZI S. B., 2001, CONSTRUCAO LEITURA E
ZILLES AMS, ENSINO PORTUGUES CID
NR 22
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 31
EP 44
PG 14
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fronza, CD
AF Fronza, Catia de Azevedo
TI Considerations about speech and writing in the school context
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE speech; writing; orthography; teaching; learning
AB This paper reflects about speech and writing productions of children during the
acquisition of speech and mastership of the writing system. First we emphasize
characteristics of speech that are different from what is considered normal or
expected by adults regarding children's productions. As for the writing, we discuss
the characteristics that can be observed in children's written words according to
the contributions of phonology. Such approaches are consistent with the premise
that the teacher's action and his/her knowledge about the characteristics of speech
and writing can contribute positively to the learning and usage of the mother
tongue in oral and writing modalities in the school context. The understanding of
what is possible in the usage of both modalities of language, oral and writing, and
the attention to what is different from what is expected by others, in the case of
"language specific problems" (Correa et al., 2003), for example, contribute to more
productive teaching and learning contexts. Thus this reflection is intended to
improve the action of professionals dedicated to children education, also showing
that rich dialogues with Psychology and Phonoaudiology are possible.
C1 Unisinos, Programa Posgrad Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Fronza, CD (reprint author), Unisinos, Programa Posgrad Linguist Aplicada, Sao
EM catiaaf@unisinos.br
CR ABAURRE M, 1992, 2 ENC NAC AQ LING PO, P5
ABAURRE Maria Bernadete Marques, 1999, AQUISICAO LINGUAGEM, P167
BAGNO Marcos, 2001, LINGUA EULALIA
Beers M., 1995, PHONOLOGY NORMALLY D
BORTONIRICARDO SM, 2004, UNIDADE, V15, P1
BORTONIRICARDO SM, 2004, SISTEMA ALFABETICO A, P1
CAGLIARI Luiz Carlos, 1997, ALFABETIZACAO LINGUI
Correa L. M. S, 2003, CALIDOSCOPIO, V1, P43
CORREA L. M. S., 1999, DELTA, V15, P339
CORREA LMS, 1999, LETRAS HOJE, V34, P27
Crystal D., 1981, CLIN LINGUISTICS
DEAZEVEDO C, 1994, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
DINNSEN DA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P28, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3301.28
FARACO CA, 2001, ESCRITA ALFABETIZACA
FRANTZ CS, 2005, ENTRELINHAS, V2
FRANTZ CS, 2004, RES SIGNIFICANDO ESC
Fronza Cátia de Azevedo, 2006, Trab. linguist. apl., V45, P187, DOI
10.1590/S0103-18132006000200003
FRONZA CD, 2002, 4 C BRAS LING APL BE, P1
FRONZA CD, 1999, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
GRUNWELL P, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P221, DOI 10.1080/02699208808985257
Grunwell P., 1982, CLIN PHONOLOGY
Grunwell P., 1981, NATURE PHONOLOGICAL
Grunwell P., 1986, LANGUAGE DEV SCH YEA, P34
GRUNWELL P, 1985, PHONOLOGICAL ANAL CH
Grunwell P., 1987, CLIN PHONOLOGY
GRUNWELL P., 1990, DESVIOS FONOLOGICOS, P51
HEINIG OLD, 2003, PRINCIPIOS SISTEMA A, P11
HERNANDORENA CLM, 1999, AQUISICAO LINGUAGEM, P81
HERNANDORENA CLM, 1995, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V29, P69
HERNANDORENA CLM, 1988, LETRAS HOJE, V74, P57
HONORIO DD, 2005, THESIS U VALE SINOS
Ingram D, 1976, PHONOLOGICAL DISABIL
INGRAM D, 1997, APPL PHONOLOGY PIONE, P19
KESKE M, 1996, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
Keske-Soares M., 2001, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
KOCH IV, 1997, TRABALHOS LINGUISTIC, V38, P31
LAMPRECHT R, 1986, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
LAMPRECHT R. R., 2004, AQUISICAO FONOLOGICA, P17
LEONARD L, 1997, COMPENDIO LINGUAGEM, P467
LEONARD LB, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V50, P4, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5001.04
LEONARD LB, 1992, PHONOLOGICAL DEV MOD, P495
LOWE RJ, 1996, FONOLOGIA AVALIACAO, P119
MARCUSCHI LA, 1995, CONTEXTUALIZACAO EXP
MASSINI- CAGLIARI G., 2004, CALIDOSCOPIO, V2, P89
MASSINI-CAGLIARI G, 1999, DIANTE LETRAS, P49
MASSINI-CAGLIARI Gladis, 1999, DIANTE LETRAS, P121
MATZENAUER CLB, 2004, LETRAS HOJE, V39, P89
Morais AG, 2003, ORTOGRAFIA ENSINAR A
MOTA HB, 1990, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
Mota Helena, 1996, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
RIBAS LP, 2004, AQUISICAO FONOLOGICA, P152
SCLIAR-CABRAL L., 2003, PRINCIPIOS SISTEMA A
Scliar-Cabral L., 2003, GUIA PRATICO ALFABET
SELKIRK E, 1982, PROSODIC STRUCTURE I
Stoel-Gammon C., 1985, NORMAL DISORDERED PH
STOELGAMMON C, 1990, DESVIOS FONOLOGICOS, P11
TESSARI EMB, 2002, THESIS U CATOLICA PE
TYLER AA, 1994, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V8, P91, DOI 10.3109/02699209408985299
VAUCHER AV, 1996, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
YAVAS M, 1988, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V2, P329, DOI 10.3109/02699208808985264
YAVAS M, 1985, LETRAS HOJE, V62, P77
Yavas M, 1991, AVALIACAO FONOLOGICA
Zorzi J. L., 1998, APRENDER ESCREVER AP
NR 63
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 45
EP 56
PG 12
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900007
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bohn, HI
Debarba, I
AF Bohn, Hilario I.
Debarba, Irene
TI The role of the body in learning literacy skills
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE the human body and the classroom; language; pedagogical practices
AB There are a variety of voices and conceptions present in the daily routines of a
classroom which may also reveal the reasons underlying the pedagogical orientation
of teachers and behaviors of learners. Among the many beliefs related to learning,
this paper discusses the role of the human body in the learning process, more
specifically in the development of literacy skills. The research focuses on the
language used by a group of elementary school children, between 7 and 10 years old,
when asked about the role of their body in the learning process. The linguistic
material analyzed comes from the opinions of these elementary school children with
special difficulties in the development of their reading and writing skills. The
data are interpreted and discussed in a Discourse Analysis perspective, as
presented in Brazil by Orlandi, and in France by the theoretical contributions of
Pecheux. The notion of a human being using the language in an ideological and
historical perspective is central in the discussion of the data. The analysis
reveals learners subjected to beliefs about learning as being conditioned by a set
of mechanical gestures in which the notions of discourse, interaction and the
construction of meaning are absent. The implications of such views are discussed in
terms of the learning difficulties of the group of students who hold such beliefs
about learning.
C1 [Bohn, Hilario I.] Univ Texas Austin, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
[Debarba, Irene] Secretaria Educ Municipio Blumenau, Blumenau, SC, Brazil.
[Bohn, Hilario I.] UCPel, Pelotas, RS, Brazil.
RP Bohn, HI (reprint author), Univ Texas Austin, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
EM hbohn@terra.com.br; irenedebarba@terra.com.br
CR Damasio A. R., 1996, ERRO DESCARTES EMOCA
DESCARTES R, 1991, DISCURSO METODO PAIX
FOUCAULT M, 1999, VIGIAR PUNIR NASCIME
FREIRE JB, 1991, THESIS U SAO PAULO
GREGOLIN Maria do Rosario, 2004, FOUCAULT PECHEUX ANA
LOCKE J., 1991, ENSAIO ACERCA ENTEND
Mizukami M. da G. N., 1986, ENSINO ABORDAGENS PR
MOLL J., 1996, ALFABETIZACAO POSSIV
MOREIRA W. W., 1995, CORPO PRESENTE
MUTTI R. M. V, 2005, M PECHEUX ANAL DISCU, P281
Orlandi EP., 2001, ANAL DISCURSO PRINCI
Piaget J, 1978, FAZER COMPREENDER
SILVA IDA, 2003, THESIS FUNDACAO U RE
VAYER P, 1984, DIALOGO CORPORAL ACA
VAYER P, 1982, CRIANCA DIANTE MUNDO
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 3
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2007
VL 5
IS 1
BP 57
EP 63
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA V12EQ
UT WOS:000207582900008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU De Andrade, CRF
Martins, VD
AF Furquim De Andrade, Claudia Regina
Martins, Vanessa De Oliveira
TI Fluency variation in adolescents
SO CLINICAL LINGUISTICS & PHONETICS
LA English
DT Article
DE speech and Language; fluency; methods of fluency assessment; adolescents
ID PRESCHOOL-CHILDREN; YOUNG-ADULT; SPEECH; STUTTER; DISFLUENCY; BEHAVIOR;
INSTRUMENT; CHILDHOOD
AB The Speech Fluency Profile of fluent adolescent speakers of Brazilian
Portuguese, were examined with respect to gender and neurolinguistic variations.
Speech samples of 130 male and female adolescents, aged between 12; 0 and 17; 11
years were gathered. They were analysed according to type of speech disruption;
speech rate; and frequency of speech disruptions. Statistical analysis did not find
significant differences between genders for the variables studied. However,
regarding the phases of adolescence ( early: 12; 0 - 14; 11 years; late: 15; 0 -
17; 11 years), statistical differences were observed for all of the variables. As
for neurolinguistic maturation, a decrease in the number of speech disruptions and
an increase in speech rate occurred during the final phase of adolescence,
indicating that the maturation of the motor and linguistic processes exerted an
influence over the fluency profile of speech.
RP De Andrade, CRF (reprint author), Claudia Regina Furquim Andrade, Rua Cipotanea
51,Cidade Univ, BR-05360160 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM clauan@usp.br
RI Andrade, Claudia/D-2187-2012
CR Ambrose NG, 1999, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V42, P895, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4204.895
AMSTER BJ, 1985, THESIS TEMPLE U, V46, pB816
Andrade C., 2004, TRATADO FONAAUDIOLOG, P1001
Andrade C.R.F, 2004, ABFW TESTE LINGUAGEM, P51
ANDRADE CRF, 2004, EINSTEIN, V2, P59
ANDRADE CRF, 2000, PROFONO, V12, P121
ANDRADE CRF, 2001, PROFONO, V13, P177
Assis Simone G., 2003, Ciênc. saúde coletiva, V8, P669
BEE H, 2000, DEV CHILD
Block S., 1996, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V24, P39, DOI DOI
10.3109/AS12.1996.24.ISSUE
Campbell J. H., 1994, STUTTERING THERAPY
Chan AS, 1999, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V5, P525, DOI 10.1017/S135561779956606X
Conture E., 2000, STUTTERING ITS NATUR
DALY DA, 1995, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V26, P162, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461.2602.162
DUCHIN SW, 1987, J COMMUN DISORD, V20, P245, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(87)90022-0
Fitch WT, 1999, J ACOUST SOC AM, V106, P1511, DOI 10.1121/1.427148
FRANKEN MC, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P280, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3802.280
Howell P, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P1073, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4005.1073
Ingham JC, 1998, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V41, P753, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4104.753
KAHANE JC, 1982, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V25, P446, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2503.446
KELLY EM, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P1284, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3706.1284
KOWAL S, 1975, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V4, P195, DOI 10.1007/BF01066926
Lee S, 1999, J ACOUST SOC AM, V105, P1455, DOI 10.1121/1.426686
LEEPER LH, 1995, FOLIA PHONIATR LOGO, V47, P1, DOI 10.1159/000266337
Levav I, 2004, EUR CHILD ADOLES PSY, V13, P395, DOI 10.1007/s00787-004-0427-6
LUTZ KC, 1986, J FLUENCY DISORD, V11, P307, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(86)90018-5
MANNING WH, 1981, J FLUENCY DISORD, V6, P35, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(81)90029-2
PERKINS WH, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P734, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3404.734
Piko BF, 2005, EUR CHILD ADOLES PSY, V14, P95, DOI 10.1007/s00787-005-0437-z
Pindzola R. H., 1989, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V20, P133
Riley G. D., 1994, STUTTERING SEVERITY
Ronning JA, 2004, EUR CHILD ADOLES PSY, V13, P73, DOI 10.1007/s00787-004-0356-4
RYAN BP, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P333, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3502.333
SANDER E K, 1961, J Speech Hear Disord, V(Suppl 7), P21
SCHWARTZ HD, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P62, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3101.62
Searl JP, 2002, J COMMUN DISORD, V35, P383, DOI 10.1016/S0021-9924(02)00084-9
Smith A, 2004, DEV PSYCHOBIOL, V45, P22, DOI 10.1002/dev.20009
Starkweather C. W., 1997, STUTTERING
Thelen E., 2006, HDB CHILD PSYCHOL, V1, P258, DOI DOI
10.1002/9780470147658.CHPSY0106
THRONEBURG RN, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P504, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3703.504
Vermeiren R, 2002, EUR CHILD ADOLES PSY, V11, P168, DOI 10.1007/s00787-002-0275-
1
Walsh B, 2002, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V45, P1119, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2002/090)
Whiteside SR, 2004, NEUROSCI LETT, V367, P44, DOI 10.1016/j.neulet.2004.05.076
YAIRI E, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P521, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3603.521
Yairi E, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P585, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/046)
Yairi E., 1997, NATURE TREATMENT STU
ZACKIEWICZ DV, 2000, REV SOCIEDADE BRASIL, V5, P59
ZEBROWSKI PM, 1995, TOP LANG DISORD, V15, P1
Zwaanswijk M, 2003, EUR CHILD ADOLES PSY, V12, P153, DOI 10.1007/S00787-003-
0322-6
NR 51
TC 5
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 2
PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS INC
PI PHILADELPHIA
PA 530 WALNUT STREET, STE 850, PHILADELPHIA, PA 19106 USA
SN 0269-9206
EI 1464-5076
J9 CLIN LINGUIST PHONET
JI Clin. Linguist. Phon.
PY 2007
VL 21
IS 10
BP 771
EP 782
DI 10.1080/02699200701502161
PG 12
GA 219MQ
UT WOS:000250089700003
PM 17852153
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU dos Santos, CN
Milidiu, RL
AF dos Santos, Cicero Nogueira
Milidiu, Ruy L.
BE Gelbukh, A
TI Probabilistic classifications with TBL
SO COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS AND INTELLIGENT TEXT PROCESSING
SE Lecture Notes in Computer Science
LA English
CT 8th International Conference on Intelligent Text Processing and
Computational Linguistics
CY FEB 18-24, 2007
CL Mexico City, MEXICO
SP IPN, Nat Language & Text Proc Lab
AB The classifiers produced by the Transformation Based error-driven Learning (TBL)
algorithm do not produce uncertainty measures by default. Nevertheless, there are
situations like active and semi-supervised learning where the application requires
both the sample's classification and the classification confidence. In this paper,
we present a novel method which enables a TBL classifier to generate a probability
distribution over the class labels. To assess the quality of this probability
distribution, we carry out four experiments: cross entropy, perplexity, rejection
curve and active learning. These experiments allow us to compare our method with
another one proposed in the literature, the TBLDT. Our method, despite being simple
and straightforward, outperforms TBLDT in all four experiments.
C1 [dos Santos, Cicero Nogueira; Milidiu, Ruy L.] Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de
Janeiro, Dept Informat, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
RP dos Santos, CN (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, Dept
Informat, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
EM nogueira@inf.puc-rio.br; milidiu@inf.puc-rio.br
CR Blum Avrim, 1998, COLT
Brill E, 1995, COMPUT LINGUIST, V21, P543
CHEN SF, 1996, P 34 ANN M ASS COMP, P310, DOI DOI 10.3115/981863.981904
Collins M, 2003, COMPUT LINGUIST, V29, P589, DOI 10.1162/089120103322753356
Dietterich T. G., 1995, Journal of Artificial Intelligence Research, V2, P263
FLORIAN R, 2000, P JOINT SIGD C EMP M
FREITAS MC, 2006, P IB AM AI C RIB PRE
KALT T, 2005, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
MILIDIU RL, 2006, P 7 WORKSH COMP PROC, P200
RAMSHAW L, 1999, NATURAL LANGUAGE PRO
2000, CONLL SHARED TASK CO
NR 11
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU SPRINGER-VERLAG BERLIN
PI BERLIN
PA HEIDELBERGER PLATZ 3, D-14197 BERLIN, GERMANY
SN 0302-9743
EI 1611-3349
BN 978-3-540-70938-1
J9 LECT NOTES COMPUT SC
PY 2007
VL 4394
BP 196
EP +
PG 2
WC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Theory &
Methods; Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
GA BFS87
UT WOS:000244441100018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI ESP in Brazil: 25 years of evolution and reflection
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Inst Language Studies, Dept Linguist, BR-13081970
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Inst Language Studies,
Dept Linguist, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM rajagopalan@uol.com.br
CR CELANI, 2005, ESP IN BRAZIL 25 YEA, P416
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 5
PI OXFORD
SN 0889-4906
J9 ENGL SPECIF PURP
PY 2007
VL 26
IS 4
BP 521
EP 524
DI 10.1016/j.esp.2006.03.001
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 228YQ
UT WOS:000250768900011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schamm, C
AF Schamm, Christhoph
TI Masterpieces arising from lack of inspiration
SO IBEROROMANIA
LA German
DT Article
C1 DAAD, BR-90510900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Schamm, C (reprint author), DAAD, Rua 24 Outubro, BR-90510900 Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil.
CR BARTHES R, 2002, CEUVRES COMPLETES, V3, P40
Barthes R., 2000, TEXTE THEORIE AUTORS, P181
BAUMER R, MODERNE LIT GRUNDBEG, P33
Bondanella P, 1992, CINEMA F FELLINI
CALVINO I, 1889, UNA NOTTE INVERNO VI
COENENMENNEMEIE.B, 1996, NOUVEAU ROMAN
FELLINI F, 1993, FARE FILM
FELLINI F, 1974, QUATTRO FILM, P137
FELLINI F, 1974, QUATTRO FILM, P283
FIGUEIREDO VL, 2003, CRIMES TEXTO RUBEM F
FONSECA Rubem, 2003, DIARIO FESCENINO
HAEFNER G, 2004, LITERATURWISSENSCHAF, P107
HERRMANN B, 2002, GERMANISTISCHE S BER, V24, P479
Hutcheon Linda, 1980, NARCISSISTIC NARRATI
Jahraus Oliver, 2004, LITERATURTHEORIE
KEZICH T, 1987, FELLINI
KINDT T, 2002, GERMANISTISCHE S BER, V24, P355
LAGARDE A, 1988, GRANDS AUTEURS FRANC, V6
LAUER G, 1999, RUCKKEHR AUTORS ERNE, P159
MCHALE Brian, 1987, POSTMODERNIST FICTIO
Metz C., 1972, SEMIOLOGIE FILMS
PETRV P, 2000, REALISMO FICCAO J CA
POLLMANN L, 1970, FRANZOSISCHE ROMAN J
PROVENZANO RC, 1995, INVITO CINEMA FEDERI
Ricardou Jean, 1971, THEORIE NOUVEAU ROMA
ROSSNER M, 2002, LATEINAMERIKANISCHE
ROTH P, 2005, ZUCKERMAN UNBOUND
Roth Philip, 1969, PORTNOYS COMPLAINT
STROHM P, 1994, FILME FEDERICO FELLI
TOTEBERG M, 1989, F FELLINI
WOLF W, 1993, ASTHETISCHE ILLUSION
ZELTNER G, 1986, JALOUSIE ODER EIFERS, P123
NR 32
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG
PI TUBINGEN
PA PFRONDORFER STR 6, D-72074 TUBINGEN, GERMANY
SN 0019-0993
J9 IBEROROMANIA
JI Iberoromania
PY 2007
IS 65
BP 18
EP 38
DI 10.1515/iber.2007.004
PG 21
WC Language & Linguistics; Literature, Romance
SC Linguistics; Literature
GA 376CZ
UT WOS:000261162000003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU de Quadros, RM
Lillo-Martin, D
AF de Quadros, Ronice Muller
Lillo-Martin, Diane
BE CanutNulton, H
Kulatilake, S
Woo, IH
TI Gesture and the acquisition of verb agreement in sign languages
SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE 31ST ANNUAL BOSTON UNIVERSITY CONFERENCE ON LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT VOLS 1 AND 2
LA English
CT 31th Annual Boston-University Conference on Language Development
CY NOV 03-05, 2006
CL Boston, MA
C1 [de Quadros, Ronice Muller] Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
[Lillo-Martin, Diane] Univ Connecticut, Storrs, CT USA.
[de Quadros, Ronice Muller; Lillo-Martin, Diane] Haskins Labs Inc, New Haven, CT
USA.
RP de Quadros, RM (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900
FU Brazilian National Council for Research, CNPqNational Council for
Scientific and Technological Development (CNPq) [301993/2004-1];
NIHUnited States Department of Health & Human ServicesNational
Institutes of Health (NIH) - USA [DCD00183]; University of Connecticut
Research Foundation
FX Ronice Muller de Quadros research was supported by the Brazilian
National Council for Research, CNPq Grant #301993/2004-1. Diane Lillo
Martins research was supported in part by NIH Grant #DCD00183, and by
the University of Connecticut Research Foundation.
CR BERK S, 2003, THESIS U CONNNECTICU
BLOOM L, 1974, COGNITIVE PSYCHOL, V6, P380, DOI 10.1016/0010-0285(74)90018-8
BLOOM L, 1975, MONOGRAPH SOC RES CH, V40
CASEY S, 2003, THESIS UCSD
Casey S. K., 2003, CROSS LINGUISTIC PER, P95
EMMOREY K, 1999, GESTURE SPEECH SIGN, P133, DOI DOI
10.1093/ACPROF:OSO/9780198524519.003.0008
Goldin-Meadow S., 2003, HEARING GESTURE OUR
MacWhinney B., 2000, CHILDES PROJECT TOOL, Vii
MEIER R, 1982, THESIS UCSD
Meir I, 2002, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V20, P413, DOI 10.1023/A:1015041113514
MEIR I, 1998, THESIS HEBREW U JERU
Morgan G., 2006, FIRST LANG, V26, P19, DOI DOI 10.1177/0142723706060739
PADDEN C, 1988, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
Quadros R., 2001, LETRAS HOJE ESTUDOS, V36, P391
Sachs J, 1983, CHILDRENS LANGUAGE, V4
SINGLETON JL, 1995, LANGUAGE, GESTURE, AND SPACE, P287
VOLTERRA V, 1981, SIGN LANGUAGE STUDIE, V33, P351
Volterra V., 1994, GESTURE LANGUAGE HEA
NR 18
TC 7
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 0
PU CASCADILLA PRESS
PI SOMERVILLE
PA PO BOX 440355, SOMERVILLE, MA 02144 USA
BN 978-1-57473-074-6
PY 2007
BP 520
EP +
PG 2
SC Linguistics
GA BGE19
UT WOS:000246267700044
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Eslava, FV
AF Eslava, Fernando Villarraga
TI Our labyrinths of historic reason
SO REVISTA DE CRITICA LITERARIA LATINOAMERICANA
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, RS, Brazil.
RP Eslava, FV (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, RS, Brazil.
CR CANDIDO A, 1974, REV HIST, V100
PEREIRA A, HIST LIT BRASILEIRA
1980, MARXISMO LIT, P137
1944, INTERPRETACOES, P260
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LATINOAMERICANA EDITORES
PI PITTSBURGH
PA UNIV PITTSBURGH, 1309 CATHEDRAL LEARNING, PITTSBURGH, PA 15260 USA
SN 0252-8843
J9 REV CRIT LIT LATINO
JI Rev. Crit. Lit. Latinoam.
PY 2007
VL 33
IS 65
BP 105
EP 115
DI 10.2307/25485808
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 437IK
UT WOS:000265480300008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Santaella, L
AF Santaella, Lucia
BE Gertz, SK
Valsiner, J
Breaux, JP
TI Posthuman culture
SO Semiotic Rotations: Modes of Meanings in Cultural Worlds
SE Advances in Cultural Psychology - Constructing Human Development
LA English
CT Workshop on Semiotic Rotations - Modes of Meaning in Cultural Worlds
CY JUL, 2004
CL Luxembourg, LUXEMBOURG
C1 Sao Paulo Catholic Univ, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RI Santaella, Lucia/D-8633-2012
OI Santaella, Lucia/0000-0002-0681-6073
CR ANTONNUCCI F, 1994, CORPO TECNOLOGICO, P17
ASCOTT R, 2003, TELEMATIC EMBRACE VI
ASCOTT R, 1995, ESTHETIQUE ARTS MEDI, P437
BEAUNNE JC, 1989, FRAGMENTS HIST HUMAN
BROWN G, 1993, WIRED, V1, P62
Derrida Jacques, 1978, WRITING DIFFERENCE
DONALD M, 1991, ORIGINS MODERN MIND
DYENS O, 1995, ESTHETIQUE ARTS MEDI, P391
EMMECHE C, 1991, BIOL PHILOS, V6, P325, DOI 10.1007/BF00132235
Featherstone Mike, 1996, CYBERSPACE CYBERBODI, P1
Gibson William, 1984, NEUROMANCER
HALBERSTAM J, 1995, POST HUMAN BODIES
Haraway Donna, 1985, SIMIANS CYBORGS WOME, P149
HARTEL I, 2000, BODY REPRESENTATION
HAYLES C., 1996, IMMERSED TECHNOLOGY, P1
KERCKHOVE D, 1994, CORPO TECNOLOGICO, P45
LEVY Pierre, 1993, TECNOLOGIAS INTELIGE, P34
Moravec Hans, 1988, MIND CHILDREN
PEPPERELL R, 1996, CULTURA MEDIAS, P195
PEPPERELL R, 1995, POST HUMAN CONDITION
Santaella L., 1996, CULTURA DAS MIDIAS
Santaella L., 2003, CULTURAS ARTES POS H
SIBILIA P, 2002, HOMEN POS ORGANICO
STELARC, 1995, ESTHETIQUE ARTS MEDI, P383
STELARC, 1997, ARTE SIGLO 21, P52
STELARC, 1994, CORPO TECNOLOGICO IN, P61
THOMAS D, 1995, ESTHETIQUE ARTS MEDI, P365
NR 27
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 3
PU INFORMATION AGE PUBLISHING-IAP
PI CHARLOTTE
PA PO BOX 79049, CHARLOTTE, NC 28271-7047 USA
BN 978-1-59311-610-1
J9 ADV CULT PSYCHOL CON
PY 2007
BP 93
EP 108
PG 16
WC Anthropology; Linguistics
SC Anthropology; Linguistics
GA BFZ55
UT WOS:000245650300006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI The Native Speaker: Myth and Reality
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Rua Cardoso de Almeida 898,Ap 51, BR-05013001
Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM rajagopalan@uol.com.br
CR Achebe C., 1975, MORNING YET CREATION
Achebe Chinua, 1994, THINGS FALL APART
BISWAS R, 2005, TRIBUNE 0911
BRIDGES R, 1969, ENGLISH LANGUAGE, V2, P86
Crystal D, 1997, ENGLISH GLOBAL LANGU
Crystal David, 1995, CAMBRIDGE ENCY ENGLI
Davies A., 2003, NATIVE SPEAKER MYTH
DAVIES A, 1991, NATIVE SPEAKER APPL, P41
DICKENS C, 1969, ENGLISH LANGUAGE, V2, P1
Hutton C, 1996, LANG COMMUN, V16, P205, DOI 10.1016/0271-5309(96)00010-9
Kachru B.B., 1985, ENGLISH WORLD TEACHI
Kaye Alan S, 2001, PIDGIN CREOLE LANGUA
Loomba A., 1998, COLONIALISM POSTCOLO
McArthur T., 1998, ENGLISH LANGUAGES
McKay S. L., 2002, TEACHING ENGLISH INT
PERREN GE, 1956, ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEA, V11, P3
QIANG N, 2003, EFL ESL TEACHING CHI
Rajagopalan K, 1997, J PRAGMATICS, V27, P225, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(96)00027-6
Rajagopalan K., 2004, ELT J, V58, P111, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/58.2.111
RAJAGOPALAN K, WORD IN PRESS
Rajagopalan Kanavillil, 2002, J LANG POLIT, V1, P115, DOI
[10.1075/jlp.1.1.08raj, DOI 10.1075/JLP.1.1.08RAJ]
Raleigh Sir Walter, 1918, SHAKESPEARE ENGLAND
SHERWOOD P, 1997, J SOCIOLING, V1, P461
WIDDOWSON HG, 1994, TESOL QUART, V28, P377, DOI 10.2307/3587438
NR 25
TC 4
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 2
PU JOHN BENJAMINS PUBLISHING COMPANY
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-4177
J9 STUD LANG
JI Stud. Lang.
PY 2007
VL 31
IS 1
BP 193
EP 205
DI 10.1075/sl.31.1.08raj
PG 13
SC Linguistics
GA V04KD
UT WOS:000207056400006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Wichmann, S
Stauer, D
Lima, FWS
Schulze, C
AF Wichmann, Soren
Stauer, Dietrich
Lima, F. Wellington S.
Schulze, Christian
TI Modelling linguistic taxonomic dynamics
SO TRANSACTIONS OF THE PHILOLOGICAL SOCIETY
LA English
DT Article
ID LANGUAGE; DIVERSITY; COMPETITION; SIMULATION; EVOLUTION; DEATH; LAW
AB This paper presents the results of the application of a bit-string model of
languages (Schulze & Stauffer 2005) to problems of taxonomic patterns. The
questions addressed include the following: (1) Which parameters are minimally
needed for the development of a taxonomic dynamics leading to the type of
distribution of language family sizes currently attested (as measured in the number
of languages per family), which appears to be a power-law? (2) How may such a model
be coupled with one of the dynamics of speaker populations leading to the type of
language size seen today, which appears to follow a log-normal distribution?.
C1 Max Planck Inst Evolutionary Anthropol, Dept Linguist, D-04103 Leipzig, Germany.
Leiden Univ, TCIA, NL-2300 RA Leiden, Netherlands.
Univ Cologne, Inst Theoret Phys, D-5000 Cologne 41, Germany.
Univ Fed Piaui, Dept Fis, Teresina, PI, Brazil.
RP Wichmann, S (reprint author), Max Planck Inst Evolutionary Anthropol, Dept
Linguist, Deutscher PLatz 6, D-04103 Leipzig, Germany.
EM wichmann@eva.mpg.de
RI Wichmann, Soren/H-6659-2016; Lima, F. W. S./A-9521-2019
OI Wichmann, Soren/0000-0002-3257-3087;
CR Abrams DM, 2003, NATURE, V424, P900, DOI 10.1038/424900a
Axelrod R, 1997, J CONFLICT RESOLUT, V41, P203, DOI 10.1177/0022002797041002001
Baxter GJ, 2006, PHYS REV E, V73, DOI 10.1103/PhysRevE.73.046118
CANGELOSI A, 2002, SIMULATING EVOLUTION
Christiansen M. H., 2003, LANGUAGE EVOLUTION
de Oliveira VM, 2006, PHYSICA A, V368, P257, DOI 10.1016/j.physa.2005.11.058
de Oliveira VM, 2006, PHYSICA A, V361, P361, DOI 10.1016/j.physa.2005.06.069
Gomes MAF, 1999, PHYSICA A, V271, P489, DOI 10.1016/S0378-4371(99)00249-6
Gong T, 2005, COMPLEXITY, V10, P50, DOI 10.1002/cplx.20093
Grimes Barbara F., 2000, ETHNOLOGUE LANGUAGES
Haspelmath Martin, 2005, WORLD ATLAS LANGUAGE
HOLMAN EW, 2006, RELATION STRUCTURAL
Johansson S., 2005, ORIGINS LANGUAGE CON
MAEDA Y, 1997, P 4 EUR C ART LIF EC
MCWHORTER J, 2001, POWER BABEL NATURAL
Mufwene S., 2001, ECOLOGY LANGUAGE EVO
Nettle D, 1999, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P3325, DOI 10.1073/pnas.96.6.3325
Nettle D, 1999, LINGUA, V108, P95, DOI 10.1016/S0024-3841(98)00046-1
Newman MEJ, 2005, CONTEMP PHYS, V46, P323, DOI 10.1080/00107510500052444
Niyogi P, 2006, CURR STUD LINGUIST, V43, P1
Niyogi Partha, 2002, SYNTACTIC EFFECTS MO, P351
Novotny V, 2000, P ROY SOC B-BIOL SCI, V267, P947, DOI 10.1098/rspb.2000.1095
Nowak MA, 2002, NATURE, V417, P611, DOI 10.1038/nature00771
Patriarca M, 2004, PHYSICA A, V338, P296, DOI 10.1016/j.physa.2004.02.056
Schulze C, 2005, INT J MOD PHYS C, V16, P781, DOI 10.1142/S0129183105007479
SCHULZE C, 2006, ECONOPHYSICS SOCIOPH, V8, P86
Stauffer D, 2006, PHYSICA A, V371, P719, DOI 10.1016/j.physa.2006.03.045
STAUFFER D, 2007, BEITRAGE EXPERIMENTA, V70
STAUFFER D, 2006, BIOL SOCIOLOGY GEOLO
Sutherland WJ, 2003, NATURE, V423, P276, DOI 10.1038/nature01607
Tesileanu T, 2006, INT J MOD PHYS C, V17, P259, DOI 10.1142/S0129183106008765
Thomason S.G., 2001, LANGUAGE CONTACT
Wang W.S.Y., 2004, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, P65
Wang WSY, 2005, TRENDS ECOL EVOL, V20, P263, DOI 10.1016/j.tree.2005.03.001
Wichmann S, 2005, J LINGUIST, V41, P117, DOI 10.1017/S002222670400307X
Zanette DH, 2001, ADV COMPLEX SYST, V4, P281
NR 36
TC 7
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 2
PU WILEY
PI HOBOKEN
PA 111 RIVER ST, HOBOKEN 07030-5774, NJ USA
SN 0079-1636
EI 1467-968X
J9 T PHILOL SOC
JI Trans. Philol. Soc.
PY 2007
VL 105
IS 2
BP 126
EP 147
DI 10.1111/j.1467-968X.2007.00184.x
PG 22
SC Linguistics
GA 184VE
UT WOS:000247669900002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zoller, S
AF Zoeller, Sonja
TI The ring parable of Hans Sach
SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR DEUTSCHES ALTERTUM UND DEUTSCHE LITERATUR
LA German
DT Article
RP Zoller, S (reprint author), Rua Stefan Zweig 186, BR-22245080 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
EM sonja_zoeller@hotmail.com
CR ABAELARD P, 1997, TRE, V28, P631
BERNSTEIN E, 1991, 8 INT GERM K MUNCH, P15
BERTELSMEIERKIE.C, 1988, GRISELDIS DEUTSCHLAN, P65
BOCCACCIO G, 1992, POESIE PEST ANFANG D
BOCCACCIOS G, 1997, Z GESCH KULTUR JUDEN, V7, P303
BOLSINGER C, 1998, EUROPAISCHE HOCHSCHU, V1, P1687
BRANDI K, 1969, DTSCH GESCH ZEITALTE, P237
BRUNNER H, 1984, LIT LAIENBILDING SPA, P732
BRUNNER H, 1976, NURNBERG HEUTE, V22, P36
Brunner Horst, 1976, NURNBERGER FORSCHUNG, P1
DEMETZ P, 1966, GOTTHOLD EPHRAIM LES
ECKERT A, 1988, BEITRAGE POLITISCHEN, V7, P27
FEUERSTEIN U, 2001, SCHRIFTENREIHE STADT, V61, P313
FLASCH K, 1997, LICHT VERUNFT ANFANG, P123
FORST R, 2003, TOLERANZ KONFLIKT GE, P97
GOETZE, 1900, ANIM, V3, P411
HOLSCHER L, 1979, SPRACHE GESCH, V4, P55
HUDDE H, 1997, LIT GESCH VERSTEHEN, P95
ISENMANN E, 1987, INTEGRATIONSPROZESSE, P115
KNAPE J, 1994, H SACHS SCHNITTPUNKT
KOHLS EW, 1963, SCHULE M BUCER IHREM, P123
MACHE U, 1982, GEDICHTE INTERPRETAT, V1, P70
MARZ C, 1995, POETICA, V27, P254
MULLER JD, 1983, 15 CENTURY STUDIES, V7, P281
Muller Ulrich, 1996, KULTURTHEMA TOLERANZ, P307
NIEWOHNER F, 1988, VERITAS VARIETAS LES, P45
OVERATH A, 2004, TOLERANZ 3 LESARTEN, P26
RABE H, 1991, DTSCH GESCH 1500-160, P392
SACHS H, 1964, WERKE, V4, P176
SACHS H, 1903, SAMTLICHE FABELN SCH, V4, P1
THEISS W, 1976, NURNBERGER FORSCHUNG, V19, P76
VONOESTERLEY H, 1963, GESTA ROMANORUM, P9
VONRIESZ J, 1988, NOVELLINO BUCH HUNDE, P164
VONSTFUSSEL, 1995, PIRCKHEIMER JB, V10, P47
WESEN HA, 1961, GQU, V34, P228
NR 35
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU FRANZ STEINER VERLAG GMBH
PI STUTTGART
PA BIRKENWALDSTRABE 44, D-70191 STUTTGART, GERMANY
SN 0044-2518
J9 Z DEUT ALTERTUM DEUT
JI Z. Deut. Alter. Deut. Lit.
PY 2007
VL 136
IS 1
BP 29
EP 47
PG 19
WC Literature, German, Dutch, Scandinavian
SC Literature
GA 150DB
UT WOS:000245194700002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gasparini, P
AF Gasparini, Pablo
TI Native country and filiatrias (exile and transnationality in Gombrowicz,
Copi and Perlongher)
SO HISPAMERICA-REVISTA DE LITERATURA
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Gasparini, P (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR Amery J., 1995, PAR DELA CRIME CHATI
Anderson B., 1993, COMUNIDADES IMAGINAD
ASTUTTI A, 2001, ANDARES CLANCOS FABU, P113
BLOOM Harold, 1991, ANGUSTIA INFLUENCIAS
CASANOVA P, 2002, REPUBLICA MUNDIAL LE
ECHAVARREN R, 1997, POEMAS COMPLETOS, P11
GOMBROWICZ R, 1988, GOMBROWICZ EUROPE, P49
GOMBROWICZ W, 1995, TRANSATLANTICO, P14
Granoff W., 2001, FILIATIONS AVENIR CO
HOBSBAWM E, 1998, NACOES NACIONALISMO, P27
KARATSON A, 1982, DERACINEMENT LIT, P9
LEYLAND W, 1983, MY DEEP DARK PAIN IS
MAFFESOLI Michel, 2003, INSTANTE ETERNO RETO
NIDERST, 1996, EXIL, P173
PERLONGHER N, 1997, PROSA PLEBEYA, P179
STEINER George, 1973, EXTRATERRITORIAL ENS
SZONDI P., 2004, ENSAIO TRAGICO
TCHERKASKI J, 1998, HABLA COPI HOMOSEXUA, P73
TOURN VL, 2003, CHEMIN EXIL VERS IDE, P34
2003, DIANTE OUTROS, P56
NR 20
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
PA SAUL SOSNOWSKI 5 PUEBLO COURT, GAITHERSBURG, MD 20878 USA
SN 0363-0471
J9 HISPAMERICA-REV LIT
JI Hispamerica-Rev. Lit.
PD DEC
PY 2006
VL 35
IS 105
BP 45
EP 58
PG 14
SC Literature
GA 186AX
UT WOS:000247752600004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Becker, SC
AF Becker, Sandra Cristina
TI Meaning in language: An introduction to semantics and pragmatics.
SO LANGUAGE
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP Becker, SC (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
CR Cruse A. D., 2004, MEANING LANGUAGE INT
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LINGUISTIC SOC AMER
PI WASHINGTON
PA 1325 18TH ST NW, SUITE 211, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-6501 USA
SN 0097-8507
J9 LANGUAGE
JI Language
PD DEC
PY 2006
VL 82
IS 4
BP 939
EP 940
DI 10.1353/lan.2006.0183
PG 2
SC Linguistics
GA 122UU
UT WOS:000243253400033
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Sevcenko, N
AF Sevcenko, Nicolau
TI Learning from adversity, becoming art versatile
LA English
RP Sevcenko, N (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR MELVILLE, 1910, CAMBRIDGE 30 YEARS A
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0890-5762
J9 REVIEW
JI Review
PD NOV
PY 2006
IS 73
BP 157
EP 160
DI 10.1080/08905760601014929
PG 4
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 124HB
UT WOS:000243357800001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Moriconi, I
AF Moriconi, Italo
TI Brazil 1956 x 2006: Shifting priorities, from development urgency to
cultural agency
LA English
DT Article
AB Italo Moriconi is Professor of Brazilian Literature at the Universidade do
Estado do Rio de Janeiro (UERJ). He is presently coordinating a Research Workshop
on "Literature and Cultural History in Brazil, from 1975 to the Present Day." His
most recent writings concentrate on Brazilian intellectual history in the last
three decades. He has also organized a volume of the selected correspondence of
writer Caio Fernando Abreu (2002) and a biographical profile, Ana Cristina Cesar: O
Sangue De Uma Poeta (1996). The author advises the reader that this article was
written months before the Brazilian presidential election took place so that his
prognosis about its result was based on his interpretation of the data and of the
political context at the time of writing.
C1 Univ Estado Rio Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Moriconi, I (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Abreu A. A., 2006, DEMOCRATIZACAO BRASI
AGUILAR Gonzalo, 2005, POESIA CONCRETA BRAS
ALVAREZ Sonia, 2000, CULTURA POLITICA MOV
Bastide Roger, 1957, BRESIL TERRE CONTRAS
Brittos V. C., 2005, REDE GLOBO 40 ANOS P
Bucci E., 2004, VIDEOLOGIAS
CABRAL J, 1994, OBRA COMPLETA
CANCLINI N.G., 1997, CULTURAS HIBRIDAS ES
CANDIDO Antonio, 1987, ED PELA NOITE OUTROS
CARDOSO FH, 2006, ARTE POLITICA HIST V
COUTINHO Carlos Nelson, 2000, CULTURA SOC BRASIL E
DAGNINO E., 2006, DISPUTA PELA CONSTRU
DUARTE PS, 2003, SAMBA SANCAO TROPICA
FREYRE G, 1986, MASTER SLAVES
Freyre Gilberto, 2004, CASA GRANDE SENZALA
GASPARI Elio, 2003, A DITADURA DERROTADA
GASPARI Elio, 2004, DITADURA ENCURRALADA
Gaspari Elio, 2002, DITADURA ENVERGONHAD
GASPARI Elio, 2002, DITADURA ESCANCARADA
GOMES A. de C., 2000, CAPANEMA MINISTRO SE
JUNIOR J., 2006, FAVELA MUNDO HIST GR
LESSA R, 2006, PRESIDENCIALISMO ANI
Miceli Sergio, 2001, INTELECTUAIS BRASILE
NOVAES A, 2003, REDE IMAGINARIA TELE
Rosa J.G, 1994, FICCAO COMPLETA
Santaella L, 2003, CULTURA ARTES POS HU
SANTIAGO S, 2003, REDE IMAGINARIA
SANTIAGO S, 1987, MALHAS LETRA
SCHWARTZMAN S, 1984, TEMPOS CAMPANEMA
SCHWARZ Roberto, 2000, AO VENCEDOR BATATAS
Sevcenko Nicolau, 1992, ORFEU EXTATICO METRO
VELOSO Caetano, 1997, VERDADE TROPICAL
NR 34
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0890-5762
J9 REVIEW
JI Review
PD NOV
PY 2006
IS 73
BP 161
EP 172
DI 10.1080/08905760601014937
PG 12
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 124HB
UT WOS:000243357800002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Knauss, P
AF Knauss, Paulo
TI Scaling down the monumental: How public art came to inspire community
action in Rio de Janeiro
LA English
DT Article
AB Paulo Knauss is a Professor in the Department of History at the Universidade
Federal Fluminense (Niteroi /Rio de Janeiro, Brazil), where he coordinates the
Laboratory of Image and Oral History. He writes about urban memories and public art
in Brazil, and about cultural relations in the Americas. He is editor of Cidade
vaidosa: imagens urbanas do Rio de Janeiro (1999), and Sorriso da cidade: Historia
politica e imagens urbanas de Niteroi (2004), among other titles.
RP Knauss, P (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ,
Brazil.
CR ARAUJO Paulo Cesar, 2003, SORRISO CIDADE IMAGE
BRUM MS, 2006, THESIS PPGH UFF NITE
CALDAS W, 2001, W CALDAS 1985 2000
CALDER A, 2000, SERGIO CAMARGO
CONDE LP, 2004, FAVELA BAIRRO UMA OU
*CTR EST AC SOC MA, 2006, GLOB
DOPRADO L, 2005, INVENCAO FAVELA MITO
KNAUSS P, 2001, CIDADE GALERIA ARTE
KNAUSS Paulo, 2000, PROJETO HIST REV PRO, P175
LUCIA G, 1999, CIDADE VAIDOSA IMAGE
MACHADO I, 2001, I MACHADO ENGENHEIRO
RESENDE J, 2004, J RESENDE
SALZSTEIN S, 2001, F WEISSMANN
2005, REMOCOES CELULA URBA
2005, ASCANIO MMM
NR 15
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0890-5762
J9 REVIEW
JI Review
PD NOV
PY 2006
IS 73
BP 173
EP 187
DI 10.1080/08905760601014952
PG 15
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 124HB
UT WOS:000243357800003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Xavier, I
AF Xavier, Ismail
TI The modern and the contemporary: Two representations of the metropolis
in film
LA English
DT Article
AB Ismail Xavier teaches film theory and history in the Department of Film and
Television at the University of Sao Paulo. His research focuses on modern cinema.
He is the author of Sertao mar: Glauber Rocha e a estetica da fome (1983), O cinema
brasileiro moderno (2002), and O olhar e a cena: melodrama, Hollywood, Cinema Novo,
Nelson Rodrigues (2003). In English, he has published Allegories of
Underdevelopment: Aesthetics and Politics in Modern Brazilian Cinema (1997), and
has contributed to A Companion to Film Theory, edited by Robert Stam and Toby
Miller (1999), and The New Brazilian Cinema, edited by Lucia Nagib (2003).
RP Xavier, I (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BARROS W, 1987, ANJOS NOITE
BOTELHO C, 1986, CIDADE OCULTA
Caldeira TPR, 2000, CIDADE MUROS CRIME S
DEALMEIDA G, 1987, DAMA CINE SHANGAI
MEDINA J, 1929, FRAGMENTOS VIDA
NAGIB L, 2006, UTOPIA NO CINEMA BRA
Sevcenko N., 1992, ORFEU ESTATICO METRO
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0890-5762
J9 REVIEW
JI Review
PD NOV
PY 2006
IS 73
BP 188
EP 197
DI 10.1080/08905760601014994
PG 10
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 124HB
UT WOS:000243357800004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Wisnik, JM
AF Wisnik, Jose Miguel
TI The riddle of Brazilian soccer: Reflections on the emancipatory
dimensions of culture
LA English
DT Article
AB Jos Miguel Wisnik is a writer, musician, literary critic, and Professor of
Brazilian Literature at the Universidade de Sao Paulo. He is the author of, among
other books, O coro dos contrdrios (1978), O som e o sentido: Uma outra historia
das musicas (1989), and Sem receita: ensaios e canoes (2004).
RP Wisnik, JM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANTEZANA LH, 1998, PAJARILLO ILAMADO MA, P36
Bellos A, 2003, FUTEBOL BRASIL CAMPO
BONIFACE P, 1999, FUTBOL PASIONES POLI, P90
BORGES B, 2004, DESCOBRIMENTO FUTEBO
BUARQUE C, 1998, ESTADO SAO PAULO
Castro Ruy, 2002, ESTRELA SOLITARIA BR
DEANDRADE CD, 2002, QUANDO FUTEBOL
DEANDRADE O, 1971, PAU BRASIL ANTROPOFA
DEASSIS M, 1996, SEMANA CRONICAS 1892, P67
DEASSIS M, 1977, POSTHUMOUS MEMOIRS B
FILHO M, 1964, NEGRO NO FUTEBOL BRA
FILHO M, 2003, NEGRO NO FUTEBOL BRA
Filho Mario, 1947, NEGRO FUTEBOL BRASIL
FREYRE G, 2003, NEGRO FUTEBOL BRASIL, P25
FREYRE G, 1996, SOBRADOS MUCAMBOS, P598
GIULIANOTTI R, 2002, SOCIOLOGIA FUTEBOL D, P172
LAHUD M, 1993, VIDA CLARA LINGUAGEN, P85
NICOLAU S, 1994, REV USP DOSSIE FUTEB, V22, P30
PASSOLINI PP, 1971, GORNO 0103
PERDIGAO P, 2000, ANATOMIA UMA DERROTA, P27
Pignatari Decio, 1971, CONTRACOMUNICACAO
RODRIGUES Nelson, 1994, SOMBRA CHUTEIRAS IMO
ROSENFELD A, 1993, NEGRO MACUMBA FUTEBO, P101
SALDANHA Joao, 1980, SUBTERRANEOS FUTEBOL
SOARES AJ, 2001, INVENCAO PAIS FUTEBO, P31
Vianna H, 1995, MISTERIO SAMBA
NR 26
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0890-5762
J9 REVIEW
JI Review
PD NOV
PY 2006
IS 73
BP 198
EP 209
DI 10.1080/08905760601015009
PG 12
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 124HB
UT WOS:000243357800005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Senaha, MLH
Caramelli, P
Nitrini, R
Charchat-Fichman, H
Weekes, BS
AF Senaha, Mirna Lie Hosogi
Caramelli, Paulo
Nitrini, Ricardo
Charchat-Fichman, Helenice
Weekes, Brendan Stuart
TI Semantic dementia without surface dyslexia in Portuguese
LA English
DT Meeting Abstract
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Behav & Cognit Neurol Unit, Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
Univ Sussex, Brighton BN1 9RH, E Sussex, England.
EM senaha@uol.com.br
RI Nitrini, Ricardo/B-8703-2013; CARAMELLI, PAULO/H-9735-2012
OI Nitrini, Ricardo/0000-0002-5721-1525; CARAMELLI,
PAULO/0000-0002-4786-6990
CR Cipolotti L, 1995, J Int Neuropsychol Soc, V1, P104
Gerhand S, 2001, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V39, P1473, DOI 10.1016/S0028-3932(01)00028-8
HILLIS AE, 1991, BRAIN LANG, V40, P106, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(91)90119-L
PARENTE MAM, 1992, PROTOCOLO LEITURA PR
PATTERSON K, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V30, P1025, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(92)90096-
5
SASANUMA S, 1992, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V9, P465, DOI 10.1080/02643299208252068
SCHWARTZ MF, 1980, DEEP DYSLEXIA
Weekes BS, 1997, APHASIOLOGY, V11, P813, DOI 10.1080/02687039708250457
NR 8
TC 2
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 1
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
EI 1090-2155
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD OCT-NOV
PY 2006
VL 99
IS 1-2
BP 42
EP 43
DI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.031
PG 2
GA 107VK
UT WOS:000242198900018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Scherer, LC
Giroux, F
Lesage, F
Senhadji, N
Benali, H
Ansaldo, AI
AF Scherer, Lilian C.
Giroux, Francine
Lesage, Frederic
Senhadji, Noureddine
Benali, Habib
Ansaldo, Ana I.
TI An optical imaging study of semantic and syntactic processing by
bilinguals
LA English
DT Meeting Abstract
ID LANGUAGE; COMPREHENSION; TOPOGRAPHY; ACTIVATION
C1 CRIUGM, Ctr Rech, Inst Univ Geriatr Montreal, Montreal, PQ H3W 1W, Canada.
Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
Univ Santa Cruz Sull RS, Mestrado Em Letras, Brazil.
Univ Montreal, Fac Med, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
Ecole Polytech, Montreal, PQ H3C 3A7, Canada.
ISERM, Paris, France.
CRM, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
EM lilian.cristine.scherer@criugm.rtss.qc.ca
CR Fodor JR, 1983, MODULARITY MIND
Friederici AD, 2000, BRAIN LANG, V74, P289, DOI 10.1006/brln.2000.2313
Hagoort P, 2003, NEUROIMAGE, V20, pS18, DOI 10.1016/j.neuroimage.2003.09.013
Just MA, 1996, SCIENCE, V274, P114, DOI 10.1126/science.274.5284.114
Kennan RP, 2002, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V16, P183, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10039
Klem G H, 1999, Electroencephalogr Clin Neurophysiol Suppl, V52, P3
MCCLELLAND JL, 1987, ATTENTION PERFORM, V12, P3
Noguchi Y, 2002, HUM BRAIN MAPP, V17, P89, DOI 10.1002/hbm.10050
WENG X, 1996, P NATL ACAD SCI USA, V96, P11073
NR 9
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
EI 1090-2155
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD OCT-NOV
PY 2006
VL 99
IS 1-2
BP 197
EP 198
DI 10.1016/j.bandl.2006.06.107
PG 2
GA 107VK
UT WOS:000242198900094
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU da Silva, AV
AF da Silva, Anazildo Vasconcelos
TI Forbidden poetry: Contextualisations of the social in the poetry of
Chico Buarque
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP da Silva, AV (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR [Anonymous], 1976, MEUS CAROS AMIGOS
TRES A, 1980, POETICA NOVA POETICA
1967, CHICO BUARQUE HOLLAN, V2
1980, VIDA
1980, LIRICA MODERNISTA PE
1981, ALMANAQUE
1973, CHICO CANTA
1979, OPERA MALANDRO
1971, CONSTRUCAO
1972, QUANDO CARNAVAL CHEG
1974, POETICA CHICO BUARQU
2001, LINHA PESQUISA, V2, P55
1978, CHICO BUARQUE
1998, AS CIDADES
1966, CHICO BUARQUE HOLLAN
1987, FRANCISCO
2003, LIRICA BRASILEIRA SE
NR 19
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2006
VL 72
IS 217
BP 933
EP 956
PG 24
SC Literature
GA 113WM
UT WOS:000242628700009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garrao, MU
AF Garrao, Milena Uzeda
TI Corpus linguistics: where semantics and pragmatics are blended together
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE linguistic theories; empirical accounts; NLP; corpus linguistics
AB This paper presents the importance of dealing with linguistic phenomenon from an
empirical perspective, a rather controversial issue due to the increasingly use of
Corpus Linguistics as a theoretical tool. It makes a brief philosophical account on
this theoretical framework; then, it presents its development within Linguistics
and, more precisely, within Natural Language Processing. It also discusses the
feasibility and reliability of the conventionalist framework on linguistic
phenomenon. Finally, it reasons that this perspective is the most eloquent one for
coping with an agenda of language studies focused on applications (such as
Translation and Portuguese as a Second Language) and lexicography.
C1 PUC RJ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Garrao, MU (reprint author), PUC RJ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM migarrao@terra.com.br
CR Chomsky N., 1957, SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES
FIRTH JR, 1957, STUDIES LINGUISTIC A, V1, P1930
GARRAO ME, 2001, CADERNOS TRADUCAO, V8, P165
GLOCK HJ, 1996, DICIONARIO WITTGENST
Harris R., 1996, LANGUAGE CONNECTION
JACKENDOFF RJ, 1997, ARCHITECTURE LANGUAG
Kempson R.M., 1995, SEMANTIC THEORY
KILFARRIFF A, 2000, I DONT BELIEVE WORD
LAKOFF G, 2002, PHILOS FLESH EMBODIE
Lakoff George, 1987, WOMEN FIRE DANGEROUS
MARTINS H, 2003, INTRO LINGUISTICA, V3, P439
MARTINS H, 1999, THESIS UFRJ RIO DE J
SADOCK JM, 1993, METAPHOR THOUGHT, P42
SCHERER M, 2000, THESIS PUC RIO RIO D
SINCLAIR J, 1991, CORPUS CONCORDANTE C
SOUZA D, 1997, INICIACAO HIST FILOS
VERLINDE S, 2001, CORP LING C LANC U U
WITTGENSTEIN L., 1979, INVESTIGACOES FILOSO
WITTGENSTEIN L, 1990, CERTEZA, V70
NR 20
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 3
BP 135
EP 140
PG 6
SC Linguistics
GA V12EP
UT WOS:000207582800001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Krieger, MD
AF Krieger, Maria da Graca
TI Dictionary typologies: lexicon records, principles and technologies
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE lexicography; dictionary typology; technology; lexicographic corpus;
monolingual dictionary; etymological dictionary; morphological
dictionary
AB This article contextualizes the applied and theoretical profile of Lexicography
as an area of Applied Linguistics. It highlights the complexity of the dictionary
production and the existence of a great dictionary typology. It also studies the
methodological differences of its composition and also the influence of information
technology on the dictionary production. It analyses the general characteristics
and the purpose of the monolingual dictionary, the most prototypical kind of work
produced by Lexicography and also of dictionaries with special focus on morphology
and etymology.
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Programa Posgrad Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, RS,
Brazil.
RP Krieger, MD (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Programa Posgrad Linguist
Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
EM mkrieger@unisinos.br
CR Azorin Fernandez Dolores, 2003, LEXICOGRAFIA ESPANOL, P31
BORBA Francisco da Silva, 2003, ORG DICIONARIOS INTR
Casares J., 1992, INTRO LEXICOGRAFIA M
GREIMAS A. J, DICIONARIO SEMIOTICA
Haensch G., 1982, LEXICOGRAFIA LINGUIS
Heckler E, 1984, DICIONARIO MORFOLOGI
*HORACIO, 1984, ART POET
KRIEGER M. G, 2003, QUESTOES LINGUISTICA, P70
Landau Sidney I, 2001, DICT ART CRAFT LEXIC
Lara L.-F., 1996, TEORIA DICCIONARIO M
VILLAR MHA, 2001, DICIONARIO HOUAISS L
WELKER H. A, 2004, DICIONARIOS PEQUENA
NR 12
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 3
BP 141
EP 147
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA V12EP
UT WOS:000207582800002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Sardinha, TB
AF Sardinha, Tony Berber
TI Preparing teaching materials for Task-Based Learning with WordSmith
Tools and corpora
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE corpus linguistics; Task-Based Learning; WordSmith Tools
AB In this paper, I present a few ways in which the WordSmith Tools (Scott, 1997)
corpus analysis suite can be used to prepare teaching materials within the
framework of Task-Based Learning for teaching English as a Foreign Language. As
such, I hope to contribute to spreading the potential of the software among
practitioners in the field of EFL.
C1 PUCSP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Sardinha, TB (reprint author), PUCSP, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM tony4@uol.com.br
CR Alonso M. C. G., 2006, CORPUS LINGUISTICO A
AMARANTE RP, 2005, CONTRIBUICAO LINGUIS
Barbosa M. E. de C, 2004, MAT DIDATICO ENSINO
Bhatia Vijay K, 1993, ANAL GENRE LANGUAGE
CONRAD SBD, 1999, OUT CORPORA STUDIES, P181
DEOLIVEIRA JF, 2004, ESP LINGUISTICA CORP
DESOUZA RC, 2005, DOIS CORPORA TAREFA
DUTRA PB, 2002, EXPLORANDO LINGUISTI
EGGINS S, 1997, DISCOURSE STRUCTURE, P230, DOI DOI 10.4135/9781446221884.N9
Ellis R., 2003, TASK BASED LANGUAGE
Fox Gwyneth, 1998, MAT DEV LANGUAGE TEA, P25
JACOBI CCB, 2001, THESIS PUCSP SAO PAU
Johns T., 1991, ENGLISH LANGUAGE RES, V4, P27
Johns T., 1991, CLASSROOM CONCORDANC
Kohonen V., 2001, EXPT LEARNING FOREIG
Lewis Michael, 1997, IMPLEMENTING LEXICAL
Martin J. R., 1997, GENRE I SOCIAL PROCE, P3
Meurer Jose Luiz, 2005, GENEROS TEORIAS METO
MOTTAROTH D, 2006, LINGUAGEM DISCURSO, V6
NUNAN D, 2004, TASK BASED LANGUAGE, V15
Prabhu N. S., 1987, 2 LANGUAGE PEDAGOGY
SCOTT M, 1997, WORDSMITH TOOLS VERS
Sinclair J., 1991, CORPUS CONCORDANCE C
Skehan P, 1996, CHALLENGE CHANGE LAN, P17
Swales J., 1990, GENRE ANAL ENGLISH A
Tribble C., 1990, CONCORDANCES CLASSRO
VICENTINI GPM, 2006, THESIS PUCSP SAO PAU
Willis J., 1996, FRAMEWORK TASK BASED
Willis J., 1998, MAT DEV LANGUAGE TEA, P44
ZANON JES, 1994, PLANNING CLASSWORK T
NR 30
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 4
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 3
BP 148
EP 155
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA V12EP
UT WOS:000207582800003
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Aluisio, SM
Almeida, GMD
AF Aluisio, Sandra Maria
de Barcellos Almeida, Gladis Maria
TI What is a corpus and how to build it? Lessons learned from developing
several linguistic corpora
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE corpus; corpus linguistics; corpus processing
AB The research based on corpus has had in the last decade an ample development in
the Brazilian context. Its relevancy is noticed in the Linguistics, Applied
Linguistics and Computational Linguistics research areas. The approach of Corpus
Linguistics comes out to systematize procedures and to give account of this new way
to make research. The development of Brazilian Portuguese natural language
processing tools can help Corpus Linguistics to reach a great development in
Brazil. However, the advances in Corpus Linguistics in the international scenery
have not happened yet in many of the research carried out in Brazil. The reasons
for this is that the procedures and concepts world-wide accepted are not still
settled here, in spite of having researchers developing extraordinary projects
based on corpus in Brazil. Thus, this article has the intention to discuss several
definitions of corpus, the requirements and procedures for its elaboration, the
available corpora and tools and, finally, to present four projects involving corpus
whose description and detailing can assist other researchers in the corpus building
and processing.
C1 [Aluisio, Sandra Maria] Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
[de Barcellos Almeida, Gladis Maria] Univ Fed Sao Carlos, Sao Carlos, SP,
Brazil.
RP Aluisio, SM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM sandra@icmc.usp.br; gladis_maria@uol.com.br
RI Aluisio, Sandra/F-2806-2011; ALUISIO, SANDRA MARIA/P-3900-2019
OI ALUISIO, SANDRA MARIA/0000-0001-5108-2630
CR Aluisio S.M., 2004, LREC 2004, P1779
ALUISIO SM, 2003, CORPUS LINGUISTICS 2, V16, P14
ALUISIO SM, 2003, LECT NOTES COMPUTER, V1, P110
ATKINS S, 1992, J LIT LINGUISTIC COM, V7
BARONI M, 2004, LREC 2004
BARONI M, 2004, RETRIEVING JAPANESE
Biber D., 1998, CORPUS LINGUISTICS I
Biber Douglas, 1993, LIT LINGUISTIC COMPU, V8, P243, DOI DOI 10.1093/LLC/8.4.243
DUBOIS J., 1993, DICIONARIO LINGUISTI
DUCROT O, 2001, DICIONARIO ENCICLOPE
GALISSON R, 1983, DICIONARIO DIDACTICA
Hasund K, 1998, LANG COMPUT, P13
IDE N, 2000, 2 INT C LANG RES EV, P825
Kennedy G., 1998, INTRO CORPUS LINGUIS
KILGARRIFF A, 2003, CORPUS COMPUTATIONAL, V29
McEnery T., 1996, CORPUS LINGUISTICS
MURAKAWA CAA, 2001, CIENCIAS LEXICO LEXI, P153
MURAKAWA CAA, 2006, ANTONIO MORAIS SILVA
Paumier S., 2002, MANUEL UTILISATION L
PINHEIRO GM, 2003, NILCTR0303, V3
RATNAPARKHI A, 1996, EMPIRICAL METHODS NA, P133
Renouf Antoinette, 1998, EXPLORATIONS CORPUS
SARDINHA T. B, 2004, LINGUISTICA CORPUS
Sardinha Tony Berber, 2000, DELTA, V16, P323
SINCLAIR J, 2006, DEV LINGUISTIC CORPO, P1
TELINE MF, 2003, WORKSH TECN INF LING, V1
TELINE MF, 2004, THESIS U SAO PAULO S
TRASK R. L., 2004, DICIONARIO LINGUAGEM
Vale O., 2001, THESIS U ESTADUAL PA
VALE OA, 1998, FILOSOFIA LINGUISTIC, P127
NR 30
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 3
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 3
BP 156
EP 178
PG 23
SC Linguistics
GA V12EP
UT WOS:000207582800004
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Oliveira, C
de Freitas, MC
AF Oliveira, Claudia
de Freitas, Maria Claudia
TI Part of speech and tagging in Computational Linguistics
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE tagset; participle; appositive; denotative words; computational
linguistics; NLP
AB The categorization of words according to features that determine the position
they occupy in the language system is a formal requirement of any grammatical
description. In Computational Linguistics, tagging is the assignment of categories
to portions of a text. The objective of this paper is to discuss, in the context of
Computational Linguistics, the source of linguistic information in POS tagging -
part of speech, in English. As we present a critical view of this process, it
becomes clear that the linguist has a very relevant part to play in the elaboration
theoretically sound tagsets for Natural Language Processing. We focus, in
particular, three part of speech related language phenomena that have notoriously
been overlooked in linguistic studies: the participle verb form, the denotative
words, and the appositive.
C1 [de Freitas, Maria Claudia] PUC RJ, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
EM cmaria@de9.ime.eb.br; claudiaf@let.puc-rio.br
CR Abney Steven, 1991, PRINCIPLE BASED PARS
BASILIO M. M. P., 1999, TEORIA LEXICAL
BECHARA E., 1999, MODERNA GRAMATICA PO
BICK E, 2000, THESIS AARHUS U
BIDERMAN M. T. C., 1978, TEORIA LINGUISTICA L
BLOOMFIELD L, 1966, READINGS LINGUISTICS, V1, P26
CAMARA JR, 2000, ESTRUTURA LINGUA POR
CARABALLO SA, 1999, 37 ANN M ASS COMP LI, P120
CARDIE C, 1999, JOINT SIGDAT C EMP M, P82
CUNHA Celso, 1985, NOVA GRAMATICA PORTU
DUBOIS M, 2001, DICIONARIO LINGUISTI
FREITAS MC, 2005, 25 C SOC BRAS COMP S
FREITAS MC, 2006, 10 IB AM ART INT C 1, P309
HEARST M, 1998, WORLDNET ELECT LEXIC, P13
HENRIQUES C, 2003, SINTAXE PORTUGUESA
Jurafsky D., 2000, SPEECH LANGUAGE PROC
KURY AG, 1960, PORTUGUES BASICO
KURY AG, 1999, NOVAS LICOES ANAL SI
Laudanna Alessandro, 2002, RIV LINGUISTICA, V14, P9
Lyons John, 1977, SEMANTICS
Manning CD, 1999, FDN STAT NATURAL LAN
MARCHI AR, 2003, SEM GRUP EST LING ES, P51
Marcus M.P., 1993, COMPUT LINGUIST, V19, P313, DOI DOI 10.1080/07494460903404410
Ng V, 2002, 40TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR COMPUTATIONAL
Oliveira C, 2006, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V3960, P150
PEREIRA MT, 1995, FLORES VERBAIS HOMEN, P15
Perini Mario, 1996, GRAMATICA DESCRITIVA
PHILLIPS W, 2002, 2002 C EMP METH NAT, V2, P125
PIMENTA-BUENO M. N. S., 1986, DELTA, V2, P207
Quirk Randolph, 1985, COMPREHENSIVE GRAMMA
Riloff E., 1997, 2 C EMP METH NAT LAN
ROSA M. C, 2000, INTRO MORFOLOGIA
SAID ALI M., 1964, GRAMATICA SECUNDARIA
Sapir Edward, 1921, LANGUAGE INTRO STUDY
Soon WM, 2001, COMPUT LINGUIST, V27, P521, DOI 10.1162/089120101753342653
NR 35
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 5
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 3
BP 179
EP 188
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA V12EP
UT WOS:000207582800005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bertoldi, A
Chishman, RLD
Alves, IMD
AF Bertoldi, Anderson
de Oliveira Chishman, Rove Luiza
da Rosa Alves, Isa Mara
TI Adjectival semantics and its representation in a legal ontology
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE adjectives; lexical semantics; ontologies; information retrieval
AB This paper is part of some studies we have made about legal domain adjectives.
We aim at formalizing and including these adjectives in a legal ontology, checking
the possibility of this part-of-speech to contribute to the improvement of the
legal information retrieval systems. In this paper we discuss the difficulties in
including adjectives in a legal ontology, as well as the validity of the adjectival
meaning to the information retrieval. Our approach to the adjectives was based on
semantic relations. Our future objective is to group them under top-level concepts
and interconnect this ontology to other legal ontologies. To this analyses we use
six legal texts collected via web from the Instituto das Tecnologias de Informacao
na Justica of Portugal.
C1 [Bertoldi, Anderson; de Oliveira Chishman, Rove Luiza; da Rosa Alves, Isa Mara]
Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Bertoldi, A (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
EM andersonbertoldi@yahoo.com; rove@unisinos.br; isamralves@gmail.com
CR Alonge A, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P91, DOI 10.1023/A:1001117508293
ALONGE A, 2000, ACM INT C P, V4, P42
ALVES IMR, 2005, THESIS UNISINOS SAO
Borba F. S., 2002, DICIONARIO USOS PORT
BORBA F. S, 1996, GRAMATICA VALENCIAS
Gangemi A, 2005, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V3369, P97, DOI 10.1007/978-3-540-32253-
5_7
GANGEMI A, 2003, WORKSH LEG ONT 9 INT
MILLER KJ, 1999, WORDNET ELECT LEXICA, P47
PETERS I, 2000, 2 INT C LANG RES EV
Peters W, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P221, DOI 10.1023/A:1001134011927
Raskin V., 1998, Machine Translation, V13, P135, DOI 10.1023/A:1008039100776
Roventini Adriana, 2003, COMPUT LINGUIST, V18, P745
SAGRI MT, 2005, 2 INT WORDN C GWC 20, P305
VOSSEN P, 2006, EUROWORDNET BASE CON
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD SEP-DEC
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 3
BP 189
EP 199
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA V12EP
UT WOS:000207582800006
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Goncalves, A
AF Goncalves, Adelto
TI Judith Teixeira: Portuguese Safico modernism.
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Goncalves, A (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR GARAY R, 2002, J TEIXEIRA MODERNISM
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI GREELEY
SN 0888-6091
J9 CONFLUENCIA
PD FAL
PY 2006
VL 22
IS 1
BP 189
EP 191
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 124TE
UT WOS:000243392000023
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Milton, J
AF Milton, John
TI The resistant political translations of Monteiro Lobato (Jose Bento
Monteiro Lobato)
SO MASSACHUSETTS REVIEW
LA English
DT Article
RP Milton, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ABRAMOVICH F, 1982, VOZES TEMPO LOBATO, P145
Berman A., 1992, EXPERIENCE FOREIGN C
Berman Antoine, 1985, TOURS BABEL ESSAIS T
Berman Antoine, 1984, EPREUVE ETRANGER
BEY E, 1935, LUTA PELO PETROLEO
BRASIL S, 1957, LIT INFANTIL M LOBAT
Camargos Marcia, 1997, MONTEIRO LOBATO FURA
Carneiro Maria Luiza Tucci, 1997, LIVROS PROIBIDOS IDE
HALLEWELL L, 1985, LIVRO NO BRASIL
KOSHIYAMA AM, 1982, M LOBATO INTELECTUAL
Kristeva J., 1969, SEMEIOTIKE RECHERCHE
Kristeva Julia, 1974, REVOLUTION LANGAGE P
LANDERS VB, 1982, JECA MACUNAIMA M LOB
LEFEVERE A, 1982, MOD LANG STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.2307/3194526
LOBATO JBM, 1992, R CRUSOE
LOBATO JBM, 1926, H FORD IS REGARDED B
LOBATO JBM, 1944, BARC AGLEYRE QUARENT
LOBATO JBM, 1969, FABULAS
LOBATO JBM, 1947, POCO VISCONDE
LOBATO JBM, 1971, P PAN
LOBATO JBM, 1947, ESCANDALO PETROLEO F
LOBATO JBM, 1947, REINACOES NARIZINHO
LOBATO JBM, 1957, D QUIXOTE CRINCAS
LOBATO JBM, 1968, HIST NASTACIA
LOBATO JBM, 1958, ALICE PAIS ESPELHO
LOBATO JBM, 1926, MINHA VIDA OBRA
LOBATO JBM, 1927, HOJE AMANHA
LOBATO JBM, 1973, ALICE NO PAIS MARAVI
LOBATO JBM, 1951, MUNDO LUA MISCELANEA, P125
LOBATO JBM, 1954, AVENTURAS H STADEN
LOBATO JBM, 1947, SLANG BRASIL PROBLEM
Niranjana Tejaswini, 1992, SITING TRANSLATION H
Plett Henrich F, 1991, INTERTEXTUALITY, P3
Robinson D., 1997, TRADTERM, V4, P149
Robinson Douglas, 1997, TRANSLATION EMPIRE
Tymoczko M., 1999, TRANSLATION POSTCOLO
VEUTI L, 1992, RETHINKING TRANSLATI
VEUTI L, 1995, TRANSLATORS INVISIBI
VEUTI L, 1998, SCANDALS TRANSLATION
VIEIRA AS, 2001, CROP, V6, P143
NR 41
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV MASSACHUSETTS MASSACHUSETTS REVIEW
PI AMHERST
PA MEMORIAL HALL, AMHERST, MA 01003 USA
SN 0025-4878
J9 MASS REV
JI Mass. Rev.
PD FAL
PY 2006
VL 47
IS 3
BP 486
EP 509
PG 24
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 099CP
UT WOS:000241570400011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Artundo, PM
AF Artundo, Patricia M.
TI The futurism of Juan Mas y Pi: A tendency of life
LA Spanish
DT Article
Univ Buenos Aires, Buenos Aires, DF, Argentina.
RP Artundo, PM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ALOMAR G, 2007, CANTO ERRANTE, pR13
ALOMAR SG, 1993, FUTURISMO CATALAO AN
DURON RE, 1909, REV U, V1, P689
FOPPA TL, 1924, PLUS ULTRA, V10
GALVEZ M, 1961, RECUERDOS VIDA LIT, V2, P281
GIAMBIAGI C, 1914, BOHEMIA, V2, P12
GOZALBO A, 1911, ATHINAE, V3, P45
Huidobro Vicente, 1914, PASANDO PASANDO CRON
MARINETTI FT, 1909, CARTA M GALVEZ
MARINETTI FT, 1910, IDEAS FIGURAS 0302
MARINETTI FT, 1912, FUTURISMO
NERVO A, 1909, B INSTRUCCION PUBLIC
Osorio Nelson, 1988, MANIFIESTOS PROCLAMA
PI JM, 1916, NOSOTROS, V10, P417
PI JM, 1909, RENACIMIENTO AGO, P381
PI JM, 1909, DIARIO ESPANOL 0321, P7
RODRIGUES E, 1995, COMPANHEIROS, V2
SCHWARTZ J, 1991, VANGUARDIAS LATINOAM, P379
SOUBLETTE H, 1910, TIEMPO 0801
1917, NOSOTROS, V11, P386
1909, NOSOTROS FEB, P136
1910, MONITOR ED COMUN, V35, P486
1909, J NOTICIAS 1230
2005, CRONICAS DESCONOCIDA
NR 24
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD AUG
PY 2006
VL 35
IS 104
BP 49
EP 57
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 144KF
UT WOS:000244794200005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, Raul
TI The truth of reversible time
SO INSULA-REVISTA DE LETRAS Y CIENCIAS HUMANAS
LA Spanish
DT Article
SC, Brazil.
CR AGAMBEN, 2005, POTENZA PENSIERO SAG, P191
AGAMBEN, 1974, RISALIRE NILO MITO F, P161
AIRA C, 2005, NOCHE DIA, P161
AIRA Cesar, 1993, DIARIO HEPATITIS
ANTELO R, 2001, RADARLIBROS, P12
BOZAL V, 2001, TIEMPO ESTUPOR
CARRERA, 1999, CLARIN
CARRERA A, 2001, TRATADO SENSACIONES, P7
CARRERA A, 1988, BABEL, V4, P32
Carrera Arturo, 2001, MONSTRUOS ANTOLOGIA
KAMENSZAIN, 2004, RADARLIBROS, P12
KAMENSZAIN, 1991, BABEL, P26
KAMENSZAIN T, 1977, LOS NO
KAMENSZAIN T, 1973, LADO MEDITERRANEO
KAMENSZAIN T, 2003, GHETTO
KAMENSZAIN T, 1991, VIDA LIVING
Kamenszain Tamara, 2005, SOLOS Y SOLAS
Kamenszain Tamara, 1998, TANGO BAR
Kamenszain Tamara, 1986, CASA GRANDE
LAMBORGHINI O, 1975, ORO
Link Daniel, 2005, CLASES LIT DISIDENCI
METRAUX A, 1995, ISLA PASCUA, P184
METRAUX A, 1941, SUR, V84, P39
METRAUX A, 1931, SUR, V3, P98
MUSCHIETTI D, 1997, MAGAZIN LIT, V6
SCHETTINI A, 1994, ESTUDOS UNIDOS
SCHETTINI A, 2000, GUERRA CIVIL
SLOTERDIJK P, 2003, ESFERAS 1 BURBUJAS E
Sloterdijk Peter, 2005, ECUMES SPHERES 3
SOLAR X, 1958, PUBLICIDAD ARGENTINA, V11, P34
1962, SUR JUL, P30
1996, EDAD POESIA
1989, BABEL, P32
2003, COCO
1983, TEXTO SILENCIOSO
1989, BABEL, P23
2000, HIST AMOR
NR 37
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU INSULA LIBRERIA EDIC PUBL SA
PI POZUELO DE ALARCON
PA C/O DEPT SUBSCRIPTIONES, COMP ATI/EDF 4/VIA 2 CASTILL 33, 28224 POZUELO
DE ALARCON, SPAIN
SN 0020-4536
J9 INSULA
JI INSULA-Rev. Let. Cienc. Hum.
PD JUL-AUG
PY 2006
VL 61
IS 715-16
BP 17
EP 22
PG 6
SC Literature
GA 080MS
UT WOS:000240252600005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI The prerogative of 'corrective recasts' as a sign of hegemony in the use
of language: Further thoughts on Eric Hauser's (2005) 'coding
"corrective recasts": The maintenance of meaning and more fundamental
problems'
SO APPLIED LINGUISTICS
LA English
ID SPEAKER
AB The objective of this response article is to think through some of what I see as
the far-reaching implications of a recent paper by Eric Hauser (2005) entitled
'Coding "corrective recasts": the maintenance of meaning and more fundamental
problems'. Hauser makes a compelling, empirically-backed case for his contention
that, contrary to widespread belief, so-called 'corrective recasts' in SLA ought
not to be seen as preserving meaning. Upon closer inspection, Hauser's point can be
read as a powerful indictment of the notoriously unequal power distribution in the
use of the English language world-wide. Corrective recasts are used not only in the
context of EFL teaching but also in the sphere of academic publishing where NS
editorial assistants pay special attention to correctively recasting submissions by
NNS contributors. Although the justification offered is typically that of
'polishing up' the text language-wise, such corrective recasts sometimes tamper
with the intended meanings of the text's author(s), irretrievably distorting the
outcome. Needless to say, this is by no means unique to the English language, but
given the fact that English is by far the world's number one language of academic
publishing, and that an important part of what is expected of editorial assistants
and copy editors is a very good command of the language of publication, the NS/NNS
divide is most prone to coincide with institutionally sanctioned unequal power
relations.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Rua Cardoso De Almeida,898,Ap 51, BR-501301 Sao
Paulo, Brazil.
EM rajan@iel.unicamp.br
CR Borg S, 2006, LANG TEACH RES, V10, P3, DOI 10.1191/1362168806lr182oa
Canagarajah A. S., 2002, GEOPOLITICS ACAD WRI
COLERIDGE ST, 2006, BIOGRAPHIA LIT, P243
Cook V, 1999, TESOL QUART, V33, P185, DOI 10.2307/3587717
Cook V, 2003, EFFECTS 2 LANGUAGE F
Davies A., 2003, NATIVE SPEAKER MYTH
Flowerdew J, 2001, TESOL QUART, V35, P121, DOI 10.2307/3587862
Hauser E, 2005, APPL LINGUIST, V26, P293, DOI 10.1093/applin/ami010
Kachru Braj B, 1996, SOCIOLINGUISTICS LAN, P71
Kaplan RB, 2005, J SECOND LANG WRIT, V14, P47, DOI 10.1016/j.jslw.2005.01.001
Kumar R, 2005, INDIAN J AGR SCI, V75, P422
Rajagopalan K, 1997, J PRAGMATICS, V27, P225, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(96)00027-6
Rampton MBH, 1990, ELT J, V44, P97, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/44.2.97
SHEEN Y, 2004, LANG TEACH RES, V8, P263, DOI DOI 10.1191/1362168804LR1460A
NR 16
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 2
PU OXFORD UNIV PRESS
PI OXFORD
PA GREAT CLARENDON ST, OXFORD OX2 6DP, ENGLAND
SN 0142-6001
EI 1477-450X
J9 APPL LINGUIST
JI Appl. Lingusit
PD JUN
PY 2006
VL 27
IS 2
BP 325
EP 330
DI 10.1093/applin/aml009
PG 6
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 059VM
UT WOS:000238760300009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Sardinha, TB
AF Sardinha, TB
TI Building coherence and cohesion: Task-oriented dialogue in English and
Spanish
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 PUCSP, LAEL, Dept Linguist, BR-05014001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
PUCSP, LAEL, Grad Program Appl Linguist, BR-05014001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Sardinha, TB (reprint author), PUCSP, LAEL, Dept Linguist, R Monte Alegre 984,
BR-05014001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR Halliday M.A.K., 1985, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA
MANN W, 1988, TEXT, V3, P243
Taboada M. T, 2004, BUILDING COHERENCE C
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU M I T PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
PA 238 MAIN STREET, STE 500, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142-1046 USA
SN 0891-2017
J9 COMPUT LINGUIST
PD JUN
PY 2006
VL 32
IS 2
BP 287
EP 289
DI 10.1162/coli.2006.32.2.287
PG 3
GA 059YH
UT WOS:000238767600007
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Talk and social theory.
SO JOURNAL OF SOCIOLINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Linguist, Inst Language Studies, BR-13081970
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Linguist, Inst
Language Studies, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR Derrida J, 1967, GRAMMATOLOGY
Erickson F, 2004, TALK SOCIAL THEORY
Gee J.P., 1990, SOCIAL LINGUISTICS L
Lyotard Jean-Francois, 1979, CONDITION POSTMODERN
RAJAGOPALAN K, 1995, KEY THINKERS LINGUIS, P66
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU WILEY
PI HOBOKEN
SN 1360-6441
EI 1467-9841
J9 J SOCIOLING
JI J. Socioling.
PD JUN
PY 2006
VL 10
IS 3
BP 412
EP 416
DI 10.1111/j.1360-6441.2006.0334f.x
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 059WK
UT WOS:000238762700011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gunner, L
AF Gunner, L
TI Zulu choral music - Performing identities in a new state
LA English
CT Annual Conference of the African-Literature-Association
CY 2004
CL Univ Wisconsin Madison, Madison, WI
SP African Literature Assoc
HO Univ Wisconsin Madison
AB The paper discusses ways in which the song form known as isicathamiya mediates
subjectivity on a national and transnational scale in the new post-1994 era, known
by isiZulu speakers as uhlel'olusha. Singers are constantly testing the limits of
the genre, both through the choice of subject matter for songs and in their
performance style. They take it in new directions and through the "embodied
knowledge" they display, they engage in emergent and established discourses on the
nature of contemporary South African, and Zulu, identity. Singers align themselves
and their audiences to the global through commentary in song on events such as
9/11. and this itself becomes a shifting topic of choral conversation through time,
reflecting, among other items, changing responses to America and to "Bin Laden."
The paper also explores the different publics with which performers interact and
argues that a group such as the famous Ladysmith Black Mambazo, which now performs
mainly on global circuits, has to limit its discourse accordingly it cannot engage
with urgent and topical events that inform social consciousness within South Africa
as freely as groups more closely in touch With their local constituencies. The
paper also sketches the history of the genre and sets the overall discussion within
a paradigm of popular culture and the political; it draws on work by Catherine
Cole, Johannes Fabian, Veit Erlmann, and Louise Meintjes.
C1 Univ Kwa Zulu, Natal, RN, Brazil.
RP Gunner, L (reprint author), Univ Kwa Zulu, Natal, RN, Brazil.
CR Anderson B., 1983, IMAGINED COMMUNITES
ASKEW K, 2003, PERFORMING NATION
Barber Karin, 1997, READINGS AFRICAN POP, P1
Bourdieu P., 1993, FIELD CULTURAL PRODU
CAMPBELL J, 2002, S AFRICAN AM COMP RE
Cole Catherine, 2001, GHANAS CONCERT PARTY
Erlmann Veit, 1991, AFRICAN STARS STUDIE
FABIAN J, 1978, AFRICA, P315
Fabian Johannes, 1998, MOMENTS FREEDOM ANTH
GUNNER I, 2003, THESIS U LIMERICK
GUNNER L, 2003, ENGL STUD AFR, V46, P42
Larkin B, 1997, AFRICA, V67, P406, DOI 10.2307/1161182
MEINTJES L, 2003, SOUND AFRICA MAKIN M
Meintjes Louise, 1990, ETHNOMUSICOLOGY, V34, P37
Ranger Terence O., 1975, DANCE SOC E AFRICA 1
SITHOLE E, 1979, PERFORMING ARTS MUSI, P277
NR 16
TC 9
Z9 9
U1 0
U2 5
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD SUM
PY 2006
VL 37
IS 2
BP 83
EP 97
DI 10.2979/RAL.2006.37.2.83
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 032EB
UT WOS:000236755600011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Koch, IGV
AF Villaca Koch, Ingedore G.
TI Labeling: a textual strategy of meaning construction
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE labeling; speech objects; content labels; meta-discursive labels;
multifunctional labels
AB This article concerns the textual strategy of meaning construction named
labeling, in which forms and nominal expressions are used as resources of
construction and re-construction of speech objects. After defining labeling, the
labels are classified into two main groups, the ones that nominate/categorize the
content of former or subsequent clauses, and the ones that act on a meta-discursive
basis in relation to what has been or will be said. The meta-discursive labels are
also discriminated according to the qualification to the communicative act carried
out by the characters to which the encapsulated text refers. The textual-discursive
functions performed by the labels are also presented: cognitive, textual
organization and argumentative orientation functions.
RP Koch, IGV (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM ingedorekoch@yahoo.com.br
CR Apotheloz D., 1997, RELATIONS ANAPHORIQU, P159
ARBEX J, 2000, CAROS AMIGOS, V3, P18
AUTHIER-REVUZ Jacqueline, 1981, MAT DISCURSIVES, P127
BIONDI A, 2000, CAROS AMIGOS, V3, P12
CANTANHEDE E, 2004, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0304
CARVALHO MAF, 2005, FUNCIONAMENTO TEXTUA
CAVALCANTE MM, 2001, 2 C INT ABR FORT 200
CONTE Maria-Elisabeth, 1996, BELG J LING, V10, P1
Dascal M., 1992, CURRENT ADV SEMANTIC, P109
DESA N, 2003, CRESCIMENTO ETICA
Francis Gill, 1994, ADV WRITTEN TEXT ANA, P83
JUBRAN Clelia C. S, 2003, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V44, P93
MARCUSHI L. A., 1991, INTERCOM REV BRASILE, VXIV, P74
ROSSI C, 2000, FOLHA SAO PAULO 1128
SADER E, 2000, CAROS AMIGOS, V3, P21
Schwarz M., 2000, INDIREKTE ANAPHERN T
van Dijk Teun A., 1988, NEWS DISCOURSE
VANDIJK, TV FF NEWS ANAL CASE
ZAMPONI G, 2003, THESIS IEL UNICAMP
NR 19
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 2
BP 85
EP 89
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA V12EO
UT WOS:000207582700001
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Souza, JAD
AF de Camargo de Souza, Juliana Alles
TI The interrogative modality role inserted in the strategic board of the
authorial article of opinion
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE interrogative modality; strategy; informative units; modalization
AB This article presents the interrogative modality role inserted in the strategic
board of the authorial article of opinion, defined by ways of continuity
constituted of relations among informative units of text. The research originates
from O.R.T.O. project (Rhetorical Organization of Opinionated Texts) and composes
the master's degree dissertation based on Bernardez and Mann and Thompson (1992),
and on studies about interrogative modality and modalization. The results aim to
the interrogation like textual reference, combining macrostructural units, toward a
discursive aim and related to epistemic-deontic axiologies, which intends to make-
believe.
C1 PPGLAY Unisinos, Novo Hamburgo, RS, Brazil.
RP de Souza, JAD (reprint author), PPGLAY Unisinos, Prof Colegio Marista Pio XII,
Novo Hamburgo, RS, Brazil.
EM julianaacs@brturbo.com.br
CR Bernardez E., 1995, TEORIA EPISTEMOLOGIA
Charaudnau P., 1992, GRAMMAIRE SENS EXPRE
FISCHER LA, 2002, ZERO HORA PORTO 0507, P5
KOCH IGV, 2002, CADERNO ESTUDOS LING, V41, P75
KOCH Ingedore Villaca, 2001, GRAMATICA LINGUA POR
MANN WC, 1992, DISCOURSE DESCRIPTIO, P39, DOI DOI 10.1075/PBNS.16.04MAN
MATEUS MH, 2003, GRAMATICA LINGUA POR, P435
WEINRICH H, 1989, GRAMMAIRE TEXTUELLE, P527
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 2
BP 90
EP 96
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA V12EO
UT WOS:000207582700002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fontana, B
AF Fontana, Beatriz
TI Everyday interactions in English classes at a public school: power
disputes and institutional mandate subversion
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE interaction; English language learning; participation structures
AB This article aims at presenting the outcomes of a qualitative research about the
everyday happenings of an English as a Foreign Language classroom at an elementary
public school in the metropolitan area of Porto Alegre, RS. The research has
attempted to shed doubt about the assumptions that these settings are more likely
to be unsuccessful, due to the lack of culture displayed by those students,
focusing on the classroom interactions during English classes. The classes were
video recorded, transcribed and analyzed observing participation structures, turn
allocation and turn use, floor taking and floor alignment, and amount of time
during class used by boys and girls. These observations suggest that the teacher
has problems in producing alignments to his floors and institutional mandate. The
study suggests as well that the boys are more successful in taking the floor and
orienting many of the classroom activities.
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
RP Fontana, B (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
EM bfontana@unisinos.br
CR Allwright R., 1991, FOCUS LANGUAGE CLASS
Bourdieu P., 1998, EC TROCAS LINGUISTIC
Brown P, 1987, POLITENESS SOME UNIV
Canclini N. G., 1997, CONSUMIDORES CIDADAO
CHAUI M, 1982, QUE IDEOLOGIA
DREW P, 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO
ELLIS R, 1994, LANG LEARN, V44, P449, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1994.tb01114.x
Ellis R., 1994, STUDY 2 LANGUAGE ACQ
Ellis R., 1997, 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITI
ERICKSON F, 1990, RES TEACHING LEARNIN, P75
Firth A, 1997, MOD LANG J, V81, P285, DOI 10.2307/329302
Firth A, 1998, MOD LANG J, V82, P91, DOI 10.2307/328686
GARCEZ PM, 2002, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P257
Gass S. M., 1994, STUDIES 2ND LANGUAGE, V16, P283, DOI DOI
10.1017/S0272263100013097
GOFFMAN I, 1980, PSICANALISE CIENCIAS, P5
GUMPERZ John, 1972, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P149
Hadley A. O, 2001, TEACHING LANGUAGE CO
Hall JK, 2002, METHODS TEACHING FOR
HALL JK, 2000, 2 FOREIGN LANGUAGE L, P1
Larsen-Freeman D., 1991, INTRO 2 LANGUAGE ACQ
LIGHTBOWN P. M., 2000, LANGUAGES ARE LEARNE
LONG MH, 1983, APPL LINGUIST, V4, P126, DOI 10.1093/applin/4.2.126
LOPES LPM, 2000, OFICINA LINGUISTICA
*PCNS, 1998, PAR CURR NAC TERC QU
PICA T, 1994, LANG LEARN, V44, P493, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1994.tb01115.x
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1992, TALK WORK, P32
SEEDHOUSE P, 1999, IRAL-INT REV APPL LI, V37, P54
SHULTZ JJ, 1992, CHILDREN IN OUT SCH, P88
SOARES Magda, 1996, LINGUAGEM ESCOLA PER
Spada N., 1997, LANG TEACHING, V30, P73, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0261444800012799
SWAIN M, 1996, PRINCIPLE PRACTICE A, P38
SWANN J, 1996, WOMEN THEIR SPEECH C, P122
Vygotsky L. S, 1978, MIND SOC DEV HIGHER
NR 33
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 2
BP 107
EP 114
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA V12EO
UT WOS:000207582700004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Tesser, N
AF Tesser, Nayr
TI Power in language use
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE language; power; freedom; intersubjectivity; enonciation
AB The aim of this article is to make a reflection of the thesis that power
constitutes language use. This thesis was proposed in my doctoral dissertation
"Enonciation and Power: elements for the construction of a theoretical object" and
can be summarized in the following syllogism: if power is a concrete, immediate,
singular and punctual relationship, if language use itself is an act of
intersubjectivity, one can conclude that power constitutes language use. Two
different concepts are further developed: power, in the perspective of Bobbio,
Foucault and Comte-Sponville, who claim an interdependence of the concepts of power
and freedom, and language, in the perspective of Benveniste's theory of discourse
and subjectivity.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Inst Letras, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Tesser, N (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Inst Letras, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM lala@cpd.ufrgs.br
CR ARENDT Hannah, 1992, ENTRE PASSADO FUTURO
BENVENISTE Emile, 1995, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, VI
BENVENISTE Emile, 1989, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, VII
BOBBIO N, 2002, ELOGIO SERENIDADE OU, P49
Bobbio Norberto, 1992, ESTADO GOBIERNO SOC
COMTESPONVILLE, 1997, TRATADO DESESPERO BE
DESPINOZA B, 1985, TRATADO TEOLOGICO PO
DESPINOZA B, 1996, ETICA DEMOSNTRADA SE
FIORIN J. L., 1996, ASTUCIAS ENUNCIACAO
FOUCAULT M., 1993, MICROFISICA PODER
HAROCHE Claudine, 1992, FAZER DIZER QUERER D
KANT Immanuel, 2001, CRITICA RAZAO PURA
LEBRUN G, 1981, QUE PODER
NIETZSCHE F, 1998, VOLUNTAD PODERIO
SAUSSURE F. de, 1970, CURSO LINGUISTICA GE
TEIXEIRA Marlene, 2000, ANALISE DISCURSO PSI
TESSER N, 2004, THESIS UFRGS
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 2
BP 115
EP 120
PG 6
SC Linguistics
GA V12EO
UT WOS:000207582700005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zasso, SMB
AF Belle Zasso, Silvana Maria
TI Enunciation-Writing-Literacy Process: about otherness in the language
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE enunciation; writing; literacy process
AB This text, based on Emile Benveniste and Mikhail Bakhtin linguistic theories of
enunciation, discusses the elements involved in the production of subjectivity and
singularity of language. For this purpose, writing in the first school years was
taken as the subject of study. Regarding theoretical concepts, Benveniste is
considered, when presenting on his thought system the principle of
intersubjectivity, denying an egocentric view of the individual, that is, of an
isolated being through his/her development. On the subjectivity of language,
Benveniste says that putting the language to work defines the subjectivity and
otherness on language. On the other hand, when Bakhtin presents the dialogism as a
landmark concept, working with the notion of heterogeneity as a dialogue principle,
involves the other in the individual constitution. In this work it is said that the
concept of intersubjectivity crosses both theories, reason why it is called upon
along the text to support the intention of learning to "look" children's writing
from a different perspective during the process of literacy in the ordinary school.
The conclusion states that, when writing, the individual translates the meaning of
the world to himself, built from experienced interactions, both inside and outside
school.
C1 Fundacao Univ Fed Rio Grande FURG, Rio Grande, RS, Brazil.
RP Zasso, SMB (reprint author), Fundacao Univ Fed Rio Grande FURG, Rio Grande, RS,
Brazil.
EM szasso@mikrus.com.br
CR BAKHTIN M., 1986, MARXISMO FILOSOFIA L
BAKHTIN Mikhail, 1992, ESTETICA CRIACAO VER
BENVENISTE Emile, 1989, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, VII
Benveniste Emile, 1988, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC, VI
BHABHA H. K., 2001, LOCAL CULTURA
DIAS CMS, 2001, REUNIAO ANUAL ANPED, V24
FERREIRO E, 2000, REFLEXOES ALFABETIZA
FERREIRO E, 1998, ALFABETIZACAO PROCES
Ferreiro E, 1999, PSICOGENESE LINGUA E
KRAMER S, 2000, ENCONTRO NACL DIDATI, P105
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD MAY-AUG
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 2
BP 121
EP 129
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA V12EO
UT WOS:000207582700006
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gabas, N
AF Gabas, N
TI Typological studies in language 44
SO LINGUA
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 CCH Linguist, MCT Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, BR-66077530 Belem, Para, Brazil.
RP Gabas, N (reprint author), CCH Linguist, MCT Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Av
Perimetral,1901 Guama, BR-66077530 Belem, Para, Brazil.
EM gabas@nautilus.com.br
CR CROFT M, 1985, ASPECTOS LINGUA MUND
Gabas Jr Nilson, 1999, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
SEKI L, 2001, GRAMATICA KAMAYURA L
VANDERMEER T, 1983, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, V7, P10
Voeltz F. K. Erhard, 2001, TYPOLOGICAL STUDIES, DOI 10.1075/tsl.44
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0024-3841
J9 LINGUA
JI Lingua
PD APR
PY 2006
VL 116
IS 4
BP 491
EP 496
DI 10.1016/j.lingua.2004.06.008
PG 6
SC Linguistics
GA 012QV
UT WOS:000235355100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Izarra, LPZ
AF Izarra, LPZ
TI Disrupting social and cultural identities: A critique of the
ever-changing self
SO IRISH UNIVERSITY REVIEW
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Philosophy Letters & Human Sci, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Izarra, LPZ (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Philosophy Letters & Human
Sci, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
OI Izarra, Laura/0000-0001-5701-5818
CR BANVILLE J, 2003, IRISH TIMES 0816
BANVILLE J, 2004, IRISH TIMES 1016
BANVILLE J, 2004, NEW YORK TIMES BOOK
BANVILLE J, 1985, NY TIMES BOOK R 0421, P41
BANVILLE J, 2005, IRISH STUDIES BRAZIL, P26
BANVILLES J, 2004, SHROUD ABEI J, V6, P105
BORGES JL, 1962, LABYRINTHS SELECTED
Derrida Jacques, 1985, EAR OTHER OTOBIOGRAP, P1
DHOKER E, 2004, VISIONS ALTERITYY RE, P214
HAND D, 2002, J BANVILLE EXPLORING, P176
IMHOF R, 1989, J BANVILLE CRITICAL, P17
IZARRA L, 2003, KALEIDOSCOPIC VIEWS, P244
LOTRINGER S, 1996, FOUCAULT LIVE INTERV, P450
NIANLUAIN C, 2000, READING FUTURE IRISH, P24
Schwan Hedwig, 1997, EUROPEAN ENGLISH MES, V6, P13
SWEDENBORG E, 2004, ARQUITECTURA CIELO, P116
2003, SHROUD, P25
2005, SEA, P24
2000, ECLIPSE, P62
2003, PRAGUE PICTURES PORT
NR 20
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PU IRISH UNIV REVIEW
PI DUBLIN
PA C/O UNIV COLLEGE, ROOM K203, ARTS BUILDING, DUBLIN 4, DUBLIN, IRELAND
SN 0021-1427
J9 IRISH UNIV REV
JI Irish Univ. Rev.
PD SPR-SUM
PY 2006
VL 36
IS 1
BP 182
EP 199
PG 18
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 056AW
UT WOS:000238494100014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Meira, S
AF Meira, S
TI Tiriyo body part terms
SO LANGUAGE SCIENCES
LA English
DT Article
DE Tiriyo; Cariban languages; body part terms; partonomy; meronymy;
semantic fields
AB This article describes words for parts of the body in the Tiriyo language.
First, the formal side is considered. Several formal parameters (morphological
complexity, possession classes, incorporation in verbs and in adjectives) are
compared. Then the semantic side is examined on the basis of (a) textual data, (b)
speakers' reactions to questions involving part-whole relationships, and (c)
speakers' mapping of body part terms onto pictures of the human body with coloured
pens. From the part-whole data, a preliminary partonomic hierarchy is proposed. The
meanings of the terms are reviewed, with attention drawn to the most interesting
cases. The conclusion briefly summarises the most striking results. (c) 2005
Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.
C1 Leiden Univ, KNAW, Leiden, Netherlands.
Museu Paraense Emilio Goeldi, Belem, Para, Brazil.
RP Meira, S (reprint author), TCIA, Fac Letteren, POB 9515, Leiden, Netherlands.
EM s.meira@let.leidenuniv.nl
CR Brown Cecil H., 1976, AM ETHNOL, V3, P400, DOI DOI 10.1525/AE.1976.3.3.02A00020
DERBYSHIRE DC, 1979, HIXKARYANA LINGUA DE, V1
ENFIELD NJ, 2002, SPECIAL ISSUES PRAGM, V10
GILDEA S, 1995, INT J AM LINGUIST, V61, P62, DOI 10.1086/466245
GILDEA S, 1998, OXFORD STUDIES ANTHR
MCCLURE EF, 1975, ANTHROPOL LINGUIST, V17, P78
MEIRA S, 2000, PHONOLOGY MORPHOLOGY
MEIRA S, 1999, LACUS FORUM, V25, P125
NR 8
TC 4
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 0
PI OXFORD
SN 0388-0001
J9 LANG SCI
JI Lang. Sci.
PD MAR-MAY
PY 2006
VL 28
IS 2-3
BP 262
EP 279
DI 10.1016/j.langsci.2005.11.009
PG 18
SC Linguistics
GA 037EB
UT WOS:000237128400009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Flores, VD
AF Flores, Valdir do Nascimento
TI The heterogeneity of the studies of language and the teaching of mother
tongue (what do the linguists talk about?)
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE teaching of mother tongue; grammar of Portuguese; epistemology of
linguistics
AB The purpose of this text is, from the perspective of epistemology of
linguistics, to discuss some aspects of the relations between the linguistics and
the teaching of mother tongue. Themes as science of language, scientific knowledge
and the formation of the researcher and his/her relations with the teaching of
mother tongue, the formation of the teacher and the place of grammar tradition in
the teaching of mother tongue are discussed. In general terms, arguments are built
in favour of the validity of different points of view of the study of language,
bearing in mind the need of thinking the teaching of mother tongue based on the
conception of language that entails the heterogeneity.
C1 Inst Letras UFRGS, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Flores, VD (reprint author), Inst Letras UFRGS, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM valdirnf@yahoo.com.br
CR AUROUX Sylvain, 1998, FILOSOFIA LINGUAGEM
BAKHTIN Mikhail M., 1988, QUESTOES ESTETICA LI
BECHARA Evanildo, 1985, ENSINO GRAMATICA OPR
BOUQUET S., 2000, INTRO LEITURA SAUSSU
Cavaliere Ricardo Stavola, 2000, FONOLOGIA MORFOLOGIA
COLLADO J, 1980, FUNDAMENTOS LINGUIST
de SAUSSURE Ferdinand, 1975, CURSO LINGUISTICA GE
FLORES Valdir, 1999, LINGUISTICA PSICANAL
FLORES VD, 2004, INVESTIGANDO LINGUAG, P106
GENOUVRIER E, 1973, LINGUISTICA ENSINO P
ILARI R, 1985, LINGULISTICA ENSINO
LUFT Celso Pedro, 1985, LINGUA LIBERDADE NOV
LYONS J, 1982, LINGUAGEM LINGUISTIC
MAHMOUDIAN M, 1982, LINGUISTICA HOJE
MAINGUENEAU D, 1990, DELTA, V6, P127
Milner JC, 1987, AMOR LINGUA
NEVES M. H. M, 2000, LINGUA PORTUGUESA DE, P52
NEVES MHM, 1987, VERTENTE GREGA GRAMA
Perini Mario, 1996, GRAMATICA DESCRITIVA
POSSENTI S., 1988, DISCURSO ESTILO SUBJ
VILELA M., 2001, GRAMATICA LINGUA POR
NR 24
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 1
BP 7
EP 14
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA V12EN
UT WOS:000207582600001
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Faraco, CA
AF Faraco, Carlos Alberto
TI To teach or not to teach grammar: is this question still pertinent?
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE history of grammar; teaching of grammar; standard language
AB In this article, the author revisits the history of grammar in the Greco-Roman
tradition from its origins to its introduction in the study of modern languages.
Particular attention is given to the historical change that affected the role of
grammar in language education. In Rome, grammar had a living language as a
reference and its teaching was subsidiary to the development of speaking and
writing skills. In the Middle Ages, however, grammar had as a reference a dead
language (classical Latin as artificially constructed by the scholars) and, as a
consequence, it played a central role in language education. At the end, the author
proposes a renovation in the teaching of grammar which should take the real
standard language as a reference and subordinate grammatical issues to the
development of speaking and writing skills.
RP Faraco, CA (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana,
Brazil.
EM carlosfaraco@netpar.com.br
CR Bagno M, 2001, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO
BANDEIRA Manuel, 1970, ESTRELA VIDA INTEIRA
BORBA F, 1990, DICIONARIO GRAMATICA
FARACO CA, 2002, LINGUAS INSTRUMENTOS, V7, P33
FREIRE LSD, REGRAS PRATICAS BEM
ILARI Rodolfo, 2001, INTRO SEMANTICA BRIN
Koerner E. F. K., 1995, CONCISE HIST LANGUAG
MARTINS Wilson, 1977, HIST INTELIGENCIA BR
NETO SP, 1974, LIVRO EDUCACAO
NETO SS, 1977, INTRO ESTUDO LINGUA
PAGOTTO EG, 1998, LINGUAS INSTRUMENTOS, V2, P49
SARAIVA Antonio Jose, HIST LIT PORTUGUESA
NR 14
TC 4
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 1
BP 15
EP 26
PG 12
SC Linguistics
GA V12EN
UT WOS:000207582600002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Seganfredo, E
AF Seganfredo, Eveli
TI Civil Service Examinations as language policy and normative agency in
Brazil
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE language teaching; language policy; civil service examinations
AB In taking over the role of setting the standard language Brazilian schools are
also denying other existing varieties to the level of stigma. Linguistic policy
entails making a choice which is basically connected to public institutions.
Linguistic planning does not only deal with linguistic or communication problems,
but it especially focuses on non linguistic issues that lead to power issues.
Linguistic policy in Brazil does not take the form of law, it takes place instead
in a fuzzy style, disguised in the belief of unity, identity and indivisibility of
the nation. Such beliefs were established by means of force and violence and
contributed to the development and maintenance of myths. Traditional grammars
adopted a view of language that mirrors this picture, producing a conceptual
confusion between scholar rules and writing patterns that still predominates in
Brazilian schools. The maintenance of this view is encouraged by common sense and
factors such as the media, school books and entrance exams to universities. In this
paper, we frame civil service examinations as both language policy (even though not
clearly defined) and normative agency in Brazil. We then suggest setting clear
courses of action to deal with the linguistic issues in the country stating
criteria and paths to be taken.
C1 [Seganfredo, Eveli] Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM posgrad@faccat.br
CR *ASS BRAS LING, 2002, POL LING
BAGNO M, 2001, ESTRANGEIRISMOS GUER
Bagno M, 1999, PRECONCEITO LINGUIST
Bagno M, 2001, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO
BORN J, 2000, ENSINO PORTUGUES CID, P75
Bourdieu P, 1991, LANGUAGE SYMBOLIC PO
Bourdieu P, 1998, PODER SIMBOLICO
Bourdieu Pierre, 1992, EC TROCAS SIMBOLICAS
BRITTO L.P.L, 2002, SOMBRA CAOS ENSINO L
CALVET L, 1982, LANGUAGE SPREAD STUD
CHAUI Marilena, 2001, BRASIL MITO FUNDADOR
Cooper R. L., 1989, LANGUAGE PLANNING SO
Daoust D, 1997, HDB SOCIOLINGUISTICS, P436
DESOUZA JM, 1999, ENSINO PORTUGUES CID, P30
FIORIN JL, 2001, ESTRANGEIRISMOS GUER, P107
HENRIQUES Claudio, 2001, ATAS ACAD BRASILEIRA
SCHERRE MMP, 1999, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, P13
SEGANFREDO E, 2003, THESIS UFRGS
SILVEIRA RMH, 1994, REV ED AEC, V23, P121
VIEIRA Silvia, 1997, GRAPHOS REV POS GRAD, V2, P115
ZILLES AMS, 2000, LETRAS HOJE, V35, P75
Zilles Ana Maria Stahl, 2001, ESTRANGEIRISMOS GUER, P143
NR 22
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 1
BP 27
EP 38
PG 12
SC Linguistics
GA V12EN
UT WOS:000207582600003
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Simoes, LJ
AF Simoes, Luciene Juliano
TI Thinking about spoken and written language acquisition: the case of
variation in Brazilian Portuguese
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE language acquisition; internalized grammar; pronominal subjects
AB This paper once more addresses the issue of an internalized grammar through the
analysis of spoken child language in what concerns the expression of grammatical
subjects. Such analysis attempts to show evidence that from a very early age
children are sensitive to rather subtle grammatical rules, and come to respect in a
precise way the grammatical restrictions of the adult grammar as development
unfolds. These facts are taken as especially relevant in what concerns rules which
differ in the spoken and written varieties of Brazilian Portuguese. In such cases,
the acquisition of literacy skills will put the child in contact with new grammar
rules. In order to make the discussion clear, Brazilian children data are compared
to Portuguese children spoken data. Such contrast shows that from the very early
uses, in the case of Portuguese children, spoken discourse is comparable to written
discourse, and that is not true for the spoken discourse of Brazilian children.
Taking these facts into account it is argued that literate discourse activities at
school will be of fundamental importance for the acquisition of written Brazilian
Portuguese, once such social and discursive activity was the only context necessary
for the acquisition of the rules of spoken language, which was not explicitly
taught by adults to the infant and toddler.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Simoes, LJ (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande do Sul, Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil.
EM lucisim@portoweb.com.br
CR BATISTA A. A. G., 1997, AULA PORTUGUES DISCU
BORTONI-RICARDO S. M., 2004, EDUCACAO LINGUA MATE
BORTONIRICARDO SM, 2001, CENAS SALA AULA, P81
CLAHSEN H, 1989, WHEELS WHEELS PAPERS
Cunha Celso, 2001, NOVA GRAMATICA PORTU
DASILVA VP, 1993, LANG VAR CHANGE, V5, P35
Duarte Ines, 1995, STUDIES ACQUISITION, P129
Duarte Maria E. L., 1993, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO, P107
DUARTE MEL, 1996, SINTESES, V1, P87
DUARTE MEL, 1995, TRAB N WAVE 24 1 PHI
FARACO CA, 2002, LINGUAS INSTRUMENTOS, V7, P33
Faria Isabel, 1993, REV INT LINGUA PORTU, V10, P16
FONSECA R, 1997, MEIO MUNDO PROSTITUT, P120
GUEDES PC, 1998, ESCREVER COMPROMISSO, P135
GUIMARAES AMM, 1995, STUDIES ACQUISTION P, P207
HYAMS N, 1993, LINGUIST INQ, V24, P421
KLEIMAN Angela B, 1995, SIGNIFICADOS LETRAME, P15
Magalhaes Telma V., 2006, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA
MAGALHAES TMV, 2000, APRENDENDO SUJEITO M
NUNES LB, 1997, SOFA ESTAMPADO
Pierce A.E., 1992, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION
SIGNORINI I., 2001, INVESTIGANDO RELACAO
SILVA MCF, 1996, POSICAO SUJEITO PORT, P201
SIMOES LJ, 1999, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V36, P105
SOARES M, 1986, LINGUAGEM ESCOLA UMA
VALIAN V, COGNITION, V40, P21
NR 28
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 2
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 1
BP 51
EP 59
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA V12EN
UT WOS:000207582600005
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Guimaraes, AMD
AF de Mattos Guimaraes, Ana Maria
TI Literacy in and beyond the school?
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE literacy; autonomous narratives; school context
AB This paper aims at showing that literacy is a process that has to be studied in
and beyond school. Its first part explains the concept of literacy that underlies
the whole text. The second part is based on a previous research on language
development about how children build an autonomous narrative and the spatial
representation of a story, which is not present in all children's narratives at the
age they start formal education at school. In the last part the pedagogical
implications of the concept of literacy and the findings on spatial representation
are discussed, particularly considering textual production at school.
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Programa Posgrad Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, RS,
Brazil.
RP Guimaraes, AMD (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Programa Posgrad
Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
EM anag@unisinos.br
CR BOURDIEU P, 1975, REPRODUCAO ELEMENTOS
FREIRE P, 2001, IMPORTANCIA ATO LERT
GUIMARAES AM, 1998, LETRAS HOJE EDIPUC, V0112
GUIMARAES AMM, 1999, LINGUAGEM ENSINO, V2, P91
KLEIMAN AB, 2001, SIGNIFICADOS LETRAME
LEMOS CTG, 1992, DESENVOLVIMENTO DISC
LEMOS CTG, 1988, CONCEPCAO ESCRITA PE, P9
Perroni MCO, 1992, DESENVOLVIMENTO DISC
SCARPA E, 1987, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V14, P118
SNOW C, 1991, UNFULFILLED EXPERCTA
SOARES M, 2001, LETRAMENTO TEMA TRES
NR 12
TC 1
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 1
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
EI 2177-6202
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 1
BP 60
EP 65
PG 6
SC Linguistics
GA V12EN
UT WOS:000207582600006
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garcez, PM
AF Garcez, Pedro M.
TI The organization of classroom talk-in-interaction: social control,
reproduction, co-construction
SO CALIDOSCOPIO
LA Portuguese
DT Article
DE classroom; talk; interaction
AB This review article presents and discusses the main organizational features of
classroom talk-in-interaction that make it a distinctive speech-exchange system in
contrast with ordinary conversation, the bedrock of sociality. The Initiation-
Response-Evaluation (IRE) sequence of turns described in the literature as the
hallmark of classroom talk-in-interaction is discussed in terms of the
interactional consequences it may engender. The opportunity for correction on the
talk produced by the participant uttering the second turn in the sequence is
highlighted. An occurrence of what could be termed in Freirean terms an ethical
transgression on the part of the participant acting as the teacher during an
extended IRE sequence is analyzed. The possibility of non-transgressive classroom
talk-in-interaction organized by alternative methods to the chaining of IRE
sequences is entertained, and a long excerpt of classroom talk-in-interaction from
a public school is examined for its realization of such a possibility.
C1 UFRGS CNPq, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Garcez, PM (reprint author), UFRGS CNPq, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM pmgarcez@pesquisador.cnpq.br
CR ABREU CS, 2003, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
Alexander Jeffrey C., 1987, MICROMACROLINK, P207
BATISTA A. A. G., 1997, AULA PORTUGUES DISCU
Bowles S., 1976, SCH CAPITALIST AM ED
Cazden C., 2001, CLASSROOM DISCOURSE
Clark H. H., 1996, USING LANGUAGE
CONCEICAO LE, 2005, INTERCAMBIO, V14
Coulon A., 1995, ETNOMETODOLOGIA
DREW P, 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO
DURANTI A, 1997, LINGUISTICA ANTHR
Duranti A, 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L
ERICKSON F, 1991, QUANTITATIVE METHODS, P75
FREIRE P, 1997, PEDAGOGIA OPRIMIDO
Freire P., 1997, PEDAGOGIA AUTONOMIA
Gabbiani Beatriz, 2005, ESCUELA LENGUAJE POD
Garcez Pedro M., 2005, DELTA, V21, P279, DOI 10.1590/S0102-44502005000200006
GARFINKEL HAROLD, 1967, STUDIES ETHNOMETHODO
Giddens A., 1984, CONSTITUTION SOC
GOES MG, 2003, THESIS UFSC
GOFFMAN E, 2002, SOCIOLINGUISTICA INT, P11
GOFFMAN Erving, 2003, MANICOMIOS PRISOES C
Gumperz J., 1991, CONSTRUCAO SOCIAL AL, P58
Heritage J, 1984, GARFINKEL ETHNOMETHO
JACOBY S, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P171, DOI 10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_1
LERNER GH, 1995, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V19, P111
McDermott R., 1981, CULTURE BILINGUAL CL, P212
MCHOUL AW, 1990, LANG SOC, V19, P349, DOI 10.1017/S004740450001455X
Mehan H., 1979, LEARNING LESSONS SOC
Mehan H., 1985, HDB DISCOURSE ANAL, V3, P119
MICHAELS S, 1991, CONSTRUCAO SOCIAL AL, P109
MOLL JAQUELINE, 2000, HIST VIDA HIST ESCOL
MOOJEN SS, 1997, ESCOLA VIVIDA PESQUI
OConnor M. C., 1996, DISCOURSE LEARNING S, P63, DOI [DOI
10.1017/CB09780511720390.003, 10.1017/CBO9780511720390.003]
SCHEGLOFF EA, 1995, RES LANG SOC INTERAC, V28, P185, DOI
10.1207/s15327973rlsi2803_2
SCHLATTER M, 2002, AN 6 C BRAS LING APL
Sinclair J., 1975, ANAL DISCOURSE
Weiss L., 1990, WORKING CLASS WORK H
Wells G., 1999, DIALOGIC INQUIRY SOC
NR 41
TC 7
Z9 15
U1 0
U2 5
PU EDITORA UNISINOS
PI SAO LEOPOLDO
SN 1679-8740
J9 CALIDOSCOPIO
JI Calidoscopio
PD JAN-APR
PY 2006
VL 4
IS 1
BP 66
EP 80
PG 15
SC Linguistics
GA V12EN
UT WOS:000207582600007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Tagnin, SEO
AF Tagnin, SEO
BE Wilson, A
Archer, D
Rayson, P
TI A multilingual learner corpus in Brazil
SO Corpus Linguistics Around the World
SE LANGUAGE AND COMPUTERS : STUDIES IN PRACTICAL LINGUISTICS
LA English
CT Corpus Linguistics 2003 Conference
CY MAR 28-31, 2003
CL Univ Lancaster, Lancaster, ENGLAND
HO Univ Lancaster
AB A learner corpus can provide useful data to detect specific difficulties of
language learners and consequently inform the production of pedagogic material to
address these problem areas. The USP Multilingual Learner Corpus will initially be
built in English, German and Spanish. A heading with detailed information about the
student (course level, age, sex, mother tongue, etc) will allow for different types
of research. The corpus's multilingual character will make it possible to look into
difficulties common to all Brazilian learners, irrespective of language. Its varied
content may also provide insights into the effectiveness of different
methodologies.
CR Altenberg B, 1998, LEARNER ENGLISH COMP, P80
Altenberg B, 2002, COMPUTER LEARNER COR, P37
BLUHDORN H, 1999, REDACOES ALEMAO, V2
BLUHDORN H, 1999, STUDENTENZEITUNG
BLUHDORN H, 1997, VERBOS TRANSPORTE, V1
BLUHDORN H, SAGEN LEGENDEN TANZE
De Cock S, 1998, INT J CORPUS LINGUIS, V3, P59, DOI DOI 10.1075/IJCL.3.1.04DEC
GLENK E, 2000, CORPUS ANALISE CONTR
GRANGER S, 2002, COMPUTER LEARNER COR, P3, DOI DOI 10.1075/LLLT.6
Granger S., 2002, COMPUTER LEARNER COR
Granger S., 1998, LEARNER ENGLISH COMP
Granger S., 1998, PHRASEOLOGY THEORY A, P145
Granger S., 1993, ENGLISH LANGUAGE COR, P57
Granger Sylviane, 1996, LANGUAGES CONTRAST, P37
Kaszubski P, 2000, LODZ STUD LANGUAGE, V1, P249
LEECH G., 1998, LEARNER ENGLISH COMP, pXIV
LENKOSZYMANSKA A, 2000, 4 INT C TEACH LANG C
NOMURA M, UNPUB REDACAO TEXTOS
SARDINHA TB, 2001, CORPUS APRENDIZ
TAGNIN SEO, 2001, PALC 2001 PRACTICAL, P535
TAGNIN SEO, 2002, ICAME 2002 THEOR US
NR 21
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITIONS RODOPI B V
PI AMSTERDAM
PA TIJNMUIDEN 7, 1046 AK AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
SN 0921-5034
BN 90-420-1836-4
J9 LANG COMPUT
PY 2006
IS 56
BP 195
EP 202
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA BEH48
UT WOS:000237269500015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Holmes, J
Celani, MAA
AF Holmes, J
Celani, MAA
TI Sustainability and local knowledge: The case of the Brazilian ESP
project 1980-2005
LA English
DT Article
DE ESP methodology; sustainability; impact; development projects; local
knowledge
AB On the occasion of the 25th anniversary of the Brazilian ESP Project, this paper
discusses why it has been able to sustain itself and develop over such a long
period. The analysis focuses on two main areas of decision-making which led to this
success: the structure of the project itself and the ESP methodology which was
developed. Comparing the Brazilian experience with that of other projects, the
paper identifies a number of decisions which determined the process-based nature of
the project structure. These were crucial in ensuring a flexible and responsive
administrative structure and enabled participants to feel 'ownership' of the
project. With regard to the ESP methodology developed, the paper highlights the way
that a 'Brazilian' or 'Latin' approach to the teaching of ESP was developed. In
both areas the importance of using a local knowledge approach to decision-making is
emphasised. (c) 2005 The American University. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All rights
reserved.
C1 Univ Leeds, Sch Educ, TESOL, Leeds LS2 9JT, W Yorkshire, England.
Pontificia Univ Catolica, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Holmes, J (reprint author), Univ Leeds, Sch Educ, TESOL, Leeds LS2 9JT, W
Yorkshire, England.
EM j.l.holmes@education.leeds.ac.uk
CR Alderson J.C., 1992, EVALUATING 2 LANGUAG, P25
Beretta A., 1992, EVALUATING 2 LANGUAG, P250
Canagarajah S., 2002, J LANG IDENTITY EDUC, V1, DOI [DOI
10.1207/S15327701JLIE0104_1, 10.1207/S15327701JLIE0104_1]
CELANI Maria Antonieta Alba, 1988, BRAZILIAN ESP PROJEC
CELANI Maria Antonieta Alba, 1998, ESPECIALIST, V19, P233
COLEMAN H, 2002, P 5 INT C LANG DEV M, P103
Coleman H., 1992, EVALUATING 2 LANGUAG, P222
COLEMAN H, 2004, LANGUAGE TRAINER DEV, P241
COOPER M, 1979, SKILLS LEARNING
DEYES T, 1982, 6 CEPRIL
DEYES T, 1985, 16 CEPRIL
FLOWERDEW J, 1990, ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEA, V44, P236
Grellet F., 1981, DEV READING SKILLS P
Hall D., 1997, LANGUAGE DEV TEACHER, P258
Holmes J., 1993, 2 LANGUAGE READING V, P86
Holmes J., 2004, J ENGL ACAD PURP, V3, P73
HOLMES JL, 1985, ESPECIALIST, V9, P63
HOLMES JL, 1990, LANGUAGE AWARENESS, P198
HOLMES JL, 1986, 17 CEPRIL
HOLMES JL, 1984, 10 CEPRIL
Hutchinson T., 1987, ESP LEARNING CTR APP
Moore J., 1980, READING THINKING ENG
Morris T., 1996, LANGUAGE DEV TEACHER, P155
Munby J., 1978, COMMUNICATIVE SYLLAB
Ngugi W., 1993, MOVING CTR STRUGGLE
NUTTALL C, 1992, TEACHING READING SKI
Pritchard RMO, 2004, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V23, P425, DOI 10.1016/j.esp.2004.01.002
RAMOS RDC, 2004, ESPECIALIST, V25
SCOTT M, 1984, ELT J, V38, P114
SCOTT MR, 1988, ESPECIALIST, V9, P123
SCOTT MR, 1986, 18 CEPRIL
SCOTT MR, 1981, 1 CEPRIL
SCOTT MR, 1985, ESPECIALIST, V11, P26
SMITH H, 1995, LANGUAGE DEV, P86
Swales J., 1985, EPISODES ESP
TICKOO ML, 1997, LANGUAGE DEV TEACHER, P268
NR 38
TC 6
Z9 8
U1 0
U2 2
PI OXFORD
SN 0889-4906
J9 ENGL SPECIF PURP
PY 2006
VL 25
IS 1
BP 109
EP 122
DI 10.1016/j.esp.2005.08.002
PG 14
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 005FO
UT WOS:000234808200008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schochat, E
Musiek, FE
AF Schochat, E
Musiek, FE
TI Maturation of outcomes of behavioral and electrophysiologic tests of
central auditory function
LA English
DT Article
ID MIDDLE-LATENCY RESPONSE; MISMATCH NEGATIVITY; CHILDREN; INFANTS; AGE;
POTENTIALS; SYSTEM; MLR
AB The human peripheral auditory system is fully developed at birth; however,
myelination continues for several years in the higher auditory pathways. The aim of
the present study was to assess the maturation course of the frequency and duration
pattern tests and the middle latency response (MLR). One hundred and fifty normal
participants ranging from 7 to 16 years of age were tested using conventional
protocols. Results showed increased performance with increased age on both the
behavioral tests up to age 12. However, there was no significance change across
this age range for either latency or amplitude measures on the MLR. The NILR showed
less variability for older children. High variability was a likely factor for the
statistical outcome of the MLR. The data obtained on the frequency and duration
pattern tests were applied to the development of age related norms.
Learning outcomes: As a result of this experience, the reader will obtain
information about (a) the normal development of the auditory system; (b)
performance of children on several standard tests of auditory function; and (c) the
characteristics of MLRs in the same group of children. (c) 2005 Elsevier Inc. All
rights reserved.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Med Sch, BR-01231001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Univ Connecticut, Storrs, CT 06269 USA.
RP Schochat, E (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Med Sch, Baronesa Itu 788
Apto 61, BR-01231001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM eschocha@usp.br
RI Schochat, Eliane/B-5460-2014
OI Schochat, Eliane/0000-0002-1775-7603
CR CARVALLO RMM, 1988, ACTA AWHO, V7, P236
COLLET L, 1988, BRAIN DEV-JPN, V10, P169, DOI 10.1016/S0387-7604(88)80022-6
Cone-Wesson Barbara, 2003, Curr Opin Otolaryngol Head Neck Surg, V11, P372, DOI
10.1097/00020840-200310000-00011
Courchesne E, 1990, EVENT RELATED BRAIN, P210
Griffiths TD, 2002, CURR OPIN NEUROL, V15, P31, DOI 10.1097/00019052-200202000-
00006
Hebb DO, 1949, ORG BEHAV
Illing RB, 2004, ACTA OTO-LARYNGOL, V124, P6, DOI 10.1080/03655230410017157
JENSEN J, 1989, SRCD VBIANN M KANS C
KRAUS N, 1987, HEARING RES, V27, P165, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(87)90017-7
Kraus N, 1993, J Am Acad Audiol, V4, P238
KRAUS N, 1985, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V62, P343, DOI 10.1016/0168-5597(85)90043-7
KRAUS N, 1992, EAR HEARING, V13, P158, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199206000-00004
McGee T, 1996, EAR HEARING, V17, P419, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199610000-00008
McPherson D., 1996, LATE POTENTIALS AUDI
MCPHERSON DL, 1989, ELECTROEN CLIN NEURO, V74, P124, DOI 10.1016/0168-
5597(89)90017-8
Moore JK, 2001, JARO-J ASSOC RES OTO, V2, P297, DOI 10.1007/s101620010052
Musiek F E, 1994, J Am Acad Audiol, V5, P265
MUSIEK FE, 1988, HEARING IMPAIRMENT C, P536
MUSIEK FM, 1999, RINTELMANN CONT PERS, P243
Ponton CW, 1996, EAR HEARING, V17, P430, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199610000-00009
PONTON CW, 1992, J ACOUST SOC AM, V91, P1576, DOI 10.1121/1.402439
ROTTEVEEL JJ, 1987, HEARING RES, V27, P245, DOI 10.1016/0378-5955(87)90006-2
ROTTEVEEL JJ, 1985, SCANDINAVIAN AUDIOLO, V12, P179
Schochat E, 2000, PRO-FONO REV ATUAL C, V12, P1
Shafer VL, 2000, EAR HEARING, V21, P242, DOI 10.1097/00003446-200006000-00008
Siegel S, 1975, ESTATISTICA NAO PARA
Stein LK, 1996, EAR HEARING, V17, P359, DOI 10.1097/00003446-199610000-00001
SUZUKI T, 1987, AUDIOLOGY, V26, P312
TonnquistUhlen I, 1996, EVOKED POTENTIAL, V100, P250, DOI 10.1016/0168-
5597(95)00256-1
Tucker D A, 1996, J Am Acad Audiol, V7, P83
NR 30
TC 10
Z9 20
U1 0
U2 4
PI NEW YORK
SN 0021-9924
J9 J COMMUN DISORD
PD JAN-FEB
PY 2006
VL 39
IS 1
BP 78
EP 92
DI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2005.10.001
PG 15
GA 996GE
UT WOS:000234161600006
PM 16289524
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Giucci, G
AF Giucci, Guillermo
TI Internationalism and nationalism: The airplane
SO MESTER
LA Spanish
DT Article
C1 Univ Estado Rio De Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Giucci, G (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio De Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR ASTURIAS MA, 1997, PARIS 1924 1933 PERI, P185
CORREA JPP, 1966, S CABRAL HOMEM AVIAD
DELGADO JM, 1926, METAL, P39
FRANCO R, 1926, PALOS PLATA
Garriga Ramon, 1978, R FRANCO HERMANO MAL
HUIDOBRO V, 1989, POESIA, V30, P256
LARRA R, 1975, J NEWBERY CONQUISTAD
LASCANO DM, 1999, SALTANDO CHARCO IMAG
Levi-Strauss Claude, 1988, TRISTES TROPICOS
MEREGALLI J, 1974, APORTES HIST FUERZA
PINTO M, 1926, EMOCION MONTEVIDEO A
SANTOSDUMONT A, 1973, QUE EU VI QUE NOS VE
Sloterdijk Peter, 2004, ESFERAS 2 GLOBOS
SORS LS, 1946, HIST AEERONAUTICA
SUAREZ JB, 1979, BONILLA EPOPEYA AVIA
ZULOAGA AM, 1948, VICTORIA ALAS HIST A
NR 16
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV CALIF
PI LOS ANGELES
90095-1532 USA
SN 0160-2764
J9 MESTER
JI Mester
PY 2006
VL 35
BP 111
EP 127
PG 17
SC Literature
GA 133WQ
UT WOS:000244045000009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Soares, DR
AF Soares, Debora Racy
TI Manifest translation: Double bind and occurrence.
SO MESTER
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Soares, DR (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR ARROJO Rosemary, 1986, OFICINA TRADUCAO TEO
Benjamin W., 1972, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN, V2, P9
CAMPOS H, 1981, DEUS DIABO FAUSTO GO, P179
OTTONI P., 2005, TRADUCAO MANIFESTA D
SELIGMANN-SILVA Marcio, 2005, LOCAL DIFERENCA ENSA, P34
Steiner George, 1976, BABEL ASPECTS LANGUA
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV CALIF
PI LOS ANGELES
90095-1532 USA
SN 0160-2764
J9 MESTER
JI Mester
PY 2006
VL 35
BP 200
EP 206
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 133WQ
UT WOS:000244045000016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Sandalo, F
Abaurre, MB
Mandel, A
Galves, C
AF Sandalo, F
Abaurre, MB
Mandel, A
Galves, C
TI Secondary stress in two varieties of Portuguese and the Sotaq optimality
based computer program
SO PROBUS
LA English
DT Article
AB This paper presents an analysis of secondary stress in Brazilian and European
Portuguese (BP and EP) based on Optimality Theory (OT). We argue that a
representational analysis has the following advantages: (i) generating all the
facts of Brazilian and European Portuguese without postulating any cases of
absolute neutralization; (ii) not forcing the usage of the notion of
directionality, thus implying a simplification of the phonological theory; and
(iii) being able to generate variant forms in parallel. We have developed a
computer program, sotaq, that tests proposed stress systems (formulated in terms of
constraint hierarchies) for both varieties of Portuguese against observed actual
stresses and in large corpora, thus allowing for automatic testing of Optimality
Theory predictions for secondary stress.
Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Sandalo, F (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR ABAURRE MB, 1979, THESIS SUNY BUFFALO
ABAURRE MB, 1998, DELTA, V14, P377
[Anonymous], 1995, METRICAL STRESS THEO
ANTTILA A, 1995, 630000 ROA
Beckman J., 1997, THESIS
BISOL L, 1992, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V22, P69
Bisol L, 1993, LETRAS, V5, P25
Bisol L, 2000, DELTA, V16, P403
Bisol L, 1991, INT J SOCIOL LANG, V89, P107, DOI DOI 10.1515/IJSL.1991.89.107
Brandao de Carvalho J., 1988, B FILOLOGIA, V32, P5
CAMARA JR., 1953, ESTUDO FONEMICA PORT
CARVALHO JB, 1989, LINGUISTICS, V27, P405
COLLISCHONN G, 1993, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
Costa Joao, 1998, WORD ORDER VARIATION
COTE MH, 2003, PHON 2003 REPR CONST
DANDRADE E, 1991, ACT 7 ENC ASS PORT L, P15
FROTA S, 1998, THESIS U LISBOA
GREEN T, 1995, 101000 ROA
Halle M., 1987, ESSAY STRESS
HAMMOND M, 1984, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
HARRIS J, 1989, PODIATRIC NOTE SECON
Harris James W., 1983, SYLLABLE STRUCTURE S
HAYES B, 1980, THESIS MIT
KAGER R, 1994, 351094 ROA
KAGER R, 2000, OPTIMALITY THEORY PH
Kager Rene, 1999, OPTIMALITY THEORY
Kager Rene, 1997, RIV LINGUISTICA, V9, P245
LEE C, 1984, COGNITIVE THER RES, V8, P37, DOI 10.1007/BF01315096
LIBERMAN M, 1977, LINGUIST INQ, V8, P249
Liberman Mark, 1975, THESIS MIT
MASSINICAGLIARI G, 1995, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA
Mateus M. H., 1975, ASPECTOS FONOLOGIA P
Mateus Maria Helena Mira, 1983, GRAMATICA LINGUA POR
MCCARTHY J, 2002, GRADIENCE
MCCARTHY J, 1993, YB MORPHOLOGY, P79, DOI DOI 10.1007/978-94-017-3712-8_4
MCCARTHY John J., 1995, PAPERS OPTIMALITY TH
Padgett J, 2002, LANGUAGE, V78, P81, DOI 10.1353/lan.2002.0046
PRINCE A, 1993, ROA5370802
PRINCE AS, 1983, LINGUIST INQ, V14, P19
Roca Iggy, 1986, PHONOLOGY YB, V3, P341, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0952675700000683
SANDALO F, 2002, PHONOLOGICAL ANSWERS, P42
Selkirk E., 1984, PHONOLOGY SYNTAX REL
SELKIRK E, 1995, U MASSACHUSETTS OCCA, V18, P439
SELKIRK EO, 1986, PHONOLOGY YB, V3, P371, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0952675700000695
Tesar B, 1998, LINGUIST INQ, V29, P229, DOI 10.1162/002438998553734
VANDERHULST H, 1997, RIV LINGUISTICA, V8
VIGARIO M, 1998, 14 ENC NAC ASS PORT
Vigario M, 2003, PROSODIC WORD EUROPE
Wetzels Leo, 1997, PROBUS, V9.2, P203
Wilson Colin, 2000, THESIS J HOPKINS U
Zoll Cheryl, 1998, PARSING SEGMENT CONS
NR 52
TC 5
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 1
PU MOUTON DE GRUYTER
PI BERLIN
SN 0921-4771
J9 PROBUS
JI Probus
PY 2006
VL 18
IS 1
BP 97
EP 125
DI 10.1515/PROBUS.2006.004
PG 29
SC Linguistics
GA 045ZD
UT WOS:000237780300004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU O'Brien, K
Grolla, E
Lillo-Martin, D
AF O'Brien, Karen
Grolla, Elaine
Lillo-Martin, Diane
BE Bamman, D
Magnitskaia, T
Zaller, C
TI Long passives are understood by young children
SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE 30TH ANNUAL BOSTON UNIVERSITY CONFERENCE ON LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT, VOLS 1 AND 2
SE Proceedings of the Annual Boston University Conference on Language
Development
LA English
CY NOV 04-06, 2005
CL Boston, MA
SP Boston Univ, Natl Sci Fdn, Natl Inst Hlth
ID ACQUISITION
C1 [O'Brien, Karen; Lillo-Martin, Diane] Univ Connecticut, Storrs, CT 06269 USA.
[Grolla, Elaine] Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP O'Brien, K (reprint author), Univ Connecticut, Storrs, CT 06269 USA.
CR Babyonyshev M, 2001, LINGUIST INQ, V32, P1, DOI 10.1162/002438901554577
BALDIE BJ, 1976, J CHILD LANG, V3, P331, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900007224
Bever T. G., 1970, COGNITION DEV LANGUA, P279, DOI DOI
10.1093/ACPROF:OSO/9780199677139.003.0001
BORER H, 1987, PARAMETER SETTING, P123, DOI DOI 10.1007/978-94-009-3727-7_6
Crain S., 1985, P NELS, P94
Crain S., 1996, LANG ACQUIS, V5, P83, DOI DOI 10.1207/s15327817la0502_2
Crain S., 1993, LANGUAGE COGNITION D
Crain S., 1987, 12 ANN BOST U C LANG
De Villiers J., 1984, 9 ANN BOST U C LANG
deVilliers J. G, 1978, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION
Fox D, 1998, LINGUIST INQ, V29, P311, DOI 10.1162/002438998553761
FOX D, 1995, MIT WORKING PAPERS L, V26, P249
GORDON P, 1990, COGNITION, V36, P227, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90058-R
HIRSCH C, 2004, CHILDRENS PASSIVES T
HIRSCH C, 2005, 30 ANN BOST U C CHIL
HORGAN D, 1978, J CHILD LANG, V5, P65, DOI 10.1017/S030500090000194X
Israel M, 2000, COGN LINGUIST, V11, P103
JAEGGLI OA, 1986, LINGUIST INQ, V17, P587
Kuczaj S. A., 1982, LANGUAGE DEV SYNTAX
MACWHINNEY B, 1985, J CHILD LANG, V12, P271, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900006449
MARATSOS M, 1985, COGNITION, V19, P167, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(85)90017-4
PINKER S, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P195, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(87)80001-X
WELLS G, 1979, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION
WEXLER K, 2004, FMIT WORKING PAPERS, V48, P159
NR 25
TC 11
Z9 11
U1 0
U2 0
PU CASCADILLA PRESS
PI SOMERVILLE
SN 1080-692X
BN 1-57473-064-9
J9 PROC ANN BUCLD
PY 2006
BP 441
EP 451
PG 11
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BEL33
UT WOS:000237758800039
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Santos, RS
AF Santos, Raquel S.
BE Bamman, D
Magnitskaia, T
Zaller, C
TI Word stress acquisition: A comparison between Brazilian Portuguese and
Dutch
SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE 30TH ANNUAL BOSTON UNIVERSITY CONFERENCE ON LANGUAGE
DEVELOPMENT, VOLS 1 AND 2
SE Proceedings of the Annual Boston University Conference on Language
Development
LA English
CY NOV 04-06, 2005
CL Boston, MA
SP Boston Univ, Natl Sci Fdn, Natl Inst Hlth
ID CHILDRENS; FRENCH
CR Allen G., 1980, CHILD PHONOLOGY, V1, P227
ALLEN GD, 1983, PHONETICA, V40, P269, DOI 10.1159/000261696
Archibald John., 1995, PHONOLOGICAL ACQUISI, P81
BONILHA GFG, 2005, THESIS PUCSRS
CINTRA G, 1997, CONFLUENCIA, V5, P83
Cutler A., 1987, Computer Speech and Language, V2, P133, DOI 10.1016/0885-
2308(87)90004-0
Davis BL, 2000, CHILD DEV, V71, P1258, DOI 10.1111/1467-8624.00227
Demuth K, 1996, SIGNAL TO SYNTAX: BOOTSTRAPPING FROM SPEECH TO GRAMMAR IN EARLY
ACQUISITION, P171
Demuth K., 1995, P N E LINGUISTIC SOC, V25, P13
DEMUTH K, 1996, THESIS BROWN U DALHO
FIKKERT P, 1994, THESIS LEIDEN U HOLL
GERKEN L, 1994, J CHILD LANG, V21, P565, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900009466
JUSCZYK P, 2001, APPROACHES BOOTSTRAP, V1
KATO M, 1996, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V29, P119
Kehoe M, 1997, LANGUAGE, V73, P113, DOI 10.2307/416597
Kehoe MM, 2001, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V32, P284, DOI 10.1044/0161-1461(2001/025)
LEE SH, 1995, THESIS UNICAMP
LEMOS CTG, 1995, 19761384 FAPESP
LLEO C, 2004, 2 LISB M LANG ACQ SP
Pater J., 1997, LANG ACQUIS, V6, P201, DOI [10.1207/s15327817la0603_2, DOI
10.1207/S15327817LA0603_2)]
RAPP C, 1994, THESIS U FEDERAL BAH
SANTOS R, 2003, 200313565 FAPESP
SANTOS R, 2001, THESIS UNICAMP
Vihman MM, 1998, CHILD DEV, V69, P935, DOI 10.2307/1132354
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 4
PU CASCADILLA PRESS
PI SOMERVILLE
SN 1080-692X
BN 1-57473-064-9
J9 PROC ANN BUCLD
PY 2006
BP 525
EP 536
PG 12
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BEL33
UT WOS:000237758800046
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Mayoral, TC
AF Cabanas Mayoral, Teresa
TI From representation to representability: What is legitimate? Provocation
of the debate
LA Portuguese
CT 9th Brazilian-Association-of-Comparative-Literature Conference
CY 2004
CL Porto Alegre, BRAZIL
SP Brazilian Assoc Comparat Literature
RP Mayoral, TC (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, RS, Brazil.
CR ACHUGAR H, 1978, CASA AMERICAS, P3
Achugar Hugo, 1994, OTRAS PALABRAS OTRAS
ARIAS A, 2002, NUEVAS PERSPECTIVAS, P499
BOSI A, 1981, REMATE MALES
BURGOS E, 1983, LLAMO RIGOBERTA MUNC
CABANAS T, 2001, COLOQUIO ABRALIC 200, P17
Cabanas Teresa, 2003, REV CRIT LIT LATINO, V57, P59
CASTROGOMEZ SEM, 1998, TEORIAS DISCIPLINA
Cornejo Polar A, 1982, LIT CRITICA LATINOAM
Cornejo Polar Antonio, 2003, ESCRIBIR AIRE
de HOLANDA Sergio Buarque, 1984, RAIZES BRASIL
DELCASTAGNE R, 2002, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI, V20, P33
Jesus Carolina Maria de, 1993, QUARTO DESPEJO
LEFEBVRE H, 1973, LIT SOC, P89
Losada Alejandro, 1976, CREACION PRAXIS PROD
MAFFESOL M, 1996, NO FUNDO APARENCIAS
Martin-Barbero J., 1987, MEDIOS MEDIACIONES
MARTINEZ BR, 2003, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI, V22, P47
Monsivais Carlos, 2007, AMOR PERDIDO
MORALES MR, 2002, NEUVAS PERSPECTIVAS, P499
MORANA M, 1998, TEORIAS DISCIPLANA, P173
MORANA M, 1995, AM LATINA PALAVRA LI, P479
MUKAROVSKI J., 1936, ESCRITOS ESTETICA SE, P44
ORNELLAS S, 2001, COLOQUIO ABRALIC 200, P38
OSORIO N, 1977, REV CRIT LIT LATINO, V5, P7
PERPETUA ED, 2003, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI, V22, P63
POLAR AC, 1999, REV CRIT LIT LATINO, V50, P9
POLAR AC, 2000, CONDOR VOA
PORTUONDO Jose Antonio, 1975, EMANCIPACION LIT HIS
Rama A, 1982, TRANSCULTURACION NAR
RINCON C., 1978, CAMBIO NOCION LIT OT
RINCON C, 1973, CASA AM
ROCHA JCC, 2000, FOLHA SAO PAULO
ROCHA Joao Cezar de C., 1998, LIT CORDIALIDADE PUB
Sarlo Beatriz, 2005, TIEMPO PASADO CULTUR
VILLARRAGA F, 2004, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI, V24, P35
1975, POPOL VUH ANTIGUAS H
2004, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI, V24
NR 38
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2006
VL 32
IS 63-64
BP 169
EP 186
DI 10.2307/25070330
PG 18
SC Literature
GA 167SD
UT WOS:000246470500010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lajolo, M
AF Lajolo, M
TI And see you soon, brother ... (Campinas University)
LA Spanish
DT Article
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Teoria Literaria, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Lajolo, M (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Teoria Literaria,
CR CANDIDO A, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE, V1
CAVALHEIR E, 1955, CORRESPONDENCIA MONT, P76
LOBATO M., 1970, CARTAS ESCOLHIDAS
LOBATO M, 1969, CARTAS AMOR
LUCAS F, 1982, MUNDO CARTAS LETRAS, V15, P3
NUNES C, 1986, CORRESPONDENCIA MONT
NUNES C, 1983, CARTAS M LOBATO UMA
NUNES C, 1986, MONTEIRO LOBATO VIVO
NUNES C, 1983, ULTIMO SONHO MONTEIR
Nunes Cassiano, 1981, PATRIOTISMO DIFICIL
Nunes Cassiano, 1986, MONTEIRO LOBATO ANIS
PASSIANI E, 2004, TRILHA JECA MONTEIRO
PATRICIA A, 2005, MARIO ANDRADE ARGENT
RAMA A, 1982, CIDADE LETRAS
1919, CIDADES MORTAS
1982, TRANSCULTURACION NAR, V21
1918, REV ATLANTIDA
1917, CUENTOS AMOR LOCURA
1923, MUNDO LUA
1921, RITO PAGAO
NR 20
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD DEC
PY 2005
VL 34
IS 102
BP 51
EP 60
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 052BW
UT WOS:000238206700005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU De Souza, LMTM
AF Menzes De Souza, Lynn Mario T.
TI A change of skin: The grammar of indigenous communities in Brazil
SO TESOL QUARTERLY
LA English
RP De Souza, LMTM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU TESOL
PI ALEXANDRIA
PA 700 SOUTH WASHINGTON ST, STE 200, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22314 USA
SN 0039-8322
J9 TESOL QUART
JI Tesol Q.
PD DEC
PY 2005
VL 39
IS 4
BP 724
EP 728
PG 5
GA V48SN
UT WOS:000203292900010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ginzburg, J
AF Ginzburg, J
TI Latin America testimonial literature. (Re)presentation and (auto)
construction of the subalternate subject.
SO CHASQUI-REVISTA DE LITERATURA LATINOAMERICANA
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
RP Ginzburg, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR Garcia Gustavo V., 2003, LIT TESTIMONIAL LATI
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU UNIV GEORGIA
PI ATHENS
PA DEPT ROMANCE LANGUAGES, C/O JOSE B ALVAREZ, ATHENS, GA 30602 USA
SN 0145-8973
J9 CHASQUI
JI Chasqui-Rev. Lit. Latinoam.
PD NOV
PY 2005
VL 34
IS 2
BP 161
EP 163
DI 10.2307/29741985
PG 3
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 993CM
UT WOS:000233930300018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Carvalhal, TF
AF Carvalhal, TF
TI Twenty-five years of literature critics in Brazil. Notes for the account
SO EUROPE-REVUE LITTERAIRE MENSUELLE
LA French
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Carvalhal, TF (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR [Anonymous], 1992, METALINGUAGEM OUTRAS
AZUELOS M, 1975, FOUCAULT NIHILISME C
BRIANT J, 1992, DIALETICA COLONIZACA
Campos Haroldo de, 1970, METALINGUAGEM ENSAIO
CANDIDO A, 1975, REV HIST
CASTELLO JOSE ADERALDO, 1978, MOVIMENTO ACAD BRASI
CASTELLO Jose Aderaldo, 1999, LIT BRASILEIRA ORIGE
CESAR GUILHERMINO, 1956, HIST LIT RIO GRANDE
COUTINHO E, 2003, LIT COMPARADA AM LAT, P18
Cusset Francois, 2003, FRENCH THEORY FOUCAU
LIMA LUIZ COSTA, 1981, DISPERSA DEMANDA, P208
MERQUIOR JOSE GUILHERME, 1975, ESTRUTURALISMO POBRE
PERRONE-MOISES LEYLA, 2004, POSITIVISMO DESCONST, P232
PERRONEMOISES L, 2003, COLECAO ROLAND BARTH
SANTIAGO S, 1973, LIT TROPICOS
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EUROPE REVUE LITTERAIRE MENSUELLE
PI PARIS
PA 64 BLVD AUGUSTE BLANQUI, F 75013 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0014-2751
J9 EUROPE-REV LIT MENS
JI Europe-Rev. Litt. Mens.
PD NOV-DEC
PY 2005
IS 919-20
BP 113
EP 123
PG 11
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 988ZT
UT WOS:000233643400010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ribeiro, J
AF Ribeiro, J
TI To be or act
LA French
DT Article
RP Ribeiro, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BIGNOTTO Newton, 2000, PENSAR A REPUBLICA
NOVAES A, 1992, ETICA, P108
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PARIS
SN 0014-2751
PD NOV-DEC
PY 2005
IS 919-20
BP 130
EP 145
PG 16
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 988ZT
UT WOS:000233643400012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Villaca, A
AF Villaca, A
TI The light and its back sides
LA French
DT Article
RP Villaca, A (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR CORTI J, OEUVRES COMPLETES, V7, P247
1977, SER TEMPO POESIA, P120
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PARIS
SN 0014-2751
PD NOV-DEC
PY 2005
IS 919-20
BP 146
EP 154
PG 9
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 988ZT
UT WOS:000233643400013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pecora, A
AF Pecora, A
TI Literary case - Hilda Hilst
LA French
DT Article
C1 UNICAMP, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Pecora, A (reprint author), UNICAMP, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PARIS
SN 0014-2751
PD NOV-DEC
PY 2005
IS 919-20
BP 162
EP 166
PG 5
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 988ZT
UT WOS:000233643400015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bosi, V
AF Bosi, V
TI Visages of the muse - Francisco Alvim
LA French
DT Article
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Theorie Litteraive & Litterature Comparee, BR-05508 Sao
Paulo, Brazil.
RP Bosi, V (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Theorie Litteraive & Litterature
Comparee, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR 1999, INIMIGO RUMOR
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PARIS
SN 0014-2751
PD NOV-DEC
PY 2005
IS 919-20
BP 171
EP 176
PG 6
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 988ZT
UT WOS:000233643400017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Novaes, C
Braga, M
AF Novaes, C
Braga, M
TI Agrammatic aphasia and aspect
LA English
DT Meeting Abstract
EM cnovaes@ufrj.br
CR Chomsky Noam, 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Friedmann N, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V56, P397, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1795
HAARMANN HJ, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P97, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(13)80168-2
POLLOCK JY, 1989, LINGUIST INQ, V20, P365
NR 4
TC 2
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD OCT
PY 2005
VL 95
IS 1
BP 121
EP 122
DI 10.1016/j.bandl.2005.07.065
PG 2
GA 975HF
UT WOS:000232650900058
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Olmos, AC
AF Olmos, AC
TI Specific Brazilian poetry: the avant-gardes at the modernist crossroads.
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
RI Olmos, Ana Cecilia Arias/H-3065-2013
CR Aguilar Gonzalo, 2003, POESIA CONCRETA BRAS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
VL 71
IS 213
BP 1242
EP 1244
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 998AM
UT WOS:000234290300021
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pinto, MCQM
AF Pinto, MCQM
TI French presence and national identity (Brazilian nationality)
SO RLC-REVUE DE LITTERATURE COMPAREE
LA French
DT Article
AB After the French Artistic Mission in Brazil in 1816 and with the independence of
the country, achieved in 1822, a Brazilian nationality was to be constructed and
based upon the image Brazil had of France and vice versa. The pathways from the 19
th to the 20 th century demonstrate that it changed from a very favorable attitude
regarding the French presence to another which << devours >> any foreign
contribution in order to stress its difference.
RP Pinto, MCQM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BRUYAS J, 1979, MACHACALIS PUBLIE BR
CAMPOS H, 1973, MORFOLOGIA MACUNAIMA, pCH10
CAVALCANTI PM, 1974, ROTEIRO MACUNAIME
LAPOUGEPETTOREL.M, 1995, AIMER VERBE INTRANSI
LPEZ TPA, 1972, MARIO ANDRADE RAMAIS
1969, OEUVRES ROMANESQUES, V1, P17
1927, REV LITT COMPATEE PA, V1, P111
1999, FRANCOPHONIE IDENTIT, P263
1956, OEUVRES COMPLETES, P367
1989, QUADRANT MONTPELLIER, V6, P109
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
PA 6 RUE DE LA SORBONNE, 75005 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
JI RLC-Rev. Litt. Comp.
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 403
EP +
PG 9
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Da Silva, MLB
AF Da Silva, MLB
TI Brazilian literature and fable of the place
LA French
DT Article
AB Brazilian literature reveals another cartography of the country redrawn by <<
the fable of the place >>, which presupposes a crossing from regional to nationat
and to transnationat. While the regional is primarily constituted by nativism,
folklore and the picturesque, on the other hand, it recreates the man and the
ground, transmuted into << provincia mundi >>. As such, the regional would
constitute one of the key figures of the current comparative literature.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Programa Pos Grad Letras, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil.
RP Da Silva, MLB (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Programa Pos Grad
Letras, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR BASTIDE R, 1940, POETAS BRASIL
BESSIERE J., 1999, FABLE LIEU ETUDES BL, P11
CARVALHAL TF, 2003, UNISINOS
Casanova Pascale., 1999, REPUBLIQUE MONDIALE
CESAR G, 1969, GLOBO, P229
DEANDRADE CD, 1990, POESIE TRADUCTION DI
DEANDRADE M, 1996, APPRENTE TOURISTE TR
DEANDRADE M, 1908, POESIAS COMPLETAS
DEASSIS M, 1997, NOVA AGUILLAR, V3, P787
PERRONEMOYSES L, 2000, INUTIL POESIA
TAVARESBASTOS AD, 1954, ANTOLOGIE POESIE BRE
Valery P., 1960, OEUVRES, VII
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 411
EP +
PG 9
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Carvalhal, TF
AF Carvalhal, TF
TI The autobiographical writing in Brazil: the proustian heritage
LA French
DT Article
AB From the considerations of Maurice Blanchot about the personal journal and
narrative as well as those of Jean-Yves Tadie about the proustian novel, the author
examines here the << writings of self >> in the Brazilian writers Jorge de Lima
(1893-1953), Augusto Meyer (1902-1970) and Pedro Nava (1903-1984), who used the
work of Marcel Proust at the same time as object and source of thematical and
structural inspiration.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, AILC, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Carvalhal, TF (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, AILC, BR-90046900 Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR BLANCHOT M, 1969, LIVRE VENIR, P224
DELIMA J, 1997, POEMAS ESCOLHIDOS 19, P290
DEOLIVEIRA MMP, 1994, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
DIDIER B, 1976, J INTIME PARIS PUF, P141
GARCIA CF, 1997, ECRITURE FRANKENSTEI
GOODKIN RE, 1991, PROUST
MEYER A, 1966, TEMPO FLOR, P91
MEYER A, 1971, PRETO BANCO, P143
NAVA J, 1960, REV LIVRO, V17, P109
NAVA P, 1976, CHAO FERRO, P291
TADIE J, 1971, PROUST ROMAN, P18
TADIE JY, 1983, PROUST DOSSIER, P200
ZAGURY E, 1982, ESCRITA EU, P15
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 419
EP +
PG 13
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ponge, R
AF Ponge, R
TI When surrealism appears in Brazil: contribution to the study of cultural
dialogues between Europe and the Latin America in the twenties
LA French
DT Article
AB It is possible to identify several indications of how surrealism was received in
Brazil in 1925. At first, many significant figures of the Brazilian literature and
rather unfavorable Literary criticism were to it. This story changes with the
appearance of Revista de Antropotagia, which supported a movement that would
integrate the conquests of surrealism, even without the effective constitution of a
surrealist group in Brazil.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Inst Lettres, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Ponge, R (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Inst Lettres, BR-90046900
Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR DANIEL, 1999, SURREALISMO NOVO MUN, P249
DANIEL R, 2000, ALDO PELLEGRINI SURR
DEMORAES LMC, 1984, ESTETICA MODERNISMO, P178
DEMOURA SL, 1984, SURREALISME PERIPHER, P159
GERARD L, 1982, DICT GEN SURREALISME, P344
MENDONCA TG, 1996, ESCRITURACAO ESCRITA, P93
OSWALD D, 1982, ANTHROP TEXTES TRADU, P271
PAES JP, 1985, GREGOS BAIANOS, P103
PIERRE R, 1993, LIT HIST AM LATINA, P99
TEREZINHA FN, 1969, LEITURAS FRANCES MAR
WALTER B, 1989, PARIS CAPITALE 19
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 431
EP +
PG 14
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Da Silva, ER
AF Da Silva, ER
TI Andre Malraux in Brazil: the role of art
LA French
DT Article
AB On August 25, 1959, the French Minister of Culture, Andre MaLraux, gives in
Brasilia a speech affirming that the new Brazilian capital city is "the first of
the capital cities of a new civiLization". If the forecasts of Malraux were not
confirmed, we can nevertheless extract from his speech the essential aspects of his
thoughts, influenced by the fascination exerted by the architecture of Brasilia on
this French writer and man of action.
C1 Fed Univ Rio De Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Da Silva, ER (reprint author), Fed Univ Rio De Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR Benjamin Walter, 1972, ECRITS FRANCAIS, P140
MALRAUX A, 1974, TETE OBSIDIENNE, P240
Malraux A., 1996, POLITIQUE CULTURE DI, P136
MOSSUZLAVAV J, 1989, A MALRAUX UNITE OEUV, P319
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 443
EP +
PG 7
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Nitrini, S
AF Nitrini, S
TI From Paris to La Paz (Travel literature of Osman Lins)
LA French
DT Article
AB In the Sixties, the writer Osman Lins renewed travel Literature in Brazil while
dissociating itself from a tradition anchored on the concept of << literary
nostal.gia >>. His two travelling narratives, << Marinheiro de primeira viagem <<
(1963) and << La Paz existe ? << (1977) testify above of all his Literary and
social engagements, while announcing the fragmentary poetic of his forthcoming
books, Largely nourished, in addition, by the processes of visual arts.
RP Nitrini, S (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 449
EP +
PG 8
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rebello, LS
AF Rebello, LS
TI Research in comparative literature in Brazil: Memories and theses
LA French
DT Article
AB This article reviews the production of Comparative Literature in Brazil. The
author performs both a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the dissertations
and PhDs supported by the main Brazilian universities, since the foundation of the
Brazilian Association of Comparative Literature (ABRALIC) at the Federal University
of Rio Grande do Sul in 1986 has consolidated comparative studies in Brazil.
RP Rebello, LS (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre,
RS, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0035-1466
J9 RLC-REV LIT COMP
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2005
IS 316
BP 477
EP +
PG 11
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 044BN
UT WOS:000237647200010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Phraseology. Theory, analysis, and applications.
SO WORD-JOURNAL OF THE INTERNATIONAL LINGUISTIC ASSOCIATION
LA English
DT Book Review
CR COWIE AP, 2001, PHRASEOLOGY THEORY A
Halliday MAK, 1966, MEMORY JR FIRTH, P148
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
JI Word-J. Int. Ling. Assoc.
PD AUG
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 2
BP 284
EP 288
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 114PC
UT WOS:000242677100014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Pragmatics of persuasive discourse in Spanish television advertising.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR AUSTIN JL, 1962, DO THINGS WORLDS
Bell Alan, 1991, LANGUAGE NEWS MEDIA
HARDIN K. J, 2001, PRAGMATICS PERSUASIV
RAJAGOPALAN K, 1911, IN PRESS ROUTLEDGE E
Searle J. R, 1977, P TEX C PERF PRES IM, P27
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 2
BP 288
EP 292
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 114PC
UT WOS:000242677100015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Case studies in linguistic pragmatics. Essays on speech acts in
Shakespeare, on the Bill of Rights and Matthew Lyon, and on collocations
and null objects.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR AUSTIN JL, 1962, THINGS WORLDS
FISH SE, 1976, MLN-MOD LANG NOTES, V91, P983, DOI 10.2307/2907112
Grice H. Paul, 1975, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V3, P41, DOI DOI
10.1017/S0022226700005296
RUDANKO MJ, 2001, CASE STUDIES LINGUIS
Searle John R., 1979, EXPRESSION MEANING S, P58
Walton D.N., 1998, NEW DIALECTIC CONVER
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 2
BP 292
EP 296
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 114PC
UT WOS:000242677100016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Sociolinguistics and pragmatics in Spanish.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR Harris R., 2003, SAUSSURE HIS INTERPR
Silva-Corvalan Carmen, 2001, SOCIOLINGUISTICA PRA
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU INT LINGUISTIC ASSN
PI NEW YORK
PA C/O DR. T S BEARDSLEY, TREAS., HISPANIC SOC AMERICA, 613 WEST 155 ST,
NEW YORK, NY 10032 USA
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 2
BP 296
EP 300
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 114PC
UT WOS:000242677100017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Addison, C
AF Addison, Catherine
TI Stress felt, stroke dealt: The spondee, the text, and the reader
SO STYLE
LA English
DT Article
ID ENGLISH-VERSE; PROSODY; ACCENT; RHYTHM; METER
AB Using the word spondee to refer fairly broadly to the phenomenon of contiguous
stresses in English poetry - and, occasionally, speech - this article is a
sustained demonstration of the relation between prosodic stress and emotional
stress. It also summarizes the debate about the spondee's existence, in both the
literary and the linguistic context, concluding that this existence depends on both
textual and readerly factors. The textual factors include a potentially stressful
semantics, a diction favoring monosyllabic, lexical words, and a syntax that omits
many of the nonlexical items such as articles and prepositions. The readerly
factors include a reader both willing and able to pronounce spondaic rhythms and a
reading event in which emotional and prosodic stresses are emphasized. All these
factors are derived from poetic analyses that show how a particular intonation of a
line is a manifestation of a particular interpretation. Some of the lines are taken
from Shakespeare and Donne, but more attention is paid to the style of Hopkins and
Crane, two poets whose verse is unusually spondaic.
C1 Univ Zululand, Natal, RN, Brazil.
RP Addison, C (reprint author), Univ Zululand, Natal, RN, Brazil.
EM caddison@pan.uzulu.ac.za
CR ADDISON C, 1994, COLL ENGL, V56, P655, DOI 10.2307/378311
Allen G.D., 1975, J PHONETICS, V3, P75
Attridge Derek, 1982, ENGLISH LANGUAGE SER, V14
Baker David, 1996, METER ENGLISH CRITIC
BOLINGER D, 1972, LANGUAGE, V48, P633, DOI 10.2307/412039
BYERS PP, 1979, POETICS, V8, P367, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(79)90007-X
BYRON GG, 1958, POETICAL WORKS LORD
CHATMAN S, 1965, THEORY METER
CHISHOLM D, 1977, POETICS, V6, P111, DOI 10.1016/0304-422X(77)90001-8
Chomsky Noam, 1968, SOUND PATTERN ENGLIS
Crane Hart, 1966, COMPLETE POEMS SELEC
CRYSTAL D, 1973, T PHILOL SOC, P1
CRYSTAL D, 1996, SPEAK OUT SUM, P8
Crystal David, 1994, STUDIES GEN ENGLISH, P174
Culler Jonathan, 1982, DECONSTRUCTION THEOR
CURETON RD, 1992, ENGLISH LANGUAGE SER, V18
DONNE J, 1945, POEMS J DONNE
Fabb Nigel, 2002, LANGUAGE LIT STRUCTU
Fussell Paul, 1965, POETIC METER POETIC
GARDNER WH, 1948, G MANLEY HOPKINS 184
Goldsmith John A., 1995, HDB PHONOLOGICAL THE
Griffiths Eric, 1989, PRINTED VOICE VICTOR
Gross H., 1964, SOUND FORM MODERN PO
HALL D, 1971, PLEASURES POETRY
HALLE M, 1966, COLL ENGL, V28, P187, DOI 10.2307/374038
HALLE M, 1973, LINGUIST INQ, V4, P451
HALLE M, 1971, COLL ENGL, V33, P154
HALPERN M, 1962, PMLA, V72, P177
HARDING D. W., 1976, WORDS RHYTHM ENGLISH
HAYES B, 1983, LINGUIST INQ, V14, P357
Hollander John, 1975, VISION RESONANCE 2 S
HOPKINS GM, 1948, POEMS G MANLEY HOPKI
JESPERSEN O, SELECTED WRITINGS O
KIPARSKY P, 1975, LANGUAGE, V51, P576, DOI 10.2307/412889
KIPARSKY P, 1977, LINGUIST INQ, V8, P189
KIPARSKY P, 1989, PHONETICS PHONOLOGY, V1
LIBERMAN M, 1977, LINGUIST INQ, V8, P249
LOESCH KT, 1965, Q J SPEECH, V51, P258, DOI 10.1080/00335636509382722
MAGNUSON K, 1970, COLL ENGL, V31, P789, DOI 10.2307/374226
Milton John, 1955, PORTABLE MILTON
Raiziss S., 1952, METAPHYSICAL PASSION
RANSOM JC, 1956, KENYON REV, V18, P460
ROBINSON I, 1971, CHAUCERS PROSODY
SCHANE SA, 1979, LANGUAGE, V55, P559, DOI 10.2307/413318
SCHANE SA, 1979, LINGUIST INQ, V10, P483
Shakespeare William, 1974, RIVERSIDE SHAKESPEAR, P365
SOUTHEY R, 1856, POETICAL WORKS R SOU
Thompson John, 1961, FOUNDING ENGLISH MET
TRAGER GL, 1957, 3 ACLS
TSUR R, 1996, POETICS TODAY, V17, P55, DOI 10.2307/1773252
Tsur Reuven, 1977, PERCEPTION ORIENTED
WEBER B, 1970, H CRANE BIOGRAPHICAL
Wellek R., 1949, THEORY LIT
Wesling Donald, 1996, SCISSORS METER GRAMM
WHITEHALL H, 1956, KENYON REV, V18, P411
Wimsatt W. K., 1959, PMLA, V74, P585
WINTERS Y, 1979, STRUCTURE VERSE, P129
WINTERS Y, 1947, DEFENSE REASON, P103
NR 58
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU NORTHERN ILLINOIS UNIV
PI DE KALB
PA DEPT ENGLISH, DE KALB, IL 60115 USA
SN 0039-4238
J9 STYLE
JI Style
PD SUM
PY 2005
VL 39
IS 2
BP 153
EP +
PG 23
WC Literary Theory & Criticism; Language & Linguistics; Literature
SC Literature; Linguistics
GA 097LM
UT WOS:000241449100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Calegari, LC
AF Calegari, LC
TI An expression of colonialism in 'Seminarista', by Bernardo Guimaraes
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Santa Maria, BR-97119900 Santa Maria, RS, Brazil.
RP Calegari, LC (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Maria, BR-97119900 Santa Maria,
RS, Brazil.
CR ALTHUSSER Louis, 1985, APARELHOS IDEOLOGICO
ANDRADE MD, 1993, MACUNAIMA HEROI SEM
ASSIS M, 1907, DOM CASMURRO
BHABHA H, 2003, LOCAL CULTURA
BOSI Alfredo, 1994, HIST CONCISA LIT BRA
CAMINHA PV, 1957, BIBLIO EXERCITO
GUIMARAES B, 1995, SEMINARISTA
Lacan Jacques, 1966, ECRITS, V1
QUEIROZ E, 1995, CRIME PADRE AMARO
SAID E, 1995, CULTURA IMPEIALISMO
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV GEORGIA
PI ATHENS
SN 0145-8973
J9 CHASQUI
PD MAY
PY 2005
VL 34
IS 1
BP 90
EP 101
DI 10.2307/29741922
PG 12
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 937VL
UT WOS:000229953900008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lucero, JC
AF Lucero, JC
TI Comparison of measures of variability of speech movement trajectories
using synthetic records
SO JOURNAL OF SPEECH LANGUAGE AND HEARING RESEARCH
LA English
CT 5th Seminar on Speech Production (SPS 5)
CY MAY, 2000
CL KLOSTERSEEON, GERMANY
DE variability; speech movements; time normalization; functional data
analysis
ID TIME NORMALIZATION; VOICE; PERTURBATION; REGISTRATION; STABILITY
AB In speech research, it is often desirable to assess quantitatively the
variability of a set of speech movement trajectories. This problem is studied here
using synthetic trajectories, which consist of a common pattern and terms
representing amplitude and phase variability. The results show that a technique for
temporal alignment of the records based on functional data analysis allows us to
extract the pattern and variability terms as separate functions, with good
approximation. Indices of amplitude and phase variability are defined, which
provide a more accurate assessment of variability than previous approaches.
C1 Univ Brasilia, Dept Math, BR-70910900 Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Lucero, JC (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, Dept Math, BR-70910900 Brasilia, DF,
Brazil.
EM lucero@mat.unb.br
RI Lucero, Jorge C./A-1365-2008
OI Lucero, Jorge/0000-0003-0597-3808
CR GOMI H, 2003, P 6 INT SEM SPEECH P, P79
KOENIG LL, 2002, P 7 INT C SPOK LANG, P49
KURATATE T, 1999, P 6 EUR C SPEECH COM, V3, P1279
Lucero J. C., 2003, P 6 INT SEM SPEECH P, P156
Lucero JC, 2002, MED ENG PHYS, V24, P521, DOI 10.1016/S1350-4533(02)00059-0
Lucero JC, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P1111, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4005.1111
Lucero JC, 1999, J ACOUST SOC AM, V106, P2834, DOI 10.1121/1.428108
Lucero JC, 2000, J ACOUST SOC AM, V108, P1408, DOI 10.1121/1.1289206
Muller E. M., 1985, Mathematics and computers in biomedical applications, P363
NEILSON PD, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V27, P502, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2704.502
Palethorpe S., 2003, P 15 INT C PHON SCI, P269
QI YG, 1992, J ACOUST SOC AM, V92, P2569, DOI 10.1121/1.404429
QI YY, 1995, J ACOUST SOC AM, V97, P2525, DOI 10.1121/1.411972
Ramsay J. O., 1997, FUNCTIONAL DATA ANAL
Ramsay JO, 1998, J ROY STAT SOC B, V60, P351, DOI 10.1111/1467-9868.00129
Smith A, 2000, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V43, P277, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4301.277
Smith A., 1995, EXP BRAIN RES, V104, P439
STRIK H, 1991, J PHONETICS, V19, P367, DOI 10.1016/S0095-4470(19)30328-6
TITZE IR, 1993, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V36, P1120, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3606.1120
VATIKIOTISBATES.E, 1996, T TECH COM PSYCHO PY, V65, P1
Wang KM, 1997, ANN STAT, V25, P1251
Ward D, 2001, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V44, P108, DOI 10.1044/1092-4388(2001/010)
YUMOTO E, 1982, J ACOUST SOC AM, V71, P1544, DOI 10.1121/1.387808
NR 23
TC 15
Z9 15
U1 0
U2 0
PU AMER SPEECH-LANGUAGE-HEARING ASSOC
PI ROCKVILLE
PA 10801 ROCKVILLE PIKE, ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-3279 USA
SN 1092-4388
J9 J SPEECH LANG HEAR R
JI J. Speech Lang. Hear. Res.
PD APR
PY 2005
VL 48
IS 2
BP 336
EP 344
DI 10.1044/1092-4388(2005/023)
PG 9
GA 970DU
UT WOS:000232286200006
PM 15989396
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Georgetown University round table on languages and linguistics 1999.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR ALATIS EJ, 2001, GEORGETOWN U ROUND T
RAJAGOPALAN K, IN PRESS NEGOTIATING
Rajagopalan Kanavillil, 2002, J LANG POLIT, V1, P115, DOI
[10.1075/jlp.1.1.08raj, DOI 10.1075/JLP.1.1.08RAJ]
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 1
BP 108
EP 112
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 048RF
UT WOS:000237963500012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Phoneme morpheme sounds
LA English
DT Book Review
CR ALARCOS E, 1974, FONOLOGIA ESPANOLA
Almela Perez R., 1999, PROCEDIMIENTOS FORMA
BORREGO N, 1989, PRACTICAS FONETICA F
CELDRAN EM, 1986, FONETICA
FERNANDEZ J., 1988, SONIDOS LENGUAJE
HASLER JA, 2003, SONIDOS FONEMAS MORG
LANG Mervyn F., 1990, FORMACION PALABRAS E
Miranda J. A., 1994, FORMACION PALABRAS E
Navarro Tomas T, 1944, MANUAL ENTONACION ES
Navarro Tomas Tomas, 1970, MANUAL PRONUNCIACION
Pike Kenneth, 1947, U MICHIGAN PUBLICATI, V3, pxvi
QUILIS A, 1993, TRADADO FONOLOGIA FO
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 1
BP 112
EP 115
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 048RF
UT WOS:000237963500013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
TI Pidgin and creole languages: A basic introduction.
LA English
DT Book Review
ID ENGLISH
CR Kaye Alan S, 2001, PIDGIN CREOLE LANGUA
Mufwene SS, 2001, GEORGET U R, P253
Muhlhausler P, 1996, LINGUISTIC ECOLOGY L
Rajagopalan K., 2004, ELT J, V58, P111, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/58.2.111
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2005
VL 56
IS 1
BP 115
EP 119
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 048RF
UT WOS:000237963500014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gamallo, P
Lopes, GP
Agustinit, A
AF Gamallo, P
Lopes, GP
Agustinit, A
TI Clustering syntactic positions with similar semantic requirements
LA English
DT Article
AB This article describes an unsupervised strategy to acquire syntactico-semantic
requirements of nouns, verbs, and adjectives from partially parsed text corpora.
The linguistic notion of requirement underlying this strategy is based on two
specific assumptions. First, it is assumed that two words in a dependency are
mutually required. This phenomenon is called here corequirement. Second, it is also
claimed that the set of words occurring in similar positions defines extensionally
the requirements associated with these positions. The main aim of the learning
strategy presented in this article is to identify clusters of similar positions by
identifying the words that define their requirements extensionally. This strategy
allows us to learn the syntactic and semantic requirements of words in different
positions. This information is used to solve attachment ambiguities. Results of
this particular task are evaluated at the end of the article. Extensive
experimentation was performed on Portuguese text corpora.
C1 Univ Santiago de Compostela, Fac Filol, Dept Lingua Espanhola, Santiago De
Compostela 15782, Spain.
Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande do Sul, Fac Informat, Ctr Informat & Tecnol
Informacao, BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
Univ Nova Lisboa, Fac Sci & Technol, Dept Comp Sci, Ctr Informat & Tecnol
Informacao, P-2829516 Caparica, Portugal.
RP Gamallo, P (reprint author), Univ Santiago de Compostela, Fac Filol, Dept Lingua
Espanhola, Campus Univ Norte, Santiago De Compostela 15782, Spain.
EM gamallo@fct.unl.pt; gpl@di.fct.unl.pt; agustini@inf.pucrs.br
RI FCTUNL, CITI/G-6714-2011; Gamallo, Pablo/A-6985-2009
OI Pereira Lopes, Jose Gabriel/0000-0003-1669-0336; Gamallo,
Pablo/0000-0002-5819-2469
CR Allegrini P., 2000, COLING 2000, P8
ALLEGRINI P, 2003, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V1, P1
ANDROUTSOPOULOS I, 2000, 18 C COMP LING COLIN, P15
BASILI R, 1992, P 3 ANLP TRENT IT
BEALE S, 1998, COLING 98
BRENT MR, 1991, 29TH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR COMPUTATIONAL
LINGUISTICS : PROCEEDINGS OF THE CONFERENCE, P209
CIARAMITA M, 2000, COLING 00, P187
Collins Michael, 1995, P 3 WORKSH VER LARG, P27, DOI DOI
10.1177/0075424211421346
DAGAN I, 1995, COMPUT SPEECH LANG, V9, P123, DOI 10.1006/csla.1995.0008
DAGAN I, 1998, MACH LEARN, V43, P56
DELACLERGERIE E, 2002, P TALN 02 NANC FRANC
FAURE D, 1998, ECML98 WORKSH TEXT M
FRAMIS FR, 1995, P 7 C EUR CHAPT ASS
Gamallo P., 2001, Text, Speech and Dialogue. 4th International Conference, TSD
2001. Proceedings (Lecture Notes in Computer Science Vol.2166), P116
GAMALLO P, 2003, TRAITEMENT AUTOMATIC, V44, P93
Gamallo Pablo, 2003, PRAGMATICS COGNITION, V11, P209
Gildea D, 2002, COMPUT LINGUIST, V28, P245, DOI 10.1162/089120102760275983
GREFENSTETTE G, 1994, EXPLORATIONS AUTOMAT
Grishman Ralph, 1994, P 15 INT C COMP LING
Harris Z. S., 1985, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P26
Hindle D., 1993, Computational Linguistics, V19, P103
HUDSON R, 2003, MTT2003 PAR
KOVACS L, 2002, IEEE INT C SYST MAN
LI H, 1998, COLING ACL, P749
LIN D, 2001, SIGKDD 01 SAN FRANC
LIN D, 1998, COLING ACL, P768
MANNING CD, 1993, 31ST ANNUAL MEETING OF THE ASSOCIATION FOR COMPUTATIONAL
Manning CD, 1999, FDN STAT NATURAL LAN
MARQUES N, 2001, ADV INTELLIGENT DATA, P62
MARQUES N, 2000, 10 CLIN, P117
NIEMANN M, 1998, ANLP POST GRAD WORKS, P25
PANTEL P, 2000, ACL 00, P101
PANTEL P, 2002, P 8 ACM SIGKDD INT C, P613
Ratnaparkhi Adwait, 1994, P ARPA HUM LANG TECH, P250
REINBERGER ML, 2003, 4 C INT TEXT PROC CO, P304
Resnik Philip, 1997, ACL SIGLEX WORKSH TA
ROCIO V, 2001, J GRAMMARS, V4, P41
Schutze H, 1998, COMPUT LINGUIST, V24, P97
SEKINE S, 1992, P 3 C APPL NAT LANG, P104
NR 41
TC 22
Z9 22
U1 0
U2 3
PU M I T PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
PA FIVE CAMBRIDGE CENTER, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142 USA
SN 0891-2017
J9 COMPUT LINGUIST
PD MAR
PY 2005
VL 31
IS 1
BP 107
EP 145
DI 10.1162/0891201053630318
PG 39
GA 922KK
UT WOS:000228836600005
OA Green Published
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bernd, Z
AF Bernd, Z
TI A cultural heritage of first order
SO VOIX & IMAGES
LA French
RP Bernd, Z (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre,
RS, Brazil.
RI BERND, ZILA/O-7478-2016
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV QUEBEC-MONTREAL
PI MONTREAL
PA SERV PUBL CP 8888, STATION A, MONTREAL, QUEBEC H3C 3P8, CANADA
SN 0318-9201
J9 VOIX IMAGE
JI Voix Images
PD SPR
PY 2005
VL 30
IS 3
BP 9
EP 10
DI 10.7202/011852ar
PG 2
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 961SC
UT WOS:000231681100002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zilles, AMS
King, K
AF Zilles, AMS
King, K
TI Self-presentation in sociolinguistic interviews: Identities and language
variation in Panambi, Brazil
SO JOURNAL OF SOCIOLINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Article
DE identity; Portuguese; German; interview; Brazil
AB This paper contributes to recent work examining the role of identity, and in
particular the uses of language for self-presentation and the expression of
individual identity, through the analysis of two sociolinguistic interviews from a
community of German origin in southern Brazil. Drawing from a quantitative study of
variation in the southern state of Rio Grande do Sul, we conducted a detailed
analysis of the interviews of two women of different ages and social backgrounds.
We first describe the social, cultural and historical context of the interviews,
and then discuss how our two speakers use their linguistic resources to express
varied, and at times conflicting, aspects of their identities. More specifically,
we show how our participants seem to maintain certain in-group, German-linked
features, yet also use out-group or Brazilian features in order to index both the
(local) German and (regional) Brazilian aspects of their identities. Our data and
analysis highlight how participants' identity and language use patterns can be
better understood through close analysis of the content of their discourse.
C1 Georgetown Univ, Dept Linguist, Intercultural Ctr 458, Washington, DC 20057 USA.
Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Zilles, AMS (reprint author), Georgetown Univ, Dept Linguist, Intercultural Ctr
458, Washington, DC 20057 USA.
EM akk25@georgetown.edu
CR AUER P, IN PRESS SOCIAL IDEN
BAERNERTFUERST U, 1989, FOTOGRAFIAS SOCIOLIN, P219
Bell Allan, 1999, J SOCIOLING, V3, P523, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9481.00094
Bucholtz M., 1999, J SOCIOLING, V3, P443, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9481.00090
Cameron Deborah, 2001, WORKING SPOKEN DISCO
COUPLAND N, 2001, LANG SOC, V30, P348
DACUNHA JL, 1996, 1 ENC VAR LING CON S
de CASTILHO A. T., 1992, LINGUISTICA ROMANICA, P237
DEOMENA NP, 1996, VARIACAO E DISCURSO, P75
ECKERT P, 1981, LINGUISTIC VARIATION
Haugen Einar Ingvald, 1972, ECOLOGY LANGUAGE ESS, P324
Johnstone B, 2000, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V29, P405, DOI
10.1146/annurev.anthro.29.1.405
JOHNSTONE B, 1996, LINGUISTIC INDIVIDUA, P41
Johnstone Barbara, 1999, J SOCIOLING, V3, P505, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9481.00093
KING KA, 2000, J BILINGUAL ED BILIN, V3, P167, DOI DOI 10.1080/13670050008667705
KNIES C., 1996, MANUAL USUARIO BANCO
MENON OP, 1996, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, V25, P622
OMENA N. P., 1996, PADROES SOCIOLINGUIS, P183
PONSO LC, 2003, THESIS U FEDERAL RIO
Rampton B., 1995, CROSSING LANGUAGE ET
Rampton Ben, 1999, J SOCIOLING, V3, P421, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9481.00088
SCHEETZ MP, 1996, TRENDS CELL BIOL, V6, P85
Scherre Maria, 1996, PADROES SOCIOLINGUIS, P239
Schiffrin D, 1996, LANG SOC, V25, P167, DOI 10.1017/S0047404500020601
Schilling-Estes N, 2004, J SOCIOLING, V8, P163, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-
9841.2004.00257.x
SEYFERTH G, ETNIA NACAO AM 2, P17
SEYFERTH G, 1991, ESTUDOS AFRO ASIATIC, V20, P165
SILVA KQ, 1999, 11 SAL IN CIENT U FE
SILVA KQ, 2000, 4 ENC CIRC EST LINQ
TASCA M, 2000, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
TREVISAN JB, 2001, 12 ENC REG PROJ VARS
VANDRESEN P, 1999, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, P63
WOLFSON N, 1976, LANG SOC, V5, P189, DOI 10.1017/S0047404500007028
ZILLES AMS, 1994, CADERNOS I LETRAS, V12, P29
ZILLES Ana M. S, 2002, U PENNSYLVANIA WORKI, V8, P297
NR 35
TC 15
Z9 15
U1 0
U2 0
PU WILEY
PI HOBOKEN
SN 1360-6441
EI 1467-9841
J9 J SOCIOLING
JI J. Socioling.
PD FEB
PY 2005
VL 9
IS 1
BP 74
EP 94
DI 10.1111/j.1360-6441.2005.00282.x
PG 21
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 901BE
UT WOS:000227257200004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Recski, L
AF Recski, L
TI Interpersonal engagement in academic spoken discourse: a functional
account of dissertation defenses
LA English
DT Article
DE dissertation defense; academic spoken discourse; commitment;
decommitment; interpersonal functions
ID SCIENCE RESEARCH ARTICLES
AB Whereas former research on academic discourse has paid a great deal of attention
to writing and its hedging strategies, this paper aims to show that a complementary
and equally important feature of academic spoken discourse is the use of modal
certainty. An examination of modal selections in two American Dissertation Defenses
additionally reveals that the choices are purposeful and can be related to the
speakers' role in the discourse, their commitment to propositions and their aims in
such discourse events. On a more speculative level this paper aims to demonstrate
that interpersonal meanings structure texts just as much as ideational ones and
that modalities contribute to coherence in important ways. Finally, it is argued
that a productive analysis of modality in the discourse of dissertation defenses
should be based on the view that modal selections in a strict sense are closely
related to other choices indicating the speakers' stance in relation to
propositions. (C) 2004 The American University. Published by Elsevier Ltd. All
rights reserved.
RP Recski, L (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Campus Univ,CCE B,Sala 307,
BR-88040900 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
EM lrecski@hotmail.com
CR Brown P, 1987, POLITENESS SOME UNIV
Bunton D., 1999, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V18, P41, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0889-
4906(98)00022-2
BURLING R, 1997, ANTROPOLOGNYTT, V2, P8
Butler C., 1990, WRITING SCHOLAR STUD
Crompton P., 1998, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V17, P303, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0889-
4906(97)00055-0
Crompton P., 1997, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V16, P271, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0889-
4906(97)00007-0
CURNICK L, 2000, ESPECIALIST, V21, P1
Dong YR, 1996, RES TEACH ENGL, V30, P428
DUDLEYEVANS T, 1999, ISSUES EAP WRITING R, P28
EDMINSTER J, 2002, COMPUTERS COMPOSITIO, V19, P84
Firth JR, 1957, PAPERS LINGUISTICS 1
GRIMSHAW AD, 1994, WHATS GOING HERE COM, P3
Grimshaw Allan D., 1989, COLLEGIAL DISCOURSE
Grimshaw Allen, 1994, WHATS GOING HERE COM
Halliday M.A.K., 1985, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA
Halliday MA, 1994, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA
HALLIDAY MAK, 1970, FDN LANGUAGE, V6, P327
Halliday Michael Alexander Kirkwood, 1973, EXPLORATIONS FUNCTIO
HARTLEY J, 2000, PSYPAG Q NEWSLETTER, V35, P22
Hewings M., 1993, LANGUAGE LEARNING SU, p105
HOLMES J, 1988, APPL LINGUIST, V9, P21, DOI 10.1093/applin/9.1.21
Hopkins A., 1988, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V7, P113, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-
4906(88)90029-4
Hyland K, 1996, WRIT COMMUN, V13, P251, DOI 10.1177/0741088396013002004
Hyland K, 1996, APPL LINGUIST, V17, P433, DOI 10.1093/applin/17.4.433
Hyland K., 1996, SYSTEM, V24, P477
Hyland K, 1994, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V13, P239, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-4906(94)90004-
3
Hyland Ken, 1998, TEXT, V18, P349, DOI DOI 10.1515/TEXT.1.1998.18.3.349
Malinowski B, 1935, LANGUAGE MAGIC GARDE, VTwo
Martin J. R., 1992, ENGLISH TEXT SYSTEMS
MYERS G, 1989, APPL LINGUIST, V10, P1, DOI 10.1093/applin/10.1.1
Myers G., 1985, SOC STUD SCI, V10, P1
ODONNELL M, 2002, SYSTEMIC CODER 4 62
Paltridge B, 2002, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V21, P125, DOI 10.1016/S0889-4906(00)00025-
9
Paltridge B., 1997, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V16, P61, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0889-
4906(96)00028-2
POWELL MJ, 1985, J LINGUIST, V21, P31, DOI 10.1017/S002222670001001X
QUIRK R, 1985, COMPREHENSICE GRAMMA
Richards R. T., 1988, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V7, P171
Salager-Meyer F., 1994, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V13, P149, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-
4906(94)90013-2
Salasnich L, 2000, INT J MOD PHYS B, V14, P1, DOI 10.1142/S0217979200000029
Simpson Rita, 2002, MICHIGAN CORPUS ACAD
Skelton J, 1997, APPL LINGUIST, V18, P121, DOI 10.1093/applin/18.2.121
Skelton John, 1988, ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEA, V42, P37, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/42.1.37
SWALES J, IN PRESS RES GENRES
SWALES J, 1990, GENRE ANAL ENGLISH A
THOMPSON P, 1998, THESIS TALC OXFORD, P177
NR 46
TC 12
Z9 12
U1 1
U2 8
PI OXFORD
SN 0889-4906
J9 ENGL SPECIF PURP
PY 2005
VL 24
IS 1
BP 5
EP 23
DI 10.1016/j.esp.2003.07.001
PG 19
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 876SP
UT WOS:000225518100002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AF Dias-da-Silva, Bento Carlos
BE Sojka, P
Choi, KS
Fellbaum, C
Vossen, P
TI Wordnet.Br: An Exercise of Human Language Technology Research
SO GWC 2006: THIRD INTERNATIONAL WORDNET CONFERENCE, PROCEEDINGS
LA English
CT 3rd International Global WordNet Conference (GWC 2006)
CY JAN 22-26, 2006
CL Jeju Isl, SOUTH KOREA
SP Jeju Prov Local Govt, KAIST, Daum Soft, KISTI, Fujitsu, SynapSoft, Korea
Wisenut, Global Network Assoc, Minist Informat & Commun
ID EUROWORDNET
AB This paper reports the ongoing project (since 2002) of developing a wordnet for
Brazilian Portuguese (Wordnet.Br) from scratch. In particular, it describes the
process of constructing the Wordnet.Br core database, which has 44,000 words
organized in 18,500 synsets Accordingly, it briefly sketches the project overall
methodology, its lexical resourses, the synset compilation process, and the
Wordnet.Br editor, a GUI (graphical user interface) which aids the linguist in the
compilation and maintenance of the Wordnet.Br. It concludes with the planned
further work.
C1 [Dias-da-Silva, Bento Carlos] Univ Estadual Paulista, Fac Ciencias & Letras,
CELiC, BR-14800901 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM bento@fclar.unesp.br
CR BARBOSA O, 1999, GRANDE DICIONARIO SI
*CETENFOLHA, 2004, CORP EXTR TEXT EL NL
DIASDASILVA BC, 1998, 16 INT C LING
Durkin J., 1994, EXPERT SYSTEMS DESIG
HAYES-ROTH F., 1990, ENCY ARTIFICIAL INTE, P287
Holanda Ferreira A. B., 1999, DICIONARIO AURELIO E
MARRAFA P, 2001, WORDNET PORTUGUES MA
MILLER G, 1998, WORDNET ELECT LEXICA, P47
MILLER GA, 1991, COGNITION, V41, P197, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(91)90036-4
NASCENTES A, 1981, DICIONARIO SINONIMOS
Rodriguez H, 1998, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V32, P117, DOI 10.1023/A:1001169525131
WEISZFLOG W, 1998, MICHAELIS PORTUGUES
1991, SEMANTIC NETWORKS EN, V41, P197
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU MASARYKOVA UNIV
PI BRNO
PA ZEROTINOVO NAM 617-9, BRNO 601 77, CZECH REPUBLIC
BN 978-80-210-3915-5
PY 2005
BP 301
EP 303
PG 3
WC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Computer Science, Information
Systems; Information Science & Library Science; Linguistics; Language &
Linguistics
SC Computer Science; Information Science & Library Science; Linguistics
GA BMF26
UT WOS:000272085900042
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Van Borsel, J
Pereira, MMD
AF Van Borsel, J
Pereira, MMD
TI Assessment of stuttering in a familiar versus an unfamiliar language
SO JOURNAL OF FLUENCY DISORDERS
LA English
DT Article
DE stuttering assessment; language familiarity
ID IDENTIFICATION; AGREEMENT; JUDGMENTS
AB The present study investigated how well individuals knowledgeable about
stuttering are able to make disfluency judgments in clients who speak another
language than their own. Fourteen native speakers of Brazilian Portugeuse
identified and judged stuttering in Dutch speakers and in Portugeuse speakers.
Fourteen native speakers of Dutch identified and judged stuttering in Brazilian
Portugeuse speakers and in Dutch speakers. It was found that judges can make
similar level of judgment in a native and a foreign language, and that native and
foreign judges can make similar level of judgment irrespective of native/foreign
differences. It was also found, however, that the Dutch judges performed
significantly better in identifying native stutterers than foreign stutterers. And
for the identification of nonstutterers, both panels performed better in their
native language than in the foreign language, and in their native language they
both performed better than the other panel. Both the Brazilian Portugeuse and the
Dutch speaking panel were generally also less confident, and found identification
of stuttering more difficult in the foreign language than in the native language.
In addition, when asked for the characteristics that helped them identify
stutterers, they provided more detail in the native language than in the foreign
language. Also a number of differences were found between the two panels which may
be due to differences in training or cultural background. The implications of the
findings for clinical practice and for future research in this area are discussed.
C1 State Univ Ghent, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
Univ Veiga Almeida, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Van Borsel, J (reprint author), State Univ Ghent, B-9000 Ghent, Belgium.
EM john.vanborsel@ugent.be
CR CORDES AK, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P33, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3801.33
CURLEE RF, 1981, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V24, P595, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2404.595
Finn P, 1997, J FLUENCY DISORD, V22, P219, DOI 10.1016/S0094-730X(97)00008-9
HOLLIDAY P, 2001, ASHA LEADER, V6, P18
Humphrey BD, 2004, THEORY RES THERAPY, P423
Ingham RJ, 1997, J SPEECH LANG HEAR R, V40, P581, DOI 10.1044/jslhr.4003.581
KULLY D, 1988, J FLUENCY DISORD, V13, P309, DOI 10.1016/0094-730X(88)90001-0
Taylor O., 1986, NATURE COMMUNICATION
Watson Jennifer Barber, 1994, Seminars in Speech and Language, V15, P149, DOI
10.1055/s-2008-1064140
Wingate M., 1997, STUTTERING SHORT HIS
NR 10
TC 21
Z9 21
U1 0
U2 6
PI NEW YORK
SN 0094-730X
J9 J FLUENCY DISORD
JI J. Fluency Disord.
PY 2005
VL 30
IS 2
BP 109
EP 124
DI 10.1016/j.jfludis.2005.04.001
PG 16
WC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Education, Special; Linguistics;
Rehabilitation
SC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Education & Educational Research;
Linguistics; Rehabilitation
GA 941SK
UT WOS:000230234300002
PM 15927246
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Santos, RS
Scarpa, EM
AF Santos, Raquel S.
Scarpa, Ester M.
BE Doetjes, J
VanDeWeijer, J
TI The phonological bootstrapping of determiners
SO Linguistics in the Netherlands 2005
SE AVT Publications
LA English
CT 36th Annual Meeting of the Linguistic-Society-of-the-Netherlands
CY JAN 29, 2005
CL Utrecht, NETHERLANDS
ID ITALIAN MORPHOLOGY; FILLER SYLLABLES; ACQUISITION
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BAAUW S, 2001, BUCLD P, V25, P82
BOTTARI P, 1992, GENEVA GENERATIVE PA, P83
CASTILHO A, 1989, PORTUGUES CULTO FALA, P67
DORE J, 1976, J CHILD LANG, V3, P13, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900001288
FIKKERT P, 2005, 5 WORKSH PHON ACQ RA
GALVES C, 1996, GRAMATICA PORTUGUES, V4, P273
HOCHGREB N, 1983, THESIS USP SAO PAULO
Hyams N., 1996, GENERATIVE PERSPECTI, P91
LLEO C, 1997, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION, V97, P251
Lleo Conxita, 2001, APPROACHES BOOTSTRAP, V2, P23
LOPES REV, 1999, THESIS CAMPINAS
MASSINI-CAGLIARI G., 1999, POETICO LINGUISTICO
Peters AM, 2001, J CHILD LANG, V28, P229, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900004438
PETERS AM, 1993, LANGUAGE, V69, P743
PIZZUTO E, 1992, J CHILD LANG, V19, P491, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900011557
RAPP C, 1994, THESIS UFB
SANTOS RS, 1995, THESIS UNICAMP CAMPI
SCARPA E, 1993, 6 INT C STUD CHILD L
SCARPA E. M, 1999, ESTUDOS PROSODIA, P253
TENANI LE, 2002, THESIS UNICAMP CAMPI
Veneziano E, 2000, J CHILD LANG, V27, P461, DOI 10.1017/S030500090000427X
NR 22
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PI AMSTERDAM ME
BN 90-272-3165-6
J9 AVT PUBL
PY 2005
VL 22
BP 165
EP 178
PG 14
SC Linguistics
GA BFL37
UT WOS:000242798900014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Leite, YDF
AF Leite, Yonne De Freitas
BE Zwartjes, O
Altman, C
TI Arte de gramatica da lingua mais usada na costa do Brasil - A criterion
for evaluation
SO Missionary Linguistics II / Linguistica Misionera II: Orthography and
Phonology
SE AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS : SERIES III
- STUDIES IN THE HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS
LA English
CT 2nd International Conference on Missionary Linguistics
CY MAR 10-13, 2004
CL Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, BRAZIL
SP Fund Amparo Pesquisa Estado Sao Paulo, Coordenador Aperfeicoament Pessoal,
Norges Forskningsrad
HO Univ Sao Paulo
C1 Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Museo Nacl, CNPq, BR-22041080 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Baker Mark C., 1995, POLYSYNTHESIS PARAME
CORTEZAO J, 1943, CARTA PERO VAZ CAMIN
de Anchieta Jose, 1534, ARTE GRAMMATICA LING
de OLMOS A., 1547, ARTE LENGUA MEXICANA
DIXON RMW, 1979, LANGUAGE, V55, P59, DOI 10.2307/412519
DRUMMOND C, 1990, ARTE GRAMATICA LINGU, P7
Figueira L., 1621, ARTE LINGUA BRASILIC
Freire JRB, 2003, LINGUAS GERAIS POLIT
Greenberg J., 1966, UNIVERSALS LANG, P73
HALE K, 1983, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V1, P5
JELINEK E, 1984, NAT LANG LINGUIST TH, V2, P39
KLIMOV GA, 1974, LINGUISTICS, V131, P11
LAUNEY M, 1997, KLAUS ZIMMERMANN, P21
LEITE Y, 2003, FREIRE ROSA, P11
LEITE Y, 2000, QUEIXALOS, P87
LEITE Y F., 1990, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V18, P37
MAMIANI Luiz Vincencio, 1877, ARTE GRAMMATICA LING
MATTOSO CJ, 1965, INTRO LINGUAS INDIGE
QUEIXALOS F, 2000, NOMS VERBES TUPI GUA
RODRIGUES AD, 1997, DESCRIPCION LENGUAS, P371
Rodrigues Aryon Dall'Igna, 1942, ARQUIVOS MUSEU PARAN, V2, P179
Seki Lucy, 2000, GRAMATICA KAMAYURA L
VIEIRA MD, 1993, THESIS CAMPINAS UNIC
ZIMMERMANN K, 1997, INTRO APUNTES HIST L, P9
Zimmermann Klaus, 1997, DESCRIPCION LENGUAS
NR 25
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
BN 978-90-272-4600-4
J9 AMST ST TH
PY 2005
VL 109
BP 191
EP 204
PG 14
SC Linguistics
GA BFV80
UT WOS:000244946600008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Oliveira, MC
AF Oliveira, MC
TI Using narrative in social research: Qualitative and quantitative
approaches
SO NARRATIVE INQUIRY
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Brasilia, Dept Dev, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
Univ Brasilia, Sch Psychol, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Oliveira, MC (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, Dept Dev, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
EM Claudia@unb.br
OI Elliott, Jane/0000-0003-2683-0099
CR ABOTT A, 1992, SOCIOLOGICAL RES, V20, P428
Alvesson M., 2000, REFLEXIVE METHODOLOG
Bamberg Michael, 2004, NARRATOLOGY LIT CRIT, P213
BENNEY M, 1956, AM J SOCIOL, V62, P137, DOI 10.1086/221953
Elliott J, 2005, USING NARRATIVE SOCI
Giddens A., 1991, MODERNITY SELF IDENT
Hinchman LP, 1997, MEMORY IDENTITY COMM, pxiii
KOROBOV N, 2004, J DEV PSYCHOL, V22, P521
MARECEK J, 2004, QUALITATIVE RES PSYC
Mishler EG, 1995, J NARRAT LIFE HIST, V5, P87, DOI 10.1075/jnlh.5.2.01mod
POLKINGHORNE DE, 1988, NARRATIVE KNOWING SO
Sampson R. J., 1993, CRIME MAKING PATHWAY
Sclater SD, 2003, NARRAT INQ, V13, P317, DOI 10.1075/ni.13.2.05day
Singer B, 1998, SOCIOL METHODOL, V28, P1, DOI 10.1111/0081-1750.00041
Wortham S, 2000, NARRAT INQ, V10, P157, DOI 10.1075/ni.10.1.11wor
NR 16
TC 4
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 1387-6740
J9 NARRAT INQ
JI Narrat. Inq.
PY 2005
VL 15
IS 2
BP 421
EP 429
DI 10.1075/ni.15.2.11oli
PG 9
WC Communication; Linguistics; Language & Linguistics
GA 002LK
UT WOS:000234612700010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Aubert, FH
Zavaglia, A
AF Aubert, FH
Zavaglia, A
TI Cultural markers in Brazilian translation
SO PERSPECTIVES-STUDIES IN TRANSLATOLOGY
LA English
CT International Conference on Approaches and Objects in Translation
Studies Today
CY MAY 10, 2004
CL Copenhagen Univ, Copenhagen, DENMARK
HO Copenhagen Univ
DE language-pairs; Brazilian-French; Brazilian-Italian;
Brazilian-Norwegian; Brazilian-English; literary translation; Brazilian
literature; cultural markers
AB This article provides an analysis of culturally-marked referential terms in
three passages from Brazilian literary works and their translation into French,
Italian, Norwegian, and English. This is done in accordance with two theoretical
and descriptive matrixes: the Theory of Enunciative Operations (Culioli 2000) and
the Translation Strategies Model (Aubert 1997). Despite the lexical, grammatical,
and semantic differences between the source texts and the translations, as well as
the different meanings they have or potential effects on readers in the target
languages, the analysis seems to confirm the existence of equivalence-regulating
mechanisms that render translation possible.
RP Aubert, FH (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM henrikaubert@yahoo.com.br; zavaglia@usp.br
CR Andrade M., 1978, MACUNAIMA HEROI SEM
ANDRADE M, 1997, MACUNAIMA HELTEN UTE
ANDRADE M, 2002, MACUNAIMA EROE SENZA
ANDRADE M, 1996, MACOUNAIMA HEROS SAN
Andrade Mario, 1984, MACUNAIMA
AUBERT FH, 1997, ROMANSK FORUM, V6, P3
AUBERT FH, 2004, IN PRESS 4 EST P LIS
AUBERT FH, 2003, TRADTERM SAO PAULO, V9, P151
Aubert Francis H., 2003, TRADTERM SAO PAULO, V9, P173
CULIOLI A, 2000, LINGUISTIQUE ENONCIA, V1
ROSA G., 1997, SAGARANA
ROSA G, 1966, SAGARANA
ROSA G, 1998, SAGARANA NOVELLER
Vinay J. P., 1977, STYLISTIQUE COMP FRA
ZAVAGLIA A, 2005, INTERCAMBIO SAN PAUL, V14, P1
ZAVAGLIA A, 2004, ALFA ARARAQUARA, V48, P99
NR 18
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU MUSEUM TUSCULANUM PRESS
PI COPENHAGEN S
PA UNIV COPENHAGEN, NJALSGADE 92, DK-2300 COPENHAGEN S, DENMARK
SN 0907-676X
J9 PERSPECT STUD TRANSL
JI Perspect.-Stud. Transl.
PY 2005
VL 13
IS 1
BP 38
EP 47
DI 10.1080/09076760508668962
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA 974KV
UT WOS:000232591200004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dalcastagne, R
AF Dalcastagne, R
TI The Brazilian writer and his space of resistance
LA Portuguese
CT Conference on Osman Lins - Literature, Theatre, Essay
CY NOV, 2004
CL Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, BRAZIL
HO Univ Sao Paulo
C1 Univ Brasilia, CNPq, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Dalcastagne, R (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, CNPq, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
CR ABELAIRA Augusto, 1970, BOLOR
ANGELO I, FESTA
ARENDT H, 1987, CONDICAO HUMANA
CHAUVIRE Christiane, 1991, WITTGENSTEIN
DALCASTAGNE Regina, 1996, ESPACO DOR REGIME 64
Gorz A., 1988, METAMORPHOSES TRAVAI
GUSDORF G, 1963, PAROLE
LINS Osman, 1973, AVALOVARA
OURDIEU P, 1998, DOMINATION MASCULINE
ROSENBERG Harold, 2004, OBJETO ANSIOSO
SANT'ANNA Sergio, 1980, ROMANCE GERACAO
STAROBINSKI Jean, 1991, JJ ROUSSEAU TRANSPAR
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2005
VL 31
IS 61
BP 47
EP 57
DI 10.2307/25070259
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 044ZY
UT WOS:000237713600004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Candido, A
AF Candido, A
TI Octavio Ianni: A just man
LA German
DT Biographical-Item
RP Candido, A (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR IANNI O, LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2005
VL 31
IS 61
BP 203
EP 205
DI 10.2307/25070268
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 044ZY
UT WOS:000237713600013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lajolo, M
AF Lajolo, M
TI From the double to the multiple, or a letter for an absent master:
Octavio Ianni
LA Portuguese
RP Lajolo, M (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR IANNI O, LIST OF PUBLICATIONS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2005
VL 31
IS 61
BP 207
EP 215
DI 10.2307/25070269
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 044ZY
UT WOS:000237713600014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schmidt, RT
AF Schmidt, RT
TI Gender, discourse and desire in twentieth-century Brazilian women's
literature.
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Schmidt, RT (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto Alegre,
RS, Brazil.
CR PINTO CF, 2004, GENDER DISCOURSE DES
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2005
VL 31
IS 62
BP 329
EP 333
DI 10.2307/25070311
PG 5
SC Literature
GA 056GU
UT WOS:000238510900023
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU dal Farra, ML
AF dal Farra, ML
TI Parchments of the feminine
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Sergipe, Sao Cristovao, SE, Brazil.
RP dal Farra, ML (reprint author), Univ Fed Sergipe, Sao Cristovao, SE, Brazil.
CR ANDRE S, 1987, QUE QUER MULHER
Aubert Jean Marie, 1975, FEMME ANTIFEMINISME
Bataille G., 1968, EROTISMO
BRANDO RS, 1993, MULHER AO PE LETRA P
CHASSEGUETSMIRG.J, 1988, SEXUALIDADE FEMININA
CHEVALIER Jean, 1974, DICT SYMBOLES, P70
Didier Beatrice, 1981, ECRITURE FEMME
MILLER Jacques-Alain, 1994, MUJERES SEMBLANTES
POMMIER G, 1991, EXCECAO FEMININA
PRADO A., 1999, MANUSCRITOS FELIPA
SCHNEIDER Monique, 1979, EXORCISME PSYCHANALY
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 2005
VL 71
IS 210
BP 241
EP 259
PG 19
SC Literature
GA 929ZT
UT WOS:000229386100015
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Asheninka stories of change.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR Anderson Ronald, 2000, ASHENINKA STORIES CH
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD DEC
PY 2004
VL 55
IS 3
BP 465
EP 468
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 986NB
UT WOS:000233455200016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Analyzing discourse. A manual of basic concepts.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR DOOLEY RA, 2001, ANALYSING DISCOURSE
LEVINSOHN SC, 1983, PRAGMATICS
RAJAGOPALAN K, IN PRESS KEY THINKER
Searle JR, 1969, SPEECH ACTS ESSAY PH
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD DEC
PY 2004
VL 55
IS 3
BP 469
EP 473
PG 5
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 986NB
UT WOS:000233455200017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI English abstract nouns as conceptual shells: From corpus to cognition.
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 UNICAMP, Inst Language Studies, Dept Linguist, BR-13081970 Campinas, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), UNICAMP, Inst Language Studies, Dept Linguist,
BR-13081970 Campinas, Brazil.
CR Biber D., 1999, LONGMAN GRAMMAR SPOK
Rajagopalan Kanavillil, 2003, HDB APPL LINGUISTICS, P397
Schmid H.-J., 2000, ENGLISH ABSTRACT NOU
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD DEC
PY 2004
VL 55
IS 3
BP 473
EP 476
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 986NB
UT WOS:000233455200018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Merlo, S
Mansur, LL
AF Merlo, S
Mansur, LL
TI Descriptive discourse: topic familiarity and disfluencies
LA English
DT Article
DE descriptive discourse; topic familiarity; fluency; disfluency
ID HANDEDNESS; INVENTORY
AB This investigation was undertaken to address questions about topic familiarity
and disfluencies during oral descriptive discourse of adult speakers. Participants
expressed more attributes when the topic was familiar than when it was unfamiliar.
Fillers and lexical pauses were the most frequent disfluencies. The mean duration
of each hesitation pause was 776 ms. The sum of hesitation pause durations was well
correlated with the number of occurrences. Repetitions, hesitation pauses, and
prolongations were shown to have the same role, which was distinct from the role of
fillers. The type of analysis conducted in this investigation may be useful in
distinguishing between normal and disordered speech production.
Learning outcomes: The reader will obtain information about the differences
between the number of propositions in familiar and unfamiliar oral descriptions.
The reader will also become aware of the distribution of disfluencies in discourse
categories employed by the participants in this investigation. (C) 2004 Elsevier
Inc. All rights reserved.
C1 Campinas State Univ, UNICAMP, Inst Language Studies, Lab Phonet,LAFAPE, BR-
13084971 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
Univ Sao Paulo, Speech Language Pathol Course, Lab Neurolinguist, Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
RP Merlo, S (reprint author), Campinas State Univ, UNICAMP, Inst Language Studies,
Lab Phonet,LAFAPE, R Sergio Buarque de Holanda,571, BR-13084971 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
EM sgmerlo@yahoo.com.br
RI Merlo, Sandra/Z-4824-2019; Mansur, Leticia/B-7957-2013
OI Mansur, Leticia/0000-0001-5612-457X; Merlo, Sandra/0000-0002-4505-1528
CR ADAM Jean-Michel, 1996, ANAL RECITS
ADAM JM, 1993, DESCRIPTION, P93
ADAMS CD, 1982, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-B, V34, P77, DOI 10.1080/14640748208400878
ANDRADE CRF, 2000, ABFW TESTE LINGUAGEM, P61
[Anonymous], 1999, GRAMATICA PROTUGUES
BARSLOU LW, 1992, COGNITATIVE PSYCHOLO
Brown Gillian, 1983, DISCOURSE ANAL, P68
CRUTTENDEN A, 1994, INTONATION, P35
DANIEL W, 1991, BIOSTATISTICS FDN AN
Gregory H. H, 1986, STUTTERING DIFFERENT
GREIMAS Algirdes Julien, 1979, DICIONARIO SEMIOTICA
HABERLANDT K, 1997, COGNITIVE PSYCHOLOGY
HAMON P, 1981, INTRO ANAL DESCRIPIF
HIEKE AE, 1981, LANG SPEECH, V24, P147, DOI 10.1177/002383098102400203
HILGERT JG, 1990, GRAMATICA PORTUGUES, V1, P99
KAHMI AG, 1989, READING DISABILITIES, P1
Katz MH, 1999, MULTIVARIABLE ANAL P
MARQUESI SC, 1995, ORGANOZACAO TEXTO DE
NICOLOSI L, 1996, VOCABULARIO DISTRBIO
OLDFIELD RC, 1971, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V9, P97, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(71)90067-4
RANSIL BJ, 1994, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V79, P1355, DOI 10.2466/pms.1994.79.3.1355
REED SK, 1992, COGNITION
RIGGENBACH H, 1991, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V14, P423, DOI 10.1080/01638539109544795
RISSO M. S, 1999, GRAMATICA PORTUGES F, VVII, P259
SCARPA EM, 1995, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V29, P163
SILVA G. M. de O, 1999, GRAMATICA PORTUGUES, V7, P297
*SYNTR SOFTW CORP, 1992, COOL ED C 1 52
Tornkvist H, 1996, J ORTHOP TRAUMA, V10, P204
Ulatowska H. K., 1995, DEMENTIA COMMUNICATI, P115
NR 29
TC 15
Z9 17
U1 0
U2 5
PI NEW YORK
SN 0021-9924
J9 J COMMUN DISORD
PD NOV-DEC
PY 2004
VL 37
IS 6
BP 489
EP 503
DI 10.1016/j.jcomdis.2004.03.002
PG 15
GA 854UW
UT WOS:000223930000002
PM 15450437
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Franca, AI
Lemle, M
Cagy, M
Constant, P
Infantosi, AFC
AF Franca, AI
Lemle, M
Cagy, M
Constant, P
Infantosi, AFC
TI Discriminating among different types of verb-complement merge in
Brazilian Portuguese: An ERP study of morpho-syntactic sub-processes
SO JOURNAL OF NEUROLINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Article
DE verb-complement merges; event-related brain potentials; N400; cognitive
sub-processes
ID BRAIN POTENTIALS; FUNCTIONAL-ANATOMY; SPEECH-PERCEPTION; LANGUAGE
AB Taking into consideration differences in syntactic configurations underlying the
verb-complement merge operation, this experiment investigates three series of
sentences containing incongruous and congruous merges. The aim is to relate
syntactic specificities to the resulting ERP morphologies. Conditions tested
required three types of computations: local merge, local merge depending on
inheritance of semantic properties from an antecedent and merge performed at
distance (WH-displacement). A total of 240 experimental sentences (80 for each
condition) and 240 distractor sentences were generated in Brazilian Portuguese.
Using a kinetic presentation protocol, sentences were displayed to each of 25
subjects, while the raw EEG was acquired at 20 derivations. Signal processing
techniques were used to estimate the individual ERP for each anatomic region.
Series 1 involving strictly local computations resulted in classic parietal N400s,
whereas the inheritance stimuli elicited two peaks in the parietal and central
region ERPs. Series 3-WH-displacement-presented earlier and more salient cortical
responses. The different ERP morphologies resulting from each condition are
consistent with a model in which language processing results from task-specific
computations involving different neurological subsystems. (C) 2004 Elsevier Ltd.
All rights reserved.
C1 UFRJ, Dept Linguist, BR-22004104 Rio De Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
UFRJ, Biomed Engn Program, BR-21945970 Rio De Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
RP Franca, AI (reprint author), UFRJ, Dept Linguist, Rua Decio Vilares 286-401, BR-
22004104 Rio De Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
EM anielaimprota@terra.com.br
RI Franca, Aniela I/B-8460-2017
OI Franca, Aniela I/0000-0002-3614-2970
CR CHOMSKY N, 2001, EXPLANATORY ADEQUACY, V20, P1
DEVILLIERS J, 1995, J CHILD LANG, V22, P389
DEVILLIERS J, 1990, STUD TH PSY, V10, P257
FONTENEAU E., 1998, B SUISSE LINGUISTIQU, V68, P111
Friederici AD, 2002, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V31, P45, DOI 10.1023/A:1014376204525
Hauser MD, 2002, SCIENCE, V298, P1569, DOI 10.1126/science.298.5598.1569
Hickok G, 2000, TRENDS COGN SCI, V4, P131, DOI 10.1016/S1364-6613(00)01463-7
Hickok G, 2004, COGNITION, V92, P67, DOI 10.1016/j.cognition.2003.10.011
Hickok G, 2001, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V30, P225, DOI 10.1023/A:1010486816667
HOLCOMB PJ, 1991, PSYCHOBIOLOGY, V19, P286
Kaan E, 2000, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V15, P159, DOI 10.1080/016909600386084
Kluender R., 1994, COGNITIVE ELECTROPHY, P183
Kotz SA, 2003, J NEUROLINGUIST, V16, P43, DOI 10.1016/S0911-6044(02)00008-8
KUTAS M, 1980, SCIENCE, V207, P203, DOI 10.1126/science.7350657
KUTAS M, 1984, NATURE, V307, P161, DOI 10.1038/307161a0
OSTERHOUT L, 1993, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V8, P413, DOI 10.1080/01690969308407584
Osterhout L., 1995, OX PSYCH S
Poeppel D, 2000, IMAGE, LANGUAGE, BRAIN, P29
VANPETTEN C, 1990, MEM COGNITION, V18, P380, DOI 10.3758/BF03197127
NR 19
TC 4
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 1
PI OXFORD
SN 0911-6044
J9 J NEUROLINGUIST
JI J. Neurolinguist.
PD NOV
PY 2004
VL 17
IS 6
BP 425
EP 437
DI 10.1016/j.jneuroling.2004.02.001
PG 13
WC Linguistics; Neurosciences; Psychology, Experimental
SC Linguistics; Neurosciences & Neurology; Psychology
GA 873KD
UT WOS:000225277700002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU de Souza, LMTM
AF de Souza, LMTM
TI Remapping writing : Indigenous writing and cultural conflict in Brazil
SO ENGLISH STUDIES IN CANADA
LA English
DT Article
RP de Souza, LMTM (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ALBERT Bruce, 2002, PACIFICANDO BRANCO C
BHABHA H, 1996, QUESTIONS CULTURAL I
Bourdieu P, 1997, OUTLINE THEORY PRACT
BRUNER J, 2002, LIT NARRATIVE CULTUR
CASTRO EV, 2000, ANTHR REL
Chakrabarty Dipesh, 1995, CULTURAL STUDIES, V6, P337
Clastres P., 1977, SOC STATE
DASILVA AL, 2003, ABERTO, V20, P89
Dei G. J. S., 2000, INDIGENOUS KNOWLEDGE
Derrida Jacques, 1974, GRAMMATOLOGY
Elkins J, 1999, DOMAIN IMAGES
FAUSTO Carlos, 1999, OUTRA MARGEM OCIDENT
FINDLAY L, 2004, SUGARS
MIGNOLO W, 2000, LOCAL HIST GLOBAL DE
ONG W, 1989, ORALITY LIT TECHNOLO
SOUZA L. M. T. M. de., 2001, INVESTIGANDO RELACAO
Sugars Cynthia, 2004, UNHOMELY STATES THEO
NR 17
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 1
PU ENGLISH STUDIES IN CANADA
PI EDMONTON
PA UNIV ALBERTA, DEPT ENGLISH, EDMONTON, AB T6G 3E5, CANADA
SN 0317-0802
J9 ENGL STUD CAN
JI Engl. Stud. Can.
PD SEP
PY 2004
VL 30
IS 3
BP 4
EP 16
PG 13
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 941UZ
UT WOS:000230241000003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Milton, J
Euzebio, E
AF Milton, J
Euzebio, E
TI The political translations of Monteiro Lobato and Carlos Lacerda
SO META
LA English
DT Article
DE Brazilian history; fiscal policy; political translation; Monteiro
Lobato; Carlos Lacerda
AB This article examines the connection between translation and politics,
concentrating on a specific period in Brazilian history, the dictatorship of
Getulio Vargas, from 1930 to 1945, and then from 1950 to 1954. It initially looks
at the link between fiscal policy and translation. It then analyzes the
translations, or rather, adaptations, of Peter Pon and Don Quixote, by the
Brazilian writer and publisher, Monteiro Lobato. The final section of the paper
will describe the situation surrounding the translation of Shakespeare's Julius
Caesar by the Brazilian politician, Carlos Lacercla, governor of the state of
Guanabara (greater Rio de Janeiro) (1960-1965).
RP Milton, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM jmilton@usp.br
CR ABRAMOVICH E, 1982, VOZES TEMPO LOBATO, P145
BASIL PS, 1957, LIT INFANTIL MONTEIR
Carneiro Maria Luiza Tucci, 1997, LIVROS PROIBIDOS IDE
CARVALHEIRO E, 1982, VOZES TEMPO LOBATO, P207
de Mendonca Marina Gusmao, 2002, DEMOLIDOR PRESIDENTE
DEMESQUITA J, 1964, ESTADO SAO PAULO
DULLES JFW, 1992, C LACERDA VIDA LUTAD, V2
DULLES John W. Foster, 1992, C LACERDA VIDA LUTAD, V1
KOSHIYAMA AM, 1982, MONTEIRO LOBATO INTE
LABIN S, 1963, CRIMA HORA
LACERDA Carlos, 1977, DEPOIMENTO
LANDERS VB, 1982, JECA MACUNAIMA MONTE
LOBATO JM, 1957, D QUIXOTE CRIANCAS
LOBATO JM, 1971, PETER PAN
PAGANO A., 2001, EMERGING VIEWS TRANS, P171
SHAKESPEARE W, 1966, J CESAR
Shakespeare William, 1992, J CAESAR
Tymoczko Maria, 2000, TRANSLATOR, V6, P23, DOI DOI
10.1080/13556509.2000.10799054
Tymozcko M., 1999, TRANSLATION POSTCOLO
VIEIRA A., 2001, EMERGING VIEWS TRANS, P143
NR 20
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD SEP
PY 2004
VL 49
IS 3
BP 481
EP 497
DI 10.7202/009374ar
PG 17
SC Linguistics
GA 867DS
UT WOS:000224823000004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lamas Rodrigues, A
AF Lamas Rodrigues, A
TI Beyond nativism: An interview with Ngugi wa Thiongo
LA English
RP Lamas Rodrigues, A (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88000
NR 0
TC 5
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 2
PI BLOOMINGTON
SN 0034-5210
JI Res. Afr. Lit.
PD FAL
PY 2004
VL 35
IS 3
BP 161
EP 167
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 840RR
UT WOS:000222877500012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Key terms in language and culture.
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Inst Language Studies, Dept Linguist, BR-
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Inst Language
Studies, Dept Linguist, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM rajan@iel.unicarnp.br
CR Duranti A., 1994, GRAMMAR POLITICS
Duranti Alessandro, 2001, KEY TERMS LANGUAGE C
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 2004
VL 55
IS 2
BP 266
EP 268
PG 3
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 965RW
UT WOS:000231969000014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Correa, LMS
Almeida, DAD
Porto, RS
AF Correa, LMS
Almeida, DAD
Porto, RS
TI On the representation of Portuguese gender-inflected words in the mental
lexicon
LA English
CT 3rd International Conference on the Mental Lexicon
CY OCT, 2002
CL Mental Lexicon Res Grp, Banff, CANADA
HO Mental Lexicon Res Grp
DE lexical representation; lexical access; gender; dominance frequency;
interpretability; Portuguese
ID MORPHOLOGY; LANGUAGE
AB This study aims at verifying whether Portuguese gender-inflected nouns and
adjectives are represented as full forms as suggested by Spanish data (Dominguez,
Cuetos, & Segui, 1999). A series of lexical decision experiments is reported.
Grammatical gender, frequency dominance, and grammatical category are manipulated
and cumulative. frequency is controlled. The results do not provide support for a
full form representation of gender-inflected words. They suggest that grammatical
category, or the nature of the inflectional process involved (lexical or
syntactic), affects the way words are represented and accessed. Shorter recognition
latencies were obtained for nouns drawn from Feminine dominant gender-inflected
pairs than from Masculine dominant pairs whereas a tendency in the opposite
direction was observed in adjectives: The effect of frequency dominance appears,
nevertheless, to be restricted to feminine nouns. The data are compatible with the
view that masculine nouns and adjectives are represented as gender-unmarked forms.
These results are discussed in relation to current dual-access models of word
recognition and to the notion of "interpretability" of lexico-syntactic features,
as put forward in the Minimalist Program of Generative Linguistics. (C) 2003
Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, BR-22453900 Rio De Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
RP Correa, LMS (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, BR-
22453900 Rio De Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
EM lscorrea@let.puc-rio.br
RI Almeida, Diogo/C-2558-2017
OI Almeida, Diogo/0000-0003-4674-8092
CR Baayen RH, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P94, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2509
BUTTERWORTH B, 1983, LANGUAGE PRODUCTION, V2, P257
CARAMAZZA A, 1988, COGNITION, V28, P297, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(88)90017-0
Chomsky Noam, 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM
Dominguez A, 1999, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V28, P485, DOI 10.1023/A:1023216326448
Dominguez A., 2000, PSICOLOGICA, V21, P375
DUARTE MHM, 1996, OLEXICO FALA CARIOCA, V8
Janssen U, 2002, BRAIN LANG, V81, P180, DOI 10.1006/brln.2001.2516
MATTOSO CAMARA Joaquim, 1970, ESTRUTURA LINGUA POR
Pallier C, 1997, BEHAV RES METH INS C, V29, P322, DOI 10.3758/BF03200583
Penke M, 1997, COGNITIVE BRAIN RES, V6, P37, DOI 10.1016/S0926-6410(97)00012-8
PINKER S, 1991, SCIENCE, V253, P530, DOI 10.1126/science.1857983
Schreuder R, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P118, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1997.2510
Schreuder R., 1995, MORPHOLOGICAL ASPECT, P131, DOI DOI
10.1002/0470018860.S00254
Sereno JA, 1997, MEM COGNITION, V25, P425, DOI 10.3758/BF03201119
Sonnenstuhl I, 1999, COGNITION, V72, P203, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(99)00033-5
TAFT M, 1994, LANG COGNITIVE PROC, V9, P271, DOI 10.1080/01690969408402120
Taft M, 1998, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V27, P23, DOI 10.1023/A:1023270723066
NR 18
TC 10
Z9 10
U1 0
U2 0
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 2004
VL 90
IS 1-3
BP 63
EP 73
DI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00420-6
PG 11
GA 829PQ
UT WOS:000222062500008
PM 15172525
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gibbs, RW
Lima, PLC
Francozo, E
AF Gibbs, RW
Lima, PLC
Francozo, E
TI Metaphor is grounded in embodied experience
LA English
CT 3rd International Conference on Researching and Applying Metaphor
CY JUN, 1999
CL Tilburg Univ, Tilburg, NETHERLANDS
HO Tilburg Univ
DE American English; Brazilian Portuguese; conceptual metaphor; DESIRE
ISHUNGER; embodied experience; linguistic metaphor
ID KNOWLEDGE; IDIOMS; REPRESENTATION; PERSPECTIVES
AB What role do people's embodied experiences have in their use and understanding
of metaphor? Contrary to the traditional belief that metaphor transcends human
experience and best reflects metaphysical truths, there is substantial evidence
from cognitive science that demonstrates how metaphor is fundamentally grounded in
embodiment. We review this empirical evidence and discuss the methodological
strategies employed by linguists and psychologists seeking connections between
embodiment and metaphor. A case study of how people think and speak of desire in
terms of hunger, specifically shows how systematic patterns of bodily experience
serve as the source domains for many cross-linguistic metaphorical mappings. These
data provide strong evidence in favor of the idea that metaphorical thought and
language arises from, and is grounded in, embodiment. (C) 2004 Published by
Elsevier B.V.
C1 Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Psychol, Santa Cruz, CA 95064 USA.
Univ Estadual Ceara, Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil.
Univ Estadual Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Gibbs, RW (reprint author), Univ Calif Santa Cruz, Dept Psychol, Santa Cruz, CA
95064 USA.
EM gibbs@cats.ucsc.edu
CR ALLBRITTON DW, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P612, DOI 10.1037/0278-
7393.21.3.612
BARFIELD O, 1992, POETIC DICTION STUDY
BERNSTEN D, 1999, METAPHOR SYMBOL, V14, P101
Cameron L., 1999, RES APPL METAPHOR
EMANATIAN M, 1995, METAPHOR SYMB ACT, V10, P163, DOI 10.1207/s15327868ms1003_2
FINKE RA, 1985, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V11, P780, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.11.1-4.780
FREYD JJ, 1984, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V10, P126, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.10.1.126
GIBBONS J, 1994, SCI COMPUT PROGRAM, V23, P1, DOI 10.1016/0167-6423(94)00013-1
GIBBS R, 1996, POETICS MIND FIGURAT, P291
Gibbs R., 1999, METAPHOR COGNITIVE L
Gibbs R. W., 1995, COGN LINGUIST, V6, P347, DOI DOI 10.1515/C0GL.1995.6.4.347
Gibbs R.W., 1994, POETICS MIND FIGURAT
GIBBS RW, 1992, J MEM LANG, V31, P485, DOI 10.1016/0749-596X(92)90025-S
Gibbs RW, 1996, COGNITION, V61, P309, DOI 10.1016/S0010-0277(96)00723-8
GIBBS RW, 1990, COGNITION, V36, P35, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90053-M
Gibbs RW, 1997, J MEM LANG, V37, P141, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1996.2506
GIBBS RW, 1996, ADV DISC PROCESS, V52, P291
Glucksberg S, 2001, UNDERSTANDING FIGURA
Grady JE, 1997, COGN LINGUIST, V8, P267, DOI 10.1515/cogl.1997.8.4.267
Grady JE, 1999, AMST STUD THEORY HIS, V175, P79
HUBBARD TL, 1988, PERCEPT PSYCHOPHYS, V44, P211, DOI 10.3758/BF03206290
INTOSPETERSON M, 1987, J EXPT PSYCHOL LEARN, V15, P188
Jeannerod M, 1999, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V52, P1, DOI 10.1080/027249899391205
Johnson M., 1987, BODY MIND
Johnson Mark, 1993, MORAL IMAGINATION
KENNEDY JM, 1993, PHILOS PSYCHOL, V6, P407, DOI 10.1080/09515089308573100
Kovecses Z., 2000, METAPHOR EMOTION LAN
Lakoff G., 1990, Cognitive Linguistics, V1, P39, DOI 10.1515/cogl.1990.1.1.39
Lakoff George, 1999, PHILOS FLESH
Lakoff George, 1989, MORE THAN COOL REASO
LIMA P, UNPUB DESIRE HUNGER
MANDLER JM, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P587, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.4.587
Murphy GL, 1996, COGNITION, V60, P173, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(96)00711-1
NAYAK NP, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V119, P315, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.119.3.315
Neruda P, 1969, 20 LOVE POEMS SONG D
RUMELHART DE, 1980, THEORETICAL ISSUES R, P33
SHELLEY P, 1990, DEFENSE POETRY
SPELKE ES, 1992, PSYCHOL REV, V99, P605, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.99.4.605
Sweetser E., 1990, ETYMOLOGY PRAGMATICS
TALMY L, 1988, COGNITIVE SCI, V12, P49, DOI 10.1016/0364-0213(88)90008-0
TURNER M, 1991, READING MINDS ENGLIS
Turner Mark, 1996, LIT MIND
NR 44
TC 134
Z9 141
U1 4
U2 39
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD JUL
PY 2004
VL 36
IS 7
BP 1189
EP 1210
DI 10.1016/j.pragma.2003.10.009
PG 22
SC Linguistics
GA 835KV
UT WOS:000222482800002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schwartz, J
Patino, R
AF Schwartz, J
Patino, R
TI Latin American literary/cultural journals of the 20th century -
Introduction
LA Portuguese
Univ Nacl Cordoba, RA-5000 Cordoba, Argentina.
RP Schwartz, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 5
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 647
EP 650
PG 4
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900001
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Prado, AA
AF Prado, AA
TI Bohemians, scholars and insubmissos. Note on culture and anarchism.
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Prado, AA (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR BEGA S, 2001, THESIS LETRAS CIENCI
BRANDAO O, 1923, RENASCENCA ARTE PENS
BRANDAO O, 1919, SPARTACUS, V1, P5
BRANDAO O, 1919, PLEBE, V2, P12
CANDIDO A, 1980, TEREZINA ETC
CAPLLONCH, 1921, RENOVACAO, V1, P38
CARVALHO M, 1987, BESTIALIZADOS RIO JA
CHALMERS VM, 1976, 3 LINHA 4 VERDADES J
COSTALLAT B, 1928, VIDA, V4, P13
de ANDRADE Oswald, 1971, MEMORIAS SENTIMENTAI
DECARVALHO E, 1901, DELENDA CARTHADO MAN
DEFIGUERIEDO R, 1922, RENOVACAO, V1
DEMIRANDA C, 1904, KULTUR REV INT ESTUD, V1, P26
DEMONTOYA EG, 1990, UNPUB PACTOS REPRESE, P9
DEMOURA ML, 1923, RENASCENCA, V1, P2
DEREZENDE L, 1928, VIDA, V4, P7
DIAS E, 1923, RENASCENCA, V1, P12
GUIDO A, 1923, RENASCENCA, V1, P4
LITVAK L, 1981, MUSA LIBERTARI ARTE
MAZIOTTI N, 1990, ESPACIOS, V4, P99
PRADO AA, 2000, REV ESTUDOS AVANCADO, V14, P267
PRAO A, 1985, CONTOS ANARQUISTAS A
RIBEIRO D, 1923, RENASCENCA, V1, P12
RIBEIRO D, 1923, RENASCENCA, V1, P8
RIBERIO D, 1923, BARRICADA QUINZENA S, V1
RIBERIO D, 1923, RENASCENCA, V1, P7
SCHMIDT A, 1923, REGENERACAO, V1, P5
SILVEIRA M, 1976, CONTRIBUICAO IRALIAN
VASCO N, 1922, RENOVACAO REV MENSAL, V1
Verissimo J, 1977, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI
VERISSIMO J, 1904, KULTUR, V1, P16
1921, COLONIA, V1, P2
1905, AURORA REV MENSAL CR, V1, P3
1928, VIDA, V4, P12
1929, ENCRENCA, V1, P4
1922, RENOVACAO REV COMUNI, V2
1915, BARRICADA QUINZENA S, V1, P67
1917, D QUIXOTE, V1, P5
1904, KULTUR, V1
1916, GUERRA SOCIALE, V2, P6
1917, D QUIXOTE, V1, P6
NR 41
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 721
EP 733
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Neto, MS
AF Neto, MS
TI Joaquim: Peripheral modernity and double rupture
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Estadual Ponta Grossa, Ponta Grossa, Parana, Brazil.
RP Neto, MS (reprint author), Univ Estadual Ponta Grossa, Ponta Grossa, Parana,
Brazil.
CR BENJAMIM W, 1987, RUA MAO UNICA
BRODSKY J, 1994, MENOS UM
Freyre Gilberto, 1947, INTERPRETACAO BRASIL
MURICY Andrade, 1952, PANORAMA MOVIMENTO S
NETO M, 1998, PROSA
NETO MS, 1998, REINVENCAO PROVIN IA
NETO MS, 1996, BIBLIO TREVISAN
PERNETA Emiliano, 1996, ILUSAO OUTROS POEMAS
1948, SUL
1943, TINGUI
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 857
EP 874
PG 18
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Camargo, MLD
AF Camargo, MLD
TI Resistance and critique - Brazilian cultural journals in times of
dictatorship
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Camargo, MLD (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900
CR [Anonymous], 1975, MOVIMENTO
[Anonymous], 1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS
[Anonymous], 1985, BRASIL NUNCA MAIS
[Anonymous], 1969, PASQUIM, V25
ANTELO R, 1985, LIT REV
CABRAL S, 1971, PASQUIM, V106, P3
CAMARGO MLD, 1998, DECLINIO ARTE ASCENS, P169
CARPEAUX OM, 1967, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, V3, P245
DECAMPOS A, 1974, BALANCO BOSSA
DIAS S, 2001, CONTINUIDADES EFEMER
FAVARETTO Celso, 1979, TROPICALIA ALEGORIA
FELIX M, 1998, ENIO SILVEIRA ARQUEI
Gaspari Elio, 2000, CULTURA TRANSITO REP
Gaspari Elio, 2002, DITADURA ENVERGONHAD
GOMES D, 1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, V1, P257
GULLAR F, 1984, VANGUARDA SUBDESENVO, P101
HUYSSEN Andreas, 2000, SEDUZIDOS PELA MEMOR
Kucinski B., 1991, JORNALISTAS REVOLUCI
LUDMER Josefina, 2002, GENERO GAUCHESCO TRA
MOTA Carlos Guilherme, 1994, IDEOLOGIA CULTURA BR
Ortiz R, 1988, MODERNA TRADICAO BRA
PROENCA MC, 1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, V1, P161
Rocha Glauber, 1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, VI, P165
Silveira Enio, 1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, VI, P3
SODRE NW, 1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, V1, P155
WILLIAMS Raymond, 1992, CULTURA
1966, PAZ TERRA
1962, TEMPO BRASILEIRO
1967, TEORIA PRATICA
1962, INVENCAO
1972, OPINIAO
1956, RIV LIVRO
1978, ATRAVES
1979, ARTE REV
1974, ARGUMENTO, V1, P159
1979, POLIMICA
1959, VISAO
1965, REV CIVILIZACAO BRAS, V1, P3
1962, CONVIVIUM
1964, PIF PAF
1975, VERSUS
1976, ALMANAUE CADERNOS LI
1954, LEITURA
1977, ESCRITA ENSAIO
1907, BEIJO
1962, PRAXIS
1976, INEDITOS
1970, BONDINHO
1973, B ARIEL
1976, JOSE
1974, CODIGO
1972, MAVILOUCA
1973, ARGUMENTO
1975, ESCRITA
1978, ENCONTROS CIVILIZACA
NR 61
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 891
EP 913
PG 23
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Wolff, JH
AF Wolff, JH
TI I am a delinquent! I am a hero! Cultural periodism in the middle-place
of the Latin-American intellectual
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Wolff, JH (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
CR ARLT R, 2000, REV USP, V47
Avelar Idelber, 1999, UNTIMELY PRESENT POS
BOAL A, 2001, REV C AMIGOS
BOAL A, 1971, LIBROS, V15
BOSTEELS W, 1996, AM CAHIERS CRICCAL, V15
CAMARGO MLD, UNPUB ATIVIDADE CRIT
DEANDRADE O, 1991, PONTA LANCA OBRAS CO
DERRIDA J, 1997, GRAMMATOLOGY
DERRIDA J, 1967, ECRITURE DIFFERENCE
DERRIDA J, 1972, POSITIONS
Derrida Jacques, 1986, PARAGES
GARCIA GL, 1985, INNOMBRABLE, V2
GARCIA GL, 1971, LOS LIROS, V18
GARCIA GL, 1991, HISPAMERICA, V20
GILMAN C, UNPUB FUSIL PALABRA
LACLAU E, 1986, MAT KRITICA
LAMBORGHINI O, 1970, LOS LIBROS, V7
LAMBORGHINI O, 1973, LITERAL, V1
LEMINSKI Paulo, 1983, CAPRICHOS RELAXOS
Moreiras Alberto, 2001, EXAUSTAO DIFERENCA P
NASCIMENTO E, 2001, FOLHA S PAULO 0527
PANESI J., 2000, CRITICAS
PERRONEMOISES L, 2001, SUPLEMENTO MAIS 0513
PERRONEMOISES L, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0515
PERRONEMOISES L, 1970, ESTADO S PAULO 0523
PIGLIA R, 1998, COMMUNICATION 1029
Piglia Ricardo, 1980, RESP ARTIFICIAL
RIBEIRO D, 1975, OPINIAO RIO DE 0307
SANTIAGO S, 1973, SPECIAL STUDIES COUN, V48
SANTIAGO S, 1991, REMATE MALES, V11
SANTIAGO S, 2000, COMMUNICATION 0518
SANTIAGO S, 1973, SUPLEMENTO LIT 1028
Santiago S., 1978, LIT TROPICOS ENSAIOS
SANTIAGO Silviano, 1975, MODERNISMO
Santiago Silviano, 1981, LIBERDADE
Santiago Silviano, 1985, STELLA MANHATTAN
SANTIAGO Silviano, 1982, VALE QUANTO PESA ENS
SANTIAGO Silviano, 1976, GLOSSARIO DERRIDA
SARLO B, 1999, COMMUNICATION 0715
SCHMUCLER H, 1969, LOS LIBROS, V2
SCHWARZ R, 1987, CULTURA BRASILEIRA T
SCHWARZ R, 1994, CULTURAS FIN SIGLO A
VELOSO Caetano, 1997, VERDADE TROPICAL
Warley Jorge, 1993, CUADERNOS HISPANOAM, P517
NR 44
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 915
EP 938
PG 24
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900017
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Olmos, AC
AF Olmos, AC
TI Intellectual practice and critical discourse in transition. 'Punto de
Vista' and 'Novos Estudos' by Cebrap
LA Spanish
DT Article
RI Olmos, Ana Cecilia Arias/H-3065-2013
CR Adorno Theodor, 1962, PRISMAS
[Anonymous], 1984, PUNTO VISTA
ARANTES P, 1992, SENTIMENTO DIALECTIC
BAUMAN Z, 1996, CUADERNOS ARCIS LOM, V4
BENJAMIN W, 1998, RUA MAO UNICA
CANDIDO Antonio, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE
Candido Antonio, 1981, NOVOS ESTUD, V1, P58
CASTORIADIS C, 1996, CUADERNOS ARCIS LOM, V4
Casullo N, 1998, MODERNIDAD CULTURA C
CHAUI M, 2000, REV BRASILEIRA LIT, V3
CHIAPPINI L, 1999, LEITURAS CICLO, P157
DARCAIS PF, 1998, PUNTO VISTA, V62, P15
DE IPOLA Emilio, 1984, PUNTO VISTA, P13
DEOLIVEIRA F, 1985, NOVOS ESTUDOS, V12, P2
Foucault M., 1978, MICROFISICA PODER
HELLER A, 1985, ANATOMIA IZQUIERDA O
HELLER Agnes, 1998, CONDICAO POLITICA PO
HOPENHAYN Martin, 1995, NI APOCALIPTICOS NI
JAMESON F, 1999, METODO BRECHT
JAMESON Fredric, 1992, INCONSCIENTE POLITIC
LARSEN N, 1994, REV CRIT LIT LATINO, V20, P155, DOI 10.2307/4530762
Olmos Arias, 2001, TERRITORIOS INTELECT, P75
PANESI J., 2000, CRITICAS
PECAUT Daniel, 1990, INTELECTUAIS POLITIC
PRADO B, 1985, ALGUNS ENSAIOS FILOS
Prieto Adolfo, 1989, PUNTO VISTA, Vxii, P22
Rama Angel, 1980, PUNTO VISTA, V9, P3
SARLO B, 1986, PUNTO VISTA, V27, P1
SARLO B, 1999, LEITURAS CICLO, P287
Sarlo Beatriz, 1979, PUNTO VISTA, V2, P9
Sarlo Beatriz, 1983, LIT SOC
Sarlo Beatriz, 1978, PUNTO VISTA, V2, P3
SCHWARTZ R, 1994, NUEVO TEXTO CRITICO, V7, P175
SCHWARTZ R, 1978, PAI FAMILIA
SCHWARTZ R, 1999, SEQUENCIAS BRASILEIR
SCHWARTZ R, 1983, POBRES LIT BRASILEIR
SCHWARZ R, 1987, NOVOS ESTUDOS, V17, P38
SCHWARZ R., 1973, ESTUDOS CEBRAP, V3, P151
SUSSEKIND F, 1988, NOVOS ESTUDOS, V20, P96
TOURAINE A, 1982, NOVOS ESTUDOS, V1, P36
NR 46
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 939
EP 955
PG 17
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900018
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Andrade, G
AF Andrade, G
TI Reading the arts. The plastic arts in eight Argentinian cultural
journals. 1878-1951.
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
RP Andrade, G (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR SAAVEDRA MI, 2002, LEER ARTES ARTES PLA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2004
VL 70
IS 208-9
BP 1045
EP 1046
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 862QM
UT WOS:000224505900024
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Loureiro, CD
Braga, LW
Nascimento, LD
Nunes, G
Queiroz, E
Dellatolas, G
AF Loureiro, CD
Braga, LW
Nascimento, LD
Nunes, G
Queiroz, E
Dellatolas, G
TI Degree of illiteracy and phonological and metaphonological skills in
unschooled adults
LA English
DT Article
DE literacy; phonological skills; phonemic awareness
ID LITERACY; SEGMENTATION; SPEECH; RECOGNITION; AWARENESS; ABILITIES;
SOUNDS; WORDS
AB Phonological and metaphonological skills are explored in 97 Brazilian illiterate
and semiliterate adults. A simple letter- and word-reading task was used to define
the degree of illiteracy. Phonemic awareness was strongly dependent on the level of
letter and word reading ability. Phonological memory was very low in illiterates
and unrelated to letter knowledge. Rhyme identification was relatively preserved in
illiterates and semiliterates, and unrelated to letter and word reading level.
Phonetic discrimination (minimal pairs) was fairly good and marginally related to
reading ability. These results suggest that phonological sensitivity, phonological
memory, rhyme identification, and phonemic awareness are distinctive cognitive
processes, and that only phonemic awareness is clearly and strongly dependent on
the alphabetical acquisition. (C) 2004 Elsevier Inc. All rights reserved.
C1 INSERM, U Epidemiol & Biostat 472, F-94807 Villejuif, France.
SARAH Network, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
Fac Med Lisbon, Ctr Estudos Egas Moniz, Lab Estudos Lingaugem, Lisbon, Portugal.
RP Dellatolas, G (reprint author), INSERM, U Epidemiol & Biostat 472, 16 Ave P
Vaillant Couturier, F-94807 Villejuif, France.
EM dellatolas@vjf.inserm.fr
RI Nunes Filho, Gilberto/J-1535-2012
CR ADRIAN JA, 1995, INT J PSYCHOL, V30, P329, DOI 10.1080/00207599508246574
ALEGRIA J, 1979, ARCH PSYCHOL, V183, P251
Bertelson P., 1989, EUROPEAN J COGNITIVE, V1, P239, DOI [DOI
10.1080/09541448908403083, 10.1080/09541448908403083]
BRADLEY L, 1983, NATURE, V301, P419, DOI 10.1038/301419a0
CALFEE RC, 1973, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V64, P293, DOI 10.1037/h0034586
DEGELDER B, 1993, PSYCHOL RES-PSYCH FO, V55, P315, DOI 10.1007/BF00419691
Dellatolas G, 2003, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V9, P771, DOI
10.1017/S1355617703950107
KOLINSKY R, 1987, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V8, P223, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400000278
LENEL JC, 1981, J PSYCHOLINGUIST RES, V10, P57, DOI 10.1007/BF01067361
LIBERMAN IY, 1974, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V18, P201, DOI 10.1016/0022-
0965(74)90101-5
MORAIS J, 1984, PERCEPT MOTOR SKILL, V58, P221, DOI 10.2466/PMS.58.1.221-222
MORAIS J, 1979, COGNITION, V7, P323, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(79)90020-9
MORAIS J, 1986, COGNITION, V24, P45, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90004-1
MORAIS J, 1987, Q J EXP PSYCHOL-A, V39, P451, DOI 10.1080/14640748708401798
READ C, 1986, COGNITION, V24, P31, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(86)90003-X
Reis A, 1997, J INT NEUROPSYCH SOC, V3, P444, DOI 10.1017/S135561779700444X
ROSNER J, 1971, J LEARN DISABIL, V4, P384, DOI 10.1177/002221947100400706
Scliar-Cabral L., 1997, INT J PSYCHOLINGUIST, V13, P211
Treiman R., 1981, READING RES ADV THEO, VIII
NR 19
TC 32
Z9 33
U1 1
U2 10
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
EI 1090-2155
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD JUN
PY 2004
VL 89
IS 3
BP 499
EP 502
DI 10.1016/j.bandl.2003.12.008
PG 4
GA 820TO
UT WOS:000221412500008
PM 15120540
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Araujo, VLS
AF Araujo, VLS
TI To be or not to be natural: Cliche's of emotion in screen translation
SO META
LA English
DT Article
DE cliches; dubbing; norms; screen translation; subtitling
AB The objective of this article is to report the results of my Doctoral thesis
that investigated the translation of American English cliches into Brazilian
Portuguese in five dubbed and subtitled films. Cliches, also called situational or
routine formulas, are those expressions used by speakers of a certain language
which have become stereotyped and commonplace due to repetitive use. More than 250
cliches expressing emotion were found in the corpus. The study aimed at the
description of the norms that regulated Brazilian translators' rendering of the
cliches. The analysis revealed that one norm governed the translation, that of
absence of naturalness. That is, the translator sometimes chose an expression which
is not natural in Portuguese. This was mainly due to the constraints of the
audiovisual setting and the translator's wish to produce a 'faithful' translation.
C1 Satate Univ Ceara, Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil.
RP Araujo, VLS (reprint author), Satate Univ Ceara, Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil.
EM verasant@uece.br
CR ALVARENGA L, 1998, P ICIATI C IB AM TRA, P214
ARAUJO Vera Lucia, 2000, THESIS U SAO PAULO S
BAMBA M, 1997, THESIS U SAO PAULO S
Kryk-Kastovsky B, 1997, LANGUAGE OF EMOTIONS, P155
Luyken G-M, 1991, OVERCOMING LANGUAGE
Pawley A., 1983, LANG COMMUN, P191
TAGNIN S., 1989, EXPRESSOES IDIOMATIC
Zijderveld Anton C., 1979, CLICHES SUPERSEDURE
NR 8
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 2
PI MONTREAL
PA PO BOX 6128, SUCCURSALE A, 3744 RUE JEAN-BRILLANT, MONTREAL, QUEBEC H3T
1P1, CANADA
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD APR
PY 2004
VL 49
IS 1
BP 161
EP 171
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA 820GZ
UT WOS:000221376800017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Opazo, C
AF Opazo, C
TI 'Mapocho', by Nona Fernandez: The inversion of national romance
SO REVISTA CHILENA DE LITERATURA
LA Spanish
DT Article
AB This article proposes a re-reading of the novel Mapocho by Nona Fernandez
(Municipal Literary Prize, 2003). In it, the author discusses Fernandez'
interpretation of the historian's mission in the foundation process of the nation,
the place of the ethnic, sexual and political minorities within the national
project, and the strategies of resistance employed by these groups. The conclusion
is that the novel Mapocho inverts the option of national romance; insofar as rape,
orphanage and incest constitute an allegory of the failure of the Chilean national
project in the XXth century.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, BR-22453 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Opazo, C (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, BR-22453 Rio
De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Benveniste Emile, 1970, LANGAGES, V17, P12, DOI DOI 10.3406/LGGE.1970.2572
Bhabha Homi, 2002, LUGAR CULTURA
CANOVAS Rodrigo, 2003, SEXUALIDAD CULTURA N
ENCINA FA, 1983, HIST CHILE, V1
ERCILLA AD, 1970, ARAUCANA
FERNANDEZ N, MAPOCHO
Foucault Michel, 1990, VIDA HOMBRES INFAMES
Molloy Sylvia, 1996, CULTURA TERCER MUNDO
Molloy Sylvia, 1994, CULTURAS FIN SIGLO
SAID EW, CULTURE IMPERIALISM
SOMMER D, 1991, FOUNDATIONAL FICTION, P41
SPIVAK GC, OTHER WORLDS ESSAYS
NR 12
TC 4
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV CHILE FAC FILOS HUMAN EDUC
PI SANTIAGO
PA DEPT LITERATURA CASILLA 10136, SANTIAGO, CHILE
SN 0048-7651
J9 REV CHIL LIT
JI Rev. Chil. Lit.
PD APR
PY 2004
IS 64
BP 29
EP 45
PG 17
SC Literature
GA 832CE
UT WOS:000222244000002
OA DOAJ Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI The translation studies reader
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 UNICAMP, Inst Language Studies, Dept Linguist, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
EM rajan@obelix.unicamp.br
CR BILLIG M, 1995, BANAL NATIONALISM
DERRIDA J, 1979, DIFFERENCE TRANSLATI, P165
Edwards John, 1985, LANGUAGE SOC IDENTIT
Niranjana T., 1992, SITING TRANSLATION
Steiner George, 1975, BABEL ASPECTS LANGUA
Venuti Lawrence, 2000, TRANSLATION STUDIES
Vinay J. P., 1958, STYLISTIQUE COMP FRA
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI ABINGDON
SN 0043-7956
EI 2373-5112
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2004
VL 55
IS 1
BP 114
EP 119
PG 6
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 918MY
UT WOS:000228547200011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schmitz, JR
AF Schmitz, JR
TI Taking linguistics seriously: on the varied dimensions of applied
linguistics
SO LINGUA
LA English
DT Article
ID GRAMMAR
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, IEL, Dept Linguist Aplicada, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Schmitz, JR (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, IEL, Dept Linguist
Aplicada, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
EM schmitz@iel.unicamp.br
CR Bhaskar R, 1998, RECLAIMING REALITY C
Bogaards P., 2001, STUDIES 2 LANGUAGE A, V23, P321, DOI DOI
10.1017/S0272263101003011
Borsley RD, 2002, LINGUA, V112, P1, DOI 10.1016/S0024-3841(01)00034-1
BROSELOW E, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V3, P194
Chomsky N., 1986, BARRIERS
Chomsky N., 1998, MIT WORKING PAPERS L, V15, P1
Corson D, 1997, APPL LINGUIST, V18, P166, DOI 10.1093/applin/18.2.166
CRAIN S, 1999, INTRO LINGUISTIC THE
Cruse David A., 1986, LEXICAL SEMANTICS
FRANCIS N, 1982, FREQUENCY ANAL ENGLI
GIVON T, 1979, UNDERSTANDING GRAMMA
Hawkins R., 2001, SECOND LANG RES, V21, P345, DOI [10.1191/026765801681495868,
DOI 10.1191/026765801681495868]
Jackendoff R., 1991, BRIDGES PSYCHOL LING, P145
Landau S., 1989, DICT ART CRAFT LEXIC
Lindstromberg S, 2001, APPL LINGUIST, V22, P79, DOI 10.1093/applin/22.1.79
Meijs W, 1996, ANN REV APPL LINGUIS, V16, P99
Mitchell R, 2000, APPL LINGUIST, V21, P281, DOI 10.1093/applin/21.3.281
NEWMEYER FJ, 1982, APPL LINGUIST, V3, P89, DOI 10.1093/applin/3.2.89
Roberts Ian G., 1997, COMP SYNTAX
Ruhl Charles, 1989, MONOSEMY STUDY LINGU
SINGH R, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V24, P283, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)00046-H
SRIDHAR SN, 1990, STUDIES LINGUISTIC S, V20, P165
Stubbs M., 1995, PRINCIPLE PRACTICE A, P245
THORNDIKE EL, 1921, TEACHERS WORDBOOK
West M, 1953, GEN SERVICE LIST ENG
NR 27
TC 1
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0024-3841
J9 LINGUA
JI Lingua
PD FEB
PY 2004
VL 114
IS 2
BP 95
EP 99
DI 10.1016/S0024-3841(03)00022-6
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA 766MV
UT WOS:000188380900002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Rocha, M
AF Rocha, M
BE Branco, A
McEnery, T
Mitkov, R
TI Anaphoric demonstratives: Dealing with the hard cases
SO Anaphora Processing: LINGUISTIC, COGNITIVE AND COMPUTATIONAL MODELLING
SE AMSTERDAM STUDIES IN THE THEORY AND HISTORY OF LINGUISTIC SCIENCE :
SERIES IV - CURRENT ISSUES IN LINGUISTIC THEORY
LA English
CT 4th Discourse Anaphora and Anaphor Resolution Colloquium (DAARC)
CY SEP, 2002
CL Univ Lisbon, Lisbon, PORTUGAL
HO Univ Lisbon
AB This paper presents a corpus-based study of anaphoric demonstratives in
dialogues in English and Portuguese, with a view to an implementation as part of an
anaphor resolution module in a dialogue interface. The resolution of anaphoric
demonstratives is often seen as particularly hard because of implicit and
discourse-chunk antecedents. In an attempt to overcome such difficulties,
antecedents of anaphoric demonstratives found in dialogues in the London Lund
Corpus, for English, and in the CDC-RJ, for Portuguese, were analysed according to
realisation and phrase structure. Anaphoric demonstratives in collocations were
identified in a list so as to establish patterns which were then associated
individually with a resolution strategy. An approach relying on information
structure, as defined by topic tracking, and other data derived from corpus
analysis is proposed to identify adequate processing strategies for the resolution
of cases which could not have their resolution paths associated to collocations.
CR BYRON D, 1998, P 2 DISC AN AN RES C
Grosz B. J., 1986, Computational Linguistics, V12, P175
KAREN L, 1992, CONNECTIONIST NATURA, P274
Ng V, 2002, P 40 ANN M ASS COMP, P104, DOI DOI 10.3115/1073083.1073102
Passonneau R. J., 1993, CHALLENGES NATURAL L, P179
PAUL M, 1999, P ACL WORKSH
ROCHA M, 1998, THESIS U SUSSEX BRIG
Rocha M, 1997, P ACL 97 EACL 97 WOR, P54
SINCLAIR J, 1992, ADV SPOKEN DISCOURSE
Soon WM, 2001, COMPUT LINGUIST, V27, P521, DOI 10.1162/089120101753342653
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
SN 0304-0763
BN 1-58811-621-2
J9 AMST STUD THEORY HIS
PY 2004
VL 263
BP 403
EP 427
PG 25
SC Linguistics
GA BDI93
UT WOS:000233670500019
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Silla, CN
Kaestner, CAA
AF Silla, CN
Kaestner, CAA
BE Gelbukh, A
TI An analysis of sentence boundary detection systems for English and
Portuguese documents
SO COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS AND INTELLIGENT TEXT PROCESSING
SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
LA English
CT 5th International Conference on Intelligent Text Processing and
Computational Linguistics
CY FEB 15-21, 2004
CL Seoul, SOUTH KOREA
SP Assoc Computat Linguist
AB In this paper we present a study comparing the performance of different systems
found in the literature that perform the task of antomatic text se.-mentation in
sentences for English documents. We also show the difficulties found to adapt these
systems to make them work with Portuguese documents and the results obtained after
the adaptation. We analyzed two systems that use a machine learning approach:
MxTerminator and Satz, and a customized system based on fixed rules expressed by
Regular Expressions. The results achieved by the Satz system were surprisingly
positive for Portuguese documents.
C1 Pontif Catholic Univ Parana, BR-80215901 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
RP Silla, CN (reprint author), Pontif Catholic Univ Parana, Rua Imaculada Conceicao
1155, BR-80215901 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
EM silla@ppgia.pucpr.br; kaestner@ppgia.pucpr.br
RI Silla Jr., Carlos/F-7227-2012
OI Silla, Carlos/0000-0002-1603-9378
CR ALUISIO SM, 2003, P CORP LING 2003, V16, P14
Mitchell T.M., 1997, MACHINE LEARNING
Palmer DD, 1997, COMPUT LINGUIST, V23, P241
PALMER DD, 1994, THESIS
REYNAR JC, 1997, P 5 C APPL NAT LANG, P16
Silla C., 2003, P 3 BRAZ COMP SCI C, P548
Witten IH, 1999, DATA MINING PRACTICA
NR 8
TC 6
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 1
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-21006-7
PY 2004
VL 2945
BP 135
EP 141
PG 7
WC Computer Science, Information Systems; Computer Science, Theory &
Methods; Language & Linguistics
GA BY59Y
UT WOS:000189417900016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bezerra, MO
AF Bezerra, MO
TI The anthropology of politics: A reader in ethnography, theory and
critique
SO CRITIQUE
LA French
DT Book Review
RP Bezerra, MO (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR VINCENT J, 2002, ANTHROP POLITICS REA
NR 1
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITIONS MINUIT
PI PARIS
PA 7 RUE BERNARD-PALISSY, 75006 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0011-1600
J9 CRITIQUE
JI Critique
PD JAN-FEB
PY 2004
VL 60
IS 680-81
BP 66
EP 76
PG 11
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 769VW
UT WOS:000188671300014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bezerra, MO
AF Bezerra, MO
TI Brasilian politics: An anthropological perspective
SO CRITIQUE
LA French
DT Book Review
RP Bezerra, MO (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR BARREIRA C, 2004, POLITICA BRASIL VISO
NR 1
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITIONS MINUIT
PI PARIS
PA 7 RUE BERNARD-PALISSY, 75006 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0011-1600
J9 CRITIQUE
JI Critique
PD JAN-FEB
PY 2004
VL 60
IS 680-81
BP 66
EP 76
PG 11
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 769VW
UT WOS:000188671300015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI The pedagogical potential of interessere
SO PMLA-PUBLICATIONS OF THE MODERN LANGUAGE ASSOCIATION OF AMERICA
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
RP Antelo, R (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
CR Agamben G., 1998, SOVEREIGN POWER BARE
Bauman Z., 1993, POSTMODERN ETHICS
BLANCHOT M, 1993, INFINITE CONVERSATIO, P407
BLANCHOT M, 1967, NOUVELLE REV FRANCAI, V172, P863
Blanchot Maurice, 1969, ENTRETIEN INFINI
Caillois R., 1960, MEDUSE CIE
CAILLOIS Roger, 1967, JEUX SPORTS ENCY PLE
Franco Jean, 2002, DECLINE FALL LETTERE
GUMBRECHT HU, 2002, TAGESSPIEGEL 0622
GUMBRECHT HU, 2003, STANFORD HUMANI 0924
Herschmann M., 1993, LANCE SORTE FUTEBOL
LACAN J, 1998, 4 FUND CONCEPTS PSYC
Levinas Emmanuel, 1987, COLLECTED PHILOS PAP
Pratt M. L., 1995, COMP LIT AGE MULTICU, P58
SONTAG Susan, 1990, NEW YORKER, P102
Spivak G.C., 1999, CRITIQUE POSTCOLONIA
VALERY P, 1957, OEUVRES COMPLETES, P96
Zizek S, 1999, ZIZEK READER, P11
Zizek S., 2000, CONTINGENCY HEGEMONY, P308
NR 19
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU MODERN LANGUAGE ASSOC AMER
PI NEW YORK
PA 10 ASTOR PLACE, NEW YORK, NY 10003 USA
SN 0030-8129
J9 PMLA
JI PMLA-Publ. Mod. Lang. Assoc. Am.
PD JAN
PY 2004
VL 119
IS 1
BP 42
EP 47
DI 10.1632/003081204X22873
PG 6
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 762LZ
UT WOS:000187974900004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Lima, MLC
Francozo, E
AF Cunha Lima, Maria Luiza
Francozo, Edson
BE Forbus, K
Gentner, D
Regier, T
TI Anaphora and Indefinite Noun-Phrases
SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWENTY-SIXTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF THE COGNITIVE
SCIENCE SOCIETY
LA English
CT 26th Annual Conference of the Cognitive-Science-Society
CY AUG 04-07, 2004
CL Chicago, IL
SP Cognit Sci Soc
C1 [Cunha Lima, Maria Luiza; Francozo, Edson] State Univ Campinas UNICAMP, LAFAPE,
EM marialuizacl@yahoo.com; edson@unicamp.br
CR Almor A, 1999, PSYCHOL REV, V106, P748, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.106.4.748
LIMA MLC, 2004, THESIS STATE U CAMPI
NADIG A, 2003, P 16 ANN CUNY C HUM, P96
Schwarz M., 2000, INDIREKTE ANAPHERN T
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LAWRENCE ERLBAUM ASSOC PUBL
PI MAHWAH
PA 10 INDUSTRIAL AVE, MAHWAH, NJ 07430 USA
BN 978-0-8058-5464-0
PY 2004
BP 1547
EP 1547
PG 1
WC Computer Science, Artificial Intelligence; Language & Linguistics;
Psychology; Psychology, Experimental
SC Computer Science; Linguistics; Psychology
GA BSN97
UT WOS:000285044800303
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lajolo, M
AF Lajolo, M
TI History and literature: homage to Antonio Candido
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Lajolo, M (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR DELASERNA JR, HIST LIT HOMENAGEM A
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2004
VL 30
IS 59
BP 307
EP 309
DI 10.2307/4531316
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 047XD
UT WOS:000237911100018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI Foundations: Canon, history and national culture. Literary
historiography of Latin-American liberalism in the 19th century
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
SC, Brazil.
CR Gonzalez-Stephan Beatriz, 2002, FUNDACIONES CANON HI
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 2004
VL 69
IS 206
BP 311
EP 313
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 840RK
UT WOS:000222876800026
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU O'Shea, JR
AF O'Shea, JR
BE Homem, RC
Hoenselaars, T
TI From printed text to performance text - Brazilian translations of
Shakespearean drama
SO TRANSLATING SHAKESPEARE FOR THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY
SE DQR Studies in Literature
LA English
CT Conference on Translating Shakespeare for the 21st Century
CY DEC, 2000
CL Oporto, PORTUGAL
SP Univ Oporto, Inst English Studies
CR BASSNETT, 1991, TRADUCTION TERMINOLO, V4, P106
BASSNETTMCGUIRE S, 1985, MANIPULATION LITERAT, P88
Bennett S., 1997, THEATRE AUDIENCES TH
Bevington David, 1990, ANTONY CLEOPATRA
BOSWELL L, STAGES TRANSLATION, P149
DELABASTITA D, 1998, ROUTLEDGE ENCY TRANS, P223
Delabastita D., 1993, EUROPEAN SHAKESPEARE, P9
Deprats Jean-Michel, 1997, SHAKESPEARE SURV, V50, P125
FORTIER M, 1997, THEATRE THEORY INTRO
HALIO J, 1988, UNDERSTANDING SHAKES, P4
HAWTHORN J, 1992, CONCISE GLOSSARY CON, P22
HOLLAND P, 1997, ENGLISH SHAKESPEARES, P1
INGARDEN R, 1931, LITERARY WORK ART IN
JOHNSON TH, 1955, COMPLETE POEMS E DIC, P534
JOHNSTON D, 1996, STAGES TRANSLATIONS, P7
Kennedy Dennis, 1996, SHAKESPEARE THEORY P, P133
PAVIS P, 1992, THEATRE CROSSROADS C
SHUTTLEWORTH M, 1997, DICT TRANSLATION STU, P43
Wells Stanley, 1988, OXFORD SHAKESPEARE
1998, PMLA, V113, P1097
NR 20
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EDITIONS RODOPI B V
PI AMSTERDAM
PA TIJNMUIDEN 7, 1046 AK AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
SN 0921-2507
BN 90-420-1721-X
J9 DQR STUD LIT
PY 2004
VL 35
BP 145
EP 159
PG 15
WC Literary Theory & Criticism; Literature
SC Literature
GA BAQ62
UT WOS:000223216100009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU El-Dash, LG
Busnardo, J
AF El-Dash, LG
Busnardo, J
TI Interaction of semantic and pragmatic choices in the translation of verb
forms: English and Portuguese
LA English
DT Article
DE contrastive semantics; semantics and pragmatics of verb tenses;
translation; English/Portuguese
AB Despite the superficial similarity of verb tense forms in English and
Portuguese, semantic aspect often plays a critical role in the translation of one
to the other; hence, the translator may be required to specify information or make
explicit certain elements of meaning which are only implicitly present in the
original Portuguese. Moreover, numerous verbs require an English-speaking
translator to interpret multivariate forms in Portuguese in order to render the
text into English. In the text analyzed, over 70% of the inflected verb forms
required careful interpretation of the context and situation to choose an
appropriate translation, and 67% of these "problematic" verbs have more than one
possible option, depending on the aspect(s) to be emphasized. These results
emphasize the link between semantic competence (aspect) and pragmatic competence
(the ability to match form and function within context) in the composition of a
general translation competence. (C) 2003 Elsevier B.V. All rights reserved.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Dept Appl Linguist, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
RP El-Dash, LG (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, UNICAMP, Dept Appl
Linguist, Barao Geraldo CP6045, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR AUSTIN JL, 1975, DO THINDS WORDS
Baker M., 1992, OTHER WORDS COURSEBO
Comrie B., 1976, ASPECT
Comrie B., 1985, TENSE
COSTA SBB, 1997, ASPECTO PROTUGUES
ELDASH LG, 1998, 14 JORN ENS LING ING
ELDASH LG, 1993, 9 JORN ENS LING ESTR
Fabricius-Hansen C., 1998, CONCISE ENCY PRAGMAT, P1000
Leech Geoffrey N, 1971, MEANING ENGLISH VERB
LEWIS M, 1988, ENGLISH VERB EXPLORA
LI CN, 1982, TENSE ASPECT SEMANTI, P19
Mey Jacob L., 2001, PRAGMATICS INTRO
Talmy L., 1985, LANGUAGE TYPOLOGY SY, P57, DOI DOI 10.1017/CB09780511618437
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD DEC
PY 2003
VL 35
IS 12
BP 1823
EP 1841
DI 10.1016/S0378-2166(02)00199-6
PG 19
SC Linguistics
GA 743MU
UT WOS:000186576900004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Torres, MHC
AF Torres, MHC
TI Translation of French literature in Brazil: An assessment
SO META
LA French
DT Article
AB This paper sets out to describe the position in Brazilian cultural and literary
system of French language literature translated into Portuguese. After considering
the historical relations of mutual attraction between Brazil and France,
politically. economically and culturally, data on translated literature at a world
level are analysed, and of French language in Brazil in particular as they emerge
from the UNESCO Index Translationum. Finally, some strategies are suggested as to
the republishing in Brazil of French literature translations, still very modest in
number when compared to translations from the English.
RP Torres, MHC (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88000 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
EM marie@cce.ufsc.br
CR CARELLI M, 1987, FRANCE-BRESIL BILAN
CARELLI M, 1993, RENCONTRE IMAGINAIRE
Casanova Pascale., 1999, REPUBLIQUE MONDIALE
LAMBERT J, 1989, TARGET 1, V2
LAMBERT J, 1996, TRANSFERTS LINGUISTI, P3
LAMBERT J, 1990, SEMPER ALIQUID NOVI
LEVISTRAUSS C, 1955, TRSITES TROPIQUES
Pym Antony, 1998, METHOD TRANSLATION H
VALEZISTAUT LM, 1991, RECEPCAO OBRA MACHIA
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PI MONTREAL
PA PO BOX 6128, SUCCURSALE A, 3744 RUE JEAN-BRILLANT, MONTREAL, QUEBEC H3T
1P1, CANADA
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD DEC
PY 2003
VL 48
IS 4
BP 498
EP 508
DI 10.7202/008722ar
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA 759NM
UT WOS:000187743800002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Humble, P
AF Humble, P
TI Learner's dictionary of business French. Dictionary for understanding
and producing business French
SO META
LA French
DT Book Review
RP Humble, P (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88000 Florianopolis, SC,
Brazil.
RI HUMBLE, PHILIPPE/S-2866-2019
OI HUMBLE, PHILIPPE/0000-0002-3426-3218
CR BINON JEAN I DR., 2000, DICT APPRENTISSAGE F
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD DEC
PY 2003
VL 48
IS 4
BP 601
EP 604
DI 10.7202/008735ar
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA 759NM
UT WOS:000187743800015
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dos Reis, VL
AF Dos Reis, VL
TI Representation of reality: The relation between truth and lies in
Monique LaRue's 'Copies Conformes'
SO VOIX & IMAGES
LA French
DT Article
AB This article on Copies Conformes deals with the representation of reality by
analysing the story-within-a-story effect produced by the rewriting of Dashiell
Hammett's novel, The Maltese Falcon The article also considers the enigma as a
privileged form of reflection on fiction and on the relation between truth and
lies.
RP Dos Reis, VL (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ,
Brazil.
CR AUGE M, GUERRE REVES EXERCIC
AUGE M, IMPOSSIBLE VOYAGE TO
BAUDRILLARD J, TRANSPARENCE MAL ESS
BEAUDOIN R, 1990, LIBERTE DEC, V192, P94
CANTY D, 1996, VOIX IMAGES HIV, V21, P224
CHASSAY JF, AMBIGUITE AMERICAINE
DEBRAY R, VIE MORT IMAGE
DUBOIS J, ROMAN POLICIER MODER
HAMMETT D, CLE DE VERRE
HAMMETT D, INTROUVABLE
HAMMETT D, FAUCON MALTAIS
LARUE M, COPIES CONFORMES
LITS M, ROMAN POLICIER INTRO
ROSSET C, REEL SON DOUBLE
ROYER J, ROMANCIER QUEBECOIS
THOMAS LV, MORT QUESTION
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0318-9201
J9 VOIX IMAGE
JI Voix Images
PD WIN
PY 2003
VL 28
IS 2
BP 61
EP 72
DI 10.7202/006596ar
PG 12
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 658TJ
UT WOS:000181736300005
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rocha, AF
Rocha, FT
AF Rocha, AF
Rocha, FT
TI EEG analysis of Brazilian sign language comprehension
LA English
DT Meeting Abstract
C1 HCFMUSP, LIM 01, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD OCT
PY 2003
VL 87
IS 1
BP 193
EP 193
DI 10.1016/S0093-934X(03)00266-9
PG 1
GA 730ND
UT WOS:000185836100098
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ostermann, AC
AF Ostermann, AC
TI Localizing power and solidarity: Pronoun alternation at an all-female
police station and a feminist crisis intervention center in Brazil
LA English
DT Article
DE pronoun alternation; domestic violence; language and gender;
code-switching; contextualization cues; interactional sociolinguistics;
conversation analysis; institutional interaction
ID GENDER
AB This article brings the study of language to the social phenomenon of gender-
related violence as it is currently being dealt with in institutional settings. It
investigates the social significance of 2nd person pronoun variation and
alternation in 26 professional-victim interactions in two parallel institutions
created to address violence against women in Brazil: a police station with an all-
female staff, and a feminist crisis intervention center. A quantitative analysis of
patterns of use is complemented by a qualitative analysis of the interactional
strategies of 2nd person pronoun alternation in the two settings. Pronoun switching
is innovatively analyzed under the theory of code alternation developed by Auer
1995. The qualitative analysis demonstrates how pronoun alternation functions as a
contextualization cue in face-to-face interactions. In particular, it shows the
different ways in which pronoun alternation is used to contextualize phenomena such
as preference organization and changes in frames and footings, and locally to
exercise power and/or solidarity.
C1 Univ Vale Rio Dos Sinos, Unisinos, Ctr Ciencias Comunicac, Programa Posgrad
Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, Brazil.
RP Ostermann, AC (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio Dos Sinos, Unisinos, Ctr Ciencias
Comunicac, Programa Posgrad Linguist Aplicada, Sao Leopoldo, Brazil.
CR Auer P., 1998, CODE SWITCHING CONVE
Auer P., 1995, 1 SPEAKER 2 LANGUAGE, P115
AUER P, 1992, CONTEXTUALIZATION LA
Auer Peter, 1984, BILINGUAL CONVERSATI
AZEVEDO Maria Amelia, 1985, MULHERES ESPANCADAS
AZEVEDO MM, 1981, HISPANIA, V64, P273
Bateson Gregory., 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND, P177
BOGOCH B, 1994, DISCOURSE SOC, V5, P65, DOI 10.1177/0957926594005001004
Bogoch Bryna, 1984, TEXT, V4, P249
BRITTO H, 1998, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V34, P77
Brown P, 1987, POLITENESS SOME UNIV
BROWN R, 1964, LANG CULT SOC, P234
Brown Roger, 1960, STYLE LANG, P253, DOI DOI 10.1515/9783110805376.252
CHAUI M, 1984, PERSPECTIVAS ANTHR M, V4, P23
Cook M, 1997, HISPANIA-J DEV INTER, V80, P451, DOI 10.2307/345821
COOMARASWAMY R, 1997, ECN4199747ADD2 UN EC
Cummings S., 1992, DISCOURSE TRANSCRIPT
DAVIS LV, 1994, SOC WORK, V39, P695
Drew P, 1992, TALK WORK
ECKERT P, 1992, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V21, P461, DOI
10.1146/annurev.an.21.100192.002333
Eckert P., 1998, LANGUAGE GENDER READ, P484
Galves C., 1993, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO
Gregori Maria Filomena, 1992, CENAS QUEIXAS ESTUDO
Hautzinger S, 1997, Fem Issues, V15, P3, DOI 10.1007/BF02860606
HAUTZINGER S, 1998, THESIS J HOPKINS U
HEAD B, 1976, READINGS PORTUGUESE, P289
Heritage J, 1984, GARFINKEL ETHNOMETHO
*HUM RIGHTS WATCH, 1995, HUM RIGHTS WATCH GLO, P341
Hymes D., 1972, DIRECTIONS SOCIOLING
Hymes Dell, 1974, FDN SOCIOLINGUISTICS
JENSEN JB, 1984, HISPANIC LINGUISTICS, V1, P229
JENSEN JB, 1981, LINGUISTICS LIT ROMA, P45
Kato M. A., 1999, PROBUS, V11, P1, DOI DOI 10.1515/PRBS.1999.11.1.1
Kendall Martha, 1981, LANG COMMUN, V1, P237
Kurz Damie, 1998, ISSUES INTIMATE VIOL, P197
Leiman Joan M., 1998, ADDRESSING DOMESTIC
MARCONDES L, 1999, COMMUNICATION
MOURA T, 1999, COMMUNICATION
Muhlhausler Peter, 1990, PRONOUNS PEOPLE LING
Nabucco Aray, 1989, DIARIO POPULAR 0430, P12
NEGRAO EV, 1996, REV DOCUMENTACAO EST, V12, P125
Nelson S, 1996, LAT AM PERSPECT, V23, P131, DOI 10.1177/0094582X9602300109
Nelson Sarah Elizabeth, 1997, THESIS U WASHINGTON
OSTERMANN AC, 2002, IN PRESS ALFA REV LI, V46
OSTERMANN AC, 2000, THESIS U MICHIGAN AN
OSTERMANN AC, 2003, IN PRESS DISCOURSE S, V14
Pomerantz A, 1997, DISCOURSE SOCIAL INT, V2, P64
Ptacek James, 1998, ISSUES INTIMATE VIOL, P181
SAFFIOTI Heleieth, 1994, MULHER BRASILEIRA AS, P151
SAFFIOTI HIB, 1994, ESTUDOS FEMINISTAS, V2, P43
SCHULER M, 1992, FREEDOM VIOLENCE WOM
SILVA MV, 1992, VIOLENCIA CONTRA MUL
Sorj Bila, 1984, PERSPECTIVAS ANTROPO, V4, P101
STATION E, 1989, THESIS, P69
Stokoe EH, 1998, DISCOURSE SOC, V9, P217, DOI 10.1177/0957926598009002005
THOMAS DQ, 1993, HUM RIGHTS QUART, V15, P36, DOI 10.2307/762650
1995, CORREIO GENTE 1111
1995, CORREIO GENTE 1210
NR 63
TC 11
Z9 11
U1 0
U2 3
PI NEW YORK
PA 40 WEST 20TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4221 USA
SN 0047-4045
J9 LANG SOC
JI Lang. Soc.
PD JUN
PY 2003
VL 32
IS 3
BP 351
EP 381
DI 10.1017/S0047404503323036
PG 31
GA 682VM
UT WOS:000183113100003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ginzburg, J
AF Ginzburg, J
TI Texts of intervention
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Fed Espiritu Santo, Vitoria, Es, Brazil.
RP Ginzburg, J (reprint author), Univ Fed Espiritu Santo, Vitoria, Es, Brazil.
CR CANDIDO A., 2002, TEXTOS INTERVENCAO
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV GEORGIA
PI ATHENS
SN 0145-8973
J9 CHASQUI
PD MAY
PY 2003
VL 32
IS 1
BP 112
EP 125
PG 14
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 693JE
UT WOS:000183713300021
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ginzburg, J
AF Ginzburg, J
TI Literature and resistance
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Fed Espiritu Santo, Vitoria, Es, Brazil.
RP Ginzburg, J (reprint author), Univ Fed Espiritu Santo, Vitoria, Es, Brazil.
CR Bosi A., 2002, LIT RESISTENCIA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV GEORGIA
PI ATHENS
SN 0145-8973
J9 CHASQUI
PD MAY
PY 2003
VL 32
IS 1
BP 122
EP 125
DI 10.2307/29741776
PG 4
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 693JE
UT WOS:000183713300020
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Language and the internet.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR BAUMANN Z, 1999, CONCEPTS TRANSFORMAT, V4, P229
COTTON B, 1999, YOU SEEN NOTHING YET
Crystal David, 2001, LANGUAGE INTERNET
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2003
VL 54
IS 1
BP 125
EP 128
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 732KF
UT WOS:000185942500016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Teaching English as an international language.
LA English
DT Book Review
CR KACHRU BB, 1988, ERIC CLL NEWS B, V121
Kachru Bihari Braj, 1985, STANDARDS CODIFICATI, P11
McArthur T., 1998, ENGLISH LANGUAGES
McKay S. L., 2002, TEACHING ENGLISH INT
QUIRK R, 1985, ENGLISH WORLD TEACHI, P41
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2003
VL 54
IS 1
BP 129
EP 132
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 732KF
UT WOS:000185942500017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Radanovic, M
Scaff, M
AF Radanovic, M
Scaff, M
TI Speech and language disturbances due to subcortical lesions
LA English
DT Article
DE thalamus; basal ganglia; speech disturbances; language disturbances
ID POSITRON EMISSION TOMOGRAPHY; LEFT THALAMIC HEMORRHAGE; BASAL GANGLIA;
CORTICAL HYPOPERFUSION; CEREBRAL PERFUSION; RIGHT-HEMISPHERE; WHITE
MATTER; TERM-MEMORY; APHASIA; INFARCTION
AB Over the last few decades, the number of studies concerning the role of
subcortical structures in cognition has increased due to advances in neuroimaging.
We describe the language and speech disturbances found in 16 patients with
subcortical lesions (9 in basal ganglia and 7 in thalamus), evaluated by CT scan,
MRI, and SPECT. Language assessment included the Boston Diagnostic Aphasia
Examination, Boston Naming Test, and Token Test. Motor-articulatory alterations
predominated in the non-thalamic group; in the thalamic group, there was a higher
frequency of language alterations, especially in naming and auditory comprehension;
verbal memory and attentional impairments may have contributed to this. We also
found hypoperfusion in cortical language areas, and therefore participation of
cortical dysfunction cannot be ruled out. (C) 2003 Elsevier Science (USA). All
rights reserved.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Radanovic, M (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Sch Med, Dept Neurol, Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
RI Radanovic, Marcia/O-5102-2019; Radanovic, Marcia/F-9325-2012
OI Radanovic, Marcia/0000-0002-3256-6397; Radanovic,
Marcia/0000-0002-3256-6397
CR ALEXANDER MP, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P961, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.4.961
ALEXANDER MP, 1980, NEUROLOGY, V30, P1193, DOI 10.1212/WNL.30.11.1193
ALEXANDER MP, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL D, P455
BASSO A, 1982, NEUROPSYCHOLOGIA, V20, P263, DOI 10.1016/0028-3932(82)90101-4
BHATIA KP, 1994, BRAIN, V117, P859, DOI 10.1093/brain/117.4.859
BROADBENT G, 1872, CEREBRAL MECH SPEECH
CAPPA SF, 1983, CORTEX, V19, P227, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(83)80016-1
CAPPA SF, 1979, CORTEX, V15, P121, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(79)80012-X
COOPER IS, 1968, J AM GERIATR SOC, V16, P1177, DOI 10.1111/j.1532-
5415.1968.tb02755.x
Crosson B, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V60, P407, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1899
CROSSON B, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P257, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90085-9
Crosson B., 1998, HDB NEUROLINGUISTICS, P431
CUMMINGS JL, 1993, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V50, P873, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1993.00540080076020
DAMASIO AR, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P15, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1982.00510130017003
Demonet J. -F., 1991, J NEUROLINGUIST, V6, P319, DOI [10.1016/0911-
6044(91)90025-E, DOI 10.1016/0911-6044(91)90025-E]
DEMONET JF, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL D, P397
DERENZI E, 1962, BRAIN, V85, P665, DOI 10.1093/brain/85.4.665
DESPOSITO M, 1995, NEUROLOGY, V45, P38, DOI 10.1212/WNL.45.1.38
ELLIS AW, 1987, COGNITIVE NEUROPSYCH, V4, P439, DOI 10.1080/02643298708252047
ERNICKE C, 1874, APHASISCHE SYMPTOMEN
FISHER C M, 1959, Trans Am Neurol Assoc, V84, P56
FISHER CM, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P65, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1979.00500380035003
FREEDMAN M, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P409, DOI 10.1212/WNL.34.4.409
Goodglass H., 1972, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
Goodglass H, 1983, BOSTON DIAGNOSTIC AP
GORELICK PB, 1984, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V41, P1296, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1984.04050230082026
GRAFFRADFORD NR, 1984, NEUROLOGY, V34, P14, DOI 10.1212/WNL.34.1.14
Holland A., 1980, COMMUNICATIVE ABILIT
JOANETTE Y, 1993, TEMAS NEUROLINGUISTI, P23
KAPLAN E, 1983, BOSTON NAMINT TEST
KARBE H, 1990, J NEUROL, V237, P19, DOI 10.1007/BF00319662
Kussmaul A., 1877, CYCLOPEDIA PRACTICE, V14, P581
LICHTHEIM L, 1885, BRAIN, V7, P433, DOI DOI 10.1093/BRAIN/7.4.433
Lim JS, 1998, J NUCL MED, V39, P2044
LUCCHELLI F, 1992, CORTEX, V28, P221, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(13)80050-0
LURIA AR, 1977, BRAIN LANG, V4, P432, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(77)90036-0
MARIE P, 1906, P MARIES PAPERS SPEE
MCFARLING D, 1982, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V45, P107, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.45.2.107
MEGA MS, 1994, NEUROLOGY, V44, P1824, DOI 10.1212/WNL.44.10.1824
METTER EJ, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V19, P33, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90054-8
METTER EJ, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1229, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1988.00520350067018
METTER EJ, 1990, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V47, P1235, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1990.00530110097024
METTER EJ, 1992, NEUROPSYCHOLOGICAL D, P478
MOHR JP, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80050-2
Nadeau SE, 1997, BRAIN LANG, V58, P355, DOI 10.1006/brln.1997.1707
NAESER MA, 1989, BRAIN, V112, P1, DOI 10.1093/brain/112.1.1
NAESER MA, 1982, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V39, P2, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1982.00510130004002
OJEMANN GA, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80057-5
OJEMANN GA, 1983, BEHAV BRAIN SCI, V6, P189, DOI 10.1017/S0140525X00015491
OKUDA B, 1994, STROKE, V25, P1495, DOI 10.1161/01.STR.25.7.1495
OLSEN TS, 1986, BRAIN, V109, P393, DOI 10.1093/brain/109.3.393
PAPANICOLAOU AC, 1988, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V45, P1025, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1988.00520330117020
Penfield W, 1959, SPEECH BRAIN MECH
PERANI D, 1987, BRAIN, V110, P1211, DOI 10.1093/brain/110.5.1211
PUEL M, 1986, REV NEUROL-FRANCE, V142, P431
REYNOLDS AF, 1979, BRAIN LANG, V7, P62, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(79)90006-3
RIKLAN M, 1975, BRAIN LANG, V2, P45, DOI 10.1016/S0093-934X(75)80053-8
RISSE GL, 1984, BRAIN, V107, P605, DOI 10.1093/brain/107.2.605
ROBIN DA, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V55, P90, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5501.90
ROSS ED, 1979, ARCH NEUROL-CHICAGO, V36, P144, DOI
10.1001/archneur.1979.00500390062006
SAMRA K, 1969, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V12, P510, DOI 10.1044/jshr.1203.510
SCHUELL H, 1965, APHASIA ADULTS
Urban PP, 1996, NEUROLOGY, V47, P1135, DOI 10.1212/WNL.47.5.1135
VALLAR G, 1988, J NEUROL NEUROSUR PS, V51, P1269, DOI 10.1136/jnnp.51.10.1269
von Monakow C., 1914, LOKALISATION GROSSHI
WALLESCH CW, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P286, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90046-9
WALLESCH CW, 1985, BRAIN LANG, V25, P357, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(85)90090-2
Wallesch CW, 1988, APHASIA, P256
WEILLER C, 1995, ANN NEUROL, V37, P723, DOI 10.1002/ana.410370605
WEILLER C, 1993, BRAIN, V116, P1509, DOI 10.1093/brain/116.6.1509
Yingling C., 1977, ATTENTION VOLUNTARY, P70
NR 71
TC 44
Z9 47
U1 0
U2 5
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD MAR
PY 2003
VL 84
IS 3
BP 337
EP 352
DI 10.1016/S0093-934X(02)00554-0
PG 16
GA 665UX
UT WOS:000182140600003
PM 12662975
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zyngier, S
Shepherd, TMG
AF Zyngier, S
Shepherd, TMG
TI What is literature, really? A corpus-driven study of students'
statements
SO STYLE
LA English
DT Article
AB The purpose of the present study is to map the attitude of first-year university
undergraduates regarding their conceptualization of literature. To this end, we
resort to the analytical tools defined by Martin and Martin and Rose, which
describe the language of appraisal in English from a systemic functional
perspective. In order to establish a profile of students' patterns of appraisal, a
mini learner corpus of student essays was first collected and subsequently
digitized. The analysis was carried out by means of the computer software WordSmith
Tools. This software extracted concordance lines displaying the word literature in
the node position. Each concordance line was then manually labeled according to the
analytical categories chosen for the present research. The distribution of the
various categories in the students' texts suggests a utilitarian rather than an
emotional stance towards literature.
State Univ Rio De Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Zyngier, S (reprint author), Fed Univ Rio De Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
EM zyngier@netrio.com.br
CR BIBER D, 1988, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V11, P1, DOI 10.1080/01638538809544689
Burns R. B., 2000, INTRO RES METHODS
HALASZ L, 1997, SIEGENER PERIODICUM, V16, P147
HUNSTON S, 2000, EVALUATION TEXT
Hunston Susan, 2002, CORPORA APPL LINGUIS
Martin J.R., 2000, EVALUATION TEXT AUTH, P142
Martin J.R., 1992, ENGLISH TEXT SYSTEM
MARTIN JR, 2003, WORKING DISCOURSE CO
McQueen R., 2002, RES METHODS SOCIAL S
Oppenheim A.N, 1992, QUESTIONNAIRE DESIGN
Precht K., 2000, THESIS N ARIZONA U
RICHARDS I, 1925, PRACTICAL CRITICISM
Rosenblatt L., 1938, LIT EXPLORATION
ROTHERY J, 2000, RES LANGUAGE SCH FUN
SCHMIDT S, 1980, FDN EMPIRICAL STUDY
WHITE P, 2000, WORKING DIALOG
ZYNGIER S, 2001, 21 INT PALA C BUD HU
NR 21
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PU NORTHERN ILLINOIS UNIV
PI DE KALB
PA DEPT ENGLISH, DE KALB, IL 60115 USA
SN 0039-4238
J9 STYLE
JI Style
PD SPR
PY 2003
VL 37
IS 1
BP 14
EP +
PG 14
WC Literary Theory & Criticism; Language & Linguistics; Literature
SC Literature; Linguistics
GA 971PS
UT WOS:000232397000002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Barcelos, AMF
AF Barcelos, AMF
BE Kalaja, P
Barcelos, AMF
TI Researching beliefs about SLA: A critical review
SO BELIEFS ABOUT SLA: NEW RESEARCH APPROACHES
SE Educational Linguistics
LA English
CT 4th Symposium on Beliefs About SLA
CY SEP 07-09, 2000
CL Cambridge, ENGLAND
SP British Assoc Appl Linguist
ID TEACHERS BELIEFS; LANGUAGE; LEARNERS; STUDENTS
C1 Univ Fed Vicosa, Vicosa, MG, Brazil.
CR Abelson R., 1979, COGNITIVE SCI, V3, P355, DOI [10.1207/s15516709cog0304_4, DOI
10.1207/S15516709COG0304_4]
Abraham R., 1987, LEARNER STRATEGIES L, P85
Allen L., 1996, CARLETON PAPERS APPL, V13, P67
Allwright D., 1984, LANGUAGE LEARNING FO, P3
Authier-Revuz J., 1982, DRLAV, V26, P91
Barcelos A. M. F., 2000, THESIS U ALABAMA TUS
BARCELOS A. M. F., 2001, REV BRASILEIRA LINGU, V1, P71
BARCELOS AMF, 1995, THESIS UNICAMP SAO P
Barkhuizen GP, 1998, TESOL QUART, V32, P85, DOI 10.2307/3587903
Benson P., 1997, AUTONOMY INDEPENDENC
Benson P., 1995, LEARNING LEARNING JA, V2, P2
Benson P., 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P459, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00045-7
Block D, 1998, SYSTEM, V26, P403
Block D., 1992, PROSPECT, V7, P42
Block D., 1990, NEW DECADE ELT NOVEN, P30
Block D., 1997, SYSTEM, V25, P347
BREEN M, 1996, GEORGETOWN U ROUND T, P84
CAMPBELL CM, 1993, VISIONS REALITIES FO, P29
Cortazzi M., 1996, SOC LANGUAGE CLASSRO, P169
Cotterall S., 1995, SYSTEM, V23, P195, DOI DOI 10.1016/0346-251X(95)00008-8
Cotterall S., 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P493, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00047-0
Crawford K., 1994, LEARN INSTR, V4, P331, DOI DOI 10.1016/0959-4752(94)90005-1
Dewey J, 1933, WE THINK
Ellis R., 2001, LEARNER CONTRIBUTION, P65
Ellis R., 1999, 12 WORLD C APPL LING
ERLBAUM BE, 1993, CONTEMP EDUC PSYCHOL, V18, P318
Fang ZH, 1996, EDUC RES, V38, P47, DOI 10.1080/0013188960380104
FREEMAN D, 1991, GEORGET U R, P25
Freeman D., 1996, TEACHER LEARNING LAN, P351
GARDNER RC, 1988, LANG LEARN, V38, P101, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1988.tb00403.x
GIMENEZ T, 1994, THESIS LANCASTER U L
Goodwin C., 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L, P1
Graden EC, 1996, FOREIGN LANG ANN, V29, P387, DOI 10.1111/j.1944-
9720.1996.tb01250.x
GRIGOLETTO M, 2000, CLARITAS, V6, P37
HOLEC H, 1987, LEARNER STRATEGIES L, P14
Holliday A., 1994, APPROPRIATE METHODOL
Horwitz E., 1987, LEARNER STRATEGIES L, P110
HORWITZ EK, 1988, MOD LANG J, V72, P283, DOI 10.2307/327506
HORWITZ EK, 1985, FOREIGN LANG ANN, V18, P333, DOI 10.1111/j.1944-
9720.1985.tb01811.x
HORWITZ EK, 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P557, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00050-0
KALAJA P, 2000, 33 ANN M BRIT ASS AP
Kalaja P., 1995, INT J APPL LINGUISTI, V5, P191, DOI DOI
10.1111/J.14734192.1995.TB00080.X
KERN RG, 1995, FOREIGN LANG ANN, V28, P71, DOI 10.1111/j.1944-
9720.1995.tb00770.x
Kuntz P. S., 1996, STUDENTS EASY LANGUA
LATNOLF JP, 2001, LEARNER CONTRIBUTION, P141
MANTLEBROMLEY C, 1995, MOD LANG J, V79, P372, DOI 10.2307/329352
McDonough J, 1997, RES METHODS ENGLISH
Miller L., 1995, 2 LANGUAGE ACQUISITI, V9, P293, DOI 10.1075/sibil.9.18mil
MORI Y, 1997, ANN M AM ED RES ASS
MUNBY H, 1984, J RES SCI TEACH, V21, P247
MURPHEY T, 1998, LANGUAGE HUNGRY INTR
MURPHEY T, 1996, DIRECTIONS 2 LANGUAG, P202
NESPOR J, 1987, J CURRICULUM STUD, V19, P317, DOI 10.1080/0022027870190403
Nunan D., 2000, TESOL MATTERS, V10, P1
Oxford R., 2001, LEARNER CONTRIBUTION, P86
Oxford R., 1998, SYSTEM, V26, P3, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(97)00071-7
PAJARES MF, 1992, REV EDUC RES, V62, P307, DOI 10.2307/1170741
PRESS MC, 1999, PROMOTING LEARNER AU, P237
PRESTON DR, 1991, GEORGET U R, P583
Richards J. C., 1994, REFLECTIVE TEACHING
Richardson V., 1996, HDB RES TEACHER ED, V2, P102
RILEY P, 1989, MELANGES PEDAGOGIQUE, V2, P65
Riley P., 1997, AUTONOMY INDEPENDENC, P114
Riley P, 1994, SELF ACCESS ADULT LA, P7
Riley P., 1996, TAKING CONTROL AUTON, P251
Rokeach M, 1968, BELIEFS ATTITUDES VA
Sakui K., 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P473, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00046-9
Schwandt T. A., 1997, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY
SU D, 1995, THESIS U GEROGIA ATH
Swales S., 1994, ENGLISH TEACHING FOR, V32, P8
Tumposky N. J, 1991, CARLETON PAPERS APPL, V8, P50
VALENZUELA SM, 1996, CARLETON PAPERS APPL, V13, P21
VANLIER L, IN PRESS ECOLOGICAL
Victori M., 1995, SYSTEM, V23, P223, DOI DOI 10.1016/0346-251X(95)00010-H
VICTORI M, 1992, THESIS U CALIFORNIA
VICTORIA M, 1999, 12 WORLD C APPL LING
Wen QF, 1997, APPL LINGUIST, V18, P27, DOI 10.1093/applin/18.1.27
WENDEN A, 1987, LEARNER STRATEGIES L, P103
Wenden A., 1991, LEARNER STRATEGIES L
Wenden A., 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P435, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00043-3
Wenden AL, 1998, APPL LINGUIST, V19, P515, DOI 10.1093/applin/19.4.515
WENDEN AL, 1986, APPL LINGUIST, V7, P186, DOI 10.1093/applin/7.2.186
WENDEN AL, 2001, LEARNER CONTRIBUTION, P44
White C, 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P443, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00044-5
WOODS D, 1996, TEACHER COGNITION LA
WOODS D, 1997, LANGUAGE TEACHER ONL, V21
YANG N-D., 1992, THESIS U TEXAS AUSTI
YANG ND, 1999, SYSTEM, V27, P515, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0346-251X(99)00048-2
NR 90
TC 91
Z9 95
U1 0
U2 2
PU SPRINGER
PI DORDRECHT
PA PO BOX 17, 3300 AA DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS
SN 1572-0292
BN 1-4020-1785-5
J9 EDUC LINGUIST
PY 2003
VL 2
BP 7
EP 33
PG 27
GA BAM59
UT WOS:000222846900001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Barcelos, AMF
AF Barcelos, AMF
BE Kalaja, P
Barcelos, AMF
TI Teachers'and students' beliefs within a Deweyan framework: Conflict and
influence
SO BELIEFS ABOUT SLA: NEW RESEARCH APPROACHES
SE EDUCATIONAL LINGUISTICS
LA English
CT 4th Symposium on Beliefs About SLA
CY SEP 07-09, 2000
CL Cambridge, ENGLAND
SP British Assoc Appl Linguist
ID LANGUAGE; CLASSROOM; ENGLISH
C1 Univ Fed Vicosa, Vicosa, MG, Brazil.
CR Abelson R., 1979, COGNITIVE SCI, V3, P355, DOI [10.1207/s15516709cog0304_4, DOI
10.1207/S15516709COG0304_4]
Allen L., 1996, CARLETON PAPERS APPL, V13, P67
Barcelos A. M. F., 2000, THESIS U ALABAMA TUS
Barkhuizen GP, 1998, TESOL QUART, V32, P85, DOI 10.2307/3587903
Belenky M. F., 1986, WOMENS WAYS KNOWING
Block D., 1992, PROSPECT, V7, P42
BLOCK D., 1996, VOICES LANGUAGE CLAS, P168
Block D., 1990, NEW DECADE ELT NOVEN, P30
Block D., 1997, SYSTEM, V25, P347
BOISVERT R, 1998, J DEWEY RETHINKING O
Bowers CA, 1990, RESPONSIVE TEACHING
Breen M. P., 1985, STUDIES 2ND LANGUAGE, V7, P135, DOI DOI
10.1017/S0272263100005337
CAMPBELL J, 1995, UNDERSTANDING J DEWE
CORTAZZI M, 1990, CULTURE LANGUAGE CLA, P55
Creswell J. W., 1998, QUALITATIVE INQUIRY
Dewey J, 1983, MIDDLE WORKS 1899 19
DEWEY J, 1966, DEMOCRACY ED
Dewey J, 1938, EXPERIENCE ED
DEWEY J, 1933, HOW WE THINK
Edge J, 1998, APPL LINGUIST, V19, P334, DOI 10.1093/applin/19.3.334
Eisner E., 1991, ENLIGHTENED EYE QUAL
Eldridge Michael, 1998, TRANSFORMING EXPERIE
Ellis G., 1996, ELT J, V50, P213, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/50.3.213
Ellis R., 1994, STUDY 2 LANGUAGE ACQ
ERICKSON E, 1991, FOREIGN LANGUAGE ACQ, P338
FEIMANNEMSER S, 1996, TEACHER ED HDB BUILD, P63
Fetterman DM, 1998, ETHNOGRAPHY STEP STE
GARRISON J, 1998, READING DEWEY INTERP, P1
Hickman Larry A., 1998, READING DEWEY INTERP, P166
Holliday A, 1996, APPL LINGUIST, V17, P234, DOI 10.1093/applin/17.2.234
Holliday A., 1994, APPROPRIATE METHODOL
HORWITZ EK, 1988, MOD LANG J, V72, P283, DOI 10.2307/327506
HORWITZ EK, 1985, FOREIGN LANG ANN, V18, P333, DOI 10.1111/j.1944-
9720.1985.tb01811.x
IZARD M, 1982, BELIEF TRANSGRESSION
James William, 1991, PRAGMATISM
Jarvis P., 1998, THEORY PRACTICE LEAR
JOHNSON KE, 1994, TEACH TEACH EDUC, V10, P439, DOI 10.1016/0742-051X(94)90024-8
KALAJA P, 1995, INT J APPL LINGUISTI, V5, P71
KERN RG, 1995, FOREIGN LANG ANN, V28, P71, DOI 10.1111/j.1944-
9720.1995.tb00770.x
Kumaravadivelu B., 1991, ELT J, V45, P98, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/45.2.98
Kvale S., 1996, INTERVIEWS INTRO QUA
LAVE J, 1991, SITUATED LEARNING
Lincoln Y. S., 1985, NATURALISTIC INQUIRY
LUPPESCU S, 1990, SECOND LANG RES, V6, P125
LUTZ R, 1990, GEORGETOWN U ROUND T, P144
Manke M. P., 1997, CLASSROOM POWER RELA
MCCARGAR DF, 1993, MOD LANG J, V77, P192, DOI 10.2307/328943
Meloy J. M., 1994, WRITING QUALITATIVE
Miles M. B., 1994, QUALITATIVE DATA ANA
NESPOR J, 1987, J CURRICULUM STUD, V19, P317, DOI 10.1080/0022027870190403
Nunan D., 1993, APPL LANGUAGE LEARNI, V4, P1
PAJARES MF, 1992, REV EDUC RES, V62, P307, DOI 10.2307/1170741
Patton M, 1990, QUALITATIVE EVALUATI
Peirce C. S., 1877, CS PEIRCE SELECTED W, P91
PEIRCE CS, 1878, CS PEIRCE SELECTED W, P113
PINTRICH PR, 1993, REV EDUC RES, V63, P167, DOI 10.3102/00346543063002167
Pittman M. A., 1992, HDB QUALITATIVE RES, P729
REESMILLER J, 1993, TESOL QUART, V27, P679, DOI 10.2307/3587401
RILEY P, 1999, LEARNER AUTONOMY LAN, P29
Riley P., 1997, AUTONOMY INDEPENDENC, P114
Rokeach M, 1968, BELIEFS ATTITUDES VA
Rubin J., 1987, LEARNER STRATEGIES L, P15
Schon DA, 1983, REFLECTIVE PRACTITIO
Schulz RA, 1996, FOREIGN LANG ANN, V29, P343, DOI 10.1111/j.1944-
9720.1996.tb01247.x
Seidman I., 1998, INTERVIEWING QUALITA
Tang Y, 1997, COAST ENG, V31, P3, DOI 10.1016/S0378-3839(96)00050-6
Throp D., 1991, ELT J, V452, P108, DOI DOI 10.1093/ELT/45.2.108
van Lier L., 1990, RES LANGUAGE CLASSRO, P33
Van Lier L., 1988, CLASSROOM LANGUAGE L
WENDEN A, 1987, LEARNER STRATEGIES L, P103
WOODS D, 1996, TEACHER COGNITION LA
NR 72
TC 16
Z9 16
U1 0
U2 1
PU SPRINGER
PI DORDRECHT
PA PO BOX 17, 3300 AA DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS
BN 1-4020-1785-5
J9 EDUCAT LINGUISTICS
PY 2003
VL 2
BP 171
EP 199
PG 29
GA BAM59
UT WOS:000222846900008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Gasperin, CV
de Lima, VLS
AF Gasperin, CV
de Lima, VLS
BE Gelbukh, A
TI Experiments on extracting semantic relations from syntactic relations
SO COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS AND INTELLIGENT TEXT PROCESSING, PROCEEDINGS
SE Lecture Notes in Computer Science
LA English
CT 4th International Conference on Computational Linguistics and
Intelligent Text Processing
CY FEB 16-22, 2003
CL MEXICO CITY, MEXICO
SP Natl Polytech Inst, Ctr Comp Res
AB This work presents the results of the application of a technique for automatic
extraction of semantic relations among words from a corpus. The technique used is
the one proposed by Grefenstette in [1]. We brought contributions to the syntactic
context notion in [1], aiming to improve the identification of semantically related
words. Then, we carried on three different experiments using a Portuguese language
corpus: the first one compares the original Grefenstette's technique with the
technique modified with our contributions, the second experiment investigates which
syntactic relation is more relevant when identifying semantic relations, and the
last experiment investigates the influence of the parser errors on the quality of
the extracted semantic relations. Results and their analyses are detailed in this
article.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande do Sul, PPGCC, Fac Informat, BR-90619900
RP Gasperin, CV (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande do Sul,
PPGCC, Fac Informat, Av Ipiranga 6681, BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
EM caroline@inf.pucrs.br; vera@inf.pucrs.br
CR BICK E, 2000, THESIS ARHUS U ARHUS
Bolshakov I, 2001, LECT NOTES COMPUT SC, V1959, P103
BOLSHAKOV I, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUTE N, V2389
GASPERIN CV, 2001, THESIS PUCRS PORTO A
GELBUKH A, 2002, LECT NOTES COMPUTE N, V2276, P285
LEE L, 1999, 37 ANN M ASS COMP LI, P25
Lin D., 1998, P COLING ACL 98 MONT
Pacey M, 1998, LANG COMPUT, P269
Park Y. C., 1995, Proceedings of the 1995 ACM CIKM International Conference on
Information and Knowledge Management, P212, DOI 10.1145/221270.221571
Ruge G., 1997, Foundations of computer science. Potential - theory - cognition,
P499
THANOPOULOS A, 2000, P COLING 2000 SAARBR
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
EI 1611-3349
BN 3-540-00532-3
PY 2003
VL 2588
BP 314
EP 324
PG 11
GA BW58E
UT WOS:000182492300032
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Pizzato, LAS
de Lima, VL
AF Pizzato, LAS
de Lima, VL
BE Gelbukh, A
TI Query expansion based on thesaurus relations: Evaluation over Internet
SO COMPUTATIONAL LINGUISTICS AND INTELLIGENT TEXT PROCESSING, PROCEEDINGS
SE LECTURE NOTES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
LA English
CT 4th International Conference on Computational Linguistics and
Intelligent Text Processing
CY FEB 16-22, 2003
CL MEXICO CITY, MEXICO
SP Natl Polytech Inst, Ctr Comp Res
AB In this work we present a heuristic for query expansion and its evaluation with
information retrieval over the Internet. We obtained the precision and recall
measures for the top-50 documents from 13 different queries. For those we had good
results on estimated recall and F-measure values indicating that query expansion is
a reasonable technique when few documents are retrieved.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande Sul, Fac Informat, Programa Pos Grad Ciencia
Comp, BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Pizzato, LAS (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande Sul, Fac
Informat, Programa Pos Grad Ciencia Comp, Av Ipiranga,6681 Predio 16, BR-90619900
CR [Anonymous], 1986, 2788 ISO
GASPERIN CV, 2001, THESIS PPGCC
GELBUKH A, 2000, 11 INT C WORKSH DAT
HOENKAMP E, 2001, 23 ANN C COGN SCI SO, P423
PIZZATO LAS, 2002, 28 LAT AM C INF CLEI
PIZZATO LAS, 2003, THESIS PPGCC
ROBIN J, 2001, IR 2001 OUL FINL SET
TUDHOPE D, 2001, J DIGITAL INFORMATIO, V1
NR 9
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-00532-3
PY 2003
VL 2588
BP 553
EP 556
PG 4
GA BW58E
UT WOS:000182492300059
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Barbosa, F
Pinto, G
Resende, FG
Goncalves, CA
Monserrat, R
Rosa, MC
AF Barbosa, F
Pinto, G
Resende, FG
Goncalves, CA
Monserrat, R
Rosa, MC
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
DasGracasVolpeNunes, M
TI Grapheme-phone transcription algorithm for a Brazilian Portuguese TTS
SO COMPUTATIONAL PROCESSING OF THE PORTUGUESE LANAGUAGE, PROCEEDINGS
SE LECTURE NOTES IN ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE
LA English
CT 6th International Workshop on Computational Processing of the Portuguese
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
SP Univ Algarve, Dept Letras Class Modernas, Univ Algarve, Fac Cienc Humanas Soc,
Lab Sistemas Lingua Falada, Lab Engenhar Linguagem, Univ Sao Paulo, Nucl
Interinstituc Lingist Computac, Minist Cienc Ensino Super, Fund Cienc Tecnol, Fund
Luso Amer Desenvol, British Council
AB This paper describes one of the aspects of an ongoing research to improve the
synthetic speech quality for a Brazilian Portuguese text-to-speech synthesis
system. This paper focuses on the grapheme-phone transcription algorithm. A
complete set of rules for every grapheme is presented. Experimental results,
obtained running the proposed algorithm through a text database, gave rise to
98,43% of accuracy rate.
C1 Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Escola Politecn, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Fac Letras, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Barbosa, F (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Escola Politecn, Rio De
Janeiro, Brazil.
CR ALCAIM S, REV SOCIEDADE BRASIL, V7, P23
ALMEIDA MJA, 1979, ETUDE ATTITUDES LING
CUNHA Celso, 1970, LINGUA PORTUGUESA RE
PINTO GO, 2002, P INT TEL S NAT RIO
Ramos J. M., 1997, REV ESTUDOS LINGUAGE, V5, P103
1958, AN PRIM C BRAS LING
1938, AN PRIM C LING NAC C
NR 7
TC 5
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
J9 LECT NOTES ARTIF INT
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 23
EP 30
PG 8
Methods; Linguistics
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Barbosa, F
Ferrari, L
Resende, FG
AF Barbosa, F
Ferrari, L
Resende, FG
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI A methodology to analyze homographs for a Brazilian Portuguese TTS
system
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB In this work, a methodology to analyze words that are homographs and
heterophones is proposed to be applied in a Brazilian Portuguese text-to-speech
system. The reasoning is based on grammatical construction. An algorithm structured
on the presented methodology was implemented to solve the reading decision problem
for the word sede giving rise to 95,0% of accuracy rate when tested on the CETEN-
Folha text database.
C1 Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Escola Politecn, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Fac Letras, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Barbosa, F (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Escola Politecn, Rio De
Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Goldberg A. E, 1995, CONSTRUCTIONS CONSTR
Langacker Ronald W, 1987, FDN COGNITIVE GRAMMA, V1
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 57
EP 61
PG 5
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Franzen, E
Barone, DAC
AF Franzen, E
Barone, DAC
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Automatic discovery of Brazilian Portuguese letter to phoneme conversion
rules through genetic programming
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB Letter to phoneme conversion is a basic step in Speech Synthesis processes.
Traditionally, the activity involves the implementation of rules that define the
mapping of letters into sounds. This paper presents results of the application of
an evolutionary computation technique (Genetic Programming), in Brazilian
Portuguese synthesis, aiming to discover automatically programs implementing
specific synthesis rules.
C1 Univ Santa Cruz Sul, BR-96815900 Santa Cruz, RS, Brazil.
Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Inst Informat, BR-91501970 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Franzen, E (reprint author), Univ Santa Cruz Sul, Av Independencia,2293 Bairro
Univ CEP 96815900, BR-96815900 Santa Cruz, RS, Brazil.
CR Banzhaf W., 1998, GENETIC PROGRAMMING
DUTOIT T, 1996, INTRO TEXT TO SPEECH
HAUSSER R, 1999, FDN COMPUTACIONAL LI
KOZA J, 1998, GENETIC PROGRAMMING, V2
Koza J. R., 1992, GENETIC PROGRAMMING
LEMMETTY S, REV SPEECH SYNTHESIS
MITCHELL M, 1992, INTRO GENETIC ALGORI
SILVA MB, 1993, ENSAIO LEITURA ORTOG
SILVA T. C., 1999, FONETICA FONOLOGIA P
SOUCEK B, 1992, IRIS GROUP DYNAMIC G
2001, PROJ EV WORKSH INT C, P118
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 62
EP 65
PG 4
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
de Oliveira, MF
de Moraes, HR
AF Dias-da-Silva, BC
de Oliveira, MF
de Moraes, HR
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Reusability of dictionaries in the compilation of NLP lexicons
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This paper discusses particular linguistic challenges in the task of reusing
published dictionaries, conceived as structured sources of lexical information, in
the compilation process of a machine-tractable thesaurus-like lexical database for
Brazilian Portuguese. After delimiting the scope of the polysemous term thesaurus,
the paper focuses on the improvement of the resulting object by a small team, in a
form compatible with and inspired by WordNet guidelines, comments on the dictionary
entries, addresses selected problems found in the process of extracting the
relevant lexical information form the selected dictionaries, and provides some
strategies to overcome them.
C1 Univ Estadual Paulista, Fac Ciencias & Letras, BR-14800901 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Dias-da-Silva, BC (reprint author), Univ Estadual Paulista, Fac Ciencias &
Letras, Rodovia Araraquara Jau Km 1, BR-14800901 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BARBOSA O, 1999, GRANDE DICIONARIO SI
CHAFE W, 1970, MEANING STRUCTURE LA
Cruse David A., 1986, LEXICAL SEMANTICS
Dias-Da-Silva B. C., 2002, Advances in Natural Language Processing. Third
International Conference, PorTAL 2002. Proceedings (Lecture Notes in Artificial
Intelligence Vol.2389), P189
DIASDASILVA BC, 1998, 16 INT C LING PERG E
DIASDASILVA BC, 2000, P 5 PROPOR ENC PROC, P1
Fernandes F., 1997, DICIONARIO SINONIMOS
FERREIRA ABH, 1999, DICIONARIO AURELI 21
KILGARIFF A, 2000, P 2 C LANG RES EV AT
Kilgarriff A, 1997, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V31, P91, DOI 10.1023/A:1000583911091
KILGARRIFF A, 1992, COMPUT HUMANITIES, V26, P365, DOI 10.1007/BF00136981
Summers D., 1995, LONGMAN DICT CONT EN
WEISZFLOG W, 1998, MICHAELIS PORTUGES M
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 78
EP 85
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Zavaglia, C
Greghi, JG
AF Zavaglia, C
Greghi, JG
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Homonymy in natural language processes: A representation using
Pustejovsky's Qualia Structure and ontological information
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This paper presents a proposal for the semantic treatment of ambiguous
homographic forms in Brazilian Portuguese, and to offer linguistic strategies for
its computational implementation in Systems of Natural Language Processing (SNLP).
Pustejovsky's Generative Lexicon was used as a theoretical model. From this model,
the Qualia Structure - QS (and the Formal, Telic, Agentive and Constitutive roles)
was selected as one of the linguistic and semantic expedients for the achievement
of disambiguation of homonym forms. So that analyzed and treated data could be
manipulated, we elaborated a Lexical Knowledge Base (LKB) where lexical items are
correlated and interconnected by different kinds of semantic relations in the QS
and ontological information.
C1 Univ Estadual Paulista, UNESP IBILCE, Sao Jose Do Rio Preto, SP, Brazil.
USP, NILC, Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
RP Zavaglia, C (reprint author), Univ Estadual Paulista, UNESP IBILCE, Sao Jose Do
Rio Preto, SP, Brazil.
CR BIDERMAN Maria Tereza Camargo, 1998, DICIONARIO DIDATICO
BRAGA JL, REENGENHARIA VISUALI
Elmasri R, 2000, FUNDAMENTALS DATABAS
GRUBER TR, 1993, IN PRESS PAD WORKSH
MORAVCSIK JME, 1973, J PHILOS, V70, P513
MORENO ORTIZ Antonio, 2000, ESTUDIOS LINGUISTICA, V9
TISCORNIA D, 1995, BOLOGNA
ZAVAGLIA C, 2002, THESIS U ESTADUAL PA
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 86
EP 93
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Neto, JJ
de Moraes, M
AF Neto, JJ
de Moraes, M
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Using adaptive formalisms to describe context-dependencies in natural
language
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This text sketches a method based on adaptive technology for representing
context-dependencies in NL processing. Based on a previous work [4] dedicated to
syntactical ambiguities and non-determinisms in NL handling we extend it to
consider context-dependencies not previously addressed. Although based on the
powerful adaptive formalism [3], our method relies on adaptive structured pushdown
automata [1] and grammars [2] - resulting simplicity, low-cost and efficiency.
C1 Esc Politecn Univ Sao Paulo, Lab Ling & Tecnol Adaptativas, BR-05508900 Sao
Paulo, Brazil.
RP Neto, JJ (reprint author), Esc Politecn Univ Sao Paulo, Lab Ling & Tecnol
Adaptativas, Av Prof Luciano Gualberto 3 158,Cid Univ, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
RI Neto, Joao J/N-4323-2015
OI Neto, Joao J/0000-0001-8250-1420
CR IWAI MK, 2000, THESIS U SAO PAULO
NETO JJ, 1993, THESIS U SAO PAULO
NETO JJ, 2001, CIAA 2001 6 INT C IM
NETO JJ, 2002, AN C IB SIST CIB INF
TANIWAKI CYO, 2002, THESIS ESCOLA POLITE
NR 5
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 94
EP 97
PG 4
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Vale, OA
AF Vale, OA
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Some regularities of frozen expressions in Brazilian Portuguese
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB In this paper we examine a class of 125 frozen expression in Brazilian
Portuguese. This class is one of the ten classes established after a typology of
3.550 verbal expressions, according to the distribution of the fixed and free
components of each expression. Some regularity could be observed in this class,
which resulted in the construction of a graph in order to identify the expressions
of this class in large corpora.
C1 Univ Fed Goias, Fac Letras, BR-74001970 Goiania, Go, Brazil.
RP Vale, OA (reprint author), Univ Fed Goias, Fac Letras, Caixa Postal 131, BR-
74001970 Goiania, Go, Brazil.
RI Vale, Oto Araujo/C-2102-2012
OI Vale, Oto Araujo/0000-0002-0091-8079
CR Gross M., 1982, REV QUEBECOISE LINGU, P151, DOI DOI 10.7202/602492AR
GROSS M, 1975, METHODES SYNTAXE
Laporte Eric, 1998, LINGVISTICAE INVESTI, V22, P341
PAUMIER S, 2002, MANUEL UNITEX
SENELLART J, 1998, TRAVAUX LINGUIST, V37, P109
SILBERZTEIN M, 1993, DICT ELECTRONIQUES A
Vale O., 2001, THESIS U ESTADUAL PA
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 98
EP 101
PG 4
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU de Almeida, S
Carvalho, A
Fantin, L
Stolfi, J
AF de Almeida, S
Carvalho, A
Fantin, L
Stolfi, J
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Selva: A new syntactic parser for Portuguese
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB We describe an ongoing project whose aim is to build a parser for Brazilian
Portuguese, Selva, which can be used as a basis for subsequent research in natural
language processing, such as automatic translation and ellipsis and anaphora
resolution. The parser is meant to handle arbitrary prose texts in unrestricted
domains, including the full range of coordination and subordination constructs. The
parser operates separately on each sentence, and outputs all its syntactically
valid derivation trees.
C1 State Univ Campinas, Inst Comp, BR-13084971 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP de Almeida, S (reprint author), State Univ Campinas, Inst Comp, Cx Postal 6176,
RI Stolfi, Jorge/B-3304-2012; Almeida, Sheila/B-3525-2015
OI Almeida, Sheila/0000-0002-8639-3532
CR BICK E, 2000, THESIS AARHUS U
Martins R.T., 1998, NAT LANG ENG, V4, P287
MARTINS RT, 2002, NILCTR0226 U EST SAO
MESQUITA RM, 1999, GRAMATICA LINGUA POR
NETO PC, 1997, GRAMATICA LINGUA POR
PERINI AM, 1996, GRAMATICA DESCRITIVA
SACCONI LA, 1984, NOSSA GRAMATICA
SANTOS D, 2002, DATAGRAMA ZERO REV C, V3
NR 9
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 102
EP 109
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Aluisio, S
Pelizzoni, J
Marchi, AR
de Oliveira, L
Manenti, R
Marquiafavel, V
AF Aluisio, S
Pelizzoni, J
Marchi, AR
de Oliveira, L
Manenti, R
Marquiafavel, V
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI An account of the challenge of tagging a reference corpus for Brazilian
Portuguese
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This article identifies and addresses the major linguistic/conceptual, as
opposed to logistic, issues faced in the morphosyntactic tagging of MAC-Morpho, a
1.1 million word Brazilian Portuguese corpus of newspaper articles that has been
developed in the Lacio-Web Project. Rather than simply presenting the annotated
corpus and describing its tagset, we elaborate on the criteria for establishing the
tagset and analyze some interesting cases amongst the linguistic problems we faced
in this work.
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, ICMC, DCCE, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
USP, ICMC, NILC, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
RP Aluisio, S (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, ICMC, DCCE, CP 668, BR-13560970 Sao
Carlos, SP, Brazil.
RI Aluisio, Sandra/F-2806-2011; ALUISIO, SANDRA MARIA/P-3900-2019
OI ALUISIO, SANDRA MARIA/0000-0001-5108-2630
CR Aires R. V. X., 2000, P SBIA 2000, P20
ALUISIO S, 2003, 188ICMCUSP
Bick E., 2000, PARSING SYSTEM PALAV
DEJEAN, 2000, P 2 LANG RES EV C LR
GALVES C, 1999, P PROPOR 99, P81
Macleod C, 2000, P 2 LANG RES EV C LR, P831
MARQUES NC, 1996, ANAIS ENCONTRO PROCE, P1
VILLAVICENCIO A, 1996, ANAIS IL ENCONTRO PR, P159
NR 8
TC 11
Z9 11
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 110
EP 117
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Silva, G
Oliveira, C
AF Silva, G
Oliveira, C
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI A lexicon-based stemming procedure
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This paper describes a stemming technique that depends principally on a target
language's lexicon, organised as an automaton of word strings. The clear
distinction between the lexicon and the procedure itself allows the stemmer to be
customised for any language with little or even no changes to the program's source
code.
C1 Datasus, Ctr Tecnol Informacao Minist Saude, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
Inst Mil Engn, Dept Comp Engn, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Silva, G (reprint author), Datasus, Ctr Tecnol Informacao Minist Saude, Rua
Mexico,128 7 Andar, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR *AC BRAS LETR, 1999, PEQ VOC ORT LING POR
ADAMSON G, 1974, INFORMATION STORAGE, V10
ARONOFF M, 1998, HDB MORPHOLOGY
Crystal D, 1992, ENCY DICT LANGUAGE L
DAWSON J, 1974, ALLC B
FRAKES WB, 1992, INFORMATION RETRIEVA
HAFER M, 1974, INFORMATION STORAGE, V10
Lovins J., 1968, MECHANICAL TRANSLATI, V11
Paice Chris D., 1990, ACM SIGIR FORUM, V24
PORTER M, 1980, ALGORITHM SUFFIX STR, V14
REVUZ D, 1992, THEORETICAL COMPUTER, V92
SALTON G, 1968, AUTOMATIC INFORMATIO
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 159
EP 166
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800023
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Linhares, JC
Dias, A
AF Linhares, JC
Dias, A
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI A linguistic approach proposal for mechanical design using natural
language processing
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This research presents a computational framework proposal to capture the
designer natural language in the preliminary design process activities. This
approach can be implemented by using the natural language processing. Symbolic
technical language can be used to keep relationships with geometric and non
geometric attributes from parametric features own of CAD systems.
C1 Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Ctr Technol, Dept Mech Engn, BR-88040900 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
RP Linhares, JC (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Ctr Technol, Dept Mech
Engn, BR-88040900 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
CR Berztiss AT, 1997, DATA KNOWL ENG, V23, P47, DOI 10.1016/S0169-023X(97)00010-4
Fernandez PM, 2000, EXPERT SYST APPL, V19, P31
Prabhu BS, 2001, COMPUT IND, V44, P79, DOI 10.1016/S0166-3615(00)00073-7
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 171
EP 174
PG 4
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800025
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Martins, R
Nunes, G
Hasegawa, R
AF Martins, R
Nunes, G
Hasegawa, R
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Curupira: A functional parser for Brazilian Portuguese
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
DE parsing; grammar checking; natural language analysis
AB This paper presents the general architecture of Curupira, a general-purpose
robust parser for Brazilian Portuguese (BP). As a former part of a grammar and
style checker, Curupira aims at providing the set of all possible syntactic
analyses for any sequence of words written in BP irrespective of its meaningfulness
and grammaticality. The paper addresses the system features and presents some
partial results for a corpus comprising Brazilian newspaper web pages.
C1 NILC, Nucleo Interinst Linguist Computac, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
Univ Presbiteriana Mackenzie, Fac Filosofia Letras & Educ, BR-01302907 Sao
Paulo, SP, Brazil.
Univ Sao Paulo, Inst Ciencias Matemat & Comp, ICMC, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP,
Brazil.
RP Martins, R (reprint author), NILC, Nucleo Interinst Linguist Computac, Av
Trabalhador Sao Carlense 400, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
CR KOWALTOWSKI T, 1998, IC922 DCCUNICAMP
MARTINS, 1998, NATURAL LANGUAGE ENG, V4, P287
NUNES MGV, P 2 WORKSH COMP PROC, P61
NR 3
TC 5
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 1
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 179
EP 183
PG 5
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800027
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Ynoguti, CA
Barbosa, PA
Violaro, F
AF Ynoguti, CA
Barbosa, PA
Violaro, F
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI A large speech database for Brazilian Portuguese spoken language
research
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB Speech recognition systems use statistical methods based algorithms, and
therefore need several training samples to perform properly. Consequently such
systems require huge databases for training and testing. The development of large
speech corpora in Europe and in the USA was possible only with the cooperation
among research centers, universities, private companies and the government. In
these countries, the availability of such databases provided the resources which
were responsible for the great improvement in speech technologies in the last few
years. In Brazil, such consortiums are not even mentioned, and the researchers have
to work with small, locally developed databases. In this article we report an
effort to develop a large speech corpus for Brazilian Portuguese to fill this
crucial gap.
C1 Inst Nacl Telecommun, Dept Telecommun, Santa Rita do Sapucai, MG, Brazil.
Univ Estadual Campinas, Inst Estudos Linguagem, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
Univ Estadual Campinas, Fac Engn Eletr, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Ynoguti, CA (reprint author), Inst Nacl Telecommun, Dept Telecommun, Santa Rita
do Sapucai, MG, Brazil.
CR ALBANO E. C., 1996, P ICSLP96, V3, P1708
BENOIT C, 1990, SPEECH COMMUN, V9, P293, DOI 10.1016/0167-6393(90)90005-T
COLE R, 1998, SURVEY STTE ART HUMA
1999, EUROM 1 MULTILINGUAL
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 193
EP 196
PG 4
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800030
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Pardo, TAS
Rino, LHM
Nunes, MDV
AF Pardo, TAS
Rino, LHM
Nunes, MDV
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI GistSumm: A summarization tool based on a new extractive method
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This paper presents a new extractive approach to automatic summarization based
on the gist of the source text. The gist-based system, called GistSumm (GIST
SUMMarizer), uses the gist as a guideline to identify and select text segments to
include in the final extract. Automatically produced extracts have been evaluated
under the light of gist preservation and textuality.
C1 USP, ICMC, NILC, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
RP Pardo, TAS (reprint author), USP, ICMC, NILC, CP 668, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos,
SP, Brazil.
RI Pardo, Thiago/E-4821-2011; Nunes, M/E-5572-2011
OI Pardo, Thiago/0000-0003-2111-1319;
CR ARETOULAKI M, 1996, THESIS U MANCHESTER
BARZILAY R, 1998, P ACL97 EACL97 WORKS
FELTRIM VD, 2001, NILCTR014
Grosz B., 1986, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V12
Hoey M., 1991, PATTERNS LEXIS TEXT
Hovy Eduard, 1998, ADV AUTOMATIC TEXT S
JONES KS, 1993, 290 U CAMBR
JONES KS, 1996, LECT NOTES ARTIFICIA, V1083
LUHN HP, 1958, IBM J RES DEV, V2, P159, DOI 10.1147/rd.22.0159
Mani I., 2001, AUTOMATIC SUMMARIZAT
Mann W.C., 1987, ISIRS87190
Marcu Daniel, 2000, THEORY PRACTICE DISC
MORRIS J, 1991, COMPUTATIOANL LINGUI, V17
Neto JL, 2000, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V1952, P300
O'Donnell M., 1997, P 6 EUR WORKSH NAT L
Ono K., 1994, P 15 INT C COMP LING, V1, P344
PARDO TAS, 2002, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2389, P263
Porter M., 1980, PROGRAM, V14
RADEV D, 2000, P ANLP NAACL WORKSH
RINO LHM, 1996, THESIS IFSC USP SAO
Salton G., 1989, AUTOMATIC TEXT PROCE
Teufel S., 1999, ADV AUTOMATIC TEXT S
WHITE JS, 2000, ANLP NAACL 2000 EMBE, P9
Witten I. H., 1994, MANAGING GIGABYTES
NR 24
TC 18
Z9 18
U1 0
U2 2
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 210
EP 218
PG 9
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800034
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Aires, R
Aluisio, S
Quaresma, P
Santos, D
Silva, MJ
AF Aires, R
Aluisio, S
Quaresma, P
Santos, D
Silva, MJ
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI An initial proposal for cooperative evaluation on information retrieval
in Portuguese
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB In this paper we discuss evaluation of information retrieval, Web search and
question answering systems, paving the way for the organization of an evaluation
contest on IR for Portuguese. Inspired by current international setups, we motivate
the need to study the specific problems posed by Portuguese, suggesting a
collection suitable for multiple tasks.
C1 SINTEF Telecom & Informat, N-0314 Oslo, Norway.
Univ Sao Paulo, ICMC, NILC, BR-13560970 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
Univ Evora, Dept Informat, P-7000 Evora, Portugal.
Univ Lisbon, Fac Ciencias, Dept Informat, P-1749016 Lisbon, Portugal.
RP Aires, R (reprint author), SINTEF Telecom & Informat, Box 124 Blindern, N-0314
Oslo, Norway.
RI Quaresma, Paulo M/L-6761-2015; Silva, Mario J/A-3567-2010; Aluisio,
Sandra/F-2806-2011; Quaresma, Paulo/I-8117-2019; ALUISIO, SANDRA
MARIA/P-3900-2019
OI Quaresma, Paulo M/0000-0002-5086-059X; Silva, Mario
J/0000-0002-5452-6185; Quaresma, Paulo/0000-0002-5086-059X; ALUISIO,
SANDRA MARIA/0000-0001-5108-2630
CR Aires Rachel, 2002, EUROWEB 2002 C, P198
ARASU A, 2001, ACM T INTERNET TECHN, V1, P2, DOI DOI 10.1145/383034.383035
Burton M., 2001, J COMPUTER MEDIATED, V6
Dean J, 1999, PROCEEDINGS OF THE EIGHTH INTERNATIONAL WORLD WIDE WEB CONFERENCE,
P389
EGUCHI K, 2003, 3 NTCIR WORKSH
GARFIELD E, 1972, SCIENCE, V178, P471, DOI 10.1126/science.178.4060.471
Grishman R., 1996, P 16 INT C COMP LING, P466, DOI DOI 10.3115/992628.992709
GWIZDKA J, 1999, UNPUB INFORMATION RE
Hawking D, 2001, INFORM RETRIEVAL, V4, P33, DOI 10.1023/A:1011468107287
Hirschman L, 1998, COMPUT SPEECH LANG, V12, P281, DOI 10.1006/csla.1998.0102
JOACHIMS T, 2002, P SIGIR WORKSH MATH
MANDL T, 2002, WORK NOT CLEF 2002 W
ORENGO V, 2002, WORK NOT CLEF 2002 W
Page RN, 1998, J CURRICULUM STUD, V30, P1, DOI 10.1080/002202798183738
PETERS C, 2002, WORKING NOTES CLEF 2
Quaresma P, 2003, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V2543, P51
SANTOS D, 2002, IN PRESS ACT 18 ENC
SARVEVIC T, 1995, P SIGIR 95, P138
SILVA MJ, 2003, 033 DIFCUL
SMALL H, 1973, J AM SOC INFORM SCI, V24, P265, DOI 10.1002/asi.4630240406
VOORHEES E, 2001, P TREC2001
Zamir O., 1998, Proceedings of the 21st Annual International ACM SIGIR
Conference on Research and Development in Information Retrieval, P46, DOI
10.1145/290941.290956
NR 22
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 5
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 227
EP 234
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800036
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Gasperin, CV
de Lima, VLS
AF Gasperin, CV
de Lima, VLS
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Evaluating automatically computed word similarity
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This paper aims to evaluate how accurate are the lists of semantically similar
words, generated automatically from corpora using a syntax-based technique. Such
evaluation is done in a user-visible way: we select the query expansion task to
apply our lists of words and then evaluate task performance on information
retrieval, concerning precision and recall values. We present our experiments and
results.
C1 PUCRS, PPGCC, Fac Informat, BR-90619900 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Gasperin, CV (reprint author), PUCRS, PPGCC, Fac Informat, Av Ipiranga 6681, BR-
CR BERLAND M, 1999, ACL 1999, P57
BICK E, 2000, THESIS RHUS U RHUS
Crouch C. J., 1992, P 15 ANN INT ACM SIG, P77
FAURE D, 1998, 10 EUR C MACH LEARNG
FINKELSTEINLAND.M, 1999, P INT WORKSH ONT ENG, P71
GASPERIN C, 2001, P WORKSH SEM KNOWL A
GASPERIN C, 2001, THESIS PPGCC PUCRS P
Hearst M.A., 1992, P 14 INT C COMP LING
LIN D, 1998, P COLING ACL98 MONTR
PIZZATO LA, 2002, THESIS PPGCC PUCRS P
Resnik P, 1999, J ARTIF INTELL RES, V11, P95, DOI 10.1613/jair.514
Ruge G., 1997, Foundations of computer science. Potential - theory - cognition,
P499
THANOPOULOS A, 2000, P COLING2000 SAARBR
Voorhees E., 1998, WORDNET ELECT LEXICA
YAROWSKY D, 1992, P 14 INT C COMP LING
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 243
EP 250
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800038
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Pizzato, LAS
de Lima, VLS
AF Pizzato, LAS
de Lima, VLS
BE Mamede, NJ
Trancoso, I
TI Evaluation of a thesaurus-based query expansion technique
LA English
Language
CY JUN 26-27, 2003
CL FARO, PORTUGAL
AB This paper concerns the use and evaluation of a thesaurus-based query expansion
method in information retrieval. The query expansion process assigns weights to
different types of relations obtained fom vocabulary structures, providing an
efficient way to measure distance measure between different terms. This method,
tested for Portuguese, improved the overall information retrieval performance on
small corpora and over the Internet.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande Do Sul, PUCRS, FACIN, PPGCC, BR-9061990
RP Pizzato, LAS (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio Grande Do Sul,
PUCRS, FACIN, PPGCC, Av Ipiranga 6681,Predio 16,Sala 106, BR-9061990 Porto Alegre,
RS, Brazil.
CR GASPERIN CV, 2001, THESIS U CATLICA RIO
Mandala R., 1999, P 9 C EUR CHAPT ASS, P94
PIZZATO LAS, 2003, THESIS U CATOLICA RI
ROBIN J, 2001, P OUL FINL SEPT 2001
Tudhope D., 2001, J DIGITAL INFORM, V1
Voorhees E., 1998, WORDNET ELECT LEXICA
NR 7
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BERLIN
SN 0302-9743
BN 3-540-40436-8
PY 2003
VL 2721
BP 251
EP 258
PG 8
GA BX50C
UT WOS:000185510800039
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Gunner, L
AF Gunner, L
TI 'Those dying generations at their song': Singing of life, death and aids
in contemporary Kwazulu-Natal
SO ENGLISH STUDIES IN AFRICA
LA English
DT Article
C1 Univ KwaZulu Natal, Natal, RN, Brazil.
RP Gunner, L (reprint author), Univ KwaZulu Natal, Natal, RN, Brazil.
CR ERLMANN V, 1994, NIGHTSONG PERFORMANC
Erlmann Veit, 1991, AFRICAN STARS STUDIE
James Deborah, 1999, SONGS WOMEN MIGRANTS
NR 3
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV WITWATERSRAND, ENGLISH STUDIES IN AFRICA
PI P O WITS 2050
PA DEPT ENGLISH ATTN EDITOR, P O WITS 2050, SOUTH AFRICA USA
SN 0013-8398
J9 ENGL STUD AFR
JI Engl. Stud. Afr.
PY 2003
VL 46
IS 2
BP 41
EP 53
DI 10.1080/00138390308691010
PG 13
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 892ZD
UT WOS:000226687600004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Barros, MCD
AF Barros, MCD
TI Notes on the vernacular catechisms of Portuguese colonies (16th-17th
centuries)
SO IBEROROMANIA
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Barros, MCD (reprint author), Travessa Marix E Barros 2685-901, BR-66093090
Belem, Para, Brazil.
CR ALFAROLAGORIO C, 2000, ELEMENTOS POLITICA L
ALMEIDA Fortunato, 1968, HIST IGREJA PORTUGAL
ALMEIDA M, 1992, JESUITS INDIA HIST P
ANCHIETA J, TEXTOS HISTORICOS
ANCHIETA J, DIALOGO DA FE
ARAUJO AD, 1618, CATECISMO LINGUA BRA
AYROSA P, ORACOES DIALOGOS DOU
BARNES M, 1992, ANDEAN COSMOLOGIES T
BARROS JD, 1539, GRAMMATICA LINGUA PO
BARROS MCD, 1997, ESTUDOS LINGUAGEM LI, P179
BELARMINO R, 1685, DECLARACAM COPIOSA
Bettendorff Joao Felipe, 1800, COMPENDIO DOUTRINA C
BOXER C. R., 1989, IGREJA EXPANSAO IBER, V70
BOXER CR, 1969, IMPERIO COLONIAL POR
BOXER CR, 1956, TENTATIVE CHECK-LIST
BUESCU ML, 1971, INTRO JD BARROS GRAM
BUESCU MLC, 1982, GRAMATICALIZACAO LIN, P15
CARDOSO A, 1992, J ANCHIETA DOUTRINA
CARDOSO A, 1988, J ANCHIETA DIALOGO D
Cardoso Mattheus, 1624, DOUTRINA CHRISTAA
CEPEDA I, 1994, REV BIBLIOTECA NAC 9, V2, P139
CEPEDA IV, 1992, CARTINHA LINGUA PORT
CEPEDA IV, 1995, AINDA PROPOSITO CART, V25, P257
Charles R., 1993, CHRISTIAN CENTURY JA
COUTO A, 1645, GENTIO ANGOLA SUFFIC
DOROSARIO D, SUMMA CAIETANA TRASL
DURAN Juan Guillermo, 1982, CATECISMO 3 CONCILIO
ESTEVAO T, 1945, DOUTRINA CRISTA LING
FARINHA AL, 1942, EXPANSAO FE AFRICA N
FERNANDESVIEIRA M, 1981, DOUTRIANA CHRISTAM P
FERRERAS J, 1995, DIALOGUES ESPAGNOLS
FONSECA J, 1677, SCOLA DOUTRINA CHRIS
GRANADA LD, 1567, GUIA PECCADORES QUAL
HANKS W, 1997, DIALOGOS DOCTRINALES
HOLANDA SBD, 1976, RAFZES BRASIL PREFAC
HUYS JL, 1997, JD ACOSTA ORIGEN IDE
JORGE M, 1616, DOUTRINA CHRISTAM MA
JORGE M, 1602, DOCTRINA CHRISTA
Laures Johannes, 1957, KIRISHITAN BUNKO
Leite S., 1950, HIST COMPANHIA JESUS
Leite Serafim, 1960, MONUMENTA BRASILIAE
LESTRINGANT Frank, 1990, HUGUENOT SAUVAGE AM
LIM LLD, 1993, C INT HIST MISSIONAC, P531
MACHADO Diogo Barbosa, 1967, BIBLIOTECA LUSITANA
MAMIANI PLV, 1698, CATECISMO DOUTRINA C
MANSO MDD, 1999, COMPANHIA JESUS INDI
MARTIRES B, 1684, CATHECISMO DOUTRINA
MARUYAMA T, 1996, SELECTIVE BIBLIO CON
MARUYAMA T, 1998, COMP STUDY INTERROGA
MAURO F, 1961, BRESIL 183 SIECLE DO
NANTES BD, 1709, KATECISMO INDICO LIN
NIEREMBERG JE, 1678, CATECISMO ROMANO PRA
ORTIZ D, 1504, CATHECISMO PEQUENO D
PEREIRA IDR, 1993, ENSINO DOUTRINA CRIS
PINTO AC, 1948, FAMOSA ARTE IMPRIMIS
RAMOS AM, 1998, CATECISMOS PORTUGUES
RANDLER WGL, 1968, ANCIEN TROYAUME CONG
Rivara Joaquim Heliodoro da Cunha, 1858, ENSAIO HIST LINGUA C
SALDANHA M, 1945, T ESTEVAO DOUTRINA C
SARAIVA AJ, 1962, HIST CULTURA PORTUGA
SILVA C, 1993, EVANGELIZACAO IMPREN
SOUSA FD, 1979, ORIENTE CONQUISTADO
SOUZA Teotonio R., 1992, JESUITS INDIA HIST P
TEIXEIRA M, 1988, REV CULTURA, P3
Thevet Andre, 1575, COSMOGRAPHIE VNIVERS
VERMEER HJ, 1982, FIRST EUROPEAN TMAIL
VIEIRA A, CARTAS A VIEIRA
VINAZA C, 1892, ESCRITOS PORTUGUESES
WICKI I, 1972, DOCUMENTA INDICA, V12
NR 69
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU MAX NIEMEYER VERLAG
PI TUBINGEN
PA POSTFACH 21 40 PFRONDORFER STR 6, D-70174 TUBINGEN, GERMANY
SN 0019-0993
J9 IBEROROMANIA
JI Iberoromania
PY 2003
IS 57
BP 27
EP 63
PG 37
GA 767BW
UT WOS:000188421000002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Del Re, A
AF Del Re, A
TI Explanation and humor in the language of young children
SO LINGUISTIQUE
LA French
DT Article
AB This study has three main purposes: a) to discuss some theoretical problems
concerning the concept of explanation (Grize, 1980; Veneziano, 1999, etc.) and
humor (Bariaud, 1983, Aimard, 1988, etc.) in child language, b) to present some
data supporting our approach, taken from journal - noted by the mother - of one 3;4
year old Brazilian child interacting spontaneously with his sister and mother, c)
to observe the way the child constructs the statements through the dynamic of
explanation that results, on one hand, in requests of explanation and, on the other
hand, in explaining answers that produce the laugh (the humor) in the child and/or
in the speaker. The last section is mainly intended to illustrate some conclusions
that may emerge from our approach and results.
RP Del Re, A (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR AIMARD P, 1988, BEBES HUMOUR
BARIAUD F, 1983, GENESE HUMOUR ENFANT
BERTHOUDPAPANDR.I, 1990, CALAP, V7, P93
BONNET C, 1984, EXPLICATIONS QUAND E
BOREL MJ, 1980, TRAVAUX CENT RECH ST, V36, P19
CHABRIER N, 1997, SAVOIRS RIRE RIRE EC
DELRE A, 2001, LINGUAS BRASIL, P15
FRANCOIS F, 1988, PSYCHOL LANGAGE RECH, P91
GARITTE C, 2001, EMOTIONS INTERACTION
GRIZE JB, 1982, THEORIE EXPLICATION, P49
GRIZE JB, 1982, THEORIES EXPLICATION
GUILLOT G, 1997, SAVOIRS RIRE RIRE EC
HALTE HF, 1988, PRATIQUES, V58, P3
HISA H, 1990, CALAP, V7, P225
HUDELOT C, 1990, CALAP, V7, P241
MOLLO E, 1990, CALAP, V7, P189
Veneziano E., 1999, PAROLE, V9-10, P1
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 1
U2 2
PU PRESSES UNIV FRANCE
PI EVRY CEDEX
PA DEPT DES REVUES 14, AVENUE DU BOIS-DE-L EPINE B P 90, 91003 EVRY CEDEX,
FRANCE
SN 0075-966X
J9 LINGUISTIQUE
JI Linguistique
PY 2003
VL 39
IS 2
BP 75
EP 91
DI 10.3917/ling.392.0075
PG 17
SC Linguistics
GA 750BP
UT WOS:000186971700005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Coutinho, EDF
AF Coutinho, EDF
TI Rewriting Latin American literary history
SO NEOHELICON
LA English
DT Article
RP Coutinho, EDF (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, Rua Eng Pena Chaves 63-
301, BR-22460 Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Anderson B, 1983, IMAGINED COMMUNITIES
Braudel F, 1981, CIVILISATION CAPITAL, V1
ISER W, 1994, NEW LITERARY HIST, V25, P736
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU KLUWER ACADEMIC PUBL
PI DORDRECHT
PA VAN GODEWIJCKSTRAAT 30, 3311 GZ DORDRECHT, NETHERLANDS
SN 0324-4652
J9 NEOHELICON
JI Neohelicon
PY 2003
VL 30
IS 1
BP 103
EP 108
PG 6
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 687EE
UT WOS:000183362500009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cabanas Mayoral, T
AF Cabanas Mayoral, T
TI The poetics of communicability: Place of expression and models of
interpretation
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, Brazil.
RP Cabanas Mayoral, T (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, Brazil.
CR ADORNO TW, 1986, DIALECTICA ESCLARECI
ATHAYDE FD, 1998, IDEIAS FIXAS JCD MEL
BENJAMIN Walter, 1985, OBRAS ESCOLHIDAS
BOURDIEU P, 1996, REGRAS DA ARTE
DANTAS Vinicius, 1986, NOVOS ESTUD, V3, P40
DANTAS Vinicius, 1985, NOVOS ESTUD, V2, P48
HOLLANDA HB, 1981, IMPRESSOES VIAGEM
MELONETO JCD, 1998, PROSA
WALDMAN B, 1981, REBATE DE PARES
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2003
VL 29
IS 57
BP 59
EP 73
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 764UT
UT WOS:000188225000005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Villarraga Eslava, F
AF Villarraga Eslava, F
TI The plays of fiction: Mediation for the dynamics of reading
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, Brazil.
RP Villarraga Eslava, F (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria,
Brazil.
CR ALMINO J, 1994, SAMBA-ENREDO
BENJAMIN W, 1985, OBRA ARTE ERA SUA RE
BOURDIEU P, 1996, REGRAS DA ARTE
Bourdieu Pierre, 1990, CRITERIOS
CALVINO I, 1999, SE UM VIAJANTE NUMA
CHARTIER R, 1996, PRACTICAS LEITURA
Fuentes C., 1993, GEOGRAFIA NOVELA
JAUSS R, 1976, LIT PROVOCACION
Martin Barbero J., 1987, MEDIOS MEDIACIONES
MURDROVIC ME, 1993, REV IBEROAMERICANA
PERRONE-MOISES Leyla, 1998, ALTAS LIT
RUSHDIE S, 1998, ELMALPENSANTE
SANCHEZJULIAO D, 1983, PERO SIGO SIENDO EL
SARLO B, 1991, NUEVA SOC, V116
SIMON I, 1985, NOVOS ESTUDIOS, V12
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2003
VL 29
IS 57
BP 75
EP 89
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 764UT
UT WOS:000188225000006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ribeiro, PJ
AF Ribeiro, PJ
TI 'Cidade de Deus' in the 'Zona de contacto'- Some impasses of
contemporary cultural criticism
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Grande Sul, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Ribeiro, PJ (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Grande Sul, Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR ADORNO T., 1998, PRISMAS
[Anonymous], 1997, OS MATADORES
BENTES I, 1999, MISSAO GRANDE SHOW
BENTES I, 1997, GLAUBER ROCHA CARTAS
BENTES I, 2002, MAIS 0818
Beto BRANT, 2002, O INVASOR
Beverley John, 1993, AGAINST LIT
BONN J, 1982, OTHER TRIBES SCRIBES
Bosi A., 2002, LIT RESISTENCIA
BOSI A, 1975, CONTO BRASILIERO CON
BOURDIEU P, 1996, REGRAS ARTE GENESE C
CARUTH C, 1996, UNCLAIMED PROPERTY
CHEVALIER L, 1978, CLASSES LABOURIEUSES
Clifford J., 1986, WRITING CULTURE
CLIFFORD James, 1998, EXPERIENCIA ETNOGRAF
DALCASTAGNE R, 2002, VOZES NAS SOMBRAS RE
DELUMEAU Jean, 1989, HIST MEDO OCIDENTE
DEMAN P, 1983, BLINDNESS INSIGHT
FAGUNDES R, 2002, GLOBO SEGUNDO C 0626
Felman Shochana, 1992, CRISES WITNESSING LI
Fish SE, 1980, IS THERE TEXT THIS C
FOSTER H, 1985, RECODINGS ART SPECTA
Foucault M., 1996, ORDEM DISCURSO
FRANCO J, 1988, CASA AMERICAS
FREIREFILHO J, 2001, ELITE ILUSTRADA CLAM
GEERTZ C, 2000, NOVA LUZ SOBRE ANTRO
Geertz C., 1983, LOCAL KNOWLEDGE
GEERTZ C, 1984, WORKS LIVES ANTHROPO
Hall Stuart, 1996, S HALL CRITICAL DIAL
HARTMAN Geoffrey H, 2000, CATASTROFE REPRESENT
HASTRUP K, 1995, PASSAGE ANTHRO EXPER
HERSCHMANN M, 2000, FUNK HIPHOP INVADEM
HUYSSEN A, 2000, TIME MAKING POSSIBLE
JESUS MC, 2000, QUARTO DE DESPEJO
KAPLAN C, 1992, DE COLONIZING SUBJEC
LEITE M, 2000, CADERNOS ANTROPOL IM
LEPENIES W, 1979, ASCENCAO DECLINIO IN
LEVINE R, 1994, LATIN AM RES REV
LINS P, 2003, CADERNOS ANTROPOL IM
LINS P, 1997, VEJA 0813
LINS P, 1997, JORNAL BRASIL 0810
LINS P, 1997, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0816
LINS P, 1997, GLOBO 0810
LUCAS F, 1989, BARROCO MODERNO
MARCUS G, 1986, ANTHROPOL CULTURAL C
MEIRELES F, 2000, PALACE II
Meireles F., 2002, CIDADE DE DEUS
MELLO CCD, 2000, TEMPO BRASILEIRO APR
MOREIRAS A, 2001, EXAUSTAO DA DIFERENC
MOREIRASALLES J, 1999, NOTICIAS DE UMA GUER
MORETZSOHN C, 2002, CAMERAS TRAFICANTES
MOTTA C, 2002, GLOBO 0128
NOVAES R, 2001, DIREITOS HUMANOS
PENNA LA, 1998, CULT 0106
POBLETE J, 1999, TRAVESSIA
PRATT ML, 1999, OLHOS IMPERIO
RIBEIRO PJ, 2000, LUGAR COMUN ESTUDIOS
RIBEIRO PJ, 2001, CADERNOS ANTROPOL IM
RIBEIRO PJ, 2000, CUADERNOS EPISTEMOLO
ROSALDO R, 1989, CULTURE TRUTH
SALLES M, 1996, COMO NASCEM OS ANJOS
SALLES W, 1998, O PRIMEIRO DIA
SCHOLLAMMER KE, 2000, LINGUAGENS VIOLENCIA
SELIGMANN-SILVA Marcio, 2000, CATASTROFE REPRESENT
SINDER V, 2002, CONFIGURACOES NARRAT
VOGT C, 1983, POBRES LIT BRASILIER
XAVIER I., 2001, CINEMA BRASILEIRO MO
YUDICE G, 1997, ABALANDO ANOS 90 GLO
ZALUAR A, 1985, MAQUINA E A REVOLTA
ZALUAR A, 1993, CONDOMINIO DO DIABO
NR 71
TC 7
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 2
PU RCLL-TUFTS UNIV
PI MEDFORD
PA DEPT ROMANCE LANGUAGES, 180 PACKARD AVE, OLIN CENTER, MEDFORD, MA 02155
USA
SN 0252-8843
PY 2003
VL 29
IS 57
BP 125
EP 139
DI 10.2307/4531256
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 764UT
UT WOS:000188225000009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cabanas, T
AF Cabanas, T
TI The condor flies: Latin American literature and culture
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Cabanas, T (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Maria, Santa Maria, RS, Brazil.
CR CORNEJO-POLAR Antonio, 2000, CONDOR VOA LIT CULTU
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2003
VL 29
IS 57
BP 272
EP 276
PG 5
SC Literature
GA 764UT
UT WOS:000188225000022
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI Miguel Briante: Genealogy of a forgotten man
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
SC, Brazil.
CR CALABRESE Elisa, 2001, M BRIANTE GENEALOGIA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 2003
VL 69
IS 202
BP 265
EP 267
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 702DX
UT WOS:000184210700021
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zoller, S
AF Zoller, S
TI Rudolf von Ems' Der 'Gute Gerhart' in an anonymous prose version and the
Latin and German versions of Albrecht von Bonstetten's 'Gerold-Legende'
SO ZEITSCHRIFT FUR DEUTSCHES ALTERTUM UND DEUTSCHE LITERATUR
LA German
DT Book Review
RP Zoller, S (reprint author), Rua Stefan Zweig 186 Laranjeiras, Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR Bentzinger Rudolf, 2001, GUTE GERHART RUDOLFS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU FRANZ STEINER VERLAG GMBH
PI STUTTGART
PA BIRKENWALDSTRABE 44, D-70191 STUTTGART, GERMANY
SN 0044-2518
J9 Z DEUT ALTERTUM DEUT
JI Z. Deut. Alter. Deut. Lit.
PY 2003
VL 132
IS 3
BP 415
EP 419
PG 5
SC Literature
GA 715EE
UT WOS:000184956900016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Escalante, PR
AF Escalante, PR
TI Exercise of the criticism/cultivation of silence: Final dilemma in the
works of David Vinas
LA Spanish
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Paraiba, BR-58059900 Joao Pessoa, Paraiba, Brazil.
RP Escalante, PR (reprint author), Univ Fed Paraiba, BR-58059900 Joao Pessoa,
Paraiba, Brazil.
CR LUNA F, 1975, ARGENTINA PERON LANU, P23
ROSA N, 1971, LIBROS APR, V18, P10
SOSNOWSKI S, 1975, CARAVELLE, V25, P59
VALVERDE E, 1989, D VINAS BUSCA SINTES, P47
VINAS D, 1979, C GARDEL
VINAS D, 1989, YRIGOYEN BORGES ARLT
VINAS D, 1956, DUENOS DE LA TIERRA
VINAS D, 1989, HIST SOCIAL LIT ARGE
VINAS D, 1995, CLAUDIA CONVERS
VINAS D, 1962, DAR LA CARA
Vinas D., 1982, INDIOS EJERCITO FRON
Vinas David, 1979, CUERPO CUERPO
Vinas David, 1974, JAURIA
Vinas David, 1967, HOMBRES CABALLO
Vinas David, 1955, CAYO SOBRE SU ROSTRO
Vinas David, 1993, PRONTUARIO
Vinas David, 1983, ANARQUISTAS AM LATIN
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD DEC
PY 2002
VL 31
IS 93
BP 19
EP 33
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 687YD
UT WOS:000183403800002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Costa Vieira, MAD
AF Costa Vieira, MAD
TI The writings of Cervantes and the Quixote myth in Brazilian romance
SO HISPANIA-A JOURNAL DEVOTED TO THE TEACHING OF SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Costa Vieira, MAD (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ABREU MFD, 1994, CERVANTES ROMANTISMO
ANDRADE MCD, 1998, REV USP, V38, P38
AVELLANEDA, 1980, QUIJOTE
BAGNO V, 1990, ACTAS III C INT ASOC, P321
BARBOSA FDA, 1988, VIDA LIMABARRETO
BARRETO AHD, 1997, TRITE FIM DE POLICAR
BASANTA A, 1988, ACTAS I C INT ASOCIA, P35
BASTOS ER, 1998, REV USP, V38, P49
BASTOS ER, 1999, INTRO BRASIL BANQUET
BRUNEL P, 1989, PRECIS LIT COMP
CANDIDO A, 1993, RECORTES
CANDIDO A, 1971, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE
CERVANTES, DON QUIJOTE
CLOSE A, 1978, ROMANTIC APPROACH DO
CLOSE A, 1998, DON QUIJOTE DE LA MA
COSTALIMA L, 1979, LIT LEITOR TEXTOS ES
Fernandez Jaime, 1985, ANALES CERVANTINOS, V23, P201
Fokkema D. W, 1998, ORIENTACIONES LIT CO, P149
FREYRE G, 1984, CASA GRANDE SENZALA
FREYRE G, 1975, BRASILEIRO OUTROS HI
FUENTES C, 2000, FOLHA SAO PAULO 1001, P4
GOMES E, 1976, MACHADODEASSIS INFLU
HOLANDA SBD, 1995, RAIZES BRASIL
JENNY L, 1976, POETIQUE, P257
Joset Jaques, 1995, ACTAS II C INT CERVA, P887
LEVIN H, 1973, SUMA CERVANTINA, P377
LOPEZNAVIA SA, 1995, ACTAS II C INT CERVA, P727
MACHADO JAS, 1999, LABIRINTOS NOS IMAGE, P39
MACHADODEASSIS JM, 1988, ESAU E JACO
MACHADODEASSIS JM, 1998, CONTOS ANTOLOGIA
MACHADODEASSIS JM, 1994, MEMORIAS POSTUMAS DE
MASSA JM, 2001, BIBLIOTECA MACHADODE
MONTEROREGUERA J, 1997, QUIJOTE CRITICA CONT
MOTA LD, 1999, INTRO BRASIL BANQUET
MOURA D, 1998, REV USP, V38, P28
NITRINI S, 1997, LIT COMP HIST TEORIA
PASSOS Gilberto Pinheiro, 2000, NAPOLEAO BOTAFOGO PR
PRADO AA, 1989, LIMABARRETO CRITICO
REGO JLD, 1970, FOGO MORTO
RENE G, 1961, MENSONGE ROMANTIQUE
RILEY EC, 1998, CUADERNOS RECIENVENI
SALLUM B, 1999, INTRO BRASIL BANQUET, P237
VIEIRA M, 2000, ACTAS IV C INT ASOCI, P1145
Vieira MAD, 1997, CUADERNOS HISPANOAM, P59
WELLEK R, 1963, CONCEITOS CRITICA
NR 45
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU AMER ASSOC TEACHERS SPANISH PORTUGUESE, INC
PI WALLED LAKE
PA 900 LADD RD, WALLED LAKE, MI 48390 USA
SN 0018-2133
EI 2153-6414
J9 HISPANIA-J DEV INTER
JI Hispania-J. Devoted Teach. Span. Port.
PD SEP
PY 2002
VL 85
IS 3
BP 455
EP 465
PG 11
WC Linguistics; Language & Linguistics; Literature, Romance
GA 592JP
UT WOS:000177934800004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Mendes, LB
AF Mendes, LB
TI The forgotten tradition - The Rio Bonito partners and the sociology of
Antonio Candido
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
Univ Georgia, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
RP Mendes, LB (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
CR JACKSON Luis Carlos, 2002, TRADICAO ESQUECIDA P
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU AMER ASSN TEACH SPAN PORTUG
PI MISSISSIPPI STATE
PA MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIV P O BOX 6349, MISSISSIPPI STATE, MS 39762-6349
USA
SN 0018-2133
PD SEP
PY 2002
VL 85
IS 3
BP 541
EP 542
DI 10.2307/4141122
PG 2
GA 592JP
UT WOS:000177934800018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Slepoy de Zipman, SB
AF Slepoy de Zipman, SB
TI Difficulties of the Portuguese language for advanced-level Spanish
speakers - A contrastive study
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
C1 Ctr Linguas Latinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Slepoy de Zipman, SB (reprint author), Ctr Linguas Latinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BRIONES AI, 2001, DIFICULTADES LENGUA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
USA
SN 0018-2133
PD SEP
PY 2002
VL 85
IS 3
BP 556
EP 557
PG 2
GA 592JP
UT WOS:000177934800030
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Mendes, LB
AF Mendes, LB
TI 'Meu querido canibal'
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
Univ Georgia, Athens, GA 30602 USA.
RP Mendes, LB (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
CR TORRES Antonio, 2000, MEU QUERIDO CANIBAL
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
USA
SN 0018-2133
PD SEP
PY 2002
VL 85
IS 3
BP 561
EP 563
DI 10.2307/4141139
PG 3
GA 592JP
UT WOS:000177934800035
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ferreira, NP
AF Ferreira, NP
TI Those poets who speak of love as though they were women (Troubadours and
their songs)
SO HISPANOFILA
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Ferreira, NP (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR AZEVEDO LA, 1973, VISAO BRASILERA LIT
AZEVEDO LA, 1974, CANTIGAS PERO MEOGO
DUBY G, 1989, IDADE MEDIA IDADE HO
DUBY Georges, 1988, CAVALEIRO MULHER PAD
Goncalves Elsa, 1985, LIRICA GALEGO PORTUG
JORGE MAC, 1988, SEXO DISCURSO FREUD
LACAN J, SEMINARIO, V4
LACAN J, SEMINARIO, V20
LACAN J, ESCRITOS
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV NORTH CAROLINA
PI CHAPEL HILL
PA DEPT OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES, CHAPEL HILL, NC 27514 USA
SN 0018-2206
J9 HISPANOFILA
JI Hispanofila
PD SEP
PY 2002
IS 136
BP 91
EP 102
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 587BJ
UT WOS:000177620400008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Xatara, CM
AF Xatara, CM
TI Phraseological translation
SO META
LA French
DT Article
AB Almost all texts contain some complex lexical units, belonging to the
phraseology of the language of a specialized field or of the general language. The
translator must first identify this phraseologism, and then understand its meaning.
However, it is not enough to propose an explanation in the target language: the
translator has to establish its phraseologically equivalent lexical unit in meaning
and in phraseological formulations.
C1 Univ Estadual Paulista, Sao Jose Do Rio Preto, Brazil.
RP Xatara, CM (reprint author), Univ Estadual Paulista, Sao Jose Do Rio Preto,
Brazil.
RI Yurieva, Elena/A-9123-2015; Xatara, Claudia/A-6042-2013
OI Yurieva, Elena/0000-0002-5187-5769;
CR Bally Charles, 1951, TRAITE STYLISTIQUE F
CARNEADOMORE ZV, 1985, FRASEOLOGIA DICC CUB
Ettinger Stephan, 1982, LEXICOGRAFIA LINGUIS, P233
FUCHS C., 1982, PARAPHRASE
GALISSON R, 1988, LEXIQUES, P113
MEJRI S., 1994, CAHIERS LEXICOLOGIE, V65, P111
Molinie G., 1986, ELEMENTS STYLISTIQUE
REY A, 1994, DICT EXPRESSIONS LOC
Rey Alain, 1986, LEXICOGRAPHICA, V2, P33
REZEAU P, 1990, CAHIERS LEXICOLOGIE, V56, P131
SAUSSURE F, 1969, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G
TAGNIN SEO, 1988, TRABALHOS LINGUISTIC, V11, P43
TRISTA MA, 1988, FRASEOLOGIA CONTEXTO
ZATARA CM, 1998, TRADUCAO PARA PORTUG
NR 14
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD SEP
PY 2002
VL 47
IS 3
BP 441
EP 444
DI 10.7202/008029ar
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA 604YB
UT WOS:000178647700013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rocha, JCDC
AF Rocha, JCDC
TI 'Manifesto Antropofago'
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estadual Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Rocha, JCDC (reprint author), Univ Estadual Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR ANDRADE Oswald, MANIFESTO ANTROPOFAG
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU FUNDACAO CALOUSTE GULBENKIAN
PI LISBON
PA AV BERNA 45, LISBON 1093, PORTUGAL
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2002
IS 161-62
BP 388
EP 398
PG 11
WC Literary Reviews; Literature, Romance
SC Literature
GA 768QC
UT WOS:000188585800028
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Yehia, HC
Kuratate, T
Vatikiotis-Bateson, E
AF Yehia, HC
Kuratate, T
Vatikiotis-Bateson, E
TI Linking facial animation, head motion and speech acoustics
SO JOURNAL OF PHONETICS
LA English
CT 5th Seminar on Speech Production: Models and Data
CY MAY 01-04, 2000
CL SEEON, GERMANY
C1 UFMG, CEFALA, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
Commun Dyanm Project, Human Informat Sci Lab, Kyoto, Japan.
RP Yehia, HC (reprint author), UFMG, CEFALA, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RI Yehia, Hani Camille/E-8684-2010
OI Yehia, Hani Camille/0000-0003-4578-0525
CR Davis H, 1970, HEARING AND DEAFNESS
Demuth H., 1994, NEURAL NETWORK TOOLB
FLANAGAN J, 1972, SPEECH ANAL SYNTHESI
HONDA K, 2000, P LING PHON IT ORD L, P517
Horn R. A., 1985, MATRIX ANAL
KURATATE T, 1998, P INT C AUD VIS SPEE, P185
KURATATE T, 1999, P 6 EUR C SPEECH COM, V3, P1279
MASTERS T, 1995, ADV ALGORITHMS NEURO
Papoulis A., 1991, PROBABILITY RANDOM V
Rabiner L. R., 1978, DIGITAL PROCESSING S
SUGAMURA N, 1986, SPEECH COMMUN, V5, P199, DOI 10.1016/0167-6393(86)90008-7
Vatikiotis-Bateson E, 2000, NEURAL NETWORKS FOR SIGNAL PROCESSING X, VOLS 1 AND
2, PROCEEDINGS, P23, DOI 10.1109/NNSP.2000.889358
VATIKIOTISBATES.E, 1999, P AVSP 99 AUD VIS SP, P118
VATIKIOTISBATES.E, 1996, ASJ T TECHNICAL COMM, V96, P1
VATIKIOTISBATESON E, 1995, J PHONETICS, V23, P101, DOI 10.1016/S0095-
4470(95)80035-2
Yehia H, 1996, SPEECH COMMUN, V18, P151, DOI 10.1016/0167-6393(95)00042-9
Yehia H, 1998, SPEECH COMMUN, V26, P23, DOI 10.1016/S0167-6393(98)00048-X
YEHIA H, 2000, P 5 SEM SPEECH PROD, V1, P265
Yehia H. C., 1999, P 14 INT C PHON SCI, P631
NR 19
TC 116
Z9 117
U1 0
U2 9
PU ACADEMIC PRESS LTD ELSEVIER SCIENCE LTD
PI LONDON
PA 24-28 OVAL RD, LONDON NW1 7DX, ENGLAND
SN 0095-4470
J9 J PHONETICS
JI J. Phon.
PD JUL
PY 2002
VL 30
IS 3
BP 555
EP 568
DI 10.1006/jpho.2002.0165
PG 14
SC Linguistics
GA 597ZB
UT WOS:000178249700016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Campos, HD
AF Campos, HD
TI Collection of essays: 'Galaxias'
LA Portuguese
French
English
DT Article
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Campos, HD (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
CR NIETZSCHE F, HUMANO DEMASIADO HUM
SILVIO R, 1897, MACHADODEASSIS COMPA
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 2002
VL 68
IS 200
BP 695
EP 704
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 579AU
UT WOS:000177153900031
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Jozef, B
AF Jozef, B
TI Clarice Lispector: Transgression as an act of freedom (January-June
1977)
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Jozef, B (reprint author), Fed Univ Rio De Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR DURAND G, 1971, IMAGINACION SIMBOLIC, P15
DURAND G, STRUCTURES ANTHR IMA
JOZEF B, 1974, ESPACE RECONQUISTADO, P16
JOZEF B, 1964, PASION SEGUN GH, P19
KRISTEVA J, 1974, INTRO SEMANALISE
LACAN J, ECRITS
LISPECTOR Clarice, 1974, LACOS DE FAMILIA
MACADAM A, 1971, NOVELA HISPANOAM ACT, P96
MUECKE DC, COMPASS IRONY
NUNES B, 1973, C LISPECTOR
RICARDOU J, PROBLEMES NOUVEAU RO
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 2002
VL 68
IS 200
BP 705
EP 710
PG 6
SC Literature
GA 579AU
UT WOS:000177153900032
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Teixeira, ER
Davis, BL
AF Teixeira, ER
Davis, BL
TI Early sound patterns in the speech of two Brazilian Portuguese speakers
SO LANGUAGE AND SPEECH
LA English
DT Article
DE acquisition; ambient effects; phonetic; production; speech
ID ACQUISITION; ORGANIZATION; ENGLISH
AB Sound patterns in the speech of two Brazilian-Portuguese speaking children are
compared with early production patterns in English-learning children as well as
English and Brazilian-Portuguese (BP) characteristics. The relationship between
production system effects and ambient language influences in the acquisition of
early sound patterns is of primary interest, as English and BP are characterized by
differing phonological systems. Results emphasize the primacy of production system
effects in early acquisition, although even the earliest word forms show evidence
of perceptual effects from the ambient language in both BP children. Use of labials
and coronals and low and midfront vowels in simple syllable shapes is consistent
with acquisition data for this period across languages. However, potential ambient
language influences include higher frequencies of dorsals, use of multisyllabic
words, and different phone types in syllable-offset position. These results suggest
that to fully understand early acquisition of sound systems one must account for
both production system effects and perceptual effects from the ambient language.
C1 Univ Fed Bahia, Inst Letras, Programa Posgrad Letras & Lingust, BR-40170290
Salvador, BA, Brazil.
Univ Texas, Austin, TX 78712 USA.
RP Teixeira, ER (reprint author), Univ Fed Bahia, Inst Letras, Programa Posgrad
Letras & Lingust, Rua Barao Geremoabo,147,Campus Univ Ondina, BR-40170290 Salvador,
BA, Brazil.
EM ereist@ufba.br
FU NICHD NIH HHSUnited States Department of Health & Human ServicesNational
Institutes of Health (NIH) - USANIH Eunice Kennedy Shriver National
Institute of Child Health & Human Development (NICHD) [R01 HD2773]
CR ALBANO E, 1993, PROGRAM LISTAS BANCO
ALBANO E. C., 1995, P 13 INT C PHON SCI, V3, P346
BOYSSONBARDIES B, 1981, J CHILD LANG, V8, P511
CAGLIARI L, 1981, THESIS U ESTADUAL DE
CASTILHO A, 1986, LINGUAGEM FALADA CUL
Davis BL, 2000, PHONETICA, V57, P229, DOI 10.1159/000028476
DAVIS BL, 1994, LANG SPEECH, V37, P341, DOI 10.1177/002383099403700401
DAVIS BL, 1990, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V33, P16, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3301.16
Davis BL, 2002, PHONETICA, V59, P75, DOI 10.1159/000066065
DAVIS BL, 1995, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V38, P1199, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3806.1199
de Boysson-Bardies B., 1992, PHONOLOGICAL DEV MOD, P369
DEBOYSSONBARDIES B, 1991, LANGUAGE, V67, P297, DOI 10.2307/415108
Fenson L, 1992, MACARTHUR COMMUNICAT
FERREIRA A, 1977, MINIDICTIONARIO AURE
Gildersleeve-Neumann CE, 2000, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V21, P341, DOI
10.1017/S0142716400003039
GILDERSLEEVENEU.CE, 1998, AM SPEECH LANG HEAR
GILDERSLEEVENEU.CE, 2001, THESIS U TEXAS AT AU
HEAD B, 1964, THESIS U TEXAS AT AU
HERNANDORENA C, 1988, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
HERNANDORENA C, 1994, UFBA ESTUDOS LINGUIS, V17, P23
HERNANDORENA C, 1999, LETRAS HOJE, V117, P41
INGRAM D, 1988, LANG SPEECH, V31, P77, DOI 10.1177/002383098803100104
INGRAM D, 1981, J ITALIAN LINGUISTIC, P95
Ingram D., 1974, J CHILD LANG, V1, P233
JACKSONMALDONAD.D, IN PRESS J CHILD LAN
Jakobson Roman, 1968, CHILD LANGUAGE APHAS
Kent R. D., 1994, REFERENCE MANUAL COM
KENT RD, 1985, J CHILD LANG, V12, P491, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900006620
LABOV W, 1978, LANGUAGE, V54, P816, DOI 10.2307/413236
LAMPREAVE F, 1990, INT J BIOL MACROMOL, V12, P2, DOI 10.1016/0141-8130(90)90073-
J
LAMPRECHT R, 1999, LETRAS HOJE, V117, P65
LAMPRECHT R, 1986, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
LAMPRECHT R, 1999, EDIPUCRS, P65
LEOPOLD WF, 1947, SOUND LEARNING FIRST
LEVITT AG, 1992, J CHILD LANG, V19, P19, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900013611
LIEBERMAN P, 1980, CHILD PHONOLOGY, V1
Locke J. L., 1983, PHONOLOGICAL ACQUIST
MACKEN MA, 1992, PHONOLOGICAL DEV MOD
MacNeilage P. F., 1993, CHANGES SPEECH FACE, P341
MACNEILAGE PF, 1990, NATO ADV SCI I D-BEH, V55, P55
MacNeilage PF, 2000, SCIENCE, V288, P527, DOI 10.1126/science.288.5465.527
MacNeilage PF, 1997, SPEECH COMMUN, V22, P269, DOI 10.1016/S0167-6393(97)00022-8
MacNeilage PF, 2000, CHILD DEV, V71, P153, DOI 10.1111/1467-8624.00129
MACNEILAGE PF, 2000, PSYCHOL SCI, P459
Mattoso Camara Jr Joaquim, 1972, PORTUGUESE LANGUAGE
MENN L, 1983, DEV WRITING OTHER PR, P4
OLLER DK, 1982, J CHILD LANG, V9, P565, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900004918
Paradis C., 1991, SPECIAL STATUS CORON
Pye C., 1987, CHILDRENS LANGUAGE, V6, P175
ROUG L, 1989, J CHILD LANG, V16, P19, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900013416
STOELGAMMON C, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V28, P505, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2804.505
TEIXEIRA ER, 1991, ELICIACAO AMOSTRAS F
TEIXEIRA ER, 1991, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, V12, P64
TEIXEIRA ER, 1982, AN 7 ENC NAC LING RI, P72
TEIXEIRA ER, 1985, THESIS U COLL LONDON
TEIXEIRA ER, 1999, 7 JORN EST LING NORD, P318
TEIXEIRA ER, 1997, SPEECH PROD LAB U TE
TEIXEIRA ER, 1980, THESIS U COLL LONDON
TEIXEIRA ER, 1984, J BRASILEIRO REABILI, V13, P23
Vihman M. M., 1996, PHONOLOGICAL DEV ORI
VIHMAN MM, 1985, LANGUAGE, V61, P397, DOI 10.2307/414151
VIHMAN MM, 1986, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V7, P3, DOI 10.1017/S0142716400007165
Vogel I., 1975, PAPERS REPORTS CHILD, V9, P43
YAVAS M, 1985, LETRAS HOJE, V18, P77
ZMARICH C, 1998, P 5 INT C SPOK LANG, P1103
NR 65
TC 17
Z9 19
U1 0
U2 1
PU SAGE PUBLICATIONS LTD
PI LONDON
PA 1 OLIVERS YARD, 55 CITY ROAD, LONDON EC1Y 1SP, ENGLAND
SN 0023-8309
EI 1756-6053
J9 LANG SPEECH
JI Lang. Speech
PD JUN
PY 2002
VL 45
BP 179
EP 204
DI 10.1177/00238309020450020401
PN 2
PG 26
WC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Psychology,
Experimental
SC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Psychology
GA 649RC
UT WOS:000181220900004
PM 12613560
OA Green Published
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Da Graca Krieger, M
AF Da Graca Krieger, M
TI Legal terminology and textual specificities
SO META
LA French
DT Article
AB This article describes some theoretical and methodological proposition adopted
int he elaboration of a Multilingual Glossary of Environmental Law. The results
show that the identification of the terminology in focus and the guidelines to
solve terminological problems can be determined by the textual, discursive and
pragmatic specificities of each field of knowledge. This study suggests that
progress in the field of terminology is linked to the description of how language
is used in different areas.
C1 Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Da Graca Krieger, M (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil.
CR Cabre M.T, 1999, TERMINOLOGIA REPRESE
CABRE MT, TERMINOLOGIA MODELO, P39
Cornu Gerard, 1990, LINGUISTIQUE JURIDIQ
Gambier Y., 1991, META, V36, P8, DOI [10.7202/002795ar, DOI 10.7202/002795AR]
GAUDIN F., 1993, SOCIOTERMINOLOGIE
GEMAR JC, 1991, META, V36, P275
KRIEGER M.G., 2000, DELTA, V16, P209
KRIEGER MG, 2001, GLOSSARIO MULTILINGU
LARA JF, 1999, TERMINO CULTURA HACI
MACIEL AM, 2000, RECONHECIMENTO ESPEC
NASCIMENTOESILV.J, 1995, DIREITO AMBIENTAL IN
Rey A, 1979, TERMINOLOGIE NOMS NO
SAGER JC, CURSO PRACTICO PROCE
SLODZIAN M, 1995, BANQUE MOTS, V7, P11
TEMMERMAN R, 2000, NEW WAYS TEMRINOLOGY
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 2002
VL 47
IS 2
BP 233
EP 243
DI 10.7202/008012ar
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA 568LW
UT WOS:000176544300009
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
TI History of linguistic thought. Analysis of language and linguistic
reflection in western culture
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, Av Prof Luciano
Gualberto 403, BR-05508900 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR Swiggers Pierre, 1997, HIST PENSEE LINGUIST
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2002
VL 53
IS 1
BP 67
EP 72
DI 10.1080/00437956.2002.11432524
PG 6
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 544RH
UT WOS:000175173800004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Discourse in late modernity.
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 State Univ Campinas, Dept Linguist, Inst Language Studies, BR-13081970 Campinas,
SP, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), State Univ Campinas, Dept Linguist, Inst
CR CHOULIARAKI L, 1995, THESIS U LANCASTER U
Fairclough N., 1989, LANGUAGE POWER
Fairclough N., 1992, CRITICAL LANGUAGE AW
FAIRCLOUGH N, 1995, CRITICAL DISCOURSE A
Fairclough N, 1992, DISCOURSE SOCIAL CHA
Fairclough Norman, 1995, MEDIA DISCOURSE
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD APR
PY 2002
VL 53
IS 1
BP 106
EP 108
PG 3
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 544RH
UT WOS:000175173800012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Marchant, EA
Conceicao, F
AF Marchant, EA
Conceicao, F
TI An interview with Fernando Conceicao (Brazilian journalist and activist)
SO CALLALOO
LA English
C1 Univ Calif Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90024 USA.
Univ Fed Bahia, Commun Sch, BR-41170290 Salvador, BA, Brazil.
RP Marchant, EA (reprint author), Univ Calif Los Angeles, Los Angeles, CA 90024
USA.
NR 0
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319 USA
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD SPR
PY 2002
VL 25
IS 2
BP 613
EP 619
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 558XT
UT WOS:000175993600043
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Torres, MHC
AF Torres, MHC
TI Indices of the status of the translated text, part 1, Paratexts
SO META
LA French
DT Article
AB Taking as a starting point the issue that Brazilian literature translated into
French nonetheless remains minor literature, I examine in this paper the status of
the translated text. My search is for indicators/evidence of translated text in the
content of the text and metatext (not developed here) as well as the paratext. I
first tackle the concepts of Brazilian literature and the deterritorialization of
translated text, and then analyze the paratext through an investigation of Machado
de Assis' novel Quincas Barba.
RP Torres, MHC (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88000 Florianopolis,
SC, Brazil.
CR BOSI Alfredo, 1989, HIST CONCISA LIT BRA
CHEVREL Y, 1988, LIT UBERSETZUNG
DESOUZA RA, 1998, ESSAI LIT CULTURE BR
GENETTE Gerard, 1981, PALIMPSESTES
Genette Gerard, 1987, SEUILS
Hermans Theo., 1999, TRANSLATION SYSTEMS
LAMBERT J, 1980, TRADITIONS RUPTURES
THIERIOT J, 1988, PORTUGAL BRESIL FRAN
Toury G., 1995, DESCRIPTIVE TRANSLAT
Toury Gideon, 1980, SEARCH THEORY TRANSL
Venuti L., 1998, TRANSLATOR, V4
WEBER JH, 1997, NACAO PARAISO
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD MAR
PY 2002
VL 47
IS 1
BP 5
EP 15
DI 10.7202/007987ar
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA 546UF
UT WOS:000175292500001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Calderon Calderon, M
AF Calderon Calderon, M
TI From the poetic to the linguistic in the rhythm of the trovadores: three
moments from the history of stress
SO ROMANCE PHILOLOGY
LA Spanish
DT Book Review
C1 Spanish Embassy Brazil, Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Calderon Calderon, M (reprint author), Spanish Embassy Brazil, Brasilia, DF,
Brazil.
CR MASSINI-CAGLIARI G., 1999, POETICO LINGUISTICO
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU BREPOLS PUBLISHERS
PI TURNHOUT
PA BEGIJNHOF 67, B-2300 TURNHOUT, BELGIUM
SN 0035-8002
J9 ROMANCE PHILOL
JI Roman. Philol.
PD SPR
PY 2002
VL 55
BP 333
EP 337
DI 10.1484/J.RPH.2.304488
PG 5
GA 701JC
UT WOS:000184163600014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Romero-Lopes, MC
AF Romero-Lopes, MC
TI Identity and variation of the verb jouer (French, linguistics)
SO LANGUE FRANCAISE
LA French
DT Article
AB This paper is based on the hypothesis that the identity of the French verb jouer
cannot be reduced to a given basic meaning. The author holds that the word can be
considered as a potential which gets actualised in its different uses. She proposes
both a definition of this potential, in terms of a 'schematic form', and a means to
account for the variation fo the meaning of the verb through the different ways
this schematic form can be brought into play.
C1 Ctr Univ Sao Camilo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Romero-Lopes, MC (reprint author), Ctr Univ Sao Camilo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR CADIOT P, 1999, RECHERCHES LINGUISTI, V11
FRANCKEL JJ, 1998, SEMIOTIQUES, V16
JARREGA M, 2000, THESIS U PARIS 10
PAILLARD D, 2000, IN PRESS ACTES C INT
PAILLARD D, 1999, CAHIERS ELSAP, P133
ROMEROLOPES MC, 2000, THESIS U SAO PAULO
VOGUE SD, 1999, ACTES XEME C CERLICO, V12
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LAROUSSE
PI PARIS
PA 17 RUE DE MONTPARNASSE, 75006 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0023-8368
J9 LANGUE FRANCAISE
JI Lang. Fran.
PD FEB
PY 2002
IS 133
BP 63
EP 73
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA 533RM
UT WOS:000174544100006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Vassallo, L
AF Vassallo, L
BE Knight, TE
TI Charlemagne in Brazil
SO BROACHING FRONTIERS, SHATTERING BOUNDARIES: ON TRADITION AND CULTURE AT
THE DAWN OF THE THIRD MILLENNIUM
LA English
CT 21st International Congress of the
Federation-Internationale-des-Langues-et-Litteratures-Modernes
CY JUL 26-30, 1999
CL HARARE, ZIMBABWE
SP Univ Zimbabwe, Federat Int Langues & Litteratures Modernes
CR BURKE Peter, 1989, CULTURA POPULAR IDAD
CASCUDO LD, 1953, CINCO LIVROS POVO IN, P441
da CAMARA CASCUDO Luis, 1984, MOUROS FRANCESES JUD
de QUEIROZ Mauricio Vinhas, 1981, MESSIANISMO CONFLITO
FERREIRA JP, 1979, CAVALARIA CORDEL PAS, P15
PELOSO S, 1984, MEDIOEVO SERTAO TRAD
SARAIVA AJ, 1955, HIST CULTURA PORTUGA, V2, P67
VASSALLO L, 1993, SERTAO MEDIEVAL ORIG
Zumthor P., 1987, LETT VOIX LITT MEDIE
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU PETER LANG AG
PI BERN
PA EUROPAISCHER VERLAG WISSENSCH JUPITERSTR 15, CH-3015 BERN, SWITZERLAND
BN 3-906767-50-7
PY 2002
BP 149
EP 157
PG 9
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA BX40K
UT WOS:000185173600010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Seffrin, A
Secchin, AC
Goncalves, A
Rodrigues, E
Mucci, LI
Dias, MHM
Pontieri, R
AF Seffrin, A
Secchin, AC
Goncalves, A
Rodrigues, E
Mucci, LI
Dias, MHM
Pontieri, R
TI Brazilian literature (A selective annotated bibliographic update,
1999-2002)
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Bibliography
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Teoria Literaria & Lit Comparada, BR-05508 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
RP Pontieri, R (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Teoria Literaria & Lit
Comparada, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2002
IS 159-60
BP 495
EP 503
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 749LC
UT WOS:000186920700047
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU dos Santos, VBMP
AF dos Santos, VBMP
TI Genre analysis of business letters of negotiation
LA English
DT Article
DE genre analysis; business letters; negotiation
AB This article reports on the findings of a survey on Genre Analysis [Swales, J.
(1990, 1992, 1993). Genre analysis - English in academic and research settings.
Cambridge: CUP (Reprinting 1991); Swales, J. (1992). Re-thinking genre: another
look at discourse community effects. Ottawa: Carleton University. (Mimeo); Swales,
J. (1993). Genre and engagement. Revue Belge de Philogie et d'Histoire, 71, 687-
698.] of 117 commercial letters in English exchanged by fax between a Brazilian
company and two European companies. These letters were analysed in terms of shared
communicative purposes and rhetorical features which together contribute to the
building-up of the resulting generic structure named as Business Letters of
Negotiation (LN). All Moves and Steps will be presented here and discussed with
examples of the most frequent linguistic signals which characterize them, A brief
discussion on these categories, and teaching implications follow these findings.
Published on behalf of The American University by Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights
reserved.
C1 PUC, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP dos Santos, VBMP (reprint author), PUC, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RI Van Mulken, Margot/J-3567-2012
CR BARBARA L, 1996, 15 CEPRIL PUCSP ELU
Bhatia Vijay K, 1993, ANAL GENRE LANGUAGE
BHATIA VK, 1993, PERSPECTIVES ENGLISH, P133
BHATIA VK, 1992, WORLD ENGLISHES, V11, P225
CELANI MAA, 1997, 36 CEPRIL PUCSP ELU
Charles Mirjaliisa, 1996, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V15, P19
COLLINS H, 1997, 37 CEPRIL PUCSP ELU
dos Santos V. B. M. P., 1994, LANG AWARE, V3, P201
DOSSANTOS VBM, 1996, THESIS LAEL PUC SP
DOSSANTOS VBM, 1994, ESPECIALIST, V15, P73
Eggins Suzanne, 1994, INTRO SYSTEMIC FUNCT
Eustace G., 1996, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V15, P53
Firth A, 1991, DISCOURSE WORK NEGOT
Garcez P.M., 1993, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V12, P103
Ghadessy M., 1993, REGISTER ANAL THEORY, P149
Gunnarsson BL, 1997, WRIT COMMUN, V14, P139, DOI 10.1177/0741088397014002001
Halliday MA, 1994, INTRO FUNCTIONAL GRA
HARRISON TM, 1987, WRIT COMMUN, V4, P3, DOI 10.1177/0741088387004001001
JENKINS S, 1987, TESOL QUART, V21, P327, DOI 10.2307/3586738
LAMPI M, 1993, PERSPECTIVES ENGLISH, P159
LOUHIALASALMINE.L, 1996, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V15, P37, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-
4906(95)00024-0
LOUHIALASALMINE.L, 2002, IN PRESS ENGLSIH SPE, P21
MA KCB, 1993, PERSPECTIVES ENGLISH, P271
MAIER P, 1992, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V11, P189, DOI DOI 10.1016/S0889-4906(05)80009-
2
NEU J, 1986, ENGLISH SPECIFIC PUR, V5, P41
NICKERSON C, 1998, ENGLISH SPECIFIC PUR, V171, P281
PALTRIDGE B, 1994, APPL LINGUIST, V15, P287
SCOTT M, 1994, WORDSMITH SHELL
St. John M. J., 1996, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V15, P3
SWALES JM, 1993, REV BELGE PHILOL HIS, V71, P687, DOI 10.3406/rbph.1993.3898
SWALES JM, 1992, RETHINKING GENRE ANO
THOMPSON S, 1994, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V13, P171, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-
4906(94)90014-0
NR 33
TC 26
Z9 26
U1 2
U2 10
PI OXFORD
SN 0889-4906
J9 ENGL SPECIF PURP
PY 2002
VL 21
IS 2
BP 167
EP 199
DI 10.1016/S0889-4906(00)00028-4
PG 33
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 500ME
UT WOS:000172630700006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
TI Meeting Vivien Law, Oxford, September 1996
LA English
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
PA KLAPROZENWEG 105, PO BOX 36224, 1020 ME AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
SN 0302-5160
J9 HIST LING
PY 2002
VL 29
IS 1-2
BP 17
EP 18
DI 10.1075/hl.29.1.04alt
PG 2
SC Linguistics
GA 590QN
UT WOS:000177833700004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schmitz, JR
AF Schmitz, JR
TI Humor as a pedagogical tool in foreign language and translation courses
SO HUMOR-INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HUMOR RESEARCH
LA English
DT Article
AB In this paper I argue that the presentation and study of humor should be an
important component in foreign language and translation courses. The use of humor
in language courses, in addition to making classes more enjoyable, can contribute
to improving students' proficiency. Humor is useful for the development of
listening comprehension and reading. An analysis of the vast bibliography on
humorology has led to the organization of humorous discourse into three groups: (i)
universal or reality-based humor, (ii) culture-based humor, and (iii) linguistic or
word-based humor. This grouping serves as a pedagogical framework for teaching
humor in both language and translation classrooms. Learners and tyro translators
should deal first with the relatively straightforward universal humor, continue
with cultural humor, which demands more of learners and translators, and finally
deal with linguistic humor that offers serious challenges to students of foreign
languages and translation. The study of humor presents translators with the
opportunity to exercise their creativity. Word-based or linguistic humor serves as
a test of what can and cannot be translated and may entail a change in script if
the "new" humorous discourse is to evoke laughter or at least a smile on the part
of the target language audience.
RP Schmitz, JR (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR APTE ML, 1987, INT J SOCIOL LANG, V65, P5
Ballard M, 1996, TRANSLATOR, V2, P333
BREZOLIN A, 1997, TRADTERM, V4, P15
BROOKS ML, 1983, CUCUMBERS BETTER MEN
Carrell A, 1997, HUMOR, V10, P173, DOI 10.1515/humr.1997.10.2.173
CAUGHIE J, 1981, THEORIES AUTHORSHIP
Coady J., 1997, 2 LANGUAGE VOCABULAR
Culler Jonathan D., 1988, PUNS FDN LETT
DARLING AL, 1986, J CLASSROOM INTERACT, V22, P24
Davies C., 1987, INT J SOCIOL LANG, V65, P39
DEMATOS FG, 1974, CREATIVITY NEW IDEAS, V8, P1
DENEIRE M, 1995, HUMOR, V8, P285, DOI 10.1515/humr.1995.8.3.285
DOLITSKY M, 1983, J PRAGMATICS, V7, P39, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(83)90148-0
ERICKSON F, 1987, EDUC ADMIN QUART, V23, P11, DOI 10.1177/0013161X87023004003
FECHTNER L, 1983, 5000 ONE 2 LINERS AN
FLIER I, 1990, ANGOL TREFAK ANEKDOT, V3
GEIGER R, 1980, FARMERS ALMANAC
Hatch E, 1995, VOCABULARY SEMANTICS
Heller L. G., 1974, LANG STYLE, V7, P271
HOCKETT C, 1972, STUDIES LINGUISTIC H
JOHNSON R, 1978, SEMIOTICA, V22, P309
KING J, 1981, BOOK BRIT HUMOUR
Laufer B., 1997, 2 LANGUAGE VOCABULAR, P20
LAURIAN AM, 1992, HUMOR, V5, P111, DOI 10.1515/humr.1992.5.1-2.111
LENDVAI E, 1996, TRANSLATION STUDIES, P89
Lew Robert, 1997, STUDIA ANGLICA POSNA, V31, P123
Lew Robert, 1996, PAPERS STUDIES CONTR, V31, P127
LIEBOLD A, 1989, META, V34, P109
LONG DL, 1988, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V11, P35, DOI 10.1080/01638538809544690
Maurice K., 1988, ENGLISH TEACHING FOR, V26, P20
MCDONALD C, 1982, EAR OTHER ORTOBIOGRA
MONNOT M, 1974, TESOL QUART, V8, P65, DOI 10.2307/3585661
NEULIEP JW, 1991, COMMUN EDUC, V40, P343, DOI 10.1080/03634529109378859
NEWFIELD M, 1991, LANG STYLE, V24, P77
Nilsen D., 1989, META, V34, P112
NORRICK NR, 1984, J PRAGMATICS, V8, P195, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(84)90049-3
NORRICK NR, 1994, J PRAGMATICS, V22, P409, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)90117-1
PIZZUTO J, 1986, READERS DIGEST DEC
RAFFERTY M, 1988, SKID MARKS COMMON JO
Raskin V., 1985, SEMANTIC MECH HUMOR
Robinson Douglas, 1991, TRANSLATORS TURN
RUBIN LD, 1982, VOICE AM FORUM SERIE, P3
RUCH W, 1993, HUMOR, V6, P123, DOI 10.1515/humr.1993.6.2.123
SCHAFF A, 1984, INT J SOCIOL LANG, V45, P89
SCHMITZ J. R., 1996, TRADTERM, V3, P87
SCHMITZ JR, 1998, TRADTERM, V5, P5
SHERZER J, 1978, SEMIOTICA, V22, P334
Sudol D., 1981, ENGL J, P26
TIDWELL JN, 1956, TREASURY AM FOLK HUM
TRACHTENBERG S, 1979, ENGLISH TEACHING FOR, V13, P89
Venuti Lawrence, 1995, TRANSLATORS INVISIBI
ZABALBEASCOA D, 1996, TRANSLATOR, V2, P235
1997, JOKES SENT BY KIDS R
NR 53
TC 35
Z9 35
U1 0
U2 9
PU WALTER DE GRUYTER & CO
PI BERLIN
PA GENTHINER STRASSE 13, D-10785 BERLIN, GERMANY
SN 0933-1719
J9 HUMOR
JI Humor-Int. J. Humor Res.
PY 2002
VL 15
IS 1
AR UNSP 0933-1719/02/0015-0089
DI 10.1515/humr.2002.007
PG 25
WC Language & Linguistics; Psychology, Multidisciplinary
GA 554MR
UT WOS:000175740100005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Madureira, S
Barzaghi, L
Mendes, B
AF Madureira, S
Barzaghi, L
Mendes, B
BE Windsor, F
Kelly, ML
Hewlett, N
TI Voicing contrasts and the deaf: Production and perception issues
SO INVESTIGATIONS IN CLINICAL PHONETICS AND LINGUISTICS
LA English
CT 8th Meeting of the
International-Clinical-Phonetics-and-Linguistics-Association
CY 2000
CL EDINBURGH, SCOTLAND
SP Int Clin Phonetics & Linguist Assoc
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
OI de Castro Andrade Mendes, Beatriz/0000-0003-2141-5582
CR ALBANO E. C., 1995, P 13 INT C PHON SCI, V3, P346
BARBOSA P. A., 1999, ESTUDOS PROSODIA, P21
BEHLAU MS, 1986, THESIS ESCOLA PAULIS
LAVER J, 1980, PHONETIC DESCRIPTION
LEVY IP, 1993, THESIS U CAMPINAS CA
LISKER L, 1964, WORD, V20, P384, DOI 10.1080/00437956.1964.11659830
ROCCA PDA, 1999, P 14 INT C PHON SCI, V2, P1425
Shimizu Katsumasa, 1996, CROSS LANGUAGE STUDY
Whalen D. H, 1999, P 14 INT C PHON SCI, V2, P1257
NR 9
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI MAHWAH
BN 0-8058-4015-X
PY 2002
BP 417
EP 428
PG 12
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BU81H
UT WOS:000177113600033
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Hoyos-Andrade, RE
AF Hoyos-Andrade, RE
TI Trilled sounds in Brazilian Portuguese: Phonetic and phonological
characterization
SO LINGUISTIQUE
LA Spanish
DT Article
AB This paper deals with the phonological definition of "trills" in Brazilian
Portuguese. The phonemic existence of two distinctive R's, one "soft" the other
"strong", is taken for granted. After reviewing the ideas of some Portuguese-
speaking phoneticians on this matter, 146 occurrences of R's - recorded by two
informants - were acoustically analyzed, The formants' general aspect and the
length of the R segments were studied in the resulting spectrograms. The
phonological table displayed in the conclusion does not include any trill. The
"soft" phoneme /r/, instead, is classified as an "interrupted apico-alveolar tap"
with a "retroflex" allophone. Naturalization between these two units is discarded.
t
C1 Univ Estadual Paulista, Assiz, SP, Brazil.
RP Hoyos-Andrade, RE (reprint author), Univ Estadual Paulista, Assiz, SP, Brazil.
CR CALLOU D, 1990, INICIACAO FONETIC FO
CRISTOFARO-SILVA Thais, 1999, FONETICA FONOLOGIA P
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1953, PARA ESTUDO FONEMICA
MORAISBARBOSA J, 1994, INTRO ESTUDO FONOLOG, V1, P37
MORAISBARBOSA J, 1994, INTRO ESTUDO FONOLOG
MORAISBARBOSA J, 1994, ETUDES PHONOLOGIE PO
MORAISBARBOSA J, 1994, INTRO ESTUDO FONOLOG, P151
MORAISBARBOSA J, 1930, LINGUISTIQUE, V1, P37
1999, HDB INTL PHONETIC AS
1993, TRATADO FONOL FONETI, P209
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU PRESSES UNIV FRANCE
PI EVRY CEDEX
PA DEPT DES REVUES 14, AVENUE DU BOIS-DE-L EPINE B P 90, 91003 EVRY CEDEX,
FRANCE
SN 0075-966X
J9 LINGUISTIQUE
JI Linguistique
PY 2002
VL 38
IS 2
BP 53
EP 69
DI 10.3917/ling.382.0053
PG 17
SC Linguistics
GA 622PD
UT WOS:000179654700005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Masina, L
AF Masina, L
TI Brazilian writers Alcides Maya, Cyro Martins and Sergio Faraco:
Tradition, transformation and renewal in literature from the
Rio-Grande-do-Sul
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Masina, L (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90000 Porto Alegre, RS,
Brazil.
CR CAMPA RDL, 1996, REV IBEROAM JUL, V62, P697
COUTINHO Eduardo, 2001, FRONTEIRAS IMAGINADA
FARACO S, 1995, CONTOS COMPLETOS
LOSADA A, 1981, REV IBEROAMERICANA, V47, P167, DOI
10.5195/REVIBEROAMER.1981.3621
MARTINS C, 2000, CAMPO FORA CAMPO AFU
MARTINS C, 1994, PAGINAS SOLTAS
MARTINS C, 1968, A ENTREVISTA CONTOS
MARTINS C, 1981, ESCRITORES GAUCHOS
MASINA L, 1998, A MAYA SATIRO TERRA
MASINA L, 2000, CIENCIAS LETRAS JUL, V28, P315
MAYA A, 1962, TAPERA
MAYA A, POR VINGANCA
MEYER Augusto, 1960, PROSA DOS PAGOS
PIZARRO A, 2000, DISCURSO MEMORIA IDE, P37
RAMA A, NOVELA AM LATINA
REVERBEL C, ENTREVERO
RIMSTEAD R, 2000, ARMAS TEXTO LIT RESI, P264
Zumthor P., 2000, PERFORMANCE RECEPCAO
ZUMTHOR Paul, 1993, A LETRA E A VOZ
NR 19
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2002
VL 28
IS 56
BP 129
EP 139
DI 10.2307/4531229
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 650PK
UT WOS:000181272400009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cardoso, P
AF Cardoso, P
TI Portuguese influence on Brazilian culture during the Middle Ages
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana, Brazil.
RP Cardoso, P (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana,
Brazil.
CR CAMOES LD, LUSIAD
LOPES F, 1977, CRONICA D PEDRO, P167
LYRA H, 1965, BRASIL VIDA ECA QUIE, P291
OLAVO B, 1996, VOSSA INSOLENCIA, P38
QUEIRON ED, 1503, OBRAS
SOUSA MLM, 1987, ID CASTRO TEMA PORTU, P70
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2002
VL 28
IS 55
BP 169
EP 180
DI 10.2307/4531206
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 600UV
UT WOS:000178410900009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Goncalves Bueno, L
AF Goncalves Bueno, L
TI The poetics of inversion. Respresentation and image in concrete poetry
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Goncalves Bueno, L (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba,
Parana, Brazil.
CR CABANAS T, 2000, POETICA INVERSAO REP
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2002
VL 28
IS 55
BP 273
EP 276
PG 4
SC Literature
GA 600UV
UT WOS:000178410900021
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ilari, R
AF Ilari, R
TI Pronominal placement in the contemporary literary language of Portuguese
Brazil
SO STUDIA NEOPHILOLOGICA
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Linguist, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Ilari, R (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Linguist, BR-13083970
CR SCHEI A, 2002, COLOCACAO PRONOMINAL
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU TAYLOR & FRANCIS AS
PI OSLO
PA CORT ADELERSGT 17, PO BOX 2562, SOLLI, 0202 OSLO, NORWAY
SN 0039-3274
J9 STUD NEOPHILOL
JI Studia Neophilologica
PY 2002
VL 74
IS 2
BP 231
EP 237
PG 7
WC Language & Linguistics; Literature
GA 640UV
UT WOS:000180707100014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Novaes, CV
AF Novaes, CV
TI Language and the brain: Representation and processing.
SO LANGUAGE
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Novaes, CV (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR GRODZINSKY Y, 2000, LANGUAGE BRAIN REPRE
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LINGUISTIC SOC AMER
PI WASHINGTON
PA 1325 18TH ST NW, SUITE 211, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-6501 USA
SN 0097-8507
J9 LANGUAGE
JI Language
PD DEC
PY 2001
VL 77
IS 4
BP 867
EP 868
DI 10.1353/lan.2001.0232
PG 2
SC Linguistics
GA 518BH
UT WOS:000173646100039
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Perrone-Moises, L
AF Perrone-Moises, L
TI Literary history according to J.L. Borges
SO LITTERATURE
LA French
DT Article
AB Borges taught English literature in 1957 in Buenos Aires, and his course allows
us to better understand his relationship to literature - that of a hedonistic
reader with a phenomenal memory - as well as reconsider the manner in which Borges
was understood in the 1960s, a slice of critical history.
RP Perrone-Moises, L (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ARIAS M, 2000, BORGES PROFESSOR CUR
BARTHES R, 1973, PLAISIR DU TEXTE
BLANCHOT M, 1959, LIVRE A VENIR, P116
BORGES JL, ELOGES DE LOMBRE
BORGES JL, 1932, DISCUSSION
BORGES JL, 1955, EVARISTO CARRIEGO, P9
BORGES JL, 1936, HISTORIA DE ETERNIDA
BORGES JL, DISCUSION
BORGES JL, HISTOIRE ETERNITE
BORGES JL, OTRAS INQUISICIONES
BORGES JL, IDIOMA ARGENTINOS
BORGES JL, FICCIONES
BORGES JL, 1993, OEUVRES COMPLETES, V1, P363
BORGES JL, 1926, TAMANO DE MI ESPERAN
Borges Jorge L., 1988, BIBLIOTECA PERSONAL
Borges Jorge Luis, 1952, OTRAS INQUISICIONES
Foucault Michel, 1966, MOTS CHOSES
GENETTE G, 1966, FIGURES, P131
GENETTE G., 1966, FIGURES
RODRIGUEZMONEGA.E, 1976, BORGES HACIA LECTURA
RODRIGUEZMONEGA.E, 1983, BORGES BIOGRAPHIE LI
SORRENTINO F, 1996, SIEGE CONVERSACIONES, P134
NR 22
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LAROUSSE
PI PARIS
SN 0047-4800
J9 LITTERATURE
JI Litterature
PD DEC
PY 2001
IS 124
BP 67
EP 80
PG 14
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 524QE
UT WOS:000174023700006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Resisting linguistic imperialism in English teaching
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Campinas, Dept Linguist, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Campinas, Dept Linguist, BR-13081970
CR Canagarajah A. S., 1999, RESISTING LINGUISTIC
NR 1
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD DEC
PY 2001
VL 52
IS 3
BP 462
EP 467
PG 6
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 525CG
UT WOS:000174049200010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dornelles, C
Garcez, PM
AF Dornelles, C
Garcez, PM
TI Making sense of nonsense: Fabrication, ambiguity, error and
clarification in the organization of experience in ordinary conversation
LA English
DT Article
DE conversation; context; fabrication; frame; schema; Portuguese
(Brazilian)
AB A telephone conversation is analyzed in which two participants interact within a
fabricated frame (Goffman, 1974, Tarmen and Wallat, 1993). The main objective here
is to describe the interactional ecology that allows 'the fabricator' to keep his
addressee within a single layer of activity, and allows 'the victim' herself to
contribute to the fabrication. While the fabricator juggles the frames of a
fictitious service encounter and of a practical joke, the victim participates
unknowingly in the fabrication, believing she is engaged in a bona fide service
encounter. Contextualization cues and mismatches in the participants' knowledge
schemas prove insufficient to lead to the shifting of the fabricated frame. The
deceived participant does not act on the fabricator's inadvertent or deliberate
cues, and tends to normalize the mismatches in their knowledge schemas, until the
fabricator abruptly quits the interaction, and the fabricated frame collapses. The
deceived participant and a third interactant then have to deal with frame
ambiguity, misframing and clarification of frame. This evidence underscores the
power of framing in conversational processing, supporting the view that
participants to talk-in-interaction tend to stay in the existing frame and display
a strong orientation to making experience conform to what is perceived as ordinary,
even when it is deliberately nonsensical. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights
reserved.
C1 Univ Vale Itajai, Dept Letras, BR-88220000 Itapema, SC, Brazil.
Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, Dept Linguist, BR-91501970 Porto Alegre, RS, Brazil.
RP Garcez, PM (reprint author), Univ Vale Itajai, Dept Letras, Rua 404-B, BR-
88220000 Itapema, SC, Brazil.
EM clarazed@zipmail.com.br; pmgarcez@portoweb.com.br
CR ATKINSON JM, 1984, STUDIES CONVERSATION
BASTOS LC, 1996, ESPECIALIST, V17, P151
Bateson Gregory., 1972, STEPS ECOLOGY MIND, P177
Clark H. H., 1996, USING LANGUAGE
Drew Paul, 1992, TALK WORK INTERACTIO, p[470, 479]
Erickson F., 1981, ETHNOGRAPHY LANGUAGE, P147
Goffman E, 1981, FORMS TALK, P124
GOODWIN C, 1990, ANNU REV ANTHROPOL, V19, P283, DOI
10.1146/annurev.an.19.100190.001435
Goodwin C., 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L, P1
GUMPEREZ J, 1982, DISCOURSE STRATEGIES
OLIVEIRA MDL, 1999, ESPACES TRAVAIL ESPA, P179
Sacks H., 1984, STRUCTURES SOCIAL AC, P413
Schriffin D., 1994, APPROACHES DISCOURSE
Tannen D, 1993, FRAMING DISCOURSE, P57
TANNEN D, 1986, THATS NOT WHAT I MEA, P74
NR 17
TC 4
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
EI 1879-1387
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD NOV
PY 2001
VL 33
IS 11
BP 1707
EP 1730
DI 10.1016/S0378-2166(00)00077-1
PG 24
SC Linguistics
GA 471XU
UT WOS:000170954600002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI Politics of the 'Archivos'
LA Spanish
DT Article
SC, Brazil.
CR BENJAMIN W, SELECTED WRITINGS
Calvino I., 1989, SEIS PROPUESTAS PROX
DELEUZE G, POURPARLERS
DIDIHUBERMAN G, 1997, VEMOS NOS MIRA
DORSIROVIRA E, 1925, 5 MINUTOS SILENCIO
DORSIROVIRA E, 1990, POUSSIN GRECO
GOODMAN Nelson, 1990, MANERAS HACER MUNDOS
JARNES B, 1925, REV OCCIDENTE, V3, P254
JARNES B, 1926, NEUE RUNDSCH, V1, P349
LINK D, 2000, PAGINA 12 1231, V4, P5
Ranciere J, 2000, PARTAGE SENSIBLE EST
RICO M, 2000, PAIS 0108
SARLO B, 1994, PUNTO DE VISTA, V49, P48
WILLIAMS R, 1997, POLITICA MODERISMO N
NR 14
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2001
VL 67
IS 197
BP 709
EP 720
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 512NP
UT WOS:000173330700006
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Chaga, MAM
AF Chaga, MAM
TI Rumblings of a lost decade - The genealogy of the essay in the
'Folhetim' (1982-1989)
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Chaga, MAM (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana,
Brazil.
CR ALLIEZ E, 1989, LETRAS, V5, P113
Bauman Z., 1999, MODERNIDADE AMBIVALE
BAUMAN Z, 1998, MAL ESTAR POS-MODERI
BHABHA HK, 1998, LOCAL CULTURE
COHN Gabriel, 1986, TW ADORNO
CUETO S, 1988, BORGES BIOY CASARES
FOUCAULT Michel, 1998, HIST SEXUALIDADE
GARCIA-CANCLINI N., 1998, CULTURAS HIBRIDAS ES
Ortiz Fernando, 1991, CONTRAPUNTEO CUBANO
Rajchman J, 1987, FOUCAULT LIBERDADE F
Rama Angel, 1985, TRANSCULTURACION NAR
Ramos Julio, 1989, DESENCUENTROS MODERN
RODRIGUEZ L, 1998, SUENO RAZON
SANTIAGO S, 1981, FOLHETIM 0802, V237, P5
SARMIENTO DF, 1983, SARMIENTO
SOUZA EMD, 1994, CADERNOS PESQUIA, V20
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD OCT-DEC
PY 2001
VL 67
IS 197
BP 721
EP 740
PG 20
SC Literature
GA 512NP
UT WOS:000173330700007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
TI 'Lecon': Testament and prophecy (Roland Barthes)
SO YALE JOURNAL OF CRITICISM
LA English
DT Article
CR BARTHES R, LECON
Barthes Roland, 1984, BRUISSEMENT LANGUE
Barthes Roland, 1979, SOLLERS ECRIVAIN
Barthes Roland, 1981, LE GRAIN DE LA VOIX
Barthes Roland, 1980, LITTERATURE
HOWARD R, 1982, BARTHES READER, P457
Sontag Susan, 1982, BARTHES READER
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319 USA
SN 0893-5378
J9 YALE J CRIT
JI Yale J. Crit.
PD FAL
PY 2001
VL 14
IS 2
BP 463
EP 468
DI 10.1353/yale.2001.0031
PG 6
SC Literature
GA 482AL
UT WOS:000171552600009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Santiago, S
AF Santiago, S
TI A trip to the tropics by Levi-Strauss
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Santiago, S (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ,
Brazil.
CR BORGES JL, OBRAS COMPLETAS
CLIFFORD J, 1994, NEW HIST FRENCH LIT
DERRIDA J, ESCRITURA DIFERENCIA
DERRIDA JacquesGramatologia, GRAMATOLOGIA
DUCROT O, 1973, DICC CIENCAS LINGUAG, P140
LEVISTRAUSS C, 1999, TRISTE TROPICOS
MAUSS M, 1928, RELIGION TUPINAMBA S
PAZ O, 1969, C LEVISSTRAUSS NUEVO
NR 8
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD AUG
PY 2001
VL 30
IS 89
BP 3
EP 14
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 504GV
UT WOS:000172849700001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Chomsky: Ideas and ideals
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Linguist, BR-
CR Smith Neil, 1999, CHOMSKY IDEAS IDEALS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 2001
VL 52
IS 2
BP 308
EP 311
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 503YG
UT WOS:000172828800019
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Signorini, I
AF Signorini, I
TI Literacy and communicative (in)flexibility: Interactional failure in
Brazilian programs of diffusion of knowledge
LA English
DT Article
DE intercultural communication; literacy and communicative flexibility;
Brazilian programs of diffusion of knowledge
AB The present paper tries to show how the beliefs (or myths) related to literacy
and to school practices on the one hand, and to scientific epistemologies on the
other, contribute to theoretical and practical difficulties in the acquisition and
improvement of communicative flexibility in discursive actions involving status
hierarchies and positional identities. Combining ethnographic insight: with a
contextualist approach of dialogue as intersubjective construction, it builds on
the notion of communicative flexibility as (a) an ability to redefine situations as
a function of the interlocutor, and, above all, (b) a capacity to accept the
coauthorship of the interlocutor in any new sociocultural order to be established
or sustained by interactional activity. The data come from institutional programs
in Northeast Brazil, implemented as of 1984 for the diffusion of technology and
scientific knowledge. In addition to the routine interactions between the social
actors involved in these programs, the corpus for analysis also consisted of the
oral and written evaluations of the programs focused on. The choice of
institutional programs as a context for the collection of data was due primarily to
the emancipatory function officially attributed to these programs, as well as to
the technological-scientific basis of the knowledge to be disseminated within them.
(C) 2001 Elsevier Science B,V. All rights reserved.
C1 State Univ Campinas, UNICAMP, Dept Appl Linguist, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
RP Signorini, I (reprint author), State Univ Campinas, UNICAMP, Dept Appl Linguist,
CP 6045, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR BARTHES R, 1970, MYTHOLOGIES
Brown J, 1991, MISCOMMUNICATION PRO, P146
COUPLAND N, 1991, MISCOMMUNICATION PRO
DEAZEVEDO HM, 1991, 8 PDCTNE UFPBCNPQBID
Duranti A, 1986, TEXT, V6, P239, DOI DOI 10.1515/TEXT.1.1986.6.3.239
FREIRE Paulo, 1975, PEDAGOGIA OPRIMIDO
GEE JP, 1986, TESOL QUART, V20, P719, DOI 10.2307/3586522
Goodwin C., 1986, TEXT, V6, P283, DOI DOI 10.1515/TEXT.1.1986.6.3.283
GRAFF H, 1979, LIT MYTH LIT SOCIAL
Gumperz J, 1996, RETHINKING LINGUISTI, P374
Gumperz J. J., 1992, RETHINKING CONTEXT L, P229
Gumperz JJ, 1982, LANGUAGE SOCIAL IDEN
HABERMAS J, 1984, COMMUNICATIVE ACTION, V1
HEATH SB, 1986, LITERACY SOC SCH REA, P15
Heller Monica, 1988, CODESWITCHING ANTHR
Hundeide Karsten, 1985, CULTURE COMMUNICATIO, P306
KLEIMAN AB, 1992, AN 7 ENC NAC ANPOLL, P769
Luria A. L., 1976, COGNITIVE DEV ITS CU
MADEIRA MC, 1988, UNPUB AVALIACAO PSIC
MEY JL, 1987, J PRAGMATICS, V11, P281, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(87)90134-2
Olson D., 1986, LITERACY SOC SCH REA, P145
PARRET Herman, 1988, ENUNCIACAO PRAGMATIC
POSTMAN N, 1970, HARVARD EDUC REV, V40, P244, DOI
10.17763/haer.40.2.b5j6417k71j34116
RAMALHO DS, 1991, 8 PDCTNE UFPBCNPQBID
Rommetveit R., 1985, CULTURE COMMUNICATIO, P183
SARANGI S, 1994, PRAGMATICS, V4, P409, DOI DOI 10.1075/PRAG.4.3.05SAR
SCHULZE MB, 1991, 8 PDCTNE UFPBCNPQBID
Scinto L. F., 1986, WRITTEN LANGUAGE PSY
SCOLLON R, 1981, NARRATIVE LIT FACE I
SCRIBNER S, 1981, PSYCHOL LIT
SERRES Michel, 1990, HERMES FILOSOFIA CIE
Signorini I, 1998, J PRAGMATICS, V29, P373, DOI 10.1016/S0378-2166(97)00059-3
SIGNORINI I, 1992, LETRAS, V11, P129
SIGNORINI I, 1994, TEORIA PRATICA, V24, P20
Sinclair J, 1975, ANAL DISCOURSE ENGLI
SINGH R, 1988, LANG SOC, V17, P43, DOI 10.1017/S0047404500012586
STREET BV, 1984, LIT THEORY PRACTICE
Tannen D., 1984, CONVERSATIONAL STYLE
Tannen D., 1986, TEXT, V6, P143
Tannen Deborah, 1986, NOT WHAT I MEANT CON
Wittgenstein L., 1968, PHILOS INVESTIGATION
NR 46
TC 2
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD JUL
PY 2001
VL 33
IS 7
BP 969
EP 997
DI 10.1016/S0378-2166(00)00041-2
PG 29
SC Linguistics
GA 444TL
UT WOS:000169416100001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Busnardo, J
Braga, DB
AF Busnardo, J
Braga, DB
TI Language, ideology, and teaching towards critique: A look at reading
pedagogy in Brazil
LA English
DT Article
DE ideology; language teaching; emancipatory pedagogy; war against
language; Neo-Gramscianism; Brazil
AB The difficulties which the impact of theory sometimes creates for practitioners
is not always evident to language theoreticians. In the present paper, we would
like to examine the theoretical difficulties we have encountered in our attempt to
develop a critical reading pedagogy in Brazil. We briefly discuss the two main
theoretical lines which have contributed to critical education in the Brazilian
context: Freirean tradition and poststructuralist theory. We argue that neither
orientation gives to language the necessary emphasis. We then propose that, to
promote critique in the reading classroom, explicit teaching of language and
discourse norms may be necessary in order to complement the ideological questioning
proposed by current critical practice. Following a Neo-Gramscian approach which
contemplates the incorporation of poststructuralist insights, we reflect on ways to
develop resistance and agency, arguing that the development of critical reading
depends as much on the awareness of language norms and uses at all levels as on
ideological sophistication. (C) 2001 Elsevier Science B.V. All rights reserved.
C1 UNICAMP, IEL, DLA, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Busnardo, J (reprint author), UNICAMP, IEL, DLA, Barao Gerldo,CP 6045, BR-
CR Adams M., 1979, NEW DIRECTIONS DISCO, P1
ARROJO R, 1992, SIGNO DESCONSTRUIDO, P87
ARROJO R, 1992, SIGNO DECONSTRUIDO I
BERTENS H, 1995, IDEA POSTMODERN HIST
BRAGA DB, 1993, LENGUAS MODERNAS, V20, P129
BUSNARDO J, 1987, INITIATIVES COMMUNIC, V2, P15
COPE B, 1993, POWERS LIT GENRE APP
CORACINI M. J. R. F., 1995, JOGO DISCURSIVO AULA, P13
CORACINI MJ, 1992, SIGNO DECONSTRUIDO I, P19
Eco U., 1992, INTERPRETATION OVERI
Eco Umberto, 1990, LIMITS INTERPRETATIO
ELLSWORTH E, 1989, HARVARD EDUC REV, V59, P297, DOI
10.17763/haer.59.3.058342114k266250
Fairclough N., 1989, LANGUAGE POWER
Fairclough N., 1992, CRITICAL LANGUAGE AW
Finke L. A., 1994, TEACHING CONT THEORY, P155
FISKE J, 1980, INTRO COMMUNICATION, P164
FREIRE P, 1995, HARVARD EDUC REV, V65, P377, DOI
10.17763/haer.65.3.12g1923330p1xhj8
Freire P, 1987, PEDAGOGY LIBERATION
FREIRE P, 1987, LIT READING WORD WOR
Giroux H, 1983, THEORY RESISTANCE PE
Giroux H. A., 1987, LITERACY READING WOR, P1
GIROUX HA, 1994, DISTURBING PLEASURES, P189
Goodman K, 1967, J READING SPECIALIST, V4, P126
Graff H., 1987, LABYRINTHS LIT REFLE
Gramsci A, 1971, SELECTIONS PRISON NO
KAMLER B, 1977, CONSTRUCTING CRITICA, P387
Luke A. F., 1997, CONSTRUCTING CRITICA, P185
Luke C., 1992, FEMINISMS CRITICAL P, P25
MICHAEL S, 1984, COHERENCE SPOKEN WRI, V3, P219
NORRIS Christopher, 1994, TRUTH ETHICS CRITICI
RAJA SN, 1992, J RECONSTR MICROSURG, V8, P63, DOI 10.1055/s-2007-1006686
Ransom J, 1993, FOUCAULT EXPLORATION, P123
SCHRIFT AD, 1995, NIETZSCHES FRENCH LE
SMART B, 1986, FOUCAULT CRITICAL RE, P167
NR 35
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD MAY
PY 2001
VL 33
IS 5
BP 635
EP 651
DI 10.1016/S0378-2166(00)00014-X
PG 17
SC Linguistics
GA 414RX
UT WOS:000167680900002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ziller-Caminietzki, C
AF Ziller-Caminietzki, C
TI Madame de Sevigne's extraordinary powder: the controversy over the
magnetic healing of wounds in 17th century France
SO DIX-SEPTIEME SIECLE
LA French
DT Article
C1 Museu Astronomia & Ciencias Afins, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Ziller-Caminietzki, C (reprint author), Museu Astronomia & Ciencias Afins, Rio
De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR AMADOU R, 1953, CHAPITRE MED MAGNETI
BACON F, 1635, SYLVA SYLVARUM, P258
BEAULIEU A, 1993, ALCHIMIE PHILOS RENA, P395
BELIN JA, 1658, POUDRE SYMPATHIE JUS
BELIN JA, 1658, TRAITE TALISMANS FIG
BROGLIA J, 1644, EXERCITATIO MEDICA I
CORNEILLE P, MENTEUR
DEBUS A, 1966, J HIST MED ALL SCI, V21, P8
DESCARTES R, CORRESPONDANCE
DESCARTES R, 1988, OEUVRES, V4, P212
DIGBY K, 1673, DISCOURS FAIT ASSEMB, P71
DIGBY K, 1827, PRIVATE MEMOIRS
ECO U, ISOLA DEL PRIMO GIOR
Kargon Robert, 1966, ATOMISM ENGLAND HARI
LAMY H, 1644, ABBREGE CHIRURGICAL, P1
LIBAVIUS A, 1594, TRACTATUS DUO PHYSIC
MARQUE JD, 1644, METHODIQUE INTRO CHI, P34
MERSENNE M, 1624, IMPIETE DEISTES, P385
MOHY E, 1639, EBURINIS PULVIS SYMP
NIBLE ADD, 1645, PROMETHEI FURTUM SEU
PAPIN N, 1673, DISSERTATION TOUCHAN, P171
PAPIN N, 1651, POUDRE SYMPATHIE DEF
PARACELSUS, 1570, DE SUMMIS NATURAE MY
PERFETTI A, 1995, BRUNIANA CAMPANELLIA, V1, P233
Pintard Rene, 1983, LIBERTINAGE ERUDIT P
PLACET F, 1668, SUPERSTITION TEMPS R
Rattray S., 1662, THEATRUM SYMPATHETIC
SENNERT D, 1635, PRACTICAE MEDICINAE, P411
SEVIGNE MD, 1978, CORRESPONDANCE, V3, P172
SOREL C, 1640, SECRETS ASTROLOGIQUE, P416
THORNDIKE L, 1958, HIST MAGIC EXP SCI
NR 31
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU SOC ETUD 17 SIECLE
PI PARIS CEDEX 05
PA A B S DE L UNIV PARIS-SORBONNE U F R D OCCIDENT MODERNE, 1 RUE
VICTOR-COUSIN, 75230 PARIS CEDEX 05, FRANCE
SN 0012-4273
J9 DIX-SEPTIEME SIECLE
JI Dix-Septieme Siecle
PD APR-JUN
PY 2001
IS 211
BP 285
EP 285
PG 1
WC History; Literature, Romance
SC History; Literature
GA 450JW
UT WOS:000169739800007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI El 'Vidrio y los insectos' (Marcel Duchamp)
LA Spanish
DT Article
SC, Brazil.
CR Barthes Roland, 1993, OEUVRES COMPLETES
BATAILLE G, 1945, ACTUALITE, V1, P194
BORDE V, 1981, TEXTOS EROTICOS RIO
Breton A., 1965, SURREALISME PEINTURE
Compagnon A., 1994, 5 PARADOXES MODERNIT
COSTA RD, 1994, HUIDOBRO VANGUARDIAS
CRUCHAGASANTAMA.A, 1919, CARAS CARETAS 1025
Derrida Jacques, 1992, ACTS LIT, P221
DREIER K, 1944, DUCHAMP GLASS MARIEE
DUCHAMP M, 1920, 5 MONTHS ARGENTIAN W
DUCHAMP M, 1998, NOTAS, P159
Duve Th. De, 1998, KANT AFTER DUCHAMP
Godio Julio, 1988, MOVIMIENTO OBRERO AR
GRUNBERG K, 1924, RORAIMA ORINOCO MYTH
GUILBOUT S, 1999, EPILOGOS PROLOGOS FI
HANSEN B, 2000, WALTER BENJAMIN OTHE, P147
HOLLIER D, 1973, BATAILLE, V10, P75
HUIDOBRO V, 1997, EPISTOLARIO, P55
Jay M., 1993, DOWNCAST EYES DENIGR
LEHMANNITSCHE, 1946, MYTHS TOBA PILAGA IN
LEHMANNITSCHE, 1935, UNIVERSO NATURALEZA
MARTINS M, 1965, DEUSES MALDITOS I NI, P34
MARTINS M, 1947, NIETZSCHE, P23
MARTINS M, 1941, PAN-AM UNION B DEC, V75, P683
Naumann Francis M., 1993, ART AM, V81, P67
OYARZUN P, 2000, ANESTETICA READY-MAD, P122
ROUGEMONT DD, 1968, PREUVES, V18, P43
SURYA M, 1997, GEORGES BATAILLE LIB, P45
Tomkins Calvin, 1999, DUCHAMP
VILAR JF, 1982, TOUJOURS AUTRES MEUR
WALD P, 1929, KOSHMAR
Wilcock J. Rodolfo, 1972, STEREOSCOPIO SOLITAR
NR 32
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD APR
PY 2001
VL 30
IS 88
BP 21
EP 36
PG 16
SC Literature
GA 473HH
UT WOS:000171034200002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Nunes, J
AF Nunes, J
TI Sideward movement
LA English
DT Article
DE sideward movement; copy theory; Linear Correspondence Axiom; traces;
parasitic gaps; across-the-board movement
ID THE-BOARD DEPENDENCIES; PARASITIC GAPS; ROMANCE; CHAINS
AB Assuming the general framework of the Minimalist Program of Chomsky 1995, this
article argues that Move is not a primitive operation of the computational system,
but rather the output of the interaction among the independent operations Copy,
Merge, Form Chain,and Chain Reduction (deletion of chain links for purposes of
linearization). The crucial aspect of this alternative model is that it permits
constrained instances of sideward movement, whereby a given constituent "moves"
from a syntactic object K to an independent syntactic object L. This version of the
copy theory of movement: (a) provides an explanation for why (some) traces must be
deleted in the phonological component, (b) provides a cyclic analysis for standard
instances of noncyclic movement, and (c) accounts for the main properties of
parasitic gap and across-the-board extraction constructions.
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Inst Estudos Linguagem, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
RP Nunes, J (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Inst Estudos Linguagem, Caixa
Postal 6045, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
OI Nunes, Jairo/0000-0001-6853-2474
CR AOUN J, 1997, C SYNT SEM PAR CSSP
Aoun Joseph, 1985, SO CALIFORNIA OCCASI, V17-36
BARSS A, 1986, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
Bobaljik JD, 1997, LINGUIST INQ, V28, P345
BOBALJIK JD, 1995, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
Bobaljik Jonathan D., 1995, MIT WORKING PAPERS L, V27, P41
BOSKOVIC Z, 1999, NELS 30 RUTGERS U
BOSKOVIC Z, 2000, UNPUB NATURE SYNTAX
Brody M, 1998, LINGUIST INQ, V29, P367, DOI 10.1162/002438998553798
Brody Michael, 1995, LEXICOLOGICAL FORM R
Browning Marguerite, 1987, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
CHOMSKY N, 1993, SYNTAX INT HDB CONT, P506
Chomsky N., 1986, BARRIERS
CHOMSKY N, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P1
Chomsky N., 1982, SOME CONCEPTS CONSEQ
Chomsky N, 1975, LOGICAL STRUCTURE LI
Chomsky Noam, 1994, GOVT BINDING THEORY, P383
Chomsky Noam, 2000, STEP STEP ESSAYS MIN, P89, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0022226702271625
Cinque G, 1990, TYPES A DEPENDENCIES
CONTRERAS H, 1984, LINGUIST INQ, V15, P704
DUPLESSIS H, 1977, LINGUIST INQ, V8, P723
DYLA S, 1984, LINGUIST INQ, V15, P701
ENGDAHL E, 1983, LINGUIST PHILOS, V6, P5, DOI 10.1007/BF00868088
FANSELOW G, 1995, PAPERS WH SCOPE MARK, P131
Fiengo R, 1994, INDICES IDENTITY
FRAMPTON J, 1990, LINGUIST INQ, V21, P49
FRANKS S, 1993, LINGUIST INQ, V24, P509
FRANKS S, 1998, COMP MORPH WORKSH BL
FREIDIN R, 1986, STUDIES ACQUISITION, V1, P151
GARTNER HM, 1997, THESIS JW GOETHE U F
Groat Erich, 1996, MINIMAL IDEAS, P113, DOI DOI 10.1075/LA.12.07GRO
HAIK I, 1985, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
HEYCOCK C, 1995, LINGUIST INQ, V26, P547
Hiemstra Inge, 1986, NOWELE, V8, P97, DOI DOI 10.1075/NOWELE.8.06HIE
Hornstein N, 1999, LINGUIST INQ, V30, P69, DOI 10.1162/002438999553968
HORNSTEIN N, 2000, MOVE
Hornstein N., 1999, WORKING MINIMALISM, P217
HORNSTEIN N, 1999, UNPUB ASYMMETRIES PA
Huang C.-T. J., 1982, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
Kato Mary, 1998, 8 C GEN GRAMM U LISB
Kayne R., 1984, CONNECTEDNESS BINARY
KAYNE R, 1998, SYNTAX, V1, P128
KAYNE RS, 1991, LINGUIST INQ, V22, P647
KAYNE RS, 1983, LINGUIST INQ, V14, P223
KEARNEY K, 1983, UNPUB GOVT CATEGORIE
KISS KE, 1985, LINGUIST REV, V5, P41
KITAHARA H, 1995, LINGUIST INQ, V26, P47
LARSON RK, 1988, LINGUIST INQ, V19, P335
LASNIK H, 1991, LINGUIST INQ, V22, P687
LASNIK H, 1998, P 22 ANN PENN LING C, P83
LASNIK H, 1995, 6 ANN M FORM LING SO, V1, P62
LEBEAUX D, 1988, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
MANZINI MR, 1994, LINGUIST INQ, V25, P481
Martin Roger, 1996, THESIS U CONNECTICUT
McDaniel Dana, 1986, THESIS CUNY
MUNN A, 1994, NELS, V24, P397
Munn A., 1987, MCGILL WORKING PAPER, V4, P121
Munn Alan, 1993, THESIS U MARYLAND CO
Nunes J, 1998, LINGUIST INQ, V29, P160, DOI 10.1162/002438998553707
NUNES J, 2000, SYNTAX, V3, P20, DOI DOI 10.1111/1467-9612.00023
NUNES J, 1996, NELS, V26, P211
NUNES J, 2000, UNPUB LINEARIZATION
Nunes Jairo, 1995, THESIS U MARYLAND CO
OISHI M, 1997, INTERDISCIPLINARY IN, V3, P65
Pesetsky D., 1997, OPTIMALITY THEORY OV, P134
Pesetsky David, 1995, ZERO SYNTAX
POSTAL PM, 1994, LINGUIST INQ, V25, P63
POSTAL PM, 1993, LINGUIST INQ, V24, P734
Ross John R., 1967, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
SAFIR K, 1998, UNPUB RECONSTRUCTION
SAFIR K, 1987, LINGUIST INQ, V18, P177
TARALDSEN KT, 1981, THEORY MARKEDNESS GE, P475
Thornton R., 1990, THESIS U CONNECTICUT
URIAGEREKA J, 1995, LINGUIST INQ, V26, P79
Uriagereka J., 1999, WORKING MINIMALISM, P251
Uriagereka J., 1998, RHYME REASON INTRO M
Vergnaud J.-R., 1974, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
WEINBERG A, 1988, THESIS MIT CAMBRIDGE
WILLIAMS E, 1978, LINGUIST INQ, V9, P31
WILLIAMS E., 1990, LINGUIST REV, V6, P265
NR 83
TC 91
Z9 91
U1 0
U2 4
PU M I T PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
SN 0024-3892
J9 LINGUIST INQ
JI Linguist. Inq.
PD SPR
PY 2001
VL 32
IS 2
BP 303
EP 344
DI 10.1162/00243890152001780
PG 42
SC Linguistics
GA 435AW
UT WOS:000168848900004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bandeira, LAM
AF Bandeira, LAM
TI A concise history of Brazil
SO BULLETIN OF HISPANIC STUDIES
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Brasilia, BR-70910900 Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
RP Bandeira, LAM (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, BR-70910900 Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
CR Fausto B., 1999, CONCISE HIST BRAZIL
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CARFAX PUBLISHING
PI BASINGSTOKE
PA RANKINE RD, BASINGSTOKE RG24 8PR, HANTS, ENGLAND
SN 0007-490X
J9 B HISPANIC STUD
JI Bull. Hisp. Stud.
PD JAN
PY 2001
VL 78
IS 1
BP 135
EP 136
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 411KK
UT WOS:000167499100040
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Villaca-Koch, IG
AF Villaca-Koch, IG
BE Nemeth, TE
TI Referentiation: A cognitive and interactive process
SO COGNITION IN LANGUAGE USE, VOL 1
LA English
CT 7th International Pragmatics Conference
CY JUL 09-14, 2000
CL BUDAPEST, HUNGARY
SP Int Pragmat Assoc
CR Apotheloz D., 1995, SINTAGME NOMINAL OBJ, V23, P143
APOTHELOZ D, 1995, SYNTAGME NOMINAL OBJ, P227
Apotheloz D., 1997, RELATIONS ANAPHORIQU, P159
Authier-Revuz J., 1982, DRLAV, V26, P91
BERRENDONNER A, 1989, LANGUE FRANCAISE, P99
BERRENDONNER A, 1994, ANAPHORE ASS, V197, P209
BERRENDONNER A, 1995, SYNTAGME NOMINAL OBJ, V23
Francis Gill, 1994, ADV WRITTEN TEXT ANA, P83
KOCH Ingedore G. Villaca, 1998, DELTA, V14, P169
KOCH Ingedore G. Villaca, 1999, SEMPRE MIM HOMENAGEM, P138
MARCUSCHI LA, 1998, IN PRESS GRAMATICA P, V8
Marslen-Wilson W., 1982, SPEECH PLACE ACTION, P339
MONDADA L., 1994, VERBALISATION ESPACE
MONDADA L, 1982, SPEECH PLACE ACTION, P273
NR 14
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU INTERNATIONAL PRAGMATICS ASSOCIATION VZW
PI ANTWERP
PA POSTBUS 33, 2018 11 ANTWERP, BELGIUM
BN 90-801148-4-7
PY 2001
BP 448
EP 458
PG 11
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA BT74M
UT WOS:000173937900036
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Hemais, B
AF Hemais, B
TI The discourse of research and practice in marketing journals
LA English
DT Article
DE discourse analysis; research article; grammar; citation analysis;
nonverbal text
AB Articles in marketing journals reveal diverse perspectives on market activity
through a discourse that foregrounds research-related issues and:or product
performance and decision-making processes in firms. The distinct discourses in turn
reflect a perceived relationship between author and reader. This paper addresses
the question of how linguistic choices are used for the construction of a view of
marketing activity that corresponds to the expectations of a particular readership.
The paper examines ways of presenting market activity and compares the rhetorical
resources used for building texts. Three types of journals were distinguished by
readership and by editorial emphasis on either practice or research. Articles in
three journals were analyzed with a grammatical model of sentence subjects which
reveals abstraction and concreteness in texts. Citations were also analyzed to see
how authors present research and researchers and what the reporting verb choices
indicate about authors' commitment to propositions. An examination of non-
linguistic text led to identification of variable uses of devices for reader
engagement with text. Results indicate separate discourses in terms of
conceptuality and concreteness in grammatical subjects but suggest less clearly
defined patterns of citation. (C) 2000 The American University. Published by
Elsevier Science Ltd. All rights reserved.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Chile, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Hemais, B (reprint author), Rua Visc,Caravelas 98,Apto 1207, BR-22271030 Rio De
Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
CR Bazerman Charles, 1989, SHAPING WRITTEN KNOW
CARVALHO DD, 1996, REVISTA ADM PUBLICA, V30, P123
HYLAND K, 1997, 11 EUR LSP S LANG SP
LINDEBERG AC, 1994, APPL APPL CURRENT LS, V2
MACDONALD SP, 1992, WRIT COMMUN, V9, P533, DOI 10.1177/0741088392009004004
Myers G., 1992, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V11, P3, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-4906(92)90003-S
Myers Greg, 1990, WRITING BIOL TEXTS S
PETTIGREW AM, 1979, ADMIN SCI QUART, V24, P570, DOI 10.2307/2392363
Richardson L., 1990, QUALITATIVE RES METH, V21
SAMRAJ BTR, 1995, THESIS U MICHIGAN
STAELIN R, 1994, MARKET SCI, V25, P16
SWALES JM, 1992, DISCOURSE COMMUNITY
TADROS A, 1994, ADV WRITTEN TEXT ANA
TADROS A, 1985, DISCOURSE ANAL MONOG, V10
Thomas S., 1994, ENGL SPECIF PURP, V13, P129, DOI DOI 10.1016/0889-
4906(94)90012-4
THOMPSON G, 1991, APPL LINGUIST, V12, P365, DOI 10.1093/applin/12.4.365
Ventola E, 1996, ACAD WRITING INTERCU
NR 18
TC 11
Z9 13
U1 0
U2 2
PI OXFORD
SN 0889-4906
J9 ENGL SPECIF PURP
PY 2001
VL 20
IS 1
BP 39
EP 59
DI 10.1016/S0889-4906(99)00021-6
PG 21
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 425EQ
UT WOS:000168278100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Hernandorena, CLM
AF Hernandorena, CLM
BE Almgren, M
Barrena, A
Ezeizabarrena, MJ
Idiazabal, I
MacWhinney, B
TI Phonological features in phonological disordered systems
SO RESEARCH ON CHILD LANGUAGE ACQUISITION, VOLS 1 AND 2
LA English
CT 8th Conference of the
International-Association-for-the-Study-of-Child-Language
CY JUL 12-16, 1999
CL DONOSTIA SAN SEBASTIAN, SPAIN
SP Int Assoc Study Child Language
C1 Catholic Univ Pelotas, Pelotas, Brazil.
CR ARCHANGELI D, 1977, OPTIMALITY THEORY OV
BERNHARDT BH, 1998, PHONOLOGICAL DEV PER
Clements George N., 1985, PHONOLOGY YB, V2, P225, DOI DOI
10.1017/S0952675700000440
CLEMENTS GN, 1989, THESIS CORNELL U NEW
CLEMENTS GN, 1991, WORKING PAPERS CORNE, V5, P77
CLEMENTS GN, 1995, HDB PHONOLOGICAL THE
Hernandorena C. L. M., 1990, THESIS PONTIFICIA U
LAMPREAVE F, 1990, INT J BIOL MACROMOL, V12, P2, DOI 10.1016/0141-8130(90)90073-
J
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CASCADILLA PRESS
PI SOMERVILLE
BN 1-57473-119-X
PY 2001
BP 666
EP 682
PG 17
WC Psychology, Developmental; Linguistics
SC Psychology; Linguistics
GA BV16T
UT WOS:000178043400047
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Mota, HB
AF Mota, HB
BE Almgren, M
Barrena, A
Ezeizabarrena, MJ
Idiazabal, I
MacWhinney, B
TI Segmental acquisition of portuguese: An implicational model of features
complexity
LA English
CY JUL 12-16, 1999
ID NONLINEAR PHONOLOGICAL THEORY
C1 Univ Fed Santa Maria, BR-97119900 Santa Maria, RS, Brazil.
CR BERNHARDT B, 1994, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V37, P123, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3701.123
BERNHARDT B, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P259, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985536
BERNHARDT B, 1992, CLIN LINGUIST PHONET, V6, P283, DOI 10.3109/02699209208985537
CALABRESE A, 1995, LINGUIST INQ, V26, P373
CALABRESE A, 1992, PHONOLOGICA 1992
CLEMENTS GN, 1990, C COLL INT LANG U U
CLEMENTS GN, 1995, HDB PHONOLOGICAL THE
GRUNWELL P, 1985, PHONOLOGICAL ANAL CH
HERNANDORENA C, 1995, LETRAS HOJE, V30, P91
Iverson G. K., 1995, PHONOLOGY, V12, P369, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0952675700002566
YAVAS M, 1991, AVALIACAO F0ONOLOGIC
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CASCADILLA PRESS
PI SOMERVILLE
BN 1-57473-119-X
PY 2001
BP 683
EP 696
PG 14
GA BV16T
UT WOS:000178043400048
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Coimbra, M
AF Coimbra, M
BE Almgren, M
Barrena, A
Ezeizabarrena, MJ
Idiazabal, I
MacWhinney, B
TI Metaphonological ability at the phoneme and distinctive feature levels
in five-year-old monolingual and bilingual children
LA English
CY JUL 12-16, 1999
ID PHONOLOGICAL AWARENESS; NURSERY RHYMES
CR AZEVEDO M, 1987, CONTRASTIVE PHONOLOG
BENZEEV S, 1977, CHILD DEV, V48, P1009, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1977.tb01260.x
BIALYSTOK E, 1985, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V31, P229
BIALYSTOK E, 1987, 2 LANGUAGE RES, V3, P153
Bisol Leda, 1996, INTRO ESTUDOS FONOLO
BRYANT PE, 1989, J CHILD LANG, V16, P407, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900010485
COLE PG, 1994, READING PSYCHOL, V15, P223
Dunn L., 1981, PEABODY PICTURE VOCA
Dunn LM, 1986, TESTE VOCABULARIO IM
Hakuta Kenji, 1985, CHILDRENS LANGUAGE, V5
HIRSHPASEK K, 1978, CHILDS CONCEPTION LA
Ingram D, 1976, PHONOLOGICAL DISABIL
KARMILOFFSMITH H, 1986, COGNITION, V23, P5
KARMILOFFSMITH H, 1984, ADV DEV PSYCHOL, V3
Kent R. D., 1994, REFERENCE MANUAL COM
Kent R. D., 1992, ACOUSTIC ANAL SPEECH
LARIVEE L, 1994, THESIS U KANSAS
LEVELT W, 1978, CHILDS CONCEPTION LA
LIBERMAN IY, 1974, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V18, P201, DOI 10.1016/0022-
0965(74)90101-5
LUNDBERG I, 1978, CHILDS CONCEPTION LA
MACLEAN M, 1987, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V33, P255
MCBRIDECHANG C, 1995, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V87, P179, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.87.2.179
MORAES J. A., 1992, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, P153
Nespor M., 1986, PROSODIC PHONOLOGY
NURSS J, 1987, EARLY SCH INVENTORIE
PIPER T, 1987, CAN J LING/REV CAN L, V32, P245, DOI 10.1017/S0008413100012287
READ C, 1978, CHILDS CONCEPTION LA
ROAZZI A, 1994, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V26, P135
SENDLMEIER WF, 1995, PHONETICA, V52, P131, DOI 10.1159/000262128
STAHL SA, 1994, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V86, P221, DOI 10.1037/0022-0663.86.2.221
STANOVICH KE, 1984, J EXP CHILD PSYCHOL, V38, P175, DOI 10.1016/0022-
0965(84)90120-6
TREIMAN R, 1992, PHONOLOGICAL PROCESS
TUNMER W, 1991, PHONOLOGICAL AWARENE
VIHMAN M, 1982, VERBAL PROCESSES CHI
WALLEY AC, 1986, MEM COGNITION, V14, P220, DOI 10.3758/BF03197696
WILLIAMS L, 1980, CHILD PHONOLOGY, V2
YOPP HK, 1988, READ RES QUART, V23, P159, DOI 10.2307/747800
NR 37
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU CASCADILLA PRESS
PI SOMERVILLE
BN 1-57473-119-X
PY 2001
BP 775
EP 789
PG 15
GA BV16T
UT WOS:000178043400054
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lajola, M
AF Lajola, M
TI A reading in the formation of Brazilian literature
LA Spanish
Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Lajola, M (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR AGUIAR F, 1999, A CANDIDO PENSAMENTO
BUENO R, 1991, ECSRIBIR HISPANOAMER
CAMPOS Haroldo, 1989, SEQUESTRO BARROCO FO
CANDIDO A, 1995, VARIOS ESCRITOS, P215
CANDIDO A, 1975, LIT SOC, P73
CANDIDO A, 2000, ESTRUENDO LIBERACION
CANDIDO Antonio, 1999, INICIACAO LIT BRASIL
CASTELLO JA, 1965, LIT BRASILEIRA MANIF
COUTINHO A., 1986, LIT BRASIL
GALVAN IR, 1994, PROFECIA GUATIMOC, P122
INCAO MAD, 1992, DENTRO TEXTO DENTRO
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2001
VL 27
IS 54
BP 7
EP 19
DI 10.2307/4531170
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 520HR
UT WOS:000173776100001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bueno, L
AF Bueno, L
TI The sex in works if two catholic novelist from the 1930s
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Bueno, L (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana,
Brazil.
CR ATHAYDE TD, 1933, ESTUDOS
BARRETO F, 1934, SOB ALHAR MALICIOS D
FARIA OD, 1949, MUNOD MORTOS
PENNA Cornelio, 1958, ROMANCES COMPLETOS
ROUGEMONT DD, 1988, AMOR OCIDENTE
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2001
VL 27
IS 54
BP 59
EP 66
DI 10.2307/4531173
PG 8
SC Literature
GA 520HR
UT WOS:000173776100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Weinhardt, M
AF Weinhardt, M
TI The literature of information in contemporary Brazilian fiction
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Weinhardt, M (reprint author), Univ Fed Parana, BR-80060000 Curitiba, Parana,
Brazil.
CR BRITO B. G, 1998, HIST TRAGICO MARITIM
BUENO Eduardo, 1998, VIAGEM DESCOBRIMENTO
COMPARATO D, 1997, GUERRA IMAGINACOES
GOMES ACG, 1997, RIOS INUMERAVEIS
HOLANDA SBD, 1969, VISAO PARAISO
LEITE DM, 1969, CARATER NACIONAL BRA
PEREIRA PR, 1998, 3 UNICOS TESTMUNHOS
SCHWARCZ Lilia, 1998, BARBAS IMPERADOR
NR 9
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2001
VL 27
IS 54
BP 77
EP 89
DI 10.2307/4531175
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 520HR
UT WOS:000173776100006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pellegrini, T
AF Pellegrini, T
TI Brazilian fiction today: The roads from the city
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Sao Carlos, BR-13560 Sao Carlos, SP, Brazil.
RP Pellegrini, T (reprint author), Univ Fed Sao Carlos, BR-13560 Sao Carlos, SP,
Brazil.
CR BOSI A, 1988, CONTO BRASILEIRO CON
CANDIDO ANTONIO, 1987, EDUCACAO PELA NOITE
COELHO Nelly Novaes, 1993, LIT FEMININA BRASIL
DALCASTAGNE R, 1996, ESACO DOR REGIME 64
FRANCO Renato, 1998, ITINERARIO POLITICO
GROOTENDORST S, 1993, LITERATURA GAY BRASI
JAMESON F, 1997, POS-MODERNISMO LOGIC
PELLEGRINI T, 1999, IMAGEN LETRA ASPECTO
SCHWARTZ R, 1999, SEQUENCIAS BRASILEIR
SILVERMAN Malcolm, 1995, PROTESTO NOVO ROMANC
ZILBERMAN R, 1994, REV CURSO POS-GR MAY
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2001
VL 27
IS 53
BP 115
EP 128
DI 10.2307/4531152
PG 14
SC Literature
GA 458LN
UT WOS:000170196000009
OA Green Published
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Vieira, R
Poesio, M
AF Vieira, R
Poesio, M
TI An empirically based system for processing definite descriptions
LA English
DT Article
AB We present an implemented system for processing definite descriptions in
arbitrary domains. The design of the system is based on the results of a corpus
analysis previously reported, which highlighted the prevalence of discourse-new
descriptions in newspaper corpora. The annotated corpus was used to extensively
evaluate the proposed techniques for matching definite descriptions with their
antecedents, discourse segmentation, recognizing discourse-new descriptions, and
suggesting anchors for bridging descriptions.
C1 Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, BR-93022000 Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
Univ Edinburgh, ICCS & Informat, Edinburgh EH8 9LW, Midlothian, Scotland.
RP Vieira, R (reprint author), Univ Vale Rio dos Sinos, Av Unisinos 950,Cx Postal
275, BR-93022000 Sao Leopoldo, RS, Brazil.
EM renata@exatas.unisinos.br; Massimo.Poesio@ed.ac.uk
RI Vieira, Renata/N-5102-2018
OI Vieira, Renata/0000-0003-2449-5477
CR ABNEY S, 1991, PRINCIPLE BASED PARS, P257
Alshawi H., 1990, Computational Linguistics, V16, P133
ALSHAWI H, 1987, MEMORY CONTXT LANGUA
ALSHAWI H, 1992, CORE LANGUAGE ENG
AONE C, 1995, P AAAI SPRING S EMP, P1
Appelt D. E., 1995, P 6 MESS UND C MUC 6, P237
AZZAM S, 1998, COLING ACL 98 36 ANN, P74
Bean DL, 1999, P 37 ANN M ASS COMP, P373, DOI [10.3115/1034678.1034737, DOI
10.3115/1034678.1034737]
BIKEL DM, 1997, P 5 C APPL NAT LANG, P194
BOSCH P, 1989, 78 IWBS IBM GERM
BURGER JD, 1992, P AAAI FALL S PROB A, P17
Carbonell Jaime G., 1988, P 12 INT C COMP LING, V1, P96
Carletta J, 1996, COMPUT LINGUIST, V22, P249
Carletta J, 1997, COMPUT LINGUIST, V23, P13
Carter D.M., 1987, INTERPRETING ANAPHOR
Chinchor N., 1997, P 7 MESS UND C MUC 7
CHINCHOR N, 1995, P 6 MESS UND C MUC 6, P39
CHO SY, 1992, P AAAI FALL S PROB A, P39
Clark H. H., 1977, BASIC PROCESSES READ, P243
Clark HH, 1981, ELEMENTS DISCOURSE U
Fox B. A., 1987, DISCOURSE STRUCTURE
Fraurud K., 1990, Journal of Semantics, V7, P395, DOI 10.1093/jos/7.4.395
Gaizauskas R., 1995, P 6 MESS UND C MUC 6, P207
Grosz B. J., 1986, Computational Linguistics, V12, P175
Grosz B. J., 1983, P 21 ANN M ASS COMP, P44
Grosz B.J, 1977, THESIS STANFORD U
GROSZ BJ, 1995, COMPUT LINGUIST, V21, P203
HAHN U, 1996, P 16 INT C COMP LING, P496
Hardt D, 1997, COMPUT LINGUIST, V23, P525
Hatzivassiloglou Vasileios, 1993, P 31 ANN M ASS COMP, P172
Hawkins John, 1978, DEFINITENESS INDEFIN
Hearst MA, 1997, COMPUT LINGUIST, V23, P33
Heim Irene, 1982, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
HITZEMAN J, 1998, COLING AC 98 36 ANN, V1, P550
HOBBS JR, 1993, ARTIF INTELL, V63, P69, DOI 10.1016/0004-3702(93)90015-4
Humphreys K., 1998, P 7 MESS UND C MUC 7
ISHIKAWA T, 1998, THESIS U EDINBURGH
Kameyama Megumi, 1997, P ACL EACL WORKSH OP, P46
KRIPPENDORFF K, 1980, CONTENT ANAL INTRO I
LANDIS JR, 1977, BIOMETRICS, V33, P159, DOI 10.2307/2529310
Lappin S., 1994, Computational Linguistics, V20, P535
LASCARIDES A, 1993, LINGUIST PHILOS, V16, P437, DOI 10.1007/BF00986208
LOBNER S, 1987, GEN QUANTIFIERS, P93
MANI I, 1996, CORPUS PROCESSING LE, P41
Marcu Daniel, 1999, P 37 ANN M ASS COMP, P365
Marcus M.P., 1993, COMPUT LINGUIST, V19, P313, DOI DOI 10.1080/07494460903404410
McDonald D. D., 1996, CORPUS PROCESSING LE, P21
MIKHEEV A, 1999, P 9 C EUR CHAPT ASS, P1
MITKOV R, 2000, P 2 INT C LANG RES E, P1309
Paik W., 1996, CORPUS PROCESSING LE, P61
Palmer D.D., 1997, P 5 C APPL NAT LANG, P190
Poesio M, 1998, COMPUT LINGUIST, V24, P183
POESIO M, 1998, P AAAI SPRING S LEAR, P82
Poesio M., 1993, SITUATION THEORY ITS, V3, P339
Poesio Massimo, 1997, P ACL WORKSH OP FACT, P1
POSTAL P, 1969, 5 REG M CHIC LING SO, P205
Prince E., 1981, RADICAL PRAGMATICS, V14, P223
Prince Ellen F, 1992, DISCOURSE DESCRIPTIO, P295, DOI DOI 10.1075/PBNS.16.12PRI
REICHMAN R, 1985, GETTING COMPUTERS TA
RICHMOND K, 1997, P 2 C EMP METH NAT L, P47
Russell B, 1905, MIND, V14, P479, DOI [DOI 10.1093/MIND/XIV.4.479,
10.1093/mind/XIV.4.479]
Sidner C.L., 1979, THESIS MIT
Siegel S, 1988, NONPARAMETRIC STAT B
STRAND K, 1996, WORKSH IND AN LANC U
Sundheim B. M., 1995, P 6 MESS UND C MUC 6, P13, DOI DOI 10.1145/1072399.1072402
Suri L.Z., 1994, COMPUTATIONAL LINGUI, V20, P301
Tetreault J. R., 1999, P 37 ANN M ASS COMP, P602
VIEIRA R, 1996, HCRCRP86 U ED
VIEIRA R, 1997, P 35 JOINT M ASS COM, P522, DOI DOI 10.3115/976909.979689
Vieira R., 1998, THESIS U EDINBURGH
Vilain Marc, 1995, P 6 MESS UND C MUC 6, V6, P45, DOI [DOI
10.3115/1072399.1072405, 10.3115/1072399.1072405]
Wacholder N., 1997, P 5 C APPL NAT LANG, P202, DOI [10.3115/974557.974587, DOI
10.3115/974557.974587]
WARD G, 1991, LANGUAGE, V67, P439, DOI 10.2307/415034
Webber Bonnie Lynn, 1979, FORMAL APPROACH DISC
WILKS Y, 1975, ARTIF INTELL, V6, P53, DOI 10.1016/0004-3702(75)90016-8
NR 78
TC 48
Z9 48
U1 0
U2 3
PU MIT PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
SN 0891-2017
EI 1530-9312
J9 COMPUT LINGUIST
PD DEC
PY 2000
VL 26
IS 4
BP 539
EP 593
DI 10.1162/089120100750105948
PG 55
GA 435HN
UT WOS:000168871500003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zaluar, A
AF Zaluar, A
TI Violence, easy money, and justice in Brazil
SO ESPRIT
LA French
DT Article
RP Zaluar, A (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR DAHRENDORF R, ALEI OEDEM
GEFFRAY C, 1996, R ACTIVITE PROJET EF, V2
LINS P, CIDADE DE DEUS
SCHIRAY M, 1994, FUTURIBLES MAR, V185
ZALUAR A, CONDOMINIO DO DIABO
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU ESPRIT
PI PARIS
PA 212 RUE SAINT-MARTIN, 75003 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0014-0759
J9 ESPRIT
JI Esprit
PD DEC
PY 2000
IS 12
BP 131
EP 137
PG 7
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 386UM
UT WOS:000166080000011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Batalha, MC
AF Batalha, MC
TI Translation and canonical models: The anguish of disobedience
(comparative literature, Brazilian Portuguese)
SO META
LA French
DT Article
AB Throughout history, the dissemination of texts has been possible by means of
their translations. These, whether good or bad, are an integral part of a common
stock of literary works, independent of a nationalistic focus which is so often
made. However, far from being gratuitous textual operations, the various strategies
which are activated in the acts of translating are politically revealing options
and denounce canonical poetics in practice, which the translated work either
reinforces of challenges. Therefore, studying the various ways in which a foreign
text has been received ina particular country in order to evaluate the impact which
it has generated, as well as any new texts which may have derived from these
readings, is a privileged ground for literary studies. Seen from this point of
view, the study of foreign literature assumes the aspect of comparative literature,
especially when the comparison involves countries at a different level of
development, which is often the case when works are translated into Brazilian
Portuguese.
RP Batalha, MC (reprint author), Fed Univ Rio De Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR ARROJO R, 1997, OFICINA TRADUCAO
Berman Antoine, 1995, CRITIQUE TRADUCTIONS
Bloom Harold, 1973, ANXIETY INFLUENCE
BOSI Alfredo Bosi, 1992, DIALETICA COLONIZACO
CABRAS ADV, 1998, CADERNOS CTR PESQUIS, P4
CANDIDO ANTONIO, 1987, EDUCACAO PELA NOITE
Candido Antonio, 1959, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE
Chevrel Yves, 1989, LIT COMP
COUTINHO Afranio, 1980, CAMINHOS PENSAMENTO
GLISSANT E, 1996, INTRO PEOTIQUE DIVER
GLISSANT E, 1983, CORREIO UNESCO, P11
ILTON J, 1998, TRADUCAO TEORIA PRAT
ISER W, 1998, SURFACE, P4
LAJOLO, 1969, FROMACAO LEITURA BRA
LAMERT J, 1958, MANIPULATION LIT
LIM IC, 1996, REV BRASILEIRA LIT
LIMA Luiz Costa, 1983, CONTROLE IMAGINARIO
MELLO MEC, 1997, LICOES CRITICA
MESCHONNIC H, 1972, LANGAGES, V28, P49
PAES J. P., 1990, TRADUCAO PONTE NECES
PAZ Octavio, 1981, TRADUCCION LIT LITER
ROMERO S, 1980, HIST LIT BRASILEIRA
ROUANET Maria Helena, 1991, ETERNAMENTE BERCO ES
Santiago S., 1978, LIT TROPICOS ENSAIOS
WOODSWORTH Judith, 1998, TRADUTORES HIST
NR 25
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD DEC
PY 2000
VL 45
IS 4
BP 569
EP 579
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA 391GY
UT WOS:000166349300001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rauen, MG
AF Rauen, MG
TI Shakespeare's cross-cultural encounters
SO SHAKESPEARE QUARTERLY
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Fac Artes Parana, Dept Theatre, Curtiba, Brazil.
RP Rauen, MG (reprint author), Fac Artes Parana, Dept Theatre, Curtiba, Brazil.
CR DESOUSA GU, 1999, SHAKESPEARES CROSS-C
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU FOLGER SHAKESPEARE LIBRARY
PI WASHINGTON
PA 201 EAST CAPITOL ST S E, WASHINGTON, DC 20003 USA
SN 0037-3222
J9 SHAKESPEARE QUART
JI Shakespear. Q.
PD WIN
PY 2000
VL 51
IS 4
BP 509
EP 512
DI 10.2307/2902353
PG 4
WC Literature, British Isles; Theater
SC Literature; Theater
GA 394TU
UT WOS:000166540000016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI The English languages
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Dept Linguist, BR-
CR McArthur T., 1998, ENGLISH LANGUAGES
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI FLUSHING
PA C/O EDWARD G FICHTNER DEPT GERMANIC LANGUAGES CUNY, QUEENS COLLEGE,
FLUSHING, NY 11367-0904 USA
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD DEC
PY 2000
VL 51
IS 3
BP 449
EP 452
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 425YQ
UT WOS:000168319600014
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI On Searle [on Austin] on language
SO LANGUAGE & COMMUNICATION
LA English
DT Review
DE speech act theory; Austin; Searle; academic philosophy; sociology of
knowledge
ID SPEECH ACT THEORY; SEMANTIC METALANGUAGE; PERFORMATIVES; LINGUISTICS;
PRAGMATICS; DERRIDA; CONTEXT; WORK
CR Allan Keith, 1998, CONCISE ENCY PRAGMAT, P927
Alston, 1994, FDN SPEECH ACT THEOR, P29
Alston W. P., 1991, J SEARLE HIS CRITICS, P57
Alston W. P., 1964, PHILOS LANGUAGE
Audi Robert, 1995, CAMBRIDGE DICT PHILO
Austin J. L., 1961, PHILOS PAPERS
Austin J. L., 1962, SENSE SENSIBILIA
Austin J. L, 1971, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P79
Austin J. L., 1961, PHILOS PAPERS, P253
AUSTIN JL, 1961, PHILOS PAPERS, P32
Austin JL, 1962, DO THINGS WORDS
BACH K, 1992, LINGUIST PHILOS, V15, P93, DOI 10.1007/BF00635834
Baker G. P., 1984, LANGUAGE SENSE NONSE
BALLMER T, 1981, SPEECH ACT CLASSIFIC
BERLIN I, 1973, ESSAYS JL AUSTIN, P1
Bertolet R, 1994, FDN SPEECH ACT THEOR, P335
Black M, 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P401
Blackburn Simon, 1994, OXFORD DICT PHILOS
BLOOR D, 1976, KNOWLEDGE SOCIAL IMA
Borsley R., 1997, LINGUISTICS INSIDE O, P42
BROWN R, 1962, AUSTRALAS J PHILOS, V40, P347
BURKHARDT A, 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P1
Burkhardt Armin, 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P91
CATON CE, 1971, SEMANTICS INTERDISCI
CAVELL S, 1958, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P131
CAVELL S, 1962, PHOLOSOPHY LINGUISTI, P166
Cavell Stanley, 1995, PHILOS PASSAGES
CERF W, 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P351
CHOMSKY N, 1980, RULES REPRESENTATION
Chomsky N., 1957, SYNTACTIC STRUCTURES
Chomsky N., 1975, REFLECTIONS LANGUAGE
Chomsky Noam, 1977, LANGUAGE RESPONSIBIL
CICOUREL AV, 1987, J PRAGMATICS, V11, P641, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(87)90184-6
CLARK HH, 1980, COGNITION, V8, P111, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(80)90009-8
COHEN JL, 1964, S JL AUSTIN, P420
Culler Jonathan, 1983, DECONSTRUCTION
Danto Arthur, 1965, NIETZSCHE PHILOS
Darwall Stephen, 1997, PHILOS LANGUAGE
DERRIDA J, 1977, GLYPH, V1, P172
Derrida J., 1985, EAR OTHER
Derrida Jacques, 1982, MARGINS PHILOS
Derrida Jacques, 1977, GLYPH, VII, P162
DUBOIS JW, 1993, RESPONSIBILITY EVIDE, P48
DUCROT O, 1982, DICIONARIO CIENCIAS
Eco Umberto, 1986, SEMIOTICS PHILOS LAN
Edmondson Willis, 1981, SPOKEN DISCOURSE MOD
Eemeren FHV, 1984, SPEECH ACTS ARGUMENT
Falkenberg Gabriel, 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P129
FELMAN Shoshana, 1980, SCANDALE CORPS PARLA
Fillmore Charles J., 1972, GOALS LINGUISTIC THE, P1
FINLAY M, 1988, SEMIOTICA, V68, P7, DOI 10.1515/semi.1988.68.1-2.7
FISH SE, 1982, CRIT INQUIRY, V8, P693, DOI 10.1086/448177
FLEW A, 1979, DICT PHILOS
Flew Antony, 1971, INTRO W PHILOS
FLOWERDEW J, 1990, LANG LEARN, V40, P79, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-1770.1990.tb00955.x
FODOR J, 1963, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P190
FODOR JD, 1977, SEMANTICS THEORIES M
Forguson L. W., 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P412
FORGUSON LW, 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P309
FORRESTER J, 1990, SEDUCTIONS PSYCHOANA
Foucault, 1979, TEXTUAL STRATEGIES P, P141
FRASER B, 1974, FOUND LANG, V11, P433
FRASER B, 1980, DISCOURSE ANAL 2 LAN, P79
FRASER B, 1971, EXAMINATION PERFORMA
Fuller S., 1993, PHILOS RHETORIC END
FURBERG M, 1963, SAYING MEANING MAIN
Gazdar G., 1979, PRAGMATICS IMPLICATU
GELLNER E, 1959, WORDS THINGS EXAMINA, pR13
HAMPSHIRE S, 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P33
HAMPSHIRE S, 1967, LINGUISTIC TURN, P239
HANSEN R, 1971, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P204
HARE RM, 1971, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P223
Harnish R. M., 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P169
Harris R., 1996, LANGUAGE CONNECTION
Harris R., 1981, LANGUAGE MYTH
Hausser Roland R., 1980, SPEECH ACT THEORY PR, P71
Holdcroft D., 1978, WORDS DEEDS
Holdcroft D., 1994, FDN SPEECH ACT THEOR, P350
KATZ J, 1964, INTEGRATED THEORY LI
Katz J, 1977, PROPOSITIONAL STRUCT
KATZ JJ, 1966, PHILOS LANGUAGE
KATZ JJ, 1980, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P229
KECH G, 1984, J PRAGMATICS, V8, P305
KOLLER A, 1970, LANGUAGE, V46, P217, DOI 10.2307/412428
KURODA SY, 1986, LINGUIST PHILOS, V9, P495, DOI 10.1007/BF00603220
Lacey A. R., 1982, MODERN PHILOS INTRO
Lacey A. R, 1976, DICT PHILOS
Lakoff G., 1971, 7 REG M CHIC LING SO, V7, P63
Lakoff George, 1972, SEMANTICS NATURAL LA, P545, DOI DOI 10.1007/978-94-010-
2557-7_19
LAMARQUE PV, 1998, CONCISE ENCY PRAGMAT, P1051
Latour B., 1987, SCI ACTION
Leech Geoffrey, 1983, PRINCIPLES PRAGMATIC
LEONARDI P, 1984, J PRAGMATICS, V8, P1, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(84)90059-6
LEVINSON S, 1982, PRAGMATICS
LIEB HH, 1980, SPEECH ACT THEORY PR, P121
LIEDTKE FW, 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P194
Love N, 1999, LANG COMMUN, V19, P9, DOI 10.1016/S0271-5309(98)00015-9
Lyas C., 1971, PHILOS LINGUISTICS
Lyons John, 1977, SEMANTICS, V1
Lyons John, 1977, SEMANTICS, V2
Martinez ERL, 1997, J PRAGMATICS, V28, P189
MATES B, 1971, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P121
Mautner T, 1996, PENGUIN DICT PHILOS
MCCAWLEY JD, 1971, FOUND LANG, V7, P285
MCDONOUGH R, 1990, LANG COMMUN, V10, P255, DOI 10.1016/0271-5309(90)90012-Z
Meggle G, 1985, DIALOGUE INTERDISCIP, P205
Mey Jacob L, 1993, PRAGMATICS INTRO
MITTWOCH A, 1976, LINGUA, P21
MORAVCSIK JME, 1967, FDN LANGUAGE, V3, P209
NERLICH B, 1994, J PRAGMATICS, V22, P439, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)90077-9
NEW CG, 1971, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P102
PAK T, 1974, SEMIOTICA, V11, P145
Passmore J., 1957, 100 YEARS PHILOS
PEARS D, 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P49
Petrey S., 1990, SPEECH ACTS LIT THEO
Petrey Sandy, 1988, REALISM REVOLUTION
PITCHER G, 1973, ESSAYS JL AUSTIN, P1
PRATT ML, 1977, SPEECH ACT THEORY LI
PRICE H, 1994, FDN SPEECH ACT THEOR, P32
Rajagopalan K, 1998, J LITERARY SEMANTICS, V27, P72, DOI
10.1515/jlse.1998.27.2.72
RAJAGOPALAN K, UNPUB INT J HUMOR RE
REISS N, 1985, SPEECH ACT TAXONOMY, V6
RICHARDS B, 1971, FOUND LANG, V7, P519
Rolf E., 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANING, P147
RORTY R, 1995, CRIT INQUIRY, V11, P459
RORTY Richard, 1967, LINGUISTIC TURN RECE, P1
ROSALDO MZ, 1982, LANG SOC, V11, P203, DOI 10.1017/S0047404500009209
Ross J. R., 1970, READINGS ENGLISH TRA, P222
RUSSELL B, 1961, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI, pR9
RUSSELL B, 1959, FOREWORD WORDS THING, pR13
RYLE G, 1949, PHILOS LINGUISTICS, P39
Sadock J. M., 1974, LINGUISTIC THEORY SP
Sadock Jerrold M., 1977, P TEX C PERF PRES IM, P67
SBISA M, 1984, J PRAGMATICS, V8, P93, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(84)90066-3
Schegloff E. A, 1992, SEARLE CONVERSATION, P113
SCHOLES R, 1988, CRIT INQUIRY, V14, P278, DOI 10.1086/448438
SEARLE J, 1990, NEW YORK REV BOOKS, V37, P34
Searle J, 1995, CONSTRUCTION SOCIAL
SEARLE J, 1974, N CHOMSKY CRITICAL E, P2
Searle J. R., 1991, J SEARLE HIS CRITICS, P81
Searle J.R., 1986, PHILOS GROUNDS RATIO, P209
Searle J. R., 1980, SPEECH ACT THEORY PR, pvii
Searle J.R., 1983, INTENTIONALITY ESSAY
Searle J. R., 1985, FDN ILLOCUTIONARY LO
Searle John, 1977, GLYPH, VI, P198
Searle John R., 1973, ESSAYS JL AUSTIN, P141
Searle John R., 1979, EXPRESSION MEANING
SEARLE JR, 1989, LINGUIST PHILOS, V12, P535, DOI 10.1007/BF00627773
SEARLE JR, 1993, DAEDALUS, V122, P55
SEARLE JR, 1976, LANGUAGE, V52, P966, DOI 10.2307/413305
SEARLE JR, 1966, PHILOS REV, V75, P389, DOI 10.2307/2183151
SEARLE JR, 1997, PENGUIN DICT PHILOS, P512
SEARLE JR, 1975, LINGUISTICS NEIGHBOR, P89
SEARLE JR, 1979, MINNESOTA STUDIES PH, V7, P1
Searle JR, 1969, SPEECH ACTS ESSAY PH
SEARLE JR, 1965, PHILOS LANGUAGE, P39
SHAW HE, 1990, DIACRITICS, V20, P75, DOI 10.2307/465325
SILVERMAN T, 1980, MAT WORD
Silverstein Michael, 1977, LINGUISTICS ANTHR, P139
SIMPSON P, 1990, J PRAGMATICS, V17, P369
Smith B., 1990, SPEECH ACTS MEANINGS, P29
Smith Neil, 1999, CHOMSKY IDEAS IDEALS
Smith Neil V., 1983, SPECULATIVE LINGUIST
Smith Robert, 1995, DERRIDA AUTOBIOGRAPH
STOUTLAND F, 1989, P ANN M AR SOC 1988, P95
Strawson P., 1964, LOGICO LINGUISTICS P, P149
STRAWSON P. F, 1971, LOGICO LINGUISTIC PA, P170
TAYLOR TJ, 1981, LANG COMMUN, V1, P263
Thomas Jenny, 1995, MEANING INTERACTION
TSUI A, 1987, SEMIOTICA, V66, P359, DOI 10.1515/semi.1987.66.4.359
Urmson J.O., 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P22
Urmson James O., 1967, LINGUISTIC TURN, P232
VANDERAUWERA J, 1980, J PRAGMATICS, V4, P253, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(80)90039-9
Vanderveken D., 1990, MEANING SPEECH ACTS, VI
Vanderveken Daniel, 1994, FDN SPEECH ACT THEOR, P99
VANREES MA, 1992, J PRAGMATICS, V17, P31, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(92)90027-9
VENDLER Z, 1967, FDN LANGUAGE, V3, P303
Warnock Geoffrey J., 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P3
WARNOCK GJ, 1988, JL AUSTIN
WARNOCK GJ, 1973, S JL AUSTIN, P31
WIDDOWSON HG, 1989, APPL LINGUIST, V10, P128, DOI 10.1093/applin/10.2.128
WIERZBICKA A, 1985, J PRAGMATICS, V9, P145, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(85)90023-2
WIERZBICKA A, 1986, J PRAGMATICS, V10, P67, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(86)90100-1
WIERZBICKA A, 1985, LANG SOC, V14, P491, DOI 10.1017/S0047404500011489
Wierzbicka A., 1980, LINGUA MENTALIS
Wittgenstein L., 1921, TRACTATUS LOGICO PHI
Wittgenstein L., 1968, PHILOS INVESTIGATION
Wolf G, 1999, LANG COMMUN, V19, P1
Woolgar S., 1988, NEW FRONTIERS SOCIOL
Yule G., 1996, PRAGMATICS
NR 192
TC 9
Z9 18
U1 0
U2 12
PI OXFORD
SN 0271-5309
J9 LANG COMMUN
JI Lang. Commun.
PD OCT
PY 2000
VL 20
IS 4
BP 347
EP 391
DI 10.1016/S0271-5309(00)00007-0
PG 45
WC Communication; Linguistics
GA 362FF
UT WOS:000089767400004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bernd, Z
Porto, MB
AF Bernd, Z
Porto, MB
TI Twenty years of Quebec studies in Brazil
SO VOIX & IMAGES
LA French
DT Article
Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24000 Niteroi, RJ, Brazil.
RS, Brazil.
CR CARONI I, 1978, REV LINGUA LIT, V7, P345
NR 1
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0318-9201
J9 VOIX IMAGE
JI Voix Images
PD FAL
PY 2000
VL 26
IS 1
BP 194
EP 198
DI 10.7202/201529ar
PG 5
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 376XQ
UT WOS:000165482400017
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Martagao Gesteira, S
AF Martagao Gesteira, S
TI Northeastern Brazil in Joao Cabral de Melo Neto's poetics
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
CR BANDEIRA M, CONSOADA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, POEMA-S DA CABRA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, NO PARAMO
CABRALDEMELONET.J, FACAS PERNAMBUCANAS
CABRALDEMELONET.J, RIO
CABRALDEMELONET.J, EDUCACAO PELA PEDRA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, NADA QUE E
CABRALDEMELONET.J, MULHER SENTADA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, DE APOLINARIO A POCO
CABRALDEMELONET.J, AGRESTES
CABRALDEMELONET.J, DE UM AVIAO
CABRALDEMELONET.J, CANAVIAL E O MAR
CABRALDEMELONET.J, BEBADO DA LUZ DO REC
CABRALDEMELONET.J, SEVILHANA PINTADA EM
CABRALDEMELONET.J, CATECISMO DE BERCEO
CABRALDEMELONET.J, BIFURCADOS DE HABITA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, 1994, OBRA COMPLETA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, JOGOS FRUTAIS
CABRALDEMELONET.J, MENINO DE ENGENHO
CABRALDEMELONET.J, CAO SEM PLUMAS
CABRALDEMELONET.J, ALTO DO TRAPUA
CABRALDEMELONET.J, IMITACAO DA AGUA
NR 22
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2000
IS 157-58
BP 201
EP 214
PG 14
SC Literature
GA 605YP
UT WOS:000178704900023
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fortuna, F
AF Fortuna, F
TI 'Antilogia'
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
CR UCHOALEITE S, ANTILOGIA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2000
IS 157-58
BP 331
EP 337
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 605YP
UT WOS:000178704900063
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fortuna, F
AF Fortuna, F
TI 'Isso nao E Aquilo'
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
CR UCHOALEITE S, ISSO NAO E AQUILO
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2000
IS 157-58
BP 331
EP 337
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 605YP
UT WOS:000178704900060
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fortuna, F
AF Fortuna, F
TI 'Jogos e Enganos'
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
CR UCHOALEITE S, JOGOS E ENGANOS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2000
IS 157-58
BP 331
EP 337
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 605YP
UT WOS:000178704900062
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fortuna, F
AF Fortuna, F
TI 'A Uma Incognita'
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
CR UCHOALEITE S, A UMA INCOGNITA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2000
IS 157-58
BP 331
EP 337
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 605YP
UT WOS:000178704900064
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fortuna, F
AF Fortuna, F
TI A 'Ficcao Vida'
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
CR UCHOALEITE S, FICCAO VIDA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 2000
IS 157-58
BP 331
EP 337
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 605YP
UT WOS:000178704900061
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garate, M
AF Garate, M
TI Attraction and repulsion. Regarding the gauchesque of gauchos and
gauchos (The poetry of southern Rio-Grande-do-Sul)
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Garate, M (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR GUTFREIND II, 1993, NOS OS GAUCHOS
GUTFREIND II, 1992, HISTORIOGRAFIA RIO-G
LEITE Ligia Chiappini Moraes, 1978, REGIONALISMO MODERNI
Ludmer Josefina, 1988, GENERO GAUCHESCO TRA
LUGONES L, PAYADOR
MAYA A, 1979, ENSAIO LIT RIO GRAND
MEYER A, PROSA DOS PAGOS
NETO JSL, CANCIONERO GUASCA
PICCOLO H, 1994, NOS GAUCHOS
Rama Angel, 1982, NOVELA AM LATINA PAN
RODRIGUEZMOLAS R, 1957, UNIVERSIDAD, P211
SARMIENTO DF, CAMPANA EN EL EJERCI
TORRES MI, 1994, ESPLENDORES MISERIAS, P243
WEINBERG F, 1977, TRAYECTORIA POESIA G, P103
ZORRILLADESANMA.J, 1930, CONFERENCIAS DISCURS
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 2000
VL 66
IS 192
BP 533
EP 544
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 395WG
UT WOS:000166603800004
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, MA
AF Pereira, MA
TI The fabric and the text - Literature and cultural changes in the
Southern Cone
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Pereira, MA (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
CR AGRESTI A, LUBA
ASSIS M, 1982, MEMORIAS POSTUMAS BR
BENJAMIN Walter, 1985, OBRAS ESCOLHIDAS
CAMPOS A, 1986, PANORAMA FINNEGANS W
EISENSTEIN, ENCOURACADO POTEMKIN
EISENSTEIN, SALIDA DAS FABRICAS
FERREIRA Aurelio Buarque deHolanda, NOVO DICIONARIO LING
Garramuno F., 1997, GENEALOGIAS CULTURAL
JOYCE J, ULISSES
MIRANDA Wander Melo, 1992, CORPOS ESCRITOS G RA
PIGLIA R, 1970, LIBROS, V2, P11
PIGLIA R, CIDADE AUSENTE
PIGLIA R, PLATA QUEMADA
PIGLIA R, PRISAO PERPETUA
PIGLIA R, RESPIRACAO ARTIFICIA
PIGLIA R, 1995, CIUDAD AUSENTE OPERA
PIGLIA R, 1997, ESTADO MINAS 0719
PINTO MDC, 1996, ESTADO MINAS, V6, P120
SANTIAGO S, HISTORIA DE FAMILIA
SANTIAGO S, LIBERDADE
SANTIAGO S, VIAGEM MEXICO
SANTIAGO S, STELLA MANHATTAN
SANTIAGO Silviano, 1978, LIT TROPICOS
SPERANZA G, 1993, REV ESPACIOS, V12
NR 25
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 2000
VL 66
IS 192
BP 617
EP 623
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 395WG
UT WOS:000166603800010
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Berretini, C
AF Berretini, C
TI Beaumarchais in Brazil
SO REVUE D HISTOIRE LITTERAIRE DE LA FRANCE
LA French
DT Article
RP Berretini, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BEAUMARCHAIS, BARBIER DE SEVILLE
BEAUMARCHAIS, MARIAGE DE FIGARO
MOLIERE, GEORGE DANDIN
TOLEDOSEGALL, 1972, BEAUMARCHAIS MARIAGE
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LIBRAIRIE ARMAND COLIN
PI PARIS
PA 34 BIS RUE DE L UNIVERSITE, 75007 PARIS, FRANCE
SN 0035-2411
J9 REV HIST LIT FR
JI Rev. Hist. Litt. Fr.
PD JUL-AUG
PY 2000
VL 100
IS 4
BP 1179
EP 1180
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 354WT
UT WOS:000089354400010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Freitas, MV
AF Freitas, MV
TI Critical passion: Selected essays
SO WORLD LITERATURE TODAY
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Freitas, MV (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte,
MG, Brazil.
CR FRANCO J, 1999, CRITICAL PASSION SEL
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV OKLAHOMA PRESS
PI NORMAN
PA UNIVERSITY PRESS BUILDING, 1005 ASP AVE, NORMAN, OK 73019 USA
SN 0196-3570
J9 WORLD LITERATURE TOD
JI World Lit. Today
PD SUM
PY 2000
VL 74
IS 3
BP 691
EP 691
DI 10.2307/40156060
PG 1
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 379CD
UT WOS:000165622600260
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
TI Two or three things we know about him: Isidore Ducasse, Count of
Lautreamont
SO LITTERATURE
LA French
DT Article
AB In 1977, Jacques Lefrere found an Iliad in Spanish which contained a statement
of ownership by Isidore Ducasse, Count of Lautreamont, which reveals possession of
another book. Its analysis, combined with a remarkable synthesis of the criticism,
provides great insight in locating the work-and the author, to some degree.
CR ARAGON L, 1967, LETT FRANCAISES, P7
ARAGON L, 1921, SURREALISME SERVICE, V2
Benveniste Emile, 1966, PROBLEMES LINGUISTIQ
Breton Andre, OEUVRES COMPLETES
CAILLOIS R, OEUVRES COMPLETES
CARADEC F, I DUCASSA COMTE LAUT
DERRIDA J, DISSEMINATION
GOMEZHERMOSILLA DJ, OBRAS HOMERO ILIADA
GOMEZHERMOSILLA DJ, ARTE HABLAR PROSA VE
GOUJON JP, LAUTRAMONT LAFORGUE
LAUTREAMONT, CHANTS DE MALDOROR
LEFRERE J, VISAGE LAUTREAMONT
LEFRERE JJ, I DUCASSE
PONGE F, 1946, CAHIERS SUD, V275
REED J, ISIDORE
RODRIGUEZNONEGA.E, 1983, VUELTA, V79
SOLLERS P, LOGIQUES
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LAROUSSE
PI PARIS
SN 0047-4800
J9 LITTERATURE
JI Litterature
PD MAR
PY 2000
IS 117
BP 18
EP 37
PG 20
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 307RB
UT WOS:000086665900002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Figueiredo, E
AF Figueiredo, E
TI Representations of Brasil in contemporary Quebec literature
SO VOIX & IMAGES
LA French
DT Article
AB To a certain extent, the social space described by a novel reveals the imaginary
world of the author searching for a kind of exile in distant, known or dreamed-of
spaces; it also indicates a desire to think differently. Marginal inr elation to
their own culture, strangers from the inside, writers travel--if only through their
writing--to break the rules laid down by a national culture. Quebec writers
'travelling' in Brazil meet a different space allowing them to speak of a world
where cultural issues and interdictions are different. A Brazilian woman living in
Rio, I make the same journey in the opposite direction. A privileged reader of
Quebec authors, I watch them looking at us and I hand them a mirror. The
representation of Brazil that takes shape in this article is based on two
interlocking glances. I don't know if I will find naked truth at the bottom of a
well, but I choose to initiate an intercultural dialogue, dealing with pitfalls as
they appear along the way.
RP Figueiredo, E (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ,
Brazil.
CR AUDET N, 1995, FRONTIERES OU TABLEA
Bordeleau Francine, 1995, LETT QUEBECOISES, V80, P10
BUARQUE C, NAO EXISTE PECADO AO
CAMPION B, 1998, DEVOIR 0808
CONSELHEIRO A, SERTOES DE EUCLIDES
DENIS FF, 1826, RESUME HIST LIT BRES
GREYRE G, 1974, MAITRES ESCLAVES FOR
HOLANDA Sergio Buarque, 1998, RACINES DU BRESIL
KOKIS, 1995, NEGAO ET DORALICE
KOKIS S, 1996, ERRANCES
KOKIS S, 1995, PAVILLON DES MIROIR
Lejeune Philippe, 1975, PACTE AUTOBIOGRAPHIQ
Levi-Strauss C., 1973, ANTHR STRUCTURALE
NEPVEU Pierre, 1998, INTERIEURS NOUVEAU M
PIGEON D, 1998, PROIE DES AUTRES
PORTO MB, 1996, INT J CANADIAN STUDI, V13, P95
PRADO Paulo, 1997, RETRATO BRASIL
SAMSON P, 1996, MESSIE DE BELEM
SAMSON P, 1997, GARCON DE COMPAGNIE
SIMON S, 1991, FICTION IDENTITAIRE
VARIN C, 1998, CLAIR-OBSCUR A RIO
NR 21
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0318-9201
J9 VOIX IMAGE
JI Voix Images
PD SPR
PY 2000
VL 25
IS 3
BP 563
EP 575
DI 10.7202/201504ar
PG 13
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 326QZ
UT WOS:000087747400013
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ferraz, E
AF Ferraz, E
TI Complete poems
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Ferraz, E (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR BOPP Raul, 1998, POESIA COMPLETA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JAN-JUN
PY 2000
IS 155-56
BP 452
EP 453
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 489GV
UT WOS:000171984400117
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Austin's humorous style of philosophical discourse in light of
Schrempp's interpretation of Oring's "incongruity theory" of humor
SO HUMOR-INTERNATIONAL JOURNAL OF HUMOR RESEARCH
LA English
DT Article
ID APPROPRIATE INCONGRUITIES
AB This paper seeks to offer an explanation as to why the late Oxford philosopher
J. L. Austin's celebrated masterpiece How to Do Things with Words is strewn with
passages where the author freely resorts to the use of humor and banter, normally
considered "foreign" and even "antithetical" to philosophical discourse. The
explanation is based on Gregory Schrempp's ingenious interpretation of Elliott
Oring's formula for humor. According to Oring's formula, humor results from the
perception of a certain "appropriate incongruity", a certain structural
relationship between the humorous passage and the passages adjacent to it.
Schrempp's contention that the formula has a much wider range of application than
originally imagined by Oring is taken as the starting point for exploring the
hypothesis that, far from being a mere ornament, the use of humor by Austin may
well turn out to be part and parcel of his overall philosophical project and, have
important consequences for the thesis he is putting forward. Austin claimed towards
the end of the book that he had been concerned, all along, "to play Old Harry with"
two fetishes viz., "the true/false" fetish and the "fact/value" fetish. For all we
know, the one final fetish that Austin was anxious to deconstruct (or, at any rate,
that does get deconstructed, perhaps unbeknownst to the author himself) was the
very opposition between humor and seriousness.
C1 State Univ Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), State Univ Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
EM rajan@panini.iel.unicamp.br
CR ARISTOTLE, 1952, GREAT BOOKS W WORLD, V9, P593
ARISTOTLE, 1967, CLASSICS LINGUISTICS, P1
Austin J. L., 1978, DO THINGS WORDS
BERLIN I, 1973, ESSAYS JL AUSTIN, P1
BROMS H, 1987, MARKETING SEMIOTICS, P414
CAVELL S, 1991, NEW LITERARY HIST, V22, P129, DOI 10.2307/469146
Culler J., 1983, DECONSTRUCTION THEOR
Durant Will, 1926, STORY PHILOS
FELMAN Shoshana, 1980, SCANDALE CORPS PARLA
Freud S., 1961, PLEASURE PRINCIPLE
FREUD S, 1959, COMPLETE PSYCHOL WOR, V19
HAMPSHIRE S, 1973, S JL AUST, P33
KATZ JJ, 1966, PHILOS LANGUAGE
KAUFMANN W, 1970, I THOU, P7
MORAVCSIK JME, 1967, FDN LANGUAGE, V3, P209
NEWMEYER FJ, 1980, LINGUISTIC THEORY AM
ORING E, 1995, HUMOR, V8, P229, DOI 10.1515/humr.1995.8.3.229
Oring Elliott, 1992, JOKES THEIR RELATION
Pitcher G., 1973, ESSAYS JL AUSTIN, P17
Rajagopalan K, 1998, DISCOURSE SOC, V9, P134, DOI 10.1177/0957926598009001024
Raskin V., 1985, SEMANTIC MECH HUMOR
SCHREMPP G, 1995, HUMOR, V8, P219, DOI 10.1515/humr.1995.8.3.219
SHAKESPEARE W, 1958, COMPLETE WORKS W SHA
Warnock G., 1973, ESSAYS JL AUSTIN
Warnock Geoffrey J., 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P3
WARNOCK GJ, 1989, ARGUMENTS PHILOS SER
NR 30
TC 2
Z9 7
U1 0
U2 0
PU DE GRUYTER MOUTON
PI BERLIN
SN 0933-1719
EI 1613-3722
J9 HUMOR
JI Humor-Int. J. Humor Res.
PY 2000
VL 13
IS 3
BP 287
EP 311
DI 10.1515/humr.2000.13.3.287
PG 25
WC Language & Linguistics; Psychology, Multidisciplinary
GA 388CC
UT WOS:000166159000002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Milton, J
AF Milton, J
BE Beeby, A
Ensinger, D
Presas, M
TI The translation of mass fiction
SO INVESTIGATING TRANSLATION
SE BENJAMINS TRANSLATION LIBRARY
LA English
CT 4th International Congress on Translation
CY 1998
CL BARCELONA, SPAIN
CR Austen J, 1970, ORGULHO PRECONCEITO
Austen J., ORGULHO PRECONCEITO
BRONTE C, 1958, PROFESSOR
Bronte E., MORRO VENTOS UIVANTE
DEBALZAC H, 1945, E GRANDET
DEBALZAC H, 1972, E GRANDET
DICKENS C, 1960, DOMBEY FILHO
Dickens Charles, 1969, HARD TIMES
ELIOT G, 1973, TESOURO S MARNER
RABELAIS F, 1961, GIGANTE GARGANTUA
Swift J., 1956, VIAGENS GULLIVER
Swift J., 1957, VIAGENS GULLIVER
Swift J., 1940, VIAGENS GULLIVER TER
NR 13
TC 8
Z9 8
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
SN 0929-7316
BN 90-272-1637-1
J9 BENJAMIN TRANSL LIB
PY 2000
VL 32
BP 171
EP 179
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA BS28V
UT WOS:000169366500017
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Peres, AMC
AF Peres, AMC
BE Beeby, A
Ensinger, D
Presas, M
TI Translation of fairy tales - The child between tradition and the future
SO INVESTIGATING TRANSLATION
LA Spanish
CT 4th International Congress on Translation
CY 1998
CL BARCELONA, SPAIN
AB This paper aims at reflecting upon the translation of fairy tales into
Portuguese, more specifically about forty versions of the tale Little Red Riding
Hood, published in Brazil since 1953. Trying to analyze the particularities of the
several translations, each was compared to Perrault's French model and to the Grimm
Brothers' German model. Such a research led me into the following conclusion: in
place of the traditional tale, children are offered gross adaptations of the
classical story, marked, in its vast majority, by the omission of scenes that are
important to the narrative in favor of descriptions that idealize the child's
universe. The emphasis on the moralizing tone and the oversimplification of the
language are also characteristics of these translations, traits that presuppose a
naive reader, feeble and incompetent, very different from today's children who have
gradually been inserted in the computer universe and exposed to the national and
international problems of an era of Globalization.
CR ALBERTY R, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO, P6
BANDEIRA P, REV CLAUDIA SAO PA S, V262, P3
BILDER P, 1983, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
BONINI IM, CONTOS LENDAS I GRIM, V5, P7
*COL CLASS IL, 1997, CHAP VERM
*COL CONT AL, 1982, CHAP VERM
*COL CONT FANT, 1982, CHAP VERM
*COL CONT TRAD, 1983, CHAP VERM
*COL ESCR PINT, CHAP VERM
*COL ESTR, CHAP VERM
*COL FAB, CHAP VERM
*COL FAB OUR, 1993, CHAP VERM
*COL GRAND CONT, 1982, CHAP VERM
*COL PAN, CHAP VERM
*COL PAR INF, CHAP VERM
DAGUIAR CD, 1975, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
DEBARRO J, 1995, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
DEOLVEIRA SL, 1997, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
GRIMM B, 1974, KINDER HAUSMARCHEN
GRIMM I, 1997, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO, V6
GRIMM I, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
GRIMM I, 1985, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
GRIMM JEW, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
JACKSON WM, TESOURO JUVENTUDE, V13, P101
MACHADO AC, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
MACHADO MC, 1975, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
MACHADO MC, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
MACHADO MC, 1982, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
MAZZETTI M, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
PERRAULT C, 1960, CONTOS FADAS, P5
PERRAULT C, 1984, CONTES PERRAULT
PERRAULT C, 1979, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO, P4
PERRAULT C, 1982, FABULAS ENCANTADAS, V2
PERRAULT C, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
PERRAULT C, 1963, CONTOS PERRAULT, P11
PERRAULT C, 1968, PETIT CHAPERON ROUGE
WATTS M, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
1982, CHAPEUZINHO VERMELHO
NR 38
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
SN 0929-7316
BN 90-272-1637-1
PY 2000
VL 32
BP 181
EP 191
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA BS28V
UT WOS:000169366500018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Tagnin, SEO
AF Tagnin, SEO
BE LewandowskaTomaszczyk, B
Melia, PJ
TI Collecting data for a bilingual dictionary of verbal collocations: from
scraps of paper to corpora research
SO PALC'99: PRACTICAL APPLICATIONS IN LANGUAGE CORPORA
SE LODZ STUDIES IN LANGUAGE
LA English
CT 2nd International Conference on Practical Applications in Language
Corpora (PALC 99)
CY APR 15-18, 1999
CL UNIV LODZ, LODZ, POLAND
HO UNIV LODZ
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciecias Humas, BR-01060970 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
CR FILLMORE CJ, 1982, CONV LANG COURS TAUG
MACKIN R, 1978, HONOUR AS HORNBY
NR 2
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU PETER LANG GMBH
PI FRANKFURT
PA EUROPAISCHER VERLAG WISSENSCH POSTFACH 940225, 60460 FRANKFURT, GERMANY
BN 0-8204-4754-4
J9 LODZ STUD LANGUAGE
PY 2000
VL 1
BP 399
EP 407
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA BT50A
UT WOS:000173157600024
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Tomitch, LMB
Just, MA
Carpenter, PA
AF Tomitch, LMB
Just, MA
Carpenter, PA
BE Gleitman, LR
Joshi, AK
TI Main idea identification: A functional imaging study of a complex
cognitive process
SO PROCEEDINGS OF THE TWENTY-SECOND ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF THE COGNITIVE
SCIENCE SOCIETY
LA English
CT 22nd Annual Conference of the Cognitive-Science-Society
CY AUG 13-15, 2000
CL UNIV PENNSYLVANIA, INST RES COGNIT SCI, PHILADELPHIA, PA
SP Cognit Sci Soc
HO UNIV PENNSYLVANIA, INST RES COGNIT SCI
C1 Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Dept Lingua & Literturas Estrangeiras, BR-88010970
RP Tomitch, LMB (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, Dept Lingua & Literturas
Estrangeiras, Campus Univ, BR-88010970 Florianopolis, SC, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MAHWAH
BN 0-8058-3879-1
PY 2000
BP 1060
EP 1060
PG 1
WC Language & Linguistics; Psychology; Psychology, Multidisciplinary;
GA BS01S
UT WOS:000168323000216
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dalcastagne, R
AF Dalcastagne, R
TI Making excuses: The intellectual and the masses in Clarice Lispector's A
'hora da estrela'
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Dalcastagne, R (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, BR-70910900 Brasilia, DF,
Brazil.
CR ANGELO I, FESTA
BAKHTIN M., 1998, QUESTOES LIT ESTETIC
BAKHTIN M, PROBLEMAS POETICA DO
BOURDIEU P, DISTINCTION CRITIQUE
BOURDIEU P, QUESTIONS SOCIOLOGIE
BOURDIEU P, SENS PRATIQUE
BOURDIEU P, REGRAS ARTE GENESE E
CAREY J, INTELECTUAIS MASSAS
CARVALHO B, TEATRO
DALCASTAGNE R, ESPACO DOR REGIME 64
DOURADO A, BARCA DOS HOMENS
EAGLETON Terry, TEORIA LIT INTRO
LINS O, AVALOVARA
LISPECTOR C, PERTO DO CORACAO SEL
LISPECTOR C, PAIXAO SEGUNDO GH
LISPECTOR C, HORA DA ESTRELA
MACHADODEASSIS JM, DOM CASMURRO
MIGUEL S, CONFISSOES PREMATURA
NIETZSCHE Frederich, ALEM BEM MAL, P200
ORTEGAYGASSET J, REBELIAO MASSAS
SARTRE JP, QUE E LIT
TEZZA C, NOITE EM CURITIBA
NR 22
TC 5
Z9 6
U1 0
U2 1
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2000
VL 26
IS 51
BP 83
EP 98
DI 10.2307/4531094
PG 16
SC Literature
GA 364VM
UT WOS:000089914300005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Moises, CF
AF Moises, CF
TI Generation, generations: An introductory sketch of contemporary
Brazilian poetry (The "Generation of 1945")
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Moises, CF (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANDRADE CDD, POEMS
ANDRADE MD, LIRA PAULISTANA
BANDEIRA M, POESIAS COMPLETAS
CAMPOS AD, REI MENOS O REINO
CAMPOS HD, AUTO DO POSSESSO
CHAMIE M, ESPACO INAUGURAL
COSTA S, OBRA POETICA
de CAMPOS Milton Godoy, 1966, ANTOLOGIA POETICA GE
FAUSTINO M, HOMEM E SUA HORA
FELIX M, ENGENHEIRO
FONSECA JPM, ELEGIA DIURNA
GUIMARAES AD, POEMS
GULLAR F, PSICOLOGIA DA COMPOS
HILST H, PRESSAGIO
IVO L, POEMS
LIMA JD, POEMS
MEIRELES C, POEMS
MELONETO JCD, POEMS
MENDES M, POEMS
MORAES VD, POEMS
PAES JP, PEDRA DO SONO
PALLOTTINI R, ACALANTO
PIGNATARI D, CARROSSEL
RAMOS PES, LAMENTACAO FLORAL
RICARDO C, POEMS
RIVERA BD, POEMS
SILVA DCD, POEMS
SILVA DCD, 1967, PEQUENO DIC LIT BRAS, P173
NR 28
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2000
VL 26
IS 51
BP 155
EP 163
DI 10.2307/4531099
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 364VM
UT WOS:000089914300010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bezerra, KDC
AF Bezerra, KDC
TI The poetry of Leila Miccolis: Crossing categories
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Bezerra, KDC (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte,
MG, Brazil.
CR BENDESTON M, 1985, MANCHETE 1105
BENDESTON M, 1987, NOVA OCT, P114
BENDESTON M, 1985, MANCHETE 0830, P28
BUTLER J, PLEASURE PLEASURE PR
Butler J, 1993, BODIES MATTER DISCUR
Butler Judith, 1993, LESBIAN GAY STUDIES, P307
DELEUZE G, ANTI-OEDIPUS
DELEUZE G, LOGICA SENTIDO
FOUCAULT M, HIST SEXUALITY, V1
LAURETIS TD, 1991, DIFFERENCES, V3, pR3
LAURETIS TD, ALICE DOESNT FEMINIS
LAURETIS TD, PRACTICE LOVE LESBIA
MICCOLIS L, SANGUE CENOGRAFICO P
MICCOLIS L, JACARES LOBISOMENS 2
MICCOLIS L, 1998, E-COMMUNICATION 0930
RIMINI J, 1980, NOVA SET, P74
XEXEO A, 1981, VEJA 0617, P73
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 2000
VL 26
IS 52
BP 257
EP 268
DI 10.2307/4531132
PG 12
SC Literature
GA 364VN
UT WOS:000089914400016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, MA
AF Pereira, MA
TI Nosotros (Nation, region, and culture in South America's Southern Cone)
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Pereira, MA (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte,
MG, Brazil.
CR ACHUGAR H, 1994, MUNDO REGION ALDEA, P158
ALVAREZ L, 1994, MUNDO REGION ALDEA, P113
ANTELO Raul, 1998, DECLINIO ARTE ASCENS
BENJAMIN Walter, MAGIA TECNICA ARTE P
CARVALHAL Tania F, 1998, DECLINIO ARTE ASCENS, P47
COELHO JT, DIC CRITICO POLITICA
DIMENSTEIN G, 1998, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0830, P3
HOBSBAWM EJ, NACOES NACIONALISMO
RANCIERE J, 1996, CRIZE RAZAO
SANTIAGO S, LIBERDADE
SANTIAGO S, LIT TROPICOS ENSAIOS
SANTIAGO Silviano, 1998, DECLINIO ARTE ASCENS, P11
SCHWARZ R, AO VENCEDOR BATATAS
SOUZA EMD, 1998, C TRINACL POSICAO LI
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 2000
VL 66
IS 190
BP 113
EP 119
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 343UK
UT WOS:000088720400008
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Nomura, M
AF Nomura, M
BE Chesterman, A
SanSalvador, NG
Gambier, Y
TI Text, image, and translation - The example of advertising in German and
in Brazilian Portuguese in a globalized context
SO TRANSLATION IN CONTEXT: SELECTED CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE EST CONGRESS,
GRANADA 1998
LA English
CT 2nd International Congress of the
European-Society-for-Translation-Studies
CY SEP, 1998
CL UNIV GRANADA, GRANADA, SPAIN
HO UNIV GRANADA
CR ARRAS U, 1998, REV ESTUDOS GERMANIC, V2, P257
AZENHA J, 1996, UNTERRICHTSPRAXIS TE, P73
AZENHA J, 1997, PANDAEMONIUM GERMANI, V1, P99
BODEKER JD, 1971, SPRACHE ANZEIGENWERB
GARCIA Nelson Jahr, 1990, SADISMO SEDUCAO SILE
HANTSCH I, 1972, SPRACHE TECHNISCHEN, V42, P93
LENNOX S, 1994, NEUE WELT DRITTE WEL, P185
MARCONDES Pyr, 1995, 200 ANOS PROPAGANDA
REISS K, 1976, TEXTYP UBERSETZUNGSM
SCHMITT G, 1985, ADV CO2 CORROSION, V1, P1
Snell-Hornby Mary, 1988, TRANSLATION STUDIES
NR 11
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
SN 0929-7316
BN 90-272-1644-4
PY 2000
VL 39
BP 261
EP 270
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA BT60Q
UT WOS:000173501500022
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cangi, A
AF Cangi, A
TI Nestor Perlongher's 'Nine Months in Paris' ('Nueve meses en Paris',
Introduction)
LA Spanish
RP Cangi, A (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD DEC
PY 1999
VL 28
IS 84
BP 51
EP 52
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 304MY
UT WOS:000086489100005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Orlandi, EP
AF Orlandi, EP
TI Language, faith, power: Ethics and language policy
SO LILI-ZEITSCHRIFT FUR LITERATURWISSENSCHAFT UND LINGUISTIK
LA German
DT Article
AB The author presents a discourse analysis of the practices of the Summer
Institute of Linguistics. She shows that the SIL discourse plays with different
discourse formations: the religious one, the social one and the scientific (above
all linguistic) one. This allows to evade all responsibility and makes it difficult
to identify the subject and the purposes of this discourse. The author argues in
favor of an ethics of linguistics that respects the materiality of languages, the
subjects of languages and their history.
RP Orlandi, EP (reprint author), Rua Francisco Humberto Zuppi 1056, BR-13083
CR AUROUX S, 1993, REVOLUCAO TECNOLOGIC
AUROUX S, 1996, PHILOS LANGAGE, P45408
GRAMSCI A, 1966, MATERIALISMO STORICO
HAULKOF S, 1975, INTRO GOD DEVILS PAR
ORLANDI E, 1998, LINGUA INSTRUMENTOS, V1, P7
ORLANDI E, 1986, PALAVRA FE PODER
ORLANDI E, 1998, HIST EPISTEMOLOGIE L, V18, P91
ORLANDI E, 1993, ANAIS ABRALIN, P41
ORLANDI E, 1998, LANGAGES, P8
ORLANDI E, 1991, CAHIERS PRAXEMATIQUE, V17, P73
ORLANDI E. P., 1990, TERRA VISTA
PECHEUX M, 1981, LANGUE INTROUVABLE
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU VANDENHOECK & RUPRECHT
PI GOTTINGEN
PA THEATERSTRASSE 13,, D-37073 GOTTINGEN, GERMANY
SN 0049-8653
J9 LILI
JI Lili-Z. Literaturw. Linguist.
PD DEC
PY 1999
VL 29
IS 116
BP 116
EP 141
PG 26
GA 267PT
UT WOS:000084369000006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rosenfield, KH
Shephard, EJ
AF Rosenfield, KH
Shephard, EJ
TI Getting inside Sophocles' mind through Holderlin's 'Antigone'
SO NEW LITERARY HISTORY
LA English
DT Article
RP Rosenfield, KH (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio Grande Sul, BR-90046900 Porto
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR ARISTOTLE, POETICA
Diels H., 1964, FRAGMENTE VORSOKRATI
FORSTER E, 1997, COURSE REMEMBRANCE E
Forster E., 1995, EUR J PHILOS, V3, P174
FRAZER JG, 1923, TAMEAU DOR
HEGEL GWF, PHANOMENOLOGIE GEIST
HEIDEGGER M, 1966, EINFUHRUNG METAPHYSI
HENRICH D, 1992, FRUND BEWUSSTSEIN UN
HOLDERLIN JCF, ANTIGONE
HOLDERLIN JCF, FRANKFURTER AUSGABE
KANT I, KRITIK URTEILSKRAFT
MAZON P, 1997, ANTIGONE
MENANDER, PERIKEIROMENE
Nussbaum M., 1986, FRAGILITY GOODNESS
PAULY H, 1979, LEXIKON ANTIKE 5 BAN
ROSENFIELD K, IN PRESS MASKS MIMES
SCHILLER F, NEW LETT AESTHETIC E
SCOTT, 1996, GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICO
SOPHOCLES, ANTIGONE
VERNANT JP, 1985, MYTHE ET PENSEE GREC
NR 20
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319 USA
SN 0028-6087
J9 NEW LITERARY HIST
JI New Lit. Hist.
PD WIN
PY 1999
VL 30
IS 1
BP 107
EP 127
PG 21
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 168VT
UT WOS:000078714400006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Vasconcellos, E
AF Vasconcellos, E
TI The Arquivo-Museu-de-Literatura-Brasileira: A Drummondian dream
(Archive-Museum of Brazilian Literature)
SO ROMANCE NOTES
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Fdn Casa Rui Barbosa, Arquivo Museu Literatura Brasileira, BR-22260 Rio De
Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
RP Vasconcellos, E (reprint author), Fdn Casa Rui Barbosa, Arquivo Museu Literatura
Brasileira, Rua Sao Clemente 134, BR-22260 Rio De Janeiro, RJ, Brazil.
CR BORELLI O, C LISPECTOR ESBOCO P
DRUMMONDDEANDRA.C, 1972, JORNAL BRASIL 0711
DRUMMONDDEANDRA.C, 1973, JORNAL BRASIL 0104
LISPECTOR C, SOPRO DE VIDA
PENA C, MENINA MORTA
QUEIROS RD, 1975, JORNAL COMERCIO 0105
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI CHAPEL HILL
PA DEPT OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES, CHAPEL HILL, NC 27514 USA
SN 0035-7995
J9 ROMANCE NOTES
JI Roman. Notes
PD FAL
PY 1999
VL 40
IS 1
BP 59
EP 66
PG 8
SC Literature
GA 260ZN
UT WOS:000083983500007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pinheiro Villar de Queiroz, FA
AF Pinheiro Villar de Queiroz, FA
TI Will all the world be a stage? The 'Big opera mundi' of
La-Fura-dels-Baus
SO ROMANCE QUARTERLY
LA English
DT Article
RP Pinheiro Villar de Queiroz, FA (reprint author), Univ Brasilia, BR-70910900
Brasilia, DF, Brazil.
CR BARTHES R, 1979, THEATRE Q, V33, P29
BARTHES ROLAND, 1977, IMAGE MUSIC TEXT
EDWARDS J, 1997, TIME OUT, V1397, P14
FERNANDEZ M, 1984, ACCIONS
George David, 1996, CONT CATALAN THEATRE
*I CAT EST POL, 1973, INF PERS LLENG CULT, V1
Kostelanetz Richard, 1970, THEATRE MIXED MEANS
Mason Bim, 1992, STREET THEATRE OTHER
Phelan Peggy, 1993, UNMARKED POLITICS PE
SAUMELL M, CONT CATALAN THEATRE
SCHECHNER R, 1992, DRAMA REV, V36, P7
SONTAG S, AGAINST INTERPRETATI
Van Erven E, 1988, RADICAL PEOPLES THEA
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU HELDREF PUBLICATIONS
PI WASHINGTON
PA 1319 EIGHTEENTH ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20036-1802 USA
SN 0883-1157
J9 ROMANCE QUART
JI Roman. Q.
PD FAL
PY 1999
VL 46
IS 4
BP 248
EP 254
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 259MH
UT WOS:000083897300007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Cox, MIP
De Assis-Peterson, AA
AF Cox, MIP
De Assis-Peterson, AA
TI Critical pedagogy in ELT: Images of Brazilian teachers of English
SO TESOL QUARTERLY
LA English
DT Article
AB Recently, some scholars inside the English language teaching (ELT) community
have started to question the absence of a critical view in the teaching and role of
English internationally. More specifically, they have attempted to encourage
ESL/EFL teachers to address such sociopolitical issues as the alleged neutrality of
English as an international language. They argue for a critical pedagogy that would
encourage pedagogical practices aiming to empower teachers and learners, and
consequently to change the nature of schooling and transform society Considering
that critical pedagogy has its roots in the work of Brazilian educator Paulo
Freire, we investigated what 40 Brazilian English teachers knew about and thought
of critical pedagogy in ELT. Our findings showed that they were unaware of it.
Attached to the strong appeal of a dominant integrative discourse, the English
teachers saw themselves as agents of good in that they prepared students to be
successful in the world. In view of the fact that Brazil's new National Curriculum
Parameter is based on critical pedagogical assumptions, we wonder how such a
pedagogy might operate in this particular context.
C1 Fed Univ Mato Grosso, Cuiaba, Brazil.
RP Cox, MIP (reprint author), Fed Univ Mato Grosso, Cuiaba, Brazil.
CR Auerbach E., 1991, COLLEGE ESL, V1, P1
BAKER C, 1993, FDN BILINGUAL ED BIL
BRANDAO Carlos Rodrigues, 1981, QUE METODO P FREIRE
CORACINI M. J., 1995, JOGO DISCURSIVO AULA
COX MIP, IN PRESS NOVAS PERSP
DESOUZA LMM, 1992, CONTEXTURAS, V1, P21
FOUCAULT M, 1986, ARQUEOLOGIA SABER
FREIRE P, 1982, ED PRATICA LIBERDADE
FREIRE P, 1984, IMPORTANCIA ATO LER
Gardner R. C., 1972, ATTITUDES MOTIVATION
Giroux H., 1992, ESCOLA CRITICA POLIT
Gramsci A, 1971, SELECTIONS PRISON NO
Hymes D., 1972, SOCIOLINGUISTICS, P269
JUDD E, 1987, TESOL NEWSLETTER, V21, P15
KRAMSCH C, 1991, FOREIGN LANGUAGE ACQ, P191
Moita Lopes L. P. D, 1996, OFICINA LINGUISTICA, P37
PECHEUX M, 1988, SEMANTICA DISCURSO U
Pecheux M., 1975, LANGAGES, V37, P7
PEIRCE BN, 1989, TESOL QUART, V23, P401, DOI 10.2307/3586918
Pennycook A., 1995, POWER INEQUALITY LAN, P34
Phillipson Robert, 1992, LINGUISTIC IMPERIALI
*SECR ED FUND, 1998, PAR CURR NAT TERC QU
NR 23
TC 17
Z9 23
U1 1
U2 8
PU TESOL
PI ALEXANDRIA
PA 1600 CAMERON ST SUITE 300, ALEXANDRIA, VA 22314 USA
SN 0039-8322
J9 TESOL QUART
JI Tesol Q.
PD FAL
PY 1999
VL 33
IS 3
BP 433
EP 452
DI 10.2307/3587673
PG 20
GA 245ZC
UT WOS:000083137600006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bernd, Z
AF Bernd, Z
TI A stroll in America (Noel Audet, 'Frontieres ou tableaux d'Amerique',
Mario de Andrade, 'Macounaima, le heros sans aucun caractere')
SO VOIX & IMAGES
LA French
DT Article
RS, Brazil.
CR ANDRES B, 1999, LIT IDENTITAIRE AM
AUDET N, 1988, OMBRE EPERVIER
AUDET N, FRONTIERES OU TABLEA
AUDET N, MACOUNAIMA LE HEROS
BHABHA HK, 1998, LOCAL CULTURA
CAMBRON M, 1989, ESSAIS LIT, V6, P175
CAVELL S, ESTE AM NOVA AINDA I
COLOMB C, 1991, J BORD, V1, P61
DELVAILLE B, 1997, MAGAZINE LIT APR, V353, P18
GLISSANT E, 1981, DISCOURS ANTILLAIS, P912
Glissant Edouard, 1997, TRAITE TOUTMONDE
JULIEN CA, 1946, FRANCAIS AM PENDANT, P87
LAROCHE Maximilien, 1993, DIALECTIQUE AMERICAN
MOSER W, 1994, QUESTION IDENTITAIRE, P259
NEPVEU P, 1998, ACTUALITE 0515, P97
NEPVEU Pierre, 1998, INTERIEURS NOUVEAU M
Peterson Michel, 1992, CONFLUENCES LIT BRES
PROENCA C, 1955, ROTEIRO DE MACOUNAIM
VAZDECAMINHA P, 1963, CARIA REI D MANUEL
NR 19
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0318-9201
J9 VOIX IMAGE
JI Voix Images
PD FAL
PY 1999
VL 25
IS 1
BP 164
EP 175
DI 10.7202/201467ar
PG 12
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA 251NW
UT WOS:000083452600016
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Freitas, MV
AF Freitas, MV
TI Translating literatures, translating cultures: New vistas and approaches
in literary studies
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Freitas, MV (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte,
MG, Brazil.
CR Mueller-Vollmer K., 1998, TRANSLATING LIT TRAN
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NORMAN
SN 0196-3570
JI World Lit. Today
PD FAL
PY 1999
VL 73
IS 4
BP 834
EP 835
DI 10.2307/40155299
PG 2
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 269DC
UT WOS:000084459900236
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dias, MHM
AF Dias, MHM
TI Almada Negreiros, "um homem muito senhor da sua vontade" (Almada's
surrealist short story, O 'Cagado')
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Estadual Paulista, Campus Sao Jose Rio Preto, Sao Jose Rio Preto, SP,
Brazil.
RP Dias, MHM (reprint author), Univ Estadual Paulista, Campus Sao Jose Rio Preto,
Sao Jose Rio Preto, SP, Brazil.
CR ALMADANEGREIROS JD, OBRAS COMPLETAS
ALQUIE F, PHILOS SURREALISME
BRETON A, MANIFESTES SURREALIS
COLOMBINI D, 1978, BOLETIM 10
CORREIA N, SURREALISMO POESIA P
MOISES M, CONTO PORTUGUES
PROPP Vladimir, MORFOLOGIA CUENTO
NR 7
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 1999
IS 149-50
BP 111
EP 117
PG 7
SC Literature
GA 245KK
UT WOS:000083107000009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Barbosa, JA
AF Barbosa, JA
TI The tensions of Mario de Andrade
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
RP Barbosa, JA (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANDRADE MD, WORKS
CANDIDO A, PRESENCA LIT BRASILE
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 1999
IS 149-50
BP 257
EP 264
PG 8
SC Literature
GA 245KK
UT WOS:000083107000021
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Lopez, TA
AF Lopez, TA
TI Mario de Andrade, verb in the present
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Inst Estudos Brasileiros, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Lopez, TA (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Inst Estudos Brasileiros, BR-05508
Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANDRADE MD, WORKS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JUL-DEC
PY 1999
IS 149-50
BP 270
EP 272
PG 3
SC Literature
GA 245KK
UT WOS:000083107000022
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Jozef, B
AF Jozef, B
TI The presence of Joao Cabral de Melo Neto (1920-1999)
LA Spanish
RP Jozef, B (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR MELONETO JCD, POEMS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 1999
VL 65
IS 188-89
BP 743
EP 746
PG 4
SC Literature
GA 318RB
UT WOS:000087296700017
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Simoes, MDS
AF Simoes, MDS
TI Special report: IFNOPAP project: Myths of the Amazonia region of the
state of Para
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Fed Univ Para, BR-66059 Belem, Para, Brazil.
RP Simoes, MDS (reprint author), Fed Univ Para, BR-66059 Belem, Para, Brazil.
CR ELIOT TS, NOTAS DEFINICAO CULT
SIMOES Maria do Socorro, 1995, SANTAREM CONTA
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
USA
SN 0018-2133
PD MAY
PY 1999
VL 82
IS 2
BP 318
EP 323
PG 6
GA 197CH
UT WOS:000080346700050
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Soares, M
AF Soares, M
TI 'Que Farei Com Este Livro?'
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, BR-20550 Rio de Janeiro, Brazil.
RP Soares, M (reprint author), Univ Estado Rio de Janeiro, BR-20550 Rio de Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR SARAMAGO J, 1980, QUE FAREI COM ESTE L
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
USA
SN 0018-2133
PD MAR
PY 1999
VL 82
IS 1
BP 9
EP 10
PG 2
GA 178EF
UT WOS:000079252800008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Silva, MCCD
AF Silva, MCCD
TI 'Levantado do Chao'
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Silva, MCCD (reprint author), Univ Fed Rio de Janeiro, BR-21941 Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
CR SARAMAGO J, LEVANTADO DO CHAO
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
USA
SN 0018-2133
PD MAR
PY 1999
VL 82
IS 1
BP 16
EP 18
PG 3
GA 178EF
UT WOS:000079252800013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Carvalhal, TF
AF Carvalhal, TF
TI The enlightened traveler (Jose Saramago)
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR CARVALHAL TF, 1999, LIT HIST 3 VOZES EXP
COUTINHO E, 1997, CANONES CONTEXTOS AC
FUENTE CDL, VALIENTE MUNDO NUEVO
MACHADODEASSIS JM, 1866, JORNAL FAMILIAS ABR
MONTAIGNE, ESSAIS
SARAMAGO J, CONTO DA ILHA DESCON
SARAMAGO J, VIAGEM A PORTUGAL
SARAMAGO J, BAGAGEM DO VIAJANTE
SARAMAGO J, MANUAL DE PINTURA E
SARAMAGO J, ENSAIO SOBRE A CEGUE
SARAMAGO J, TODOS OS NOMES
SEIXO MA, 1997, CANONES CONTEXTOS AC, P57
SEIXO MA, 1999, LIT HIST 3 VOZES EXP, P91
SEIXO MA, LUGARES FICCAO J SAR
NR 14
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1999
IS 151-52
BP 181
EP 189
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 311HJ
UT WOS:000086878400015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pereira, MA
AF Pereira, MA
TI Ricardo Piglia and the fiction machine
SO ESTUDIOS FILOLOGICOS
LA Spanish
DT Article
C1 Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, Depto Semiot & Teoria Literatura, Belo
Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP Pereira, MA (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, Depto Semiot &
Teoria Literatura, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
CR ARLT R, SETE LOUCOS
BAKHTIN M, PROBLEMAS POETICA DO
BORGES JL, ALEPH
CAMPOS A, 1986, PANORAMA FINNEGANS W
Fernandez Macedonio, 1966, PAPELES RECIENVENIDO
Fernandez Macedonio, 1975, MUSEO NOVELA ETERNA
Gomes Renato Cordeiro, 1994, TODAS CIDADES CIDADE
HARA WAY Donna, 1994, TENDENCIAS IMPASSES, P243
KAFKA F, COLONIA PENAL
MIRANDA Wander Melo, 1989, 34 LETRAS, V3, P172
PAZ O, FILHOS DO BARRO
PIGLIA R, RESPIRACION ARTIFICI
PIGLIA R, 1994, R PIGLIA 6 BARRAL
PIGLIA R, PRISAO PERPETUA
PIGLIA R, CIUDAD AUSENTE OPERA
PIGLIA R, 1997, COMMUNICATION 0722
PIGLIA R, INVASION
PIGLIA R, NOME FALSO HOMEAGEN
PIGLIA R., 1994, LABORATORIO ESCRITOR
PIGLIA R, 1986, CUADERNOS EXTENSION, V9
Piglia Ricardo, 1995, CUENTOS MORALES
RAMA A, CIDADE LETRAS
SANTIAGO S, MALHAS DA LETRA
SCHVARTZMAN J, 1996, COMMUNICATION 0722
SOUZA EMD, 1993, ANUARIO BRASILENO ES, V111, P87
NR 28
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV AUSTRAL CHILE
PI VALDIVIA
PA FAC FILOSOFIA HUMANIDADES CASILLA 142 ESTUDIOS FILOLOGICOS, VALDIVIA,
CHILE
SN 0071-1713
J9 ESTUD FILOL
JI Estud. Filol.
PY 1999
IS 34
BP 27
EP 34
PG 8
GA 237XH
UT WOS:000082681500003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Aguiar, F
AF Aguiar, F
TI Miron and Brazil: Poetry and translation
SO ETUDES FRANCAISES
LA French
DT Article
RP Aguiar, F (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR MIRON G, FOYER NATUREL
MIRON G, EN UNE SEULE PHRASE
MIRON G, JE TECRIS
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0014-2085
J9 ETUD FR
JI Etud. Fr.
PY 1999
VL 35
IS 2-3
BP 183
EP 193
DI 10.7202/036162ar
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 196NG
UT WOS:000080314000028
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
TI The 'Brazilian connection' in the history of American linguistics - The
notebook of Joaquim Mattoso Camara
LA English
DT Article
AB When mention is made of Brazil in connection with American linguistics, it
usually amounts to a reference to the Linguistic Circle of New York, where Roman
Jakobson (1896-1982) and Claude Levi-Strauss (b. 1908), who had come from Brazil
where he had done ethnological work, met and exchanged ideas. This singular event
has cast a shadow on other contacts between Brazil and American linguistics, of
which, the one between Jakobson and the Brazilian linguist Joaquim Mattoso Camara
(1904-1970) was much more consequential, at least as far as the implementation of
structural linguistics in Brazil and in South America generally during the 1950s
and the 1960 is concerned. Mattoso Camara came to the United States and spent most
of his time in New York City (September 1943 till April 1944), where he got
exposure to Praguean type structuralism, notably through Jakobson's lectures he
attended at Columbia University and at the Ecole Libre of New York, which had been
established by European refugees at the time. He also participated in the first
meeting so of the Linguistic Circle of New York in 1943 as one of its co-founders.
Following his return to Rio de Janeiro, Mattoso Camara proposed, in 1949, as his
doctoral thesis a phonemic description of Brazilian Portuguese. The work was
published a few years later, in 1953. His most influential work, Principios de
Linguistica Geral, first published in 1954, had two more revised and updated
editions (1958, 1967) and served to introduce several generation of Brazilian as
well as other South American students to structural linguistics during the 1950s
and 1960s.
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, BR-05508 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
CR ALARCOSLLORACH E, 1962, ROMANCE PHILOL, V15, P335
ALTMAN Cristina, 1998, PESQUISA LINGUISTICA
BLOCH B, 1942, OUTLINE LINGUISTIC A
BOIANUS SK, 1935, MANUAL RUSSIAN PRONU
COELHO O, 1999, B FT HISTORIOGRAFICA, P37
DUNN J, 1928, GRAMMAR PORTUGUESE L
FALK JS, 1995, LANG COMMUN, V15, P241, DOI 10.1016/0271-5309(95)00010-N
FALK JS, 1995, HIST LING, V22, P335, DOI 10.1075/hl.22.3.04fal
FOWKES RA, 1994, WORD, V45, P1
FRANCA AMR, 1995, LEVANTAMENTO PROPOSI
GARVIN PL, 1950, STUD LINGUIST, V8, P93
GONCALVESVIANNA AD, 1892, EXPOSICAO PRONUNCIA
Hall R. A., 1943, STUD LINGUIST, V2, P6
HALL RA, 1943, STUD LINGUIST, V1, P15
HALLE M, 1988, LANGUAGE, V64, P737, DOI 10.2307/414566
HALLE M, 1977, R JAKOBSON ECHOES HI, P123
HOCKETT CF, 1993, LANGUAGE, V69, P778
JAKOBSON R., 1976, 6 LECONS SON SENS
Jakobson R., 1962, SELECTED WRITINGS
Jakobson R, 1983, DIALOGUES
JAKOBSON R, 1967, FONEMA FONOLOGIA
JAKOBSON R, 1977, 6 LICOES SOM SENTIDO
JAKOBSON R, 1979, EUROPEAN BACKGROUND, P161
JAKOBSON R, 1978, 6 LECTURE SOUND MENA
Jakobson Roman, 1990, LANGUAGE
JOSEPH JE, 1989, HIST LING, V16, P415, DOI 10.1075/hl.16.3.17jos
Koerner E. F. K., 1995, PROFESSING LINGUISTI, P171
KOERNER EFK, 1997, JAKOBSON EST OUEST 1
LEVISTRAUSS C, 1977, PREF JAKOBSON 5 LICO, P7
LEVISTRAUSS C, 1974, TRISTES TROPIQES
LUDTKE H, 1951, B FILOLOGIA, V12, P353
MARTINET A, 1994, WORD, V45, P27
MATTOSO-CAMARA J., 1970, ESTRUTURA LINGUA POR
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1954, PRINCIPIOS LINGUISTI
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1977, ESTUDO FONJMICA PORT
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1939, REV CULTURA, V25, P99
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1975, HIST LINGUISTICA
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1968, CURRENT TRENDS LINGU
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1965, INTRO LINGUAS INDIGE
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1972, PORTUGUES LANGUAGE
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1946, KINDERSPRACHE APHASI
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1949, B FILOLOGIA, V3, P71
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1953, ESTUDO FONEMICA PORT
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1953, CONTRIBUICAO ESTILIS
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1945, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS
MATTOSOCAMARA J, 1969, PROBLEMAS LINGUISTIC
MULLER HF, 1945, WORD, V1, P3
MURRAY SO, 1991, HIST LING, V18, P1, DOI 10.1075/hl.18.1.03mur
MURRAY SO, 1994, THEORY GROUPS STUDY
NARO AJ, 1972, PORTUGUESE LANUGAGE, pR7
NASCENTES A, 1954, J FILOLOGIA, V2, P300
PIKE KL, 1947, PHONEMICS
PINTO EP, 1981, PORTUGUES BRASIL TEX, V2
RODRIGUES A, 1984, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V6, P83
Rogers FM, 1954, LANGUAGE, V30, P503, DOI 10.2307/410477
RUTKOFF PM, 1986, NEW SCH HIST NEW
SAPIR E, 1961, LINGUISTIC ACOMO CIE
SAPIR E, 1954, LINGUAGEM INTRO ESTU
SAPORTA S, 1944, LANGUAGE, V36, P89
STEN H, 1944, PARTICULARIES LANGUE
UCHOA CEF, 1972, DISPERSOS J MATTOSOC
WAUGH LR, 1990, LANGUAGE, P1
NR 67
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
PA PO BOX 75577 SUBSCRIPTIONS DEPT, 1070 AN AMSTERDAM, NETHERLANDS
SN 0302-5160
J9 HIST LING
PY 1999
VL 26
IS 3
BP 355
EP 382
DI 10.1075/hl.26.3.11alt
PG 28
SC Linguistics
GA 282ZU
UT WOS:000085252300012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
BE Cram, D
Linn, A
Nowak, E
TI From 'Insula vera crux' to 'terra Brasiliensis' history, (hi)stories and
historiography of Brazilian linguistics
SO HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS 1996, VOL 1: TRADITIONS IN LINGUISTICS WORLDWIDE
LA English
CT 7th International Conference on the History of the Language Sciences
CY SEP 12-17, 1996
CL KEBLE COLL, OXFORD, ENGLAND
HO KEBLE COLL
CR ANCHIETA Jose de, 1984, CARTAS CORRESPONDENC
ANCHIETA Joseph de, 1595, ARTE GRAMMATICA LING
CAMARA JM, 1965, INTRO LINGUOS INDIGE
Cardim F., 1980, TRATADOS TERRA GENTE
DABBEVILLE C, 1922, HIST MISSION P CAPUC
de Araujo Antonio, 1952, CATECISMO LINGUA BRA
deLERY Jean, 1980, VIAGEM TERRA BRASIL
DEMONTOYA AR, 1876, CATECISMO LENGVA GVA
DEMONTOYA AR, 1876, ARTE BOCABULARIO LEN
DEMONTOYA AR, 1876, TESORO LENGUA GUARAN
DESOUZA GS, 1938, TRATADO DESCRIPTIVO
Edelweiss Frederico G., 1969, ESTUDOS TUPIS TUPI G
FIGUEIRA L, 1923, REV I HIST GEOGRAPHI, V94, P425
FIGUEIRA L, 1978, ARTE GRAMMATICA LING
GANDAVO P, 1858, REV I HIST GEOGRAPHI, V21, P367
Hovdhaugen Even, 1996, WORD WAS GOD MISSION, P9
JANCSO I, 1994, CRONOLOGIA HIST BRAS
KNIVET A., 1878, REV I HIST GEOGRAPHI, V41, P183
Leite Serafim, 1965, SUMA HIST COMPANHIA
MAMIANI Ludovico Vincenzo, 1699, ARTE GRAMMATICA LING
MAMIANI LV, 1942, CATECISMO KIRIRI
Pottier Bernard, 1983, AM LATINA SUS LENGUA
Rodrigues A., 1993, DELTA, V9, P83
Rodrigues A. D., 1994, LINGUAS BRASILEIRAS
RODRIGUES AD, 1997, DESCRIPCION LENGUAS, P371
STADEN H, 2000, SUAS VIAGENS CAPTIVE
Thevet Andre, 1575, COSMOGRAPHIE UNIVERS
Tovar A., 1961, CATALOGO LENGUAS AM
NR 28
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
BN 1-55619-213-4
J9 AMST ST TH
PY 1999
VL 94
BP 71
EP 80
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA BQ89W
UT WOS:000089997500005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Marcondes, D
AF Marcondes, D
BE Cram, D
Linn, A
Nowak, E
TI The relevance of the discussion of the nature of signs in ancient
scepticism
SO HISTORY OF LINGUISTICS 1996, VOL 2: FROM CLASSICAL TO CONTEMPORARY
LINGUISTICS
LA English
CT 7th International Conference on the History of the Language Sciences
CY SEP 12-17, 1996
CL KEBLE COLL, OXFORD, ENGLAND
HO KEBLE COLL
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR CHIESA C, 1990, SCEPTICISME ANTIQUE, V15, P151
Desbordes F, 1982, LANGAGES, V65, P47
Ebert Th, 1987, OXFORD STUDIES ANCIE, VV, P83
EMPIRICUS S, 1976, WORKS ENGLISH TRANSL
Empiricus Sextus, 1994, OUTLINES SCEPTICISM
Empiricus Sextus, 1996, SKEPTIC WAY SEXTUS E
GLIDDEN D, 1983, PHRONESIS, V10, P213
Glidden D.K, 1994, LANGUAGES LANGUAGES, V3, P129
HANKINSON R.J, 1995, SCEPTICS
Popkin Richard H., 1979, HIST SCEPTICISM ERAS
STOUGH C. L., 1969, GREEK SCEPTICISM STU
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM ME
BN 1-55619-214-2
J9 AMST ST TH
PY 1999
VL 95
BP 41
EP 49
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA BQ89X
UT WOS:000089997800005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Paro, MCB
AF Paro, MCB
BE Menides, LJ
Dorenkamp, AG
TI Converging frontiers: Elizabeth Bishop's "North" and South"'
SO IN WORCESTER MASSACHUSETTS: ESSAYS ON ELIZABETH BISHOP
SE WPI STUDIES
LA English
CT Elizabeth Bishop Conference
CY 1997
CL WORCESTER POLYTECHN INST, WORCESTER, MA
HO WORCESTER POLYTECHN INST
AB This paper examines Elizabeth Bishop's evolving social views, as revealed
through her poetry. A selection of poems, written before and after she moved to
Brazil in 1951, are compared so as to disclose changes in her personal expression
and in her approaches to issues of human interaction and social organization.
C1 Univ Estadual Paulista, Dept Modern Languages, BR-01405 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BARRY S, 1991, DALHOUSIE REV, V4, P489
Bishop Elizabeth, E BISHOP COLLECTION
BISHOP Elizabeth, 1989, COMPLETE POEMS 1927
BLOOM H, 1985, E BISHOP
Dickinson Emily, 1960, COMPLETE POEMS
ERKKILA B, 1996, AM LIT HIST, V8, P284, DOI 10.1093/alh/8.2.284
Goldensohn Lorrie, 1992, E BISHOP BIOGRAPHY P
Monteiro George, 1996, CONVERSATIONS E BISH
MOSS H, 1977, WORLD LITERATURE TOD, V1, P29
Schwartz Lloyd, 1983, E BISHOP HER ART
WHITMAN W, 1973, LEAVES GRASS
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU PETER LANG PUBLISHING INC
PI NEW YORK
PA 62 W 45TH ST, 4TH FLOOR, NEW YORK, NY 10036 USA
SN 0897-926X
BN 0-8204-4149-X
J9 WPI STUDIES
PY 1999
VL 18
BP 99
EP 107
PG 9
WC Literature, American
SC Literature
GA BR74K
UT WOS:000167395600010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Martins, MLM
AF Martins, MLM
BE Menides, LJ
Dorenkamp, AG
TI Elizabeth Bishop and Carlos Drummond de Andrade: "opening of tin trunks
and violent memories"
SO IN WORCESTER MASSACHUSETTS: ESSAYS ON ELIZABETH BISHOP
SE WPI STUDIES
LA English
CT Elizabeth Bishop Conference
CY 1997
CL WORCESTER POLYTECHN INST, WORCESTER, MA
HO WORCESTER POLYTECHN INST
AB Part of a larger study on Bishop and Drummond, this paper aims at exploring a
significant portion of the "verse/universe" common to the two poets that is the
recreation of memories of childhood and family. Of the seven poems by Drummond
translated by Bishop, four evoke this theme. By the time Bishop was translating
Drummond, in the sixties, she was not only writing about her own memories but
coincidentally living in the same city as the Brazilian poet, experiencing like him
a similar condition of exile from her origins. This essential exile confirms that
only "in the creative time/space distance," can the violence of our memories be
converted into words, becoming thus legitimately poetic memories.
CR BAHKTIN M, 1986, SPEECH GENRES OTHER, P159
Bishop Elizabeth, E BISHOP COLLECTION
Bishop Elizabeth, 1983, COMPLETE POEMS 1927
Bishop Elizabeth, 1957, DIARY H MORLEY
DEANDRADE CD, 1996, METAMORPHOSES, P72
DEANDRADE CD, 1996, FAREWELL, P20
HARRISON V, 1993, E BISHOPS POETICS IN
LIMA C, 1986, CD DEANDRADE HIS GEN, P66
SANTANNA AD, 1972, DRUMMOND GAUCHE TEMP
SANTIAGO S, 1976, CD DEANDRADE
SCHWARTZ L, 1983, E BISHOP HER ART, P133
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0897-926X
BN 0-8204-4149-X
J9 WPI STUDIES
PY 1999
VL 18
BP 225
EP 234
PG 10
WC Literature, American
SC Literature
GA BR74K
UT WOS:000167395600022
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU de Oliveira, SR
AF de Oliveira, SR
BE Krajka, W
TI The woman in white and the man in motley: Aspects of hybridism in
Conrad's Almayer's Folly and "Heart of Darkness"
SO JOSEPH CONRAD: EAST EUROPEAN, POLISH AND WORLDWIDE
SE EAST EUROPEAN MONOGRAPHS
LA English
CT International Joseph Conrad Conference
CY SEP 01-04, 1996
CL MARIA CURIC-SKLODOWSKA UNIV, LUBLIN, POLAND
HO MARIA CURIC-SKLODOWSKA UNIV
C1 Fed Univ Ouro Preto, Mariana, Brazil.
CR Arens William F, 1980, MAN EATING MYTH ANTH
Bhaba Homi K., 1994, LOCATION CULTURE
CHINUA A, 1989, HOPES IMPEDIMENTS SE, P1
CLIFFORD G, 1980, NEGARA
DOUGLAS B, 1983, NEW PELICAN GUIDE EN, V7, P131
Edward Said, 1994, CULTURE IMPERIALISM
EMILY KY, 1980, CONRADIANA, V12, P88
Inderpal G., 1994, SCATTERED HEGEMONIES
JACK H, 1975, STUD SHORT FICTION, V12, P363
JAMES C, 1988, PREDICAMENT CULTURE, P92
JAN V, 1981, CONRADIANA, V13, P195
JERRY P, 1993, RECASTING WORLD WRIT
JOHN AM, 1981, KIPLING CONRAD COLON
JOHN WC, 1967, STUD SHORT FICTION, V4, P225
MICHEL S, 1991, TIERS INSTRUIT
PETER H, 1986, COLONIAL ENCOUNTERS, P13
ROBERT JCY, 1995, COLONIAL DESIRE HYBR, P1
ROJAS MM, 1993, AM LATINA PALAVRA LI, V1, P123
TAMAYO VA, 1972, AM LATINA LIT, P455
TOLLER GH, 1994, MARCAS ESCRAVIDAO
WILSON H, 1983, WOMB SPACE CROSS CUL
NR 21
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU EASTERN EUROPEAN MONOGRAPHS
PI BRADENTON
PA PO BOX 100039, BRADENTON, FL 34282 USA
SN 1083-2890
BN 0-88033-445-2
J9 E EUROP M
PY 1999
VL 547
BP 257
EP 275
PG 19
SC Literature
GA BV66M
UT WOS:000179687800013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bailey, TM
Plunkett, K
Scarpa, E
AF Bailey, TM
Plunkett, K
Scarpa, E
TI A cross-linguistic study in learning prosodic rhythms: Rules,
constraints, and similarity
SO LANGUAGE AND SPEECH
LA English
DT Article
DE artificial grammar learning; prosody; rhythm; stress
ID KNOWLEDGE; PHONOLOGY; IMPLICIT; SPEECH
AB Differences in the learnability of linguistic patterns may be crucial in
deciding among alternative learning models. This paper compares the ability of
English speakers (Experiment 1) and portuguese speakers (Experiment 2) to learn two
complex rhythm patterns observed in languages with primary word stress. Subjects
were familiarized with one of two rhythms during a discrimination task, followed by
a recognition task which tested whether knowledge of the rhythm generalized to
novel stimuli. The main findings were: (I)speakers trained on the cross-
linguistically less common rhythm distinguished between novel stimuli which did or
did not conform to their training rhythm, while speakers trained on the more common
rhythm did not; (2) English speakers wen biased more strongly than Portuguese
speakers against final stress; and (3) melodies that an on a boundary between
rhythm categories were treated as less prototypical than other members of the same
rhythm category. The results demonstrate that knowledge of complex linguistic
rhythms can be generalized after very little training, and that the less common
rhythm is easier to learn even though it seems more complex. The results are
compared with general-purpose exemplar-based learning models as well as abstract
linguistic theories of word stress acquisition.
C1 Univ Oxford, Dept Expt Psychol, Oxford OX1 3UD, England.
Univ Campinas, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Bailey, TM (reprint author), Univ Oxford, Dept Expt Psychol, S Parks Rd, Oxford
OX1 3UD, England.
RI Bailey, Todd/D-4666-2009
CR Alan Bell, 1977, STUDIES STRESS ACCEN, P1
ALTMANN GTM, 1995, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V21, P899, DOI 10.1037/0278-
7393.21.4.899
[Anonymous], 1995, METRICAL STRESS THEO
BAILEY TM, 1995, NONMETRICAL CONSTRAI
BAILEY TM, 1996, STRESS SYSTEM DATABA
Beckman Mary E., 1986, STRESS NONSTRESS ACC
BISOL L, 1992, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V22, P69
BROOKS LR, 1991, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V120, P316, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.120.3.316
BROOKS LR, 1978, COGNITION CATEGORIZA, V3, P170
Chomsky Noam, 1968, SOUND PATTERN ENGLIS
Culter A, 1986, PHONOLOGY YB, V3, P161, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0952675700000622
DRESHER BE, 1990, COGNITION, V34, P137, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90042-I
FRINGS K, 1914, ARCH GESTALT PSYCHOL, V30, P415
FRY D, 1958, LANG SPEECH, V1, P120
FRY DB, 1955, J ACOUST SOC AM, V27, P765, DOI 10.1121/1.1908022
GERKEN LA, 1994, J MEM LANG, V33, P19, DOI 10.1006/jmla.1994.1002
GUPTA P, 1994, COGNITIVE SCI, V18, P1
Halle M., 1987, ESSAY STRESS
Hayes Bruce, 1981, METRICAL THEORY STRE
HYMAN L, 1977, STUDIES STRESS ACCEN, V4, P1
JACOBSON R, 1952, 13 MIT AC LAB
KNOWLTON BJ, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V20, P79, DOI 10.1037/0278-7393.20.1.79
Lehiste I., 1977, J PHONETICS, V5, P253
MANZA L, 1994, UNPUB REPRESENTATION
MARTIN JG, 1972, PSYCHOL REV, V79, P487, DOI 10.1037/h0033467
Meulemans T, 1997, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V23, P1007
MILLER GA, 1958, J EXP PSYCHOL, V56, P485, DOI 10.1037/h0044933
NYBERG E, 1990, P ANN M NE LING SOC, V20, P309
PERRUCHET P, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V119, P264, DOI 10.1037/0096-
3445.119.3.264
PITT MA, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V16, P564, DOI 10.1037/0096-1523.16.3.564
Plunkett K., 1997, EXERCISES RETHINKING
POSNER MI, 1968, J EXP PSYCHOL, V77, P353, DOI 10.1037/h0025953
Prince A., 1993, 2 RUTG U CTR COGN SC
QUINN MJ, 1990, IEEE SOFTWARE, V7, P69, DOI 10.1109/52.57894
REBER AS, 1969, J EXP PSYCHOL, V81, P115, DOI 10.1037/h0027454
REBER AS, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V119, P340, DOI 10.1037/0096-3445.119.3.340
REBER AS, 1967, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V6, P855, DOI 10.1016/S0022-5371(67)80149-
X
REDINGTON M, 1994, PROCEEDINGS OF THE SIXTEENTH ANNUAL CONFERENCE OF THE
COGNITIVE SCIENCE SOCIETY, P745
Redington M, 1996, J EXP PSYCHOL GEN, V125, P123, DOI 10.1037/0096-
3445.125.2.123
REDINGTON M, 1996, THESIS U OXFORD OXFO
ROBINSON GM, 1977, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V3, P83
Rosch Eleanor, 1978, COGNITION CATEGORIZA, P27
Selkirk E., 1984, PHONOLOGY SYNTAX REL
SERVANSCHREIBER E, 1990, J EXP PSYCHOL LEARN, V16, P592, DOI 10.1037/0278-
7393.16.4.592
TESAR B, 1997, MULTIRECURSIVE CONST
Tesar Bruce, 1997, P 21 ANN BOST U C LA, P615
Trubetzkoy N, 1969, PRINCIPLES PHONOLOGY
ZWITSERLOOD P, 1990, 31 ANN M PSYCH SOC N
NR 49
TC 12
Z9 12
U1 0
U2 1
PU KINGSTON PRESS SERVICES LTD
PI MIDDLESEX
PA 43, DERWENT RD, WHITTON TWICKENHAM, MIDDLESEX, ENGLAND TW2 7HQ
SN 0023-8309
J9 LANG SPEECH
JI Lang. Speech
PD JAN-MAR
PY 1999
VL 42
BP 1
EP 38
DI 10.1177/00238309990420010101
PN 1
PG 38
WC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Psychology,
Experimental
SC Audiology & Speech-Language Pathology; Linguistics; Psychology
GA 206KC
UT WOS:000080877400001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Silva, M
AF Silva, M
TI Society's smile: Literature and academicism in Brazil
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Silva, M (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ADELMAR T, 1943, MANHA AUTORES LIVROS, V4
ALMEIDA GD, MESSIDOR
AMARAL A, POESIAS COMPLETAS
AMARAL A, 1976, ELOGIO MEDIOCRIDADE, P181
AMARAL A, ELOGIO MEDIOCRIDADE
ARAUJO RMB, VOCACAO PRAZER CIDAD
BARBOSA JA, TRADICAO IMPASSE LIN
BELLO JM, 1943, MANHA AUTORES LIVROS, V4, P184
BOSI A, HIST GERAL CIVILIZAC
BOSI A, PRE-MODERNISMO
BOSI Alfredo, HIST CONCISA LIT BRA
BOURGIN G, TROISIEME REPUBLIQUE
BROCA B, VIDA LIT BRASIL 1900
CALMON Pedro, 1947, REV ACAD BRASILEIRA, V73, P45
CAMPOS H, LAGARTAS E LIBELULAS
CAMPOS HD, POESIAS COMPLETAS
CAMPOS HD, SOMBRA DAS TAMAREIRA
CAMPOS HD, MONSTRO OUTROS CONTO
CAMPOS HD, REMINISCENCIAS
CAMPOS HD, CRITICA PRIMEIRA SER
CANDIDO Antonio, LIT SOC ESTUDOS TEOR
FAORO Raymundo, 1992, ESTUD AV-SAO PAULO, V6, P7
GEISE W, 1932, REV ACAD BRASILEIRA, V23, P131
GOES F, PANORAMA POESIA BRAS
GOLDSTEIN N, PENUMBRISMO MODERNIS
GOMES RC, TODAS CIDADES
GOULEMET JM, GENS LETT ECRIVAINS
GRIECO A, EVOLUCAO PROSA BRASI
IANNI O, IDEIA BRASIL MODERNO
LEBERT MDL, HD CAMPOS
LIMA AA, PRIMEIROS ESTUDOS CO
MACHADONETO AL, ESTRUTURA SOCIAL REP
MARTINS L, 1972, SUPLEMENTO LIT, P19
MICELI S, PODER SEXO LETRAS RE
MIGUELPEREIRA L, PROSA FICCAO 1870 19
MOTTAFILHO C, CONTAGEM REGRESSIVA
MURICY A, PANORAMA MOVIMENTO S
NEEDELL JD, BELLE EPOQUE TROPICA
NETO HC, COMPENDIO LIT BRASIL
NETO HC, REI NEGRO
NETO HC, RAJA DE PENDJAB
NETO HC, CONQUISTA
NETO HC, CAPITAL FEDERAL IMPR
NETO HC, LIVRO DE PRATA
NETO HC, TURBILHAO
NETO HC, FOGO FATUO
NETO HC, MORTO MEMORIAS DE UM
PACHECO F, POESIAS
PAES Jose Paulo, 1985, GREGOS BAIANOS, P64
PAES JP, GREGOS BAIANOS
PEIXOTO A, MULHER COMO AS OUTRA
PEIXOTO A, NOCOES HIST LIT GERA
PEIXOTO A, RAZOES DO CORACAO
PEIXOTO A, ESFINGE
PEIXOTO A, POEIRA ESTRADA ENSAI
PEREGRINO J, 1947, REV ACAD BRASILEIRA, V74, P317
PIZARRO A, 1994, AM LATINA PALAVRA LI
PRADO A. A., 1983, POBRES LIT BRASILEIR, P68
PRADO AA, L BARRETO CRITICO CR
PROENCA MC, NETO TURBILHAO
RAMOS PED, 1994, AM LATINA PALAVRA LI, V2, P307
RIO JD, PROFISSAO DE JACQUES
RIO JD, CORRESPONDENCIA DE U
SA JD, 1987, THESIS U SAO PAULO
SALES F, 1978, PEIXOTO ESFINGE
SALLES D, FICCIONISTA X MARQUE
SCHWARZ Roberto, 1983, POBRES LIT BRASILEIR
SEVCENKO N, LIT MISSAO TENSOES S
SIGNER R, 1988, THESIS U SAO PAULO
SODRE NW, NATURALISMO BRASIL
SUSSEKIND F, CINEMATOGRAFO LETRAS
SUSSEKIND F, 1992, RIO PROFISSAO DE JAC, pR9
VERISSIMO J, QUE E LIT OUTROS ESC
VERISSIMO J, ESTUDOS LIT BRASILEI
WEBER E, FRANCA FIN-DE-SIECLE
NR 75
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1999
VL 25
IS 49
BP 145
EP 176
DI 10.2307/4531031
PG 32
SC Literature
GA 204LM
UT WOS:000080765800010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Minchillo, C
AF Minchillo, C
TI The formation of reading in Brazil
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
RP Minchillo, C (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR LAJOLO MARISA, 1996, FORMACAO LEITURA BRA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1999
VL 25
IS 49
BP 299
EP 302
DI 10.2307/4531046
PG 4
SC Literature
GA 204LM
UT WOS:000080765800027
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Metaphor: Implications and applications
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 UNICAMP, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), UNICAMP, Campinas, SP, Brazil.
CR Mio JS, 1996, METAPHOR IMPLICATION
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-4177
J9 STUD LANG
JI Stud. Lang.
PY 1999
VL 23
IS 2
BP 409
EP 423
DI 10.1075/sl.23.2.08raj
PG 15
SC Linguistics
GA 266ET
UT WOS:000084288200006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Miranda, AE
McCabe, A
Bliss, LS
AF Miranda, AE
McCabe, A
Bliss, LS
TI Jumping around and leaving things out: A profile of the narrative
abilities of children with specific language impairment
SO APPLIED PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
LA English
DT Article
ID DISORDERED CHILDREN; DISCOURSE; COMPREHENSION; COHESION; STORIES; SYNTAX
AB This article investigates the discourse coherence of school-aged children with
specific language impairment (SLI). The following dimensions of discourse are
analyzed: topic maintenance, event sequencing, explicitness (including
referencing), conjunctive cohesion, and fluency. The personal narratives of the
children in the experimental group were compared with those produced by two groups
of children with normal language development, one group matched by chronological
age and the other matched by language level. The narratives of the children with
SLI were significantly impaired compared with both control groups with respect to
all five dimensions of narration, although impairment was far more pronounced for
topic maintenance, event sequencing, and implicitness than it was for conjunctive
cohesion or fluency. The former serious impairments place a heavy burden on
listeners. Theoretical and clinical implications of the results are discussed.
C1 Univ Lowell, Dept Psychol, Lowell, MA 01854 USA.
Fed Univ Cerea, Fortaleza, Ceara, Brazil.
Univ Houston, Houston, TX 77004 USA.
RP McCabe, A (reprint author), Univ Lowell, Dept Psychol, 1 Univ Ave, Lowell, MA
01854 USA.
CR BAMBERG M, 1986, LINGUISTICS, V24, P227, DOI 10.1515/ling.1986.24.1.227
Berman R. A., 1994, RELATING EVENTS NARR, P39
Bliss L, 1983, SCREENING KIT LANGUA
Bliss L. S., 1993, PRAGMATIC LANGUAGE I
BLISS LS, 1996, UNPUB ASSESSMENT NAR
BLISS LS, 1992, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V23, P343
Craig H. K., 1991, PRAGMATICS LANGUAGE, P163
Dasinger L, 1994, RELATING EVENTS NARR, P457
Deese J., 1984, THOUGHT SPEECH PSYCH
DISIMONI F, 1978, TOKEN TEST CHILDREN
FEAGANS L, 1984, CHILD DEV, V55, P1727, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-8624.1984.tb00415.x
GARDNER M, 1979, EXPRESSIVE ONE WORD
GERMAN DJ, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P309, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3402.309
German J. D., 1987, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V8, P217
GRAYBEAL CM, 1981, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V2, P269, DOI 10.1017/S014271640000655X
HAMMILL DD, 1982, TEST LANGUAGE DEV PR
HEMPHILL L, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P267, DOI 10.1080/01638538909544731
Hoff-Ginsberg E., 1992, FIRST LANG, V12, P233
ITO T, 1986, FOLIA PHONIATR, V38, P310
JOHNSTON J, 1989, SPEECH LANGUAGE HEAR, P685
JOHNSTON J, 1991, RES CHILD LANGUAGE D, P229
Johnston J. R., 1982, LANG SPEECH HEAR SER, V13, P144
KAUFMANN AS, 1983, KAUFMAN ASSESSMENT B
LILES BZ, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P185, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3002.185
LILES BZ, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P409, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90030-9
MACLACHLAN BG, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P2, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5301.02
MACWHINNEY B, 1985, J CHILD LANG, V12, P271, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900006449
McCabe A., 1994, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P45, DOI [10.1044/1058-0360.0301.45,
DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0301.45]
MCCABE A, 1996, CHAMELEON READERS TE
MCGANN W, 1988, LINGUISTICS, V26, P215, DOI 10.1515/ling.1988.26.2.215
MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3004.539
MIRANDA AE, 1994, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
OLLEY L, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P43, DOI DOI
10.3109/ASL2.1989.17.ISSUE-1.04
PATERSON C, 1983, DEV PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
PETERSON C, 1991, MERRILL PALMER QUART, V37, P445
PURCELL SL, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P354, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3502.354
ROTH FP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P8, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5101.08
SABIN EJ, 1979, SPEECH TIME TEMPORAL, P742
SCARBOROUGH HS, 1990, APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST, V11, P1, DOI
10.1017/S0142716400008262
SLEIGHT CC, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V50, P361, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5004.361
Wechsler D., 1974, WECHSLER INTELLIGENC
NR 44
TC 35
Z9 35
U1 0
U2 6
PI NEW YORK
PA 40 WEST 20TH STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211 USA
SN 0142-7164
J9 APPL PSYCHOLINGUIST
JI Appl. Psycholinguist.
PD DEC
PY 1998
VL 19
IS 4
BP 647
EP 667
DI 10.1017/S0142716400010407
PG 21
WC Linguistics; Psychology, Experimental
GA 154PR
UT WOS:000077897900007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Caccamo, MJ
Kowaltowski, T
AF Caccamo, MJ
Kowaltowski, T
TI Finite-state language processing
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
RP Caccamo, MJ (reprint author), Univ Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
CR Kamp Hans, 1993, DISCOURSE LOGIC INTR
Levelt W. J., 1982, SPEECH PLACE ACTION, P251
Partee Barbara, 1973, J PHILOS, V70, P601, DOI DOI 10.2307/2025024
PARTEE BH, 1984, LINGUIST PHILOS, V7, P243, DOI 10.1007/BF00627707
Reichenbach H, 1947, ELEMENTS SYMBOLIC LO
ROCHE E, 1997, FINITE STATE LANGUAG
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU M I T PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
SN 0891-2017
J9 COMPUT LINGUIST
PD DEC
PY 1998
VL 24
IS 4
BP 641
EP 648
PG 8
GA 156KN
UT WOS:000078000300006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Causo, RDS
AF Causo, RDS
TI Science fiction during the Brazilian dictatorship
SO EXTRAPOLATION
LA English
DT Article
RP Causo, RDS (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BRANDAO IDL, 1982, NAO VERAS PAIS NENHA
BUENO R, 1979, ASIL NAS TORRES
Cabral P, 1993, XAMBIOA GUERRILHA AR
CALADO I, 1990, MAE DO SONHO
CALIFE JL, 1986, HORIZONTE EVENTOS
CARNEIRO A, 1991, AMORQUIA
CARNEIRO A, 1991, SOMNIUM, V50, P58
CARNEIRO Andre, 1997, MAQUINA HYERONIMUS O
CAUSO RDS, 1993, TRIPLICE UNIVERSO, P153
GUIMARAES E, 1994, RF LUCCHETTI NICO RO
KRABBENHOFTS K, 1987, LUSO-BRAZILIAN R SUM, V24, P35
LINDSTROM N, 1987, LUSO-BRAZILIAN R SUM, V24, P47
ONE D, 1995, MOCHILIERA THUNDRA
PAIVA MR, 1990, BLECAUTE
POHL F, 1981, CLARION
POHL F, 1989, FC S SF S, P147
SEVERO JA, 1983, GUERRA DOS CACHORROS
SEVERO JA, 1979, INRASPO
SIRKIS A, 1985, SILICONE 21
NR 19
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU KENT STATE UNIV PRESS
PI KENT
PA C/O JOURNALS DEPT, KENT, OH 44242 USA
SN 0014-5483
J9 EXTRAPOLATION
JI Extrapolation
PD WIN
PY 1998
VL 39
IS 4
BP 314
EP 323
PG 10
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 154EW
UT WOS:000077876500004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Nunes, J
AF Nunes, J
TI Bare X-bar theory and structures formed by movement
LA English
C1 Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
RP Nunes, J (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, Campinas, Brazil.
OI Nunes, Jairo/0000-0001-6853-2474
CR CHOMSKY N, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P1
Chomsky Noam, 1995, MINIMALIST PROGRAM, V28, P167
COLLINS C, 1994, LINGUIST INQ, V25, P45
Emonds J., 1976, TRANSFORMATIONAL APP
EPSTEIN S, 1995, THESIS HARVARD U CAM
FRANK R, 1995, GLOW 1995 NEWSLETTER, P24
Hale Kenneth, 1993, VIEW BUILDING, V20, P53
Muysken Pieter, 1982, J LINGUISTIC RES, V2, P57
Nunes Jairo, 1995, THESIS U MARYLAND CO
NR 12
TC 8
Z9 8
U1 0
U2 0
PU M I T PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
SN 0024-3892
J9 LINGUIST INQ
JI Linguist. Inq.
PD WIN
PY 1998
VL 29
IS 1
BP 160
EP 168
DI 10.1162/002438998553707
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA YU921
UT WOS:000071770000007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU De Matos, FG
AF De Matos, FG
TI Discovering American culture.
SO TESOL QUARTERLY
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Fed Pernambuco, Recife, PE, Brazil.
RP De Matos, FG (reprint author), Univ Fed Pernambuco, Recife, PE, Brazil.
CR DELK CL, 1997, DISCOVERING AM CULTU
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU TESOL
PI ALEXANDRIA
SN 0039-8322
J9 TESOL QUART
JI Tesol Q.
PD WIN
PY 1998
VL 32
IS 4
BP 790
EP 791
PG 2
GA 151HM
UT WOS:000077714700020
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Between Marx and Derrida: an exercise in literary semantics
SO JOURNAL OF LITERARY SEMANTICS
LA English
DT Article
C1 State Univ Campinas, Inst Language Studies, Dept Linguist, Campinas, Brazil.
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), State Univ Campinas, Inst Language Studies,
Dept Linguist, Campinas, Brazil.
EM rajan@uek.unicomp.br
CR AHMAD A, 1994, NEW LEFT REV, P88
ANEES MA, 1990, KISS JUDAS AFFAIRS B
Austin J. L., 1962, SENSE SENSIBILIA
Austin J. L., 1962, HOW DO THINGS WORDS
BARSCH A, 1990, J LITERARY SEMANTICS, V19, P30, DOI 10.1515/jlse.1990.19.1.30
BERNARD J, 1995, NEW LITERARY HIST, V26, P931, DOI 10.1353/nlh.1995.0052
Black M, 1969, S JL AUSTIN, P401
CALLINICOS A, 1991, REVENGE HIST MARXISM
Cavell Stanley, 1995, PHILOS PASSAGES WITT
Derrida J, 1996, CRIT INQUIRY, V23, P1, DOI 10.1086/448819
Derrida Jacques, 1985, EAR OTHER OTOBIOGRAP
Derrida Jacques., 1994, SPECTRES MARX STATE
Derrida Jacques, 1982, MARGINS PHILOS
Derrida Jacques, 1976, GRAMMATOLOGY
EATON T, 1996, J LITERARY SEMANTICS, V25, P1
Eaton T, 1966, SEMANTICS LIT
Fukuyama Francis, 1992, END HIST LAST MAN
Gass William H, 1980, FICTION FIGURES LIFE
GIROUX HA, 1991, POSTMODERNISM FEMINI
HELD D, 1993, THEOR SOC, V22, P249, DOI 10.1007/BF00993499
HOLLANDER J, 1980, CRIT INQUIRY, V6, P474
HUTTON C, 1995, J LITERARY SEMANTICS, V24, P81, DOI 10.1515/jlse.1995.24.2.81
JAMESON F, 1995, NEW LEFT REV, P75
KATZ CJ, 1993, THEOR SOC, V22, P363, DOI 10.1007/BF00993533
LACLAU E, 1995, DIACRITICS, V25, P86
Mason J, 1996, J LITERARY SEMANTICS, V25, P265
Mouffe Chantal, 1985, HEGEMONY SOCIAL STRA
NORRIS C, 1985, CONEST FAC PHILOS TH
NORRIS C, 1987, DERRIDA
PETREY S, 1988, CRIT INQUIRY, V14, P448, DOI 10.1086/448450
Pratt Mary L, 1977, SPEECH ACT THEORY LI
RAJAGOPALAN K, 1990, DELTA, V6, P223
RORTY R, 1978, NEW LITERARY HIST, V1, P141
RORTY RICHARD, 1982, CONSEQUENCES PRAGMAT
RUSHDIE S, SATANIC VERSES
RUSHDIE S, GOOD FAITH
RYAN MP, 1982, MARXISM DECONSTRUCTI
SIMON C, 1994, PHILOS SOC CRIT, V1, P2
Spivak G C, 1987, POSTSTRUCTURALISM QU, P30
SPIVAK GC, 1995, DIACRITICS, V25, P65
STEINER G, 1979, NEW LITERARY HIST, V10, P423, DOI 10.2307/468921
WEIMANN R, 1983, NEW LITERARY HIST, V14, P465
WEIMANN R, 1988, CRIT INQUIRY, V1, P431
NR 47
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU DE GRUYTER MOUTON
PI BERLIN
SN 0341-7638
EI 1613-3838
J9 J LITERARY SEMANTICS
JI J. Lit. Sem.
PD AUG
PY 1998
VL 27
IS 2
BP 72
EP 95
DI 10.1515/jlse.1998.27.2.72
PG 24
GA 121YL
UT WOS:000076043600002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
TI Romani in contact: The history, structure and sociology of a language
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciencias Humanas, BR-05508 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciencias
Humanas, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR MATRAS Y, 1994, ROMANI CONTACT HIST
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI FLUSHING
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 1998
VL 49
IS 2
BP 239
EP 241
DI 10.1080/00437956.1998.11673885
PG 3
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA 124UL
UT WOS:000076200600005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Bliss, LS
McCabe, A
Miranda, AE
AF Bliss, LS
McCabe, A
Miranda, AE
TI Narrative assessment profile: Discourse analysis for school-age children
LA English
DT Article
DE narration; narrative abilities; discourse; childhood language impairment
ID LANGUAGE-DISORDERED CHILDREN; SKILLS; COMPREHENSION; COHESION; STORIES
AB The assessment of narrative skills of school-age children is described using a
comprehensive discourse analysis approach, the Narrative Assessment Profile. The
following dimensions of narration are evaluated: topic maintenance, event
sequencing, explicitness, referencing, conjunctive cohesion, and fluency. The
purpose of this article is to describe the development of these six dimensions and
their symptoms in impaired narrative discourse. Assessment and intervention
guidelines are presented. (C) 1998 by Elsevier Science Inc.
C1 Univ Houston, Program Commun Disorders, Houston, TX 77204 USA.
Univ Massachusetts, Dept Psychol, Lowell, MA USA.
Fed Univ Cera, Dept Educ, Cera, Brazil.
RP Bliss, LS (reprint author), Univ Houston, Program Commun Disorders, 146 S Off
Annex, Houston, TX 77204 USA.
EM lbliss@jetson.uh.edu
CR Biddle KR, 1996, J COMMUN DISORD, V29, P447, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(95)00038-0
BISHOP DVM, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V52, P156, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5202.156
Bliss L. S., 1993, PRAGMATIC LANGUAGE I
BLISS LS, 1997, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
BRINTON B, 1984, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V27, P350, DOI 10.1044/jshr.2703.350
DeHirsch K., 1966, PREDICTING READING F
Ervin-Tripp Susan, 1979, DEV PRAGMATICS, P391
FOSTER SH, 1986, J CHILD LANG, V13, P231, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900008035
GERMAN DJ, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P309, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3402.309
HEMPHILL L, 1990, J EDUC PSYCHOL, V82, P128
HEMPHILL L, 1989, DISCOURSE PROCESS, V12, P267, DOI 10.1080/01638538909544731
Hood L., 1979, MONOGRAPHS SOC RES C, V44
Hudson J, 1991, DEV NARRATIVE STRUCT, P89
ITO T, 1986, FOLIA PHONIATR, V38, P310
JOHNSTON J, 1982, LANGUAGE SPEECH HEAR, V13, P14
Labov William, 1972, LANGUAGE INNER CITY
LILES BZ, 1985, J COMMUN DISORD, V18, P409, DOI 10.1016/0021-9924(85)90030-9
LUCAS E, 1980, SEMANTIC PRAGMATIC L
MACLACHLAN BG, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V53, P2, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5301.02
McCabe A, 1995, ASSESSMENT COMMUNICA, P121
McCabe A., 1994, AM J SPEECH-LANG PAT, V4, P45, DOI [10.1044/1058-0360.0301.45,
DOI 10.1044/1058-0360.0301.45]
McCabe A, 1983, DEV PSYCHOLINGUISTIC
MCCABE A, 1996, CHAMELEON READERS TE, P121
MERRITT DD, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P539, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3004.539
MILLER PJ, 1988, J CHILD LANG, V15, P293, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900012381
MIRANDA AE, 1993, DEPENDENCY ANAL NARR
MIRANDA AE, 1994, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
MIRANDA AE, 1995, THESIS GRADUAGE SCH
NAREMORE RC, 1994, LANGUAGE INTERVENTIO
OLLEY J, 1989, AUSTR J HUMAN COMMUN, V17, P43
PETERSON C, 1991, MERRILLPALMER Q, V17, P445
PREECE A, 1987, J CHILD LANG, V6, P91
PURCELL SL, 1992, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V35, P354, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3502.354
ROTH FP, 1986, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V51, P8, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5101.08
SLEIGHT CC, 1985, J SPEECH HEAR DISORD, V50, P361, DOI 10.1044/jshd.5004.361
STPIERRE K, 1994, ANN CONV AM SPEECH L
STUBBS M, 1903, DISCOURSE ANAL SOCIO
van Dijk T.A., 1981, STUDIES PRAGMATICS D
YOSHINAGAITANO C, 1986, TOP LANG DISORD, V6, P71, DOI 10.1097/00011363-
198606000-00008
NR 42
TC 48
Z9 51
U1 0
U2 5
PI NEW YORK
PA 655 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10010 USA
SN 0021-9924
J9 J COMMUN DISORD
PD JUL-AUG
PY 1998
VL 31
IS 4
BP 347
EP 363
DI 10.1016/S0021-9924(98)00009-4
PG 17
GA 104LL
UT WOS:000075016100005
PM 9697044
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Jozef, B
AF Jozef, B
TI Paz with us, Paz among us (In memory of Octavio Paz)
LA Spanish
CR PAZ O, LABERINTO DE SOLEDAD
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-DEC
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 184-85
BP 629
EP 630
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 251UC
UT WOS:000083463300017
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Annoni, JM
Lemay, MA
Pimenta, MAD
Lecours, AR
AF Annoni, JM
Lemay, MA
Pimenta, MAD
Lecours, AR
TI The contribution of attentional mechanisms to an irregularity effect at
the graphemic buffer level
LA English
DT Article
DE agraphia; graphemic buffer; attention
ID IMPAIRMENT; DEFICIT
AB This study analyzes acquired dysgraphia observed in a French-speaking woman. The
results point to an impairment of the graphemic buffer, i.e., the processing stage
where abstract orthographic representations are temporarily stored while planning
the written production. However, the spelling errors were more frequent in the
irregular than in the regular words. A qualitative analysis of the errors in the
irregular misspelled words showed that. in general, these were not
''regularization" errors, but rather the same characteristics as the phonologically
implausible errors found in the regular words, such as letters substitutions,
deletions, additions, and transpositions. Furthermore, in a list of regular and
irregular words of same length and graphemic structure, the errors not only tended
to concentrate on the irregularity itself but also tended to be more frequent
elsewhere in the irregular words compared to the regular words. These finding are
discussed in terms of a post-lexical sensitivity to irregular spelling. It is also
shown that when focusing attention on the irregularity becomes necessary, this can
cause a detriment to the surrounding graphemic constituents. Interaction between
attentional resources and processing of orthographic representations at the
graphemic buffer level is considered. (C) 1998 Academic Press.
C1 Univ Geneva, Clin Neurol & Reeduc, Geneva, Switzerland.
Ctr Hosp Cote des Neiges, Ctr Rech, Montreal, PQ, Canada.
Univ Sao Paulo, Speech Therapy Dept, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Univ Montreal, Fac Med, Montreal, PQ H3C 3J7, Canada.
RP Annoni, JM (reprint author), Hop Cantonal Univ Geneva, Unite Neuropsychol,
Neurol Clin, 25 Rue Micheli du Crest, CH-1211 Geneva 14, Switzerland.
RI Pimenta, Marcos/S-3520-2019
CR ALLPORT A, 1989, FDN COGNITIVE NEUROS
BADDELEY A, 1986, OXFORD PSYCHOL SERIE, pCH10
BAUDOT, 1970, FREQUENCE MOTS FRANC
Caplan D., 1987, NEUROLINGUISTIC LING
CARAMAZZA A, 1987, COGNITION, V26, P59, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(87)90014-X
CARAMAZZA A, 1990, COGNITION, V37, P243, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(90)90047-N
DEPARTZ MP, 1995, NEUROPSYCHOL REHABIL, V5, P129, DOI 10.1080/09602019508520178
DUNCAN J, 1987, ATTENTION PERFORMANC, V2
Ellis A. W., 1988, HUMAN COGNITIVE NEUR
HILLIS AE, 1989, BRAIN LANG, V36, P208, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(89)90062-X
KATZ RB, 1991, CORTEX, V27, P111, DOI 10.1016/S0010-9452(13)80274-2
Lemay M. A., 1990, EXAMEN DYSLEXIES ACQ
LEVY F, 1989, J ABNORM CHILD PSYCH, V17, P291, DOI 10.1007/BF00917400
MICELI G, 1987, BRAIN LANG, V25, P1987
NEILS J, 1995, BRAIN LANG, V49, P241, DOI 10.1006/brln.1995.1032
NESPOULOUS JL, 1986, PROTOCOLE MONTREAL T
NOLAN KA, 1983, BRAIN LANG, V20, P305, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(83)90047-0
NORMAN DA, 1980, 99 CHIP U CAL
PATE D S, 1990, Neurology, V40, P241
POSTERARO L, 1988, BRAIN LANG, V35, P274, DOI 10.1016/0093-934X(88)90112-5
RAPP B, 1990, 903 J HOPK U COGN NE
Shallice T, 1988, NEUROPSYCHOLOGY MENT
WING AM, 1980, COGNITIVE PROCESSES
NR 23
TC 14
Z9 14
U1 0
U2 0
PU ACADEMIC PRESS INC
PI SAN DIEGO
SN 0093-934X
J9 BRAIN LANG
JI Brain Lang.
PD JUN 1
PY 1998
VL 63
IS 1
BP 64
EP 78
DI 10.1006/brln.1997.1934
PG 15
GA ZV925
UT WOS:000074355500004
PM 9642021
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ghirardi, JG
AF Ghirardi, JG
TI Tropical multiculturalism: A comparative history of race in Brazilian
cinema and culture
SO CRITICISM-A QUARTERLY FOR LITERATURE AND THE ARTS
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Ghirardi, JG (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR Stam Robert, 1997, TROPICAL MULTICULTUR
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU WAYNE STATE UNIV PRESS
PI DETROIT
PA 4809 WOODWARD AVE, DETROIT, MI 48201-1309 USA
SN 0011-1589
J9 CRIT-Q LIT ART
JI Crit.-Q. Lit. Arts
PD SUM
PY 1998
VL 40
IS 3
BP 475
EP 477
PG 3
WC Literary Theory & Criticism; Literature
SC Literature
GA 124GW
UT WOS:000076174900011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schmitz, JR
AF Schmitz, JR
TI Suppression of references to sex and body functions in the Brazilian and
Portuguese translations of J.D. Salinger's The 'Catcher in the Rye'
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP Schmitz, JR (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR ALENCAR A, 1965, SALINGER APANHADOR N
Barnstone Willis., 1993, POETICS TRANSLATION
Biguenet J., 1989, CRAFT TRANSLATION
BOOTH W.C., 1961, THEORY NOVEL
BRYAN J, 1974, PMLA, V89, P1065
CHUTE BJ, 1971, PAPERS DELIVERED C L
Costello D. P., 1959, AM SPEECH, V34, P172, DOI DOI 10.2307/454038
Danesi M., 1994, COOL SIGNS MEANINGS
GALLOWAY DD, 1987, JD SALINGER
GRESS E, 1971, PAPERS DELIVERED C L
PALMAFERREIRA J, SALINGER AGULHA NO P
Rabassa Gregory, 1989, CRAFT TRANSLATION
Robinson Douglas, 1991, TRANSLATORS TURN
ROSEN G, 1987, JD SALINGER
SABINSON EM, 1991, PAUNCH, V65, P1
Salinger J. D., 1951, CATCHER RYE
Salinger J. D., 1951, CATCHER RYE
SALINGER JD, 1965, APANHADOR NO CAMPO D
SALINGER JD, 1982, CATCHER IN RYE
SALINGER JD, AGULHA NO PALHEIRO
Stevick Philip, 1967, THEORY NOVEL
NR 22
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1998
VL 43
IS 2
BP 242
EP 253
DI 10.7202/004046ar
PG 12
SC Linguistics
GA ZZ352
UT WOS:000074720800007
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Freitas, MVD
AF Freitas, MVD
TI 'Estas muchas minas'
LA English
DT Book Review
Brown Univ, Providence, RI 02912 USA.
RP Freitas, MVD (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte,
MG, Brazil.
CR SOUZA ALD, 1997, ESTAS MUCHAS MINAS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NORMAN
SN 0196-3570
JI World Lit. Today
PD SUM
PY 1998
VL 72
IS 3
BP 600
EP 601
DI 10.2307/40154081
PG 2
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA 126MA
UT WOS:000076296200079
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Signorini, I
AF Signorini, I
TI Literacy and legitimacy: Unschooled councilmen in legislative sessions
LA English
DT Article
AB The number of adults with little schooling being elected to local government
positions has increased considerably in Brazil lately - especially in the case of
city councils that were traditionally controlled by representatives of mainstream
groups. The aim of this paper is to examine the conflict inherent in this process
of ascent of the unschooled to positions of power where the functioning rules
follow mainstream bureaucratic patterns. The analysis is based on data collected
during a city council session in which the mayor of a small town in a
nonindustrialized region submitted a budget draft; other sources of data included
diaries and recorded interviews. Through ethnographic and discourse analysis we
show that the almost illiterate councilmen (small farmers), although they have the
majority of votes, do not have access to discussions and do not significantly
affect outcomes, since such things are controlled by the local government
bureaucracy. The relationship among literacy, mainstream institutional
metapragmatics, and democracy is also discussed.
C1 State Univ Campinas, Dept Appl Linguist, BR-13083970 Campinas, SP, Brazil.
RP Signorini, I (reprint author), State Univ Campinas, Dept Appl Linguist, CP 6045,
CR BARTHES R, 1970, MYTHOLOGIES
Bourdieu P., 1995, OUTLINE THEORY PRACT
Bourdieu Pierre, 1977, REPROD ED SOC CULTUR
COUPLAND N, 1981, MISCOMMUNICATION PRO
Erickson F., 1982, COUNSELOR GATEKEEPER
Fairclough N, 1992, DISCOURSE SOCIAL CHA
FREIRE Paulo, 1975, PEDAGOGIA OPRIMIDO
GASTIL J, 1992, DISCOURSE SOC, V3, P469, DOI DOI 10.1177/0957926592003004003
Graff H. J., 1986, LITERACY SOC SCH, P61
Gumperz JJ, 1982, LANGUAGE SOCIAL IDEN
HARRIS S, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V23, P117, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)00008-3
HEATH SB, 1981, WAYS WORDS
Jacquemet Marco, 1992, PRAGMATICS, V2, P111
MERTZ E., 1992, PRAGMATICS, V2, P325
MIAILLE M, 1980, UNE INTRO CRITIQUE D
MORRISON K, 1990, CULTURA PENSAMENTO E, P141
Ranciere J., 1995, POLITIQUE PHILOS
RANCIERE Jacques, 1995, POLITICAS ESCRITA
Scollon R., 1981, NARRATIVE LITERACY F
Shea D. P., 1994, PRAGMATICS, V4, P357
SIGNORINI I, 1992, LETRAS, V11, P129
Silverstein Michael, 1992, PRAGMATICS, V2, P311, DOI DOI 10.1075/PRAG.2.3.11SIL
Street BV, 1984, LITERACY THEORY PRAC
TOPF MA, 1992, LANG COMMUN, V12, P17, DOI 10.1016/0271-5309(92)90009-X
NR 26
TC 2
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD APR
PY 1998
VL 29
IS 4
BP 373
EP 391
DI 10.1016/S0378-2166(97)00059-3
PG 19
SC Linguistics
GA ZC909
UT WOS:000072631200001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Marcondes, D
AF Marcondes, D
TI Skepticism and language in early modern thought
SO LANGUAGE & COMMUNICATION
LA English
DT Article
DE skepticism; Maker's knowledge; philosophy of science; Descartes; Locke
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, Dept Philosophy, Rio De Janeiro,
Brazil.
RP Marcondes, D (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Rio de Janeiro, Dept
Philosophy, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
CR Arnaud Antoine, 1981, LOGIQUE ART PENSER
CHOMSKY N, 1966, CNATISIAN LINGUISTIC
Descartes Rene, 1996, REGLES DIRECTION ESP
EMPIRICUS S, 1976, WORKS 4 VOLS
Funkenstein Amos, 1986, THEOLOGY SCI IMAGINA
Hobbes Thomas, 1839, ENGLISH WORKS T HOBB, V1
JOLLEY N, 1988, LIGHT SOUL
Land Stephen K., 1986, PHILOS LANGUAGE BRIT
LENNON T, 1993, BATTLE GODS GIANTS
LOCKE J, 1952, TREATISE HUMAN UNDER
MONTAIGNE M, 1952, ESSAIS GREAT BOOKS W
Perez-Ramos Antonio, 1988, F BACONS IDEA SCI MA
Popkin Richard H., 1979, HIST SKEPTICISM ERAS
Vico G., 1948, NEW SCI
WASWO R, 1987, LANGUAGE MEANING REN
Watson Richard A., 1995, REPRESENTATIONAL IDE
ZAGORIN P, 1984, PHILOS QUART, V34, P15, DOI 10.2307/2218884
NR 17
TC 4
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 0
PI OXFORD
SN 0271-5309
J9 LANG COMMUN
JI Lang. Commun.
PD APR
PY 1998
VL 18
IS 2
BP 111
EP 124
DI 10.1016/S0271-5309(98)00003-2
PG 14
WC Communication; Linguistics
GA 100NX
UT WOS:000074823200002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rubino, RB
Pine, JM
AF Rubino, RB
Pine, JM
TI Subject-verb agreement in Brazilian Portuguese: what low error rates
hide
SO JOURNAL OF CHILD LANGUAGE
LA English
DT Article
ID ITALIAN MORPHOLOGY; CHILDREN; MODELS
AB This study focuses on the acquisition of subject-verb agreement in Brazilian
Portuguese. A quantitative analysis of the data produced by a Brazilian child
between the ages of 3;02.07 and 3;04.08 is presented. The overall error rate is
low. However, a further and more detailed analysis reveals important contrasts both
in the frequency of production of different verb inflections (as regards the
person/number variables within the verb morphological system) and in the rate of
subject-verb agreement errors associated with them. Our findings not only suggest
that subject-verb agreement may be acquired piecemeal, but also that the learning
of particular verb inflections may itself be a gradual process. Alternatives to the
idea of rule-governed production-such as the child's reproducing frozen subject-
verb strings previously produced by adults and blending different frozen strings
into novel combinations are discussed as processes which can shed some light on the
pattern of both erroneous and correct production shown by this child.
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, DERDIC, BR-04022040 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
Univ Nottingham, Dept Psychol, Nottingham NG7 2RD, England.
RP Rubino, RB (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, DERDIC, Rua Dra
Neyde Apparecida Sollitto 435, BR-04022040 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RI Pine, Julian/B-6622-2015
OI Pine, Julian/0000-0002-7077-9713
CR CASELLI MC, 1993, J CHILD LANG, V20, P377, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900008333
CAZDEN CB, 1968, CHILD DEV, V39, P433
CLARK R, 1977, J CHILD LANG, V4, P341, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900001732
Clark Ruth, 1974, J CHILD LANG, V1, P1, DOI DOI 10.1017/S0305000900000040
DE LEMOS C. T. G., 1992, SUBSTRATUM, P121
DELEMOS CTG, 1982, B ABRALIN, V3, P97
DUARTE M. E. L, 1993, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO
HYAMS N, 1992, J CHILD LANG, V19, P695, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900011636
HYAMS N, 1987, PARAMETER SETTING
Hyams N., 1986, LANGUAGE ACQUISITION
ILARI R, 1996, GRAMATICA PORTUGUES, V4
Peters A., 1983, UNITS LANGUAGE ACQUI
Pine JM, 1996, J CHILD LANG, V23, P369, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900008849
Valian V, 1996, J CHILD LANG, V23, P103, DOI 10.1017/S0305000900010114
VANDERGEEST T, 1997, TALKING CHILDREN LAN
NR 16
TC 57
Z9 59
U1 0
U2 1
PI NEW YORK
PA 32 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS, NEW YORK, NY 10013-2473 USA
SN 0305-0009
EI 1469-7602
J9 J CHILD LANG
JI J. Child Lang.
PD FEB
PY 1998
VL 25
IS 1
BP 35
EP 59
DI 10.1017/S0305000997003310
PG 25
WC Psychology, Developmental; Linguistics; Psychology, Experimental
GA ZN411
UT WOS:000073643200003
PM 9604568
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Motta, LTD
AF Motta, LTD
TI "Clima" and "Noigandres", two tendencies in Brazilian literary criticism
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, BR-05014 Perdizes, SP, Brazil.
RP Motta, LTD (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica Sao Paulo, BR-05014
Perdizes, SP, Brazil.
CR ARANTES PE, SENTIDO FORMACAO
ARRIGUCCI D, 1992, DENTRO TEXTO DENTRO
BARTHES R, R BARTHES PAR R BART
BOSI A, CEU INFERNO
BUSCHINGER P, POESIA CONCRETA PAIS
CAMPOS AD, TEORIA POESIA CONCRE
CAMPOS AD, A MARGEM DA MARGEM
CAMPOS HD, METALINGUAGEM OUTRAS
CAMPOS HD, 1962, REV TENDENCIA 4
CAMPOS HD, IRA AQUILES CANTO I
CAMPOS HD, 1982, NOVOS ESTUDOS CEBRAP, V1
CANDIDO A, TERESINA ETC
EULALIO A, ESCRITOS
FRANCHETTI P, ALGUNS ASPECTOS TEOR
KENNER H, POUND ERA
PAZ O, TRANSBLANCO
PONTES H, DESTINOS MISTOS GRUP
RISERIO A, POESIA CONCRETA
SCARABOTOLO Eloisa F, 1992, DENTRO TEXTO DENTRO
SCHWARZ R, DUAS MENINAS
SCHWARZ R, PASSARO NA GAVETA
SCHWARZ R, MESTRE PERIFERIA CAP
SCHWARZ R, QU HORAS SAO
SCHWARZ R, 1992, DENTRO TEXTO DENTRO
SCHWARZ R, CORACOES VETERANOS
SCHWARZ R, POBRES LIT BRASILEIR
SCHWARZ R, 1997, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0601
SCHWARZ R, AO VENCEDOR BATATAS
SUSSEKIND F, PAPEIS COLADOS
TOLENTINO B, SAPOS DE ONTEM
TOURNIER M, VOL DU VAMPIRE
VENTURA R, ESTILO TROPICAL
NR 32
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
IS 147-48
BP 19
EP 32
PG 14
SC Literature
GA 172LJ
UT WOS:000078925400002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schwartz, J
AF Schwartz, J
TI Brazil in minor key: Brazil-wood and anthropophagy (Oswald de Andrade)
LA Portuguese
CT 6th Latin-American Conference
CY APR 19-20, 1996
CL BERKELEY, CALIFORNIA
RP Schwartz, J (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANDRADE MD, 1972, BRASIL 1 TEMPO MODER, P181
ANDRADE O, 1992, ESTETICA POLITICA
ANDRADE OD, PAU-BRASIL ANTROPOFA
ANDRADE OD, PAU BRASIL
ANDRADE OD, DENTES DO DRAGAO
ANDRADE OD, POESIAS REUNIDAS
ANDRADE OD, ANTROPOFAGIA
BATISTA M. R., 1972, BRASIL 1 TEMPO MODER
BOAVENTURA ME, 1992, OD ANDRADE ESTETICA
BOPP R, VIDA MORTE ANTROPOFA
CAMPOS HD, 1983, B BIBLIO BIBLIOTECA, V44
CANDIDO A, LIT SOC
CANDIDO A, RECORTES
CARNEIRO M, 1990, ANDRADE DENTES DO DR
MANFIO DZ, POESIAS REUNIDAS OD
NUNES B, OSWALD CANIBAL
PIZARRO A, 1995, AM LATINA PALAVRA LI
RUIZDEMONTOYA A, ARTE VOCABULARIO TES
SCHWARTZ J., 1995, AM LATINA PALAVRA LI, V3, P31
NR 19
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1998
VL 24
IS 47
BP 53
EP 65
DI 10.2307/4530964
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 124JD
UT WOS:000076177900006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Galvao, WN
AF Galvao, WN
TI Clarice Lispector: a reading
LA Portuguese
CY APR 19-20, 1996
RP Galvao, WN (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR CANDIDO A, 1988, LISPECTOR PAIXAO SEG
GOTLIB NB, 1988, LISPECTOR PAIXAO SEG
LISPECTOR C, WORKS
MELLOESOUZA GD, EXERCICIOS LEITURA
NUNES B, 1988, LISPECTOR PAIXAO SEG
NUNES B, LEITURA C LISPECTOR
PERRONEMOISES L, 1993, QUINZAINE LITTERAIRE, P21
RIMBAUD A, SAISON EN ENFER
NR 8
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1998
VL 24
IS 47
BP 67
EP 75
DI 10.2307/4530965
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 124JD
UT WOS:000076177900007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Galvao, WN
AF Galvao, WN
TI Clarice Lispector bibliography
LA Portuguese
DT Bibliography
RP Galvao, WN (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1998
VL 24
IS 47
BP 74
EP 75
PG 2
SC Literature
GA 124JD
UT WOS:000076177900008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Osakabe, H
AF Osakabe, H
TI Why the rose is mystical: A reading of the poetry of Adelia Prado
LA Portuguese
CY APR 19-20, 1996
RP Osakabe, H (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR BOEHNER P, HIST FILOS CRISTA
GILSON E, THEOLOGIE MYSTIQUE S
GRIECO A, FRANCISCO ASSIS POES
Pessoa Fernando, POEMAS ALBERTO CAEIR
PRADO A, OBRA POETICA
PRADO A, POESIA REUNIDA
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1998
VL 24
IS 47
BP 77
EP 85
DI 10.2307/4530966
PG 9
SC Literature
GA 124JD
UT WOS:000076177900009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Waldman, B
AF Waldman, B
TI The foreigner in Clarice Lispector
LA Portuguese
CY APR 19-20, 1996
RP Waldman, B (reprint author), Univ Estadual Campinas, BR-13081970 Campinas, SP,
Brazil.
CR BORELLI O, C LISPECTOR ESBOCO P
CANDIDO A, VARIOS ESCRITOS
de HOLANDA S. B., RAIZES BRASIL
GOTLIB NB, C LISPECTOR VIDA SE
HADDAD G, FILHO LEGITIMO
HELENA L, 1994, REV BRASIL 12, V7
LESSER J, BRASIL QUESTAO JUDAI
LISPECTOR C, A LEGIAO ESTRANGEIRA
LISPECTOR C, 1946, COMMUNICATION 0505
LISPECTOR C, FELICIDADE CLANDESTI
LISPECTOR C, AGUA VIVA
PRADO P, REV REMATE MALES 9
SCHOLEM G, GRANDS COURANTS MYST
YERUSHALMI YH, USAGES OUBLI
NR 15
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1998
VL 24
IS 47
BP 95
EP 104
DI 10.2307/4530968
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 124JD
UT WOS:000076177900011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI A centauric literature (Nietzsche)
LA Portuguese
DT Article
SC, Brazil.
CR ARANHA G, ESTETICA VIDA
ATHAYDE TD, 1983, GUIMARAESROSA
BENJAMIN W, PARIS CAPITALE 19E S
BORGES JL, OBRAS COMPLETAS
BORGES JL, IDIOMA ARGENTINOS
BOYER A, 1993, PORQUE NAO SOMOS NIE
CARVALHO ED, FIVE OCLOCK TEA
COUTINHO E, 1983, GUIMARAESROSA
DELEUZE G, CRITIQUE CLINIQUE
DESCOMBES V, 1993, PORQUE NAO SOMOS NIE
LIMA AA, ESTUDOS
LIMABARRETO AHD, DIARIO INTIMO
LISPECTOR C, A LEGIAO ESTRANGEIRA
MENDES Murilo, POESIA COMPLETA PROS
RIBEIRO J, FABORDAO
RIO JD, CRONICAS E FRASES DE
RIO JD, NO TEMPO DE WENCESLA
SLOTERDIJK P, PENSEUR SCENE MATERI
VERISSIMO J, HOMENS COUSAS ESTRAN
NR 19
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 182-83
BP 81
EP 94
PG 14
SC Literature
GA 251UB
UT WOS:000083463200005
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Carvalhal, TF
AF Carvalhal, TF
TI Cultural thresholds: The complex relationships of the Brazilian and
Argentine South
LA Portuguese
DT Article
Alegre, RS, Brazil.
CR ANTELO R, 1994, IDENTIDADE REPRESENT
ARRIGUCCI D, ENIGMA COMENTARIO
CARVALHAL Tania Franco, 1994, IDENTIDADE REPRESENT, P93
CARVALHAL TF, 1986, B BIBLIO BIBLIOTECA, P9
CARVALHAL TF, PRATICAS INTEGRACAO
FARACO S, MANILHA DE ESPADAS
FARACO S, 1990, M ARREGUI S FARACO C
FARACO S, NOITE DE MATAR UM HO
FARACO S, NOCHE DE MATAR UN HO
FARACO S, HOMBRE
FARACO S, CONTOS COMPLETOS
FUENTES C, VALIENTE MUNDO NUEVO
LACLAU E, EMANCIPACION DIFEREN
RAMA A, TRANSCULTURACION NAR
RIVAS P, 1980, C LIT GENERALE COMP, P459
RODRIGUEZMONEGA.E, BORGES
SARMIENTO DF, FACUNDO
SIMOESLOPESNETO J, CONTOS GAUCHESCOS LE
NR 19
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 182-83
BP 97
EP 106
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 251UB
UT WOS:000083463200006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Andrade, AL
AF Andrade, AL
TI From the house of the novel to a chessboard of houses: Industrial forms,
cultural textures
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Andrade, AL (reprint author), Univ Fed Santa Catarina, BR-88040900
CR ANDRADE AL, 1991, IDENTIDADE REPRESENT, P283
ANTELO R, 1991, IDENTIDADE REPRESENT
ANTONIL AJ, CULTURA OPULENCIA BR
ARRIGUCCI D, PERDIDOS ACHADOS
BOLLE W, ARTEPENSAMENTO
BOSI Alfredo, DIALETICA COLONIZACA
BRANDAO RS, 1991, ANAIS 2 C ABRALIC, V1
BUCKMORSS S, DIALECTICS SEEING W
CABRALDEMELONET.J, ESCOLA FACAS OBRA CO
CABRERAINFANTE G, HOLY SMOKE
CERTEAU MD, ESCRITA HIST
CORTAZAR J, BESTIARIO
DELEUZE G, DOBRA LEIBNIZ BARROC
DELEUZE G, ANTI-OEDIPE CAPITALI
DELEUZE G, LOGICA SENTIDO
DIMAS A, 1992, REV USP, V15
FREYRE G, ASSOMBRACOES RECIFE
Freyre G, CASA GRANDE SENZALA
GLEDSON J, DOBRA LEIBNIZ BARROC
GLEDSON J, MACHADODEASSIS IMPOS
LISPECTOR C, FELICIDADE CLANDESTI
LISPECTOR C, LACOS DE FAMILIA
LUKACHER N, PRIMAL SCENES LIT PH
MACHADODEASSIS JMD, CASA VELHA
MEYER M, FOLHETIM HIST
MOISES LP, FLORES ESCRIVANINHA
Ortiz Fernando, CONTRAPUNTEO CUBANO
WOOLF V, CASA ASSOMBRADA
NR 28
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 182-83
BP 195
EP 207
PG 13
SC Literature
GA 251UB
UT WOS:000083463200013
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Maciel, ME
AF Maciel, ME
TI Latin America reinvented: Octavio Paz and Haroldo de Campos
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Maciel, ME (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, BR-30000 Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
CR CALVINO I, 6 PROPOSTAS PROXIMO
CAMPOS HD, GALAXIAS
CAMPOS HD, OPERACAO TEXTO
CAMPOS HD, SEQUESTRO BARROCO FO
CAMPOS HD, TRANSBLANCO
CAMPOS HD, ARTE HORIZONTE PROVA
FUENTES C, PAZ SIGNOS EN ROTACI
LEMINSKI P, DISTRAIDOS VENCEREMO
LEZAMALIMA J, EXPRESSAO AM
LEZAMALIMA J, DIGNIDADE POESIA
MACIEL ME, VERTIGENS LUCIDEZ PO
MACIEL ME, 1996, NOSSA AM, V1
MACIEL ME, 1992, ENSAIOS SEMIOTICA, V26
PAZ O, HOMBRES EN SU SIGLO
PAZ O, 1995, VUELTA, V223, P12
PAZ O, SIGNO Y EL GARABATO
PAZ O, PASION CRITICA
PAZ O, SIGNOS EN ROTACION
PAZ O, ITINERARIO
PAZ O, CORRIENTE ALTERNA
SANDOVAL RM, 1993, THESIS U SAO PAULO
SARDUY S, ENSAYOS GENERALES BA
NR 23
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 182-83
BP 219
EP 228
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 251UB
UT WOS:000083463200015
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Walty, ILC
AF Walty, ILC
TI The Brazil/Spanish-America dialogue in the criticism of Silviano
Santiago and Octavio Paz
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Pontificia Univ Catolica, BR-30550 Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
RP Walty, ILC (reprint author), Pontificia Univ Catolica, BR-30550 Belo Horizonte,
MG, Brazil.
CR BHABHA HK, NATION NARRATION
CERTEAU MD, ESCRITA HIST
COMPAGNON A, 5 PARADOXOS MODERNID
COSTALIMA L, 1991, REV BRASILEIRA LIT C, V1, P62
COSTALIMA L, 1996, REV BRASILEIRA LIT C, V3, P33
CURY MZ, 1992, ENSAIOS SEMIOTICA
FONSECA MNR, 1996, REV ESTUDOS LIT, V4, P171
LAFER C, 1976, PAZ SIGNOS EM ROTACA
MACIEL ME, VERTIGENS LUCIDEZ
MACIEL ME, 1992, ENSAIOS SEMIOTICA, V26, P134
PAZ O, FILHOS DO BARRO
PAZ O, OUTRA VOZ
PAZ O, SIGNOS EM ROTACAO
PAZ O, LABIRINTO DA SOLIDAO
SANTIAGO S, VALE QUANTO PESA
SANTIAGO S, 1996, JORNAL BRASIL 0420, P7
SANTIAGO S, VIAGEM MEXICO
SANTIAGO S, MALHAS LETRA
SANTIAGO S, 1991, ANAIS C ABRALIC LIT, P67
SANTIAGO Silviano, LIT TROPICOS
WALTY ILC, 1992, ENSAIOS SEMIOTICA, V26, P98
NR 23
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 182-83
BP 229
EP 239
PG 11
SC Literature
GA 251UB
UT WOS:000083463200016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Azevedo, SM
AF Azevedo, SM
TI The imaginary library
LA Portuguese
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Estado Sao Paulo, BR-17525 Marilia, SP, Brazil.
RP Azevedo, SM (reprint author), Univ Estado Sao Paulo, BR-17525 Marilia, SP,
Brazil.
CR BARBOSA J. A, 1996, BIBLIOTECA IMAGINARI
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1998
VL 64
IS 182-83
BP 315
EP 319
PG 5
SC Literature
GA 251UB
UT WOS:000083463200022
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Vicioso, S
AF Vicioso, S
BE Newson, AS
StrongLeek, L
TI Between the milkman and the fax machine: Challenges to women writers in
the Caribbean
SO WINDS OF CHANGE: THE TRANSFORMING VOICES OF CARIBBEAN WOMEN WRITERS AND
SCHOLARS
LA English
CT International Conference of Caribbean Women Writers and Scholars
CY APR 24-27, 1996
CL FLORIDA INT UNIV, MIAMI, FL
HO FLORIDA INT UNIV
C1 Grad Studies Program Fundacao Getuli Vargas, Rio De Janeiro, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
BN 0-8204-3715-8
PY 1998
BP 113
EP 118
PG 6
WC Literature; Women's Studies
SC Literature; Women's Studies
GA BU08J
UT WOS:000174947500015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Martins, LM
AF Martins, LM
BE Newson, AS
StrongLeek, L
TI Voices of the black feminine corpus in contemporary Brazilian literature
SO WINDS OF CHANGE: THE TRANSFORMING VOICES OF CARIBBEAN WOMEN WRITERS AND
SCHOLARS
LA English
CT International Conference of Caribbean Women Writers and Scholars
CY APR 24-27, 1996
CL FLORIDA INT UNIV, MIAMI, FL
HO FLORIDA INT UNIV
C1 Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Grad Program Literature, Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
CR ALVES M, 1995, COMMUNICATION, V18, P803
BRANDAO RS, 1993, LIT PSICANALISE, P20
BRANDAO RS, 1989, ESCRITA FEMININA
CURB R, 1985, THEATRE J, V37, P303
DAVIES CB, 1994, BLACK WOMEN WRITING, P163
DEQUEIROZ T, 1975, PRECONCEITO MULATA L, P31
EVARISTO C, 1994, FINALLY US CONT BLAC, P71
GIACOMINI SM, 1988, MUHLER ESCRACA INTRO
JOSEFINA L, 1992, NOSOTROS LATINOAMERI, P35
MORRISON T, 1992, PLAYING DARK WHITENE, P91
RIBEIRO E, 1991, CADERNOS NEGROS, P29
NR 11
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
BN 0-8204-3715-8
PY 1998
BP 195
EP +
PG 10
WC Literature; Women's Studies
SC Literature; Women's Studies
GA BU08J
UT WOS:000174947500025
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Coscarelli, CV
AF Coscarelli, CV
TI The psychology of language: From data to theory - Harley,TA
LA English
DT Book Review
ID INTERACTIVE ACTIVATION MODEL; SENTENCE COMPREHENSION; LETTER PERCEPTION
RP Coscarelli, CV (reprint author), UNIV FED MINAS GERAIS,BELO HORIZONT,MG,BRAZIL.
CR CHOMSKY N, 1981, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN
COLTHEART M, 1994, J EXP PSYCHOL HUMAN, V20, P1197, DOI 10.1037/0096-
1523.20.6.1197
FRAZIER L, 1978, COGNITION, V6, P291, DOI 10.1016/0010-0277(78)90002-1
Harley T. A., 1995, PSYCHOL LANGUAGE DAT
HOGABOAM TW, 1975, J VERB LEARN VERB BE, V14, P265, DOI 10.1016/S0022-
5371(75)80070-3
JACKENDOFF Ray, 1983, SEMANTICS COGNITION
KINTSCH W, 1988, PSYCHOL REV, V95, P163, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.95.2.163
MCCLELLAND JL, 1981, PSYCHOL REV, V88, P375, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.88.5.375
ONIFER W, 1981, MEM COGNITION, V9, P225, DOI 10.3758/BF03196957
PATTERSON KE, 1985, SURFACE DYSLEXIA, P335
RUMELHART DE, 1982, PSYCHOL REV, V89, P60, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.89.1.60
SEIDENBERG MS, 1989, PSYCHOL REV, V96, P523, DOI 10.1037/0033-295X.96.4.523
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 7
PI NEW YORK
PA 40 WEST 20TH STREET, NEW YORK, NY 10011-4211
SN 0142-7164
PD DEC
PY 1997
VL 18
IS 4
BP 539
EP 546
DI 10.1017/S0142716400010985
PG 8
GA YL234
UT WOS:A1997YL23400009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Celada, MT
AF Celada, MT
TI An historical mistake (The Spanish-Portuguese dialogue)
SO CUADERNOS HISPANOAMERICANOS
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Celada, MT (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ALMEIDA FILHO Jose Carlos Paes, 1995, PORTUGUES ESTRANGEIR, P13
ANDRADE MD, EMPALHADOR DE PASSAR
BUARQUEDEHOLAND.S, RAIZES BRASIL
BUENO Wilson, 1992, MAR PARAGUAYO
CALLIGARIS C, HELLO BRASIL NOTAS P
CANDIDO A, 1995, ENSAYOS COMENTARIOS, P319
CANDIDO A, RECORTES
CESAROTTO O, OLHO OUTRO HOMEM ARE
DUBOIS J, DICC LINGUISTICA
GADET F, LENGUA NUNCA ACABAR
GREENBLATT S, POSSESSOES MARAVILHO
GUIMARAES E, 1989, DISCURSO FUNDADOR FO, P27
KRISTEVA J, ESTRANGEIROS PARA NO
LACAN J, ESCRITOS, V1
Ludmer J, 1994, CULTURAS FIN SIGLO A, P7
MANNONI O, 1990, OTRA ESCENA CLAVES I, P28
MANNONI O, 1982, COMIENZO NO TERMINA, P73
MELMAN C, IMIGRANTES INCIDENCI
MILNER JC, AMOR LENGUA
ORLANDI E, 1989, DISCURSO FUNDADOR FO
ORLANDI EPD, DISCURSO LEITURA
ORLANDI EPD, FORMAS SILENCIO MOVI
PECHEUX Michel, SEMANTICA DISCURSO C
PERLONGHER Nestor, 1992, MAR PARAGUAYO, P7
SENA JD, ESTUDOS CULTURA LIT, P289
Serrani Silvana, 1994, TRABALHOS LINGUISTIC, V24, P79
TARLEIDEARAGAO L, 1991, CLINICA SOCIAL
NR 27
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU INST COOPERACION IBEROAMER
PI MADRID
PA CIUDAD UNIVERSITARIA 4 AVDA DE LOS REYES CATOLICOS, 28040 MADRID, SPAIN
SN 1131-6438
J9 CUADERNOS HISPANOAM
JI Cuad. Hispanoam.
PD DEC
PY 1997
IS 570
BP 29
EP 44
PG 16
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA YP422
UT WOS:000071275200003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Vieira, MAD
AF Vieira, MAD
TI Power relations between narrator and reader - A study of 'Don Quijote',
'Viagens na Minha Terra' and 'Memorias Postumas de Bras Cubas'
(Cervantes, Almeida Garrett, and Machado de Assis)
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Vieira, MAD (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ABREU MFD, CERVANTES ROMANTISMO
BLOOM H, CANONE OCIDENTAL
BOSI A, 1982, MACHADODEASSIS
CASTRO A, EDAD CONFLICTIVA
CASTRO A, ESPANA SU HIST
CERVANTES, DON QUIJOTE
COELHO JDP, LETRA LEITOR
FOCILLON H, VIE FORMES
FREYRE G, BRASILEIRO OUTROS HI
GARRETT A, VIAGENS NA MINHA TER
GODINHO VM, ESTRUTURA ANTIGA SOC
ISER W, ATO LEITURA TEORIA E
MACHADODEASSIS JM, MEMORIAS POSTUMAS DE
MAISTRE XD, 1795, VOYAGE AUTOUR MA CHA
MEYER A, 1982, MACHADODEASSIS, P357
MEYER A, TEXTOS CRITICOS
PASSOS GP, 1996, POETICA LEGADO
SARAIVA AJ, HIST CULTURA PORTUGA
SERGIO A, BREVE INTERPRETACAO
SERGIO A, 1984, ANTOLOGIA, P126
STERNE L, TRISTRAM SHANDY
STERNE L, 1768, SENTIMENTAL JOURNEY
UNAMUNOYJUGO MD, EN TORNO CASTICISMO
WILLIAMSON E, QUIJOTE LIBROS CABAL
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 3
PU AGENCIA ESPANOLA COOPERACION INT DESARROLO-AECID
PI MADRID
PA AVDA REYES CATOLICOS 4, MADRID, 28040, SPAIN
SN 0011-250X
JI Cuad. Hispanoam.
PD DEC
PY 1997
IS 570
BP 59
EP 71
PG 13
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA YP422
UT WOS:000071275200005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Pinero Valverde, MC
AF Pinero Valverde, MC
TI Juan Valera and Brazilian romantic Indianism
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Pinero Valverde, MC (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
CR CANDIDO Antonio, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE
RICARDO C, INDIANISMO GONCALVES
VALERA J, CARTAS ESTEBANEZCALD
VALERA J, GENIO Y FIGURA
VALERA J, OBRAS COMPLETAS
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU INST COOPERACION IBEROAMER
PI MADRID
PA CIUDAD UNIVERSITARIA 4 AVDA DE LOS REYES CATOLICOS, 28040 MADRID, SPAIN
SN 1131-6438
JI Cuad. Hispanoam.
PD DEC
PY 1997
IS 570
BP 107
EP 123
PG 17
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA YP422
UT WOS:000071275200008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Willemart, P
AF Willemart, P
TI Debates + A comment on Christiane Kegle's review of the book, 'Dans la
chambre noire de l'ecriture'
SO ETUDES LITTERAIRES
LA French
DT Article
RP Willemart, P (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR JURANVILLE A, LACAN PHILOS
Kegle C, 1997, ETUD LITTERAIRES, V29, P191, DOI 10.7202/501180ar
WILLEMART P, 1996, CHAMBRE NOIRE ECITUR
WILLEMART P, 1995, GENESIS, V8, P91
NR 4
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU PRESSES UNIV LAVAL
PI QUEBEC CITY
PA C P 2447, QUEBEC CITY G1K 7R4, CANADA
SN 0014-214X
J9 ETUD LITTERAIRES
JI Etud. Litt.
PD WIN
PY 1997
VL 29
IS 3-4
BP 194
EP 197
PG 4
SC Literature
GA WY826
UT WOS:A1997WY82600015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Patino, R
AF Patino, R
TI Democratize/modernize. The cultural magazines of the Argentine
democratic transition (Clarin and Tiempo cultura)
LA Spanish
DT Article
RP Patino, R (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ALCALA ML, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0517
ARMUS D, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 1003
AVELLANEDA A, 1990, HISPAMERICA-REV LIT, V19, P11
AVELLANEDA A, 1991, REV CRIT LIT LATINO, V33, P69
Avellaneda Andres, 1985, FASCISMO EXPERIENCIA
BEDOIAN J, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 1004
BIAGINI H, 1982, CLARIN CULTURA 0617
BORGES JL, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0405
CASTAGNINO RH, 1982, CLARIN CULTURA 0909
CASULLO N, 1986, CLARIN CULTURA 0130
CHAVEZ F, 1982, CLARIN CULTURA 0909
DONOSO J, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0830
ELOYMARTINEZ T, 1985, CLARIN CULTURA 0919
GUEBEL D, 1983, TIEMPO CULTURA 1106
HALPERINDONGHI T, FICCION POLITICA NAR
KIVADLOFF S, 1983, CLARIN CULTURA 0517
KUNIS R, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0726
LAFFORGUE J, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0731
LANDI O, 1983, CLARIN CULTURA 0915
LUNA F, 1982, CLARIN CULTURA 0225
MERCADER M, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0621
MOLEDO L, 1985, CLARIN CULTURA 0606
PARROTA R, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 0398
Patino R., 1997, CUADERNOS RECIENVENI, V4
RIOS R, 1984, TIEMPO CULTURA 0304
RIVERA JB, 1986, CLARIN CULTURA 0807
RIVERA JB, 1985, CLARIN CULTURA 0613
RODRIGUEZCARRAN.L, 1996, AM CAHIERS CRICALL, V15, P465
RODRIGUEZCARRAN.L, 1992, HISPAMERICA-REV LIT, V21, P26
SABATO E, 1983, CLARIN CULTURA 0331
SASTURAIN J, 1985, CLARIN CULTURA 0314
SPERLING D, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 1011
SQUIRRU R, 1982, CLARIN CULTURA 0225
VARGASLLOSA M, 1982, CLARIN CULTURA 0218
VENTURA A, 1983, CLARIN CULTURA 0515
VINAS D, 1984, CLARIN CULTURA 1122
NR 40
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU HISPAMERICA
PI GAITHERSBURG
SN 0363-0471
PD DEC
PY 1997
VL 26
IS 78
BP 3
EP 16
PG 14
SC Literature
GA ZJ618
UT WOS:000073234800001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU MexiasSimon, ML
AF MexiasSimon, ML
TI Phonic structure of Portuguese proverbs
SO ROMANCE NOTES
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP MexiasSimon, ML (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO DE JANEIRO,BR-21941 RIO
JANEIRO,BRAZIL.
CR BATALHA L, 1984, HIST GERAL ADAGIOS P
BUYSSENS Eric, SEMIOLOGIA COMUNICAC
DACUNHA AC, 1929, DITAMES DITERIOS GLO
GOTTSCHALK W, 1938, BILDHAFTEN SPRICHWOR
GREIMAS AJ, 1975, SOBRE SENTIDO ENSAIO
GREIMAS AJ, CAHIERS LEXICOLOGIE, V2, P41
HUIZINGA J, 1980, HOMO LUDENS
MAGALHAES R, 1977, DICC BRASILEIRO PROV
MELLO FRD, 1974, NOVA RECOLHA PROVERB
MOTA L, 1982, ADAGIARIO BRASILEIRO
POTTIER B, 1973, DICT SAVOIR MODERNE
RIBEIRO J, 1960, FRASES FEITAS
SCHMIDT RADEFEL.J, 1983, STYLISTIQUE RHETORIQ, P88
SCHMIDT RADEFEL.J, ESTUDIOS LINGUISTICA, V1, P213
SILVA HMQ, 1983, PEQUENO DIC PROVERBI
SIMON MLM, 1989, UNPUB ESTRUTURA PROV
Steinberg M., 1985, 1001 PROVERBIOS CONT
NR 17
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI CHAPEL HILL
PA DEPT OF ROMANCE LANGUAGES, CHAPEL HILL, NC 27514
SN 0035-7995
J9 ROMANCE NOTES
JI Roman. Notes
PD WIN
PY 1997
VL 37
IS 2
BP 147
EP 154
PG 8
SC Literature
GA WQ561
UT WOS:A1997WQ56100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU De Matos, FG
AF De Matos, FG
TI English as a global language.
SO TESOL QUARTERLY
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Fed Pernambuco, Recife, PE, Brazil.
RP De Matos, FG (reprint author), Univ Fed Pernambuco, Recife, PE, Brazil.
CR Crystal D, 1997, ENGLISH GLOBAL LANGU
DEMATOS FG, 1996, WORLD NEWS, P1
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU TESOL
PI ALEXANDRIA
SN 0039-8322
J9 TESOL QUART
JI Tesol Q.
PD WIN
PY 1997
VL 31
IS 4
BP 807
EP 808
PG 2
GA YN422
UT WOS:000071167000010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Daymond, MJ
AF Daymond, MJ
TI Rethinking South African literary history
SO ARIEL-A REVIEW OF INTERNATIONAL ENGLISH LITERATURE
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Natal, Natal, RN, Brazil.
RP Daymond, MJ (reprint author), Univ Natal, Natal, RN, Brazil.
CR SMIT J., 1996, RETHINKING S AFRICAN
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU ARIEL UNIV CALGARY
PI CALGARY
PA DEPT ENGLISH, SS 1148 2500 UNIVERSITY DR NW, CALGARY, ALBERTA T2N 1N4,
CANADA
SN 0004-1327
J9 ARIEL-REV INT ENGL
JI Ariel-Rev. Int. Engl. Lit.
PD OCT
PY 1997
VL 28
IS 4
BP 193
EP 195
PG 3
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA ZK593
UT WOS:000073340700022
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU PerroneMoises, L
AF PerroneMoises, L
TI Fernando Pessoa, the 'Jew-Greek' + Philosophical reading of heteronymy
SO LITTERATURE
LA French
DT Article
RP PerroneMoises, L (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,BR-05508 SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR BRETON A, CHANTS MALDOROR
Centeno Yvette K., 1985, F PESSOA AMOR MORTE
DERRIDA J, 1967, ECRITURE DIFFERENCE
GIL J, F PESSOA METAFISICA
NUNES B, 1969, DORSO DO TIGRE
PESSOA F, PAGINES INTIMES E DE
PESSOA F, SOBRE PORTUGAL INTRO
PESSOA F, TEXTES FILOSOFICOS
PESSOA F, OBRAS PROSA
PESSOA F, ULTIMATUM PAGINAS SO
PESSOA Fernando, PAGINAS ESTETICA TEO
PESSOA Fernando, TEXTOS CRITICA INTER
PINACOELHO AD, 1971, FUNDAMENTOS FILOSOFI
SCHOLEM G, 1941, MISTICA JUDAICA
NR 14
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU LAROUSSE
PI PARIS
SN 0047-4800
J9 LITTERATURE
JI Litterature
PD OCT
PY 1997
IS 107
BP 54
EP 63
PG 10
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA YA114
UT WOS:A1997YA11400005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garate, M
AF Garate, M
TI Argiropolis, Canudos and the Favelas. An essay of comparative reading
(The city/country relationship between Sarmiento's 'Facundo' and da
Cunha's Os 'Sertoes')
LA Spanish
DT Article
CR DACUNHA E, SERTOES
GRANA MC, 1989, CUADERNOS HISPANOAME, V3
SARMIENTO DF, FACUNDO CIVILIZACION
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD OCT-DEC
PY 1997
VL 63
IS 181
BP 621
EP 630
PG 10
SC Literature
GA 251UA
UT WOS:000083463000002
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Favor, LJ
AF Favor, LJ
TI Framing pieces: Designs of the gloss in Joyce, Woolf, and Pound -
WhittierFerguson,J
SO ENGLISH LANGUAGE NOTES
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Favor, LJ (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO GRANDE SUL,BR-90046900 PORTO
ALEGRE,RS,BRAZIL.
CR WHITTIERFERGUSO.J, 1996, FRAMING PIECES DESIG
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU UNIV COLORADO
PI BOULDER
PA 125 HELLEMS BLDG, BOULDER, CO 80309
SN 0013-8282
J9 ENGL LANG NOTES
JI Engl. Lang. Notes
PD SEP
PY 1997
VL 35
IS 1
BP 54
EP 57
PG 4
WC Literature
SC Literature
GA XX371
UT WOS:A1997XX37100012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
TI A paradigm lost: The linguistic theory of Mikolaj Kruszewski
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR WILLIAMS JR, 1994, PARADIGM LOST LINGUI
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI FLUSHING
SN 0043-7956
J9 WORD
PD AUG
PY 1997
VL 48
IS 2
BP 256
EP 259
PG 4
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA YD718
UT WOS:000060177300007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Santiago, S
AF Santiago, S
TI Cultural criticism, literary criticism: Challenges for the end of the
century
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Santiago, S (reprint author), Univ Fed Fluminense, BR-24220000 Niteroi, RJ,
Brazil.
CR ANTONELLO P, 1996, IRIDE, V19
ARONOWITZ S, ROLL OVER BEETHOVEN
BAR D, 1979, VEJA 0110
BUARQUEDEHOLLAN.H, PATRULHAS IDEOLOGICA
BUARQUEDEHOLLAN.H, 1981, JORNAL BRASIL 1212
BUARQUEDEHOLLAN.H, 1981, JORNAL BRASIL 0813
CARVALHO E, 1978, ISTO E 0125
CARVALHO E, 1997, JORNAL BRASIL 0223
CARVALHO E, 1997, JORNAL BRASIL 0224
CARVALHO LFM, I SILVA SAMBA RESIST
CORREA MS, 1981, VEJA 0624
DIEGUES C, 1979, VEJA 0516
ERLICH V, RUSSIAN FORMALISM HI
GABEIRA F, QUE E ISSO COMPANHEI
GIL G, 1979, VEJA 0110
GIRARD R, MENSONGE ROMANTIQUE
HUYSSEN A, AFTER GREAT DIVIDE
JABOR A, 1981, ISTO E 1007
JAKOBSON R., LINGUISTICA COMUNICA
LASCH C, CULTURE NARCISSISM
MATOS C, ACARTEI NO MILHAR
MATTA R, CARNAVAIS MALANDROS
MICELI S, INTELECTUAIS CLASSE
MOURA R, TIA CIATA PEQUENA AF
PELLEGRINO H, 1981, JORNAL BRASIL 0830
PEREIRA CAM, RETRATO EPOCA
PORTELLA E, 1979, VEJA 0221
ROCHA G, 1979, JORNAL BRASIL 0121
ROSSI C, 1978, ISTO E 1011
SCHILD S, 1980, JORNAL BRASIL 1012
SCHILD S, 1982, JORNAL BRASIL 0623
SCHWARTZMANN S, 1979, ISTO E 1031
SCHWARZ R, PAI FAMILIA OUTROS E
SIRKIS A, 1981, VEJA 0624
SUSSEKIND F, LIT VIDA LIT
TREECE D, 1996, LATIN AM CULTURAL ST, V5
VELOSO C, ALEGRIA ALEGRIA
VENTURA Z, 1979, VEJA 0221
VIANNA H, MISTERIO SAMBA
NR 41
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0034-9631
JI Rev. Imberoam.
PD JUL-SEP
PY 1997
VL 63
IS 180
BP 363
EP 377
PG 15
SC Literature
GA 251TZ
UT WOS:000083462900004
OA Other Gold
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rosa, MC
AF Rosa, MC
TI History of linguistics: Classical and medieval linguistics - Lepschy,G
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Rosa, MC (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO DE JANEIRO,RIO JANEIRO,BRAZIL.
CR DEREBOREDO A, 1623, PORTA LINGUAS
Law Vivien, 1982, INSULAR LATIN GRAMMA
LEPSCHY G, 1994, HISTORY LINGUISTICS
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0142-7164
PD JUN
PY 1997
VL 18
IS 2
BP 240
EP 242
DI 10.1017/S0142716400010006
PG 3
GA XP930
UT WOS:A1997XP93000008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Elhadad, M
McKeown, K
Robin, J
AF Elhadad, M
McKeown, K
Robin, J
TI Floating constraints in lexical choice
LA English
DT Article
ID GENERATION
AB Lexical choice is a computationally complex task, requiring a generation system
to consider a potentially large number of mappings between concepts and words.
Constraints that aid in determining which word is best come from a wide variety of
sources, including syntax, semantics, pragmatics, the lexicon, and the underlying
domain. Furthermore, in some situations, different constraints come into play early
on, while in others, they apply much later. This makes it difficult to determine a
systematic ordering in which to apply constraints. In this paper, we present a
general approach to lexical choice that can handle multiple, interacting
constraints. We focus on the problem of floating constraints, semantic or pragmatic
constraints that float, appearing at a variety of different syntactic ranks, often
merged with other semantic constraints. This means that multiple content units can
be realized by a single surface el ment, and conversely, that a single content unit
can be realized by a variety of surface elements. Our approach uses the Functional
Unification Formalism (FUF) to represent a generation lexicon, allowing for
declarative and compositional representation of individual constraints.
C1 COLUMBIA UNIV, DEPT COMP SCI, NEW YORK, NY 10027 USA.
UNIV FED PERNAMBUCO, DEPT INFORMAT, BR-50740540 RECIFE, PE, BRAZIL.
RP Elhadad, M (reprint author), BEN GURION UNIV NEGEV, DEPT MATH & COMP SCI, IL-
84105 BEER SHEVA, ISRAEL.
CR ABELLA A, 1994, P IM UND WORKSH MONT
Anscombre J. C., 1983, ARGUMENTATION LANGUE
APPELT D, 1983, P 8 INT JOINT C ART
Bateman John A., 1990, GEN ORG KNOWLEDGE NA
BOURBEAU L, 1990, P 13 INT C COMP LING
BOYER M, 1985, COMPUTATIONAL IN AUG, P103
CARCAGNO D, 1993, NEW CONCEPTS NATURAL
Carpenter B, 1992, LOGIC TYPED FEATURE
CONKLIN E, 1983, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
Cousot P., 1977, 4 ACM S PRINC PROGR, P238, DOI DOI 10.1145/512950.512973
DALAL M, 1996, P AM MED INF ASS WA
Dale Robert, 1992, GENERATING REFERRING
DANLOS L, 1986, STUDIES NATURAL LANG
DEKLEER J, 1979, ARTIF INTELL, P93
ELHADAD M, 1992, LECT NOTES ARTIF INT, V587, P89
ELHADAD M, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V24, P189, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)00096-W
ELHADAD M, 1993, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ELEVENTH NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE, P344
Elhadad M, 1993, CUCS03891
ELHADAD M, 1993, THESIS COLUMBIA U NE
ELHADAD M, 1996, MACHINE TRANSLATION
ELHADAD M, 1996, 9603 B GUR U DEP COM
ELHADAD M, 1989, NEW GENERATION INTEL, P46
FAWCETT RP, 1987, NEW DEV SYSTEMIC LIN
FEINER S, 1990, P IEEE C AI APPL SAN
GOLDMAN NM, 1975, CONCEPTUAL INFORMATI, P289
Harbusch K., 1994, Computational Intelligence, V10, P579, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-
8640.1994.tb00018.x
HOVY E, 1988, GEN NATURAL LANGUAGE
IORDANSKAJA L, 1994, P 15 INT C COMP LING
Jacobs P. S., 1985, Computational Linguistics, V11, P219
JACOBS PS, 1987, ARTIF INTELL, V33, P325, DOI 10.1016/0004-3702(87)90042-7
Kay M., 1979, P 5 ANN M BERK LING
KUKICH K, 1983, THESIS U PITTSBURGH
KUKICH K, 1983, P 21 ANN M ASS COMP
KUKICH K, 1994, CURRENT ISSUES COMPU
LESTER JC, 1994, THESIS U TEXAS AUSTI
Levi J. N., 1978, SYNTAX SEMANTICS COM
Levin B, 1993, ENGLISH VERB CLASSES
Lyons John, 1977, SEMANTICS
MANN WC, 1983, ISIRR83105
MATTHIESSEN CM, 1991, NATURAL LANGUAGE GEN
MCCOY KF, 1991, NATURAL LANGUAGE GEN, P103
MCDONALD D, 1983, READINGS NATURAL LAN
MCDONALD D, 1981, P 19 ANN M ASS COMP
MCKEOWN K, 1995, INFORM PROCESS MANAG, V31, P703, DOI 10.1016/0306-
4573(95)00026-D
McKeown K., 1990, Current Research in Natural Language Generation, P103
MCKEOWN K, 1994, P ACL APPL NAT LANG
MCKEOWN K, 1990, NATURAL LANGUAGE GEN
MCKEOWN K, 1992, P AAAI 92, P9
MCKEOWN K, 1995, P SIGIR SEATTLE JUL
MCKEOWN K, 1993, P 31 ANN M ASS COMP
MCKEOWN KR, 1985, STUDIES NATURAL LANG
MELCUK LA, 1987, SURFACE SYNTAX ENGLI
Meteer M. W., 1987, 8787 COINS U MASS AM
METEER MW, 1990, THESIS U MASSACHUSET
NOGIER JF, 1990, THESIS U PARIS 7
PARIS CL, 1987, CUCS30987
PASSONEAU R, 1996, P INT C NAT LANG P I
*PENM NLG, 1989, PENM US GUID
POLGUERE A, 1990, THESIS U MONTREAL QU
Pollard C., 1994, HEAD DRIVEN PHRASE S
PUSTEJOVSKY J, 1993, ARTIF INTELL, V63, P193, DOI 10.1016/0004-3702(93)90017-6
Reiter E., 1994, P 7 INT WORKSH NAT L, P163
REITER EB, 1991, COMPUTATIONAL IN DEC
ROBIN J, 1993, PROCEEDINGS OF THE ELEVENTH NATIONAL CONFERENCE ON ARTIFICIAL
INTELLIGENCE, P365
ROBIN J, 1990, CUCS04090
ROBIN J, 1994, P 11 BRAZ S ART INT
ROBIN J, 1996, ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGE, V85
ROBIN J, 1994, CUCS03494
RUBINOFF R, 1992, THESIS U PENNSYLVANI
Shieber S. M., 1991, Computational Intelligence, V7, P220, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-
8640.1991.tb00396.x
Shieber S. M., 1990, Computational Linguistics, V16, P30
SHIEBER SM, 1992, CONSTRAINT BASED GRA
Shopen T., 1985, GRAMMATICAL CATEGORI, VIII
Smadja F., 1991, Computational Intelligence, V7, P229, DOI 10.1111/j.1467-
8640.1991.tb00397.x
SMADJA F, 1991, THESIS COLUMBIA U NE
STRZALKOWSKI T, 1994, REVERSIBLE GRAMMARS
SWARTOUT W, 1983, P NAT C ART INT AAAI, P402
Talmy L., 1983, SPATIAL ORIENTATION
Talmy L., 1976, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V6
Van Noord G., 1990, Current Research in Natural Language Generation, P141
WINOGRAD T, 1983, LANGUAGE COGNITIVE P
YANG G, 1991, COMPUTATIONAL INTELL, V7
ZOCK M, 1988, ADV NATURAL LANGUAGE
NR 85
TC 12
Z9 12
U1 0
U2 0
PU MIT PRESS
PI CAMBRIDGE
PA 55 HAYWARD STREET, CAMBRIDGE, MA 02142 USA
SN 0891-2017
J9 COMPUT LINGUIST
PD JUN
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 2
BP 195
EP 239
PG 45
GA XR439
UT WOS:A1997XR43900001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rajagopalan, K
AF Rajagopalan, K
TI Linguistics and the myth of nativity: Comments on the controversy over
'new/non-native Englishes'
LA English
ID NONNATIVE ENGLISHES
AB This paper is an attempt to take a fresh look at the controversy over the
theoretical status of the so-called 'new/non-native' Englishes (JoP 24(3) 1995). I
argue that, when all is said and done, what the participants in the debate do
succeed in foregrounding is the untenability of the category called 'native
speaker' in the world of practical affairs. I also suggest that the frequent and
unquestioning appeal to the category may turn out to be motivated by an insidious
ideological agenda (albeit, hopefully unwittingly entertained by those who defend
it).
RP Rajagopalan, K (reprint author), UNIV ESTADUAL CAMPINAS,INST ESTUDOS
LINGUAGEM,DEPT LINGUIST,CAIXA POSTAL 6045,BR-13081970 CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
CR AFENDRAS EA, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V24, P295, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(95)00030-V
APPAIAH A, 1985, CRIT INQUIRY, V12, P21
COULMAS F, 1981, FESTSCHRIFT NATIVE S
DUBOIS WEB, 1897, WEB DUBOIS SPEAKS SP
FERGUSON CA, 1960, INT J AM LINGUIST, V26, P2
GATES HL, 1985, CRIT INQUIRY, V12, P1
GOLDSTEIN J, 1994, THEOR SOC, V23, P367, DOI 10.1007/BF00993835
HABERLAND H, 1989, J PRAGMATICS, V13, P927, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(89)90015-5
Harris R., 1981, LANGUAGE MYTH
MOULTON WG, 1969, LINGUISTICS TODAY, P3
QUIRK R, 1985, ENGLISH WORLD TEACHI, P41
RUSHDIE S, 1989, IN GOOD FAITH
SINGH R, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V24, P283, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(94)00046-H
SINGH R, 1995, J PRAGMATICS, V24, P323, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(95)00037-S
YNGVE VH, 1981, STRUGGLE THEORY NATI, P29
NR 16
TC 19
Z9 24
U1 0
U2 2
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0378-2166
J9 J PRAGMATICS
JI J. Pragmat.
PD FEB
PY 1997
VL 27
IS 2
BP 225
EP 231
DI 10.1016/S0378-2166(96)00027-6
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA WD098
UT WOS:A1997WD09800005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Vieira, MN
McInnes, FR
Jack, MA
AF Vieira, MN
McInnes, FR
Jack, MA
TI Comparative assessment of electroglottographic and acoustic measures of
jitter in pathological voices
SO JOURNAL OF SPEECH LANGUAGE AND HEARING RESEARCH
LA English
DT Article
DE jitter; voice; electroglottography; acoustic; dysphonia
ID PERTURBATION MEASUREMENTS; PITCH DETERMINATION; SPEECH SIGNALS;
EXTRACTION; FREQUENCY; SPEAKERS; VOWELS
AB Jitter; or the amount of cycle-to-cycle variation in the fundamental frequency,
is a characteristic of the vocal folds' vibration that may affect
electroglottographic (EGG) and acoustic signals in similar ways, because the
translaryngeal conductance and the oral pressure are modulated by the same
physiological mechanism. Despite the apparent simplicity in jitter computation and
the relative facility in recording and analyzing EGG signals, only a few studies
comparing EGG and acoustic jitter have been reported. This can be attributed to the
remarkable sensitivity of measures of acoustic jitter to such features as the type
of sound being analyzed, the equipment used for data acquisition, or the algorithms
used to identify glottal cycle boundaries. To assess the agreement achievable by
measures from these signals in pathological voices, acoustic and EGG waveforms of
sustained vowels (/i/, /a/, /u/) produced by 15 dysphonic patients were analyzed by
jitter extraction methods on the basis of peaks, zero crossings, and a waveform
matching technique. The agreement, expressed as normalized absolute differences
between acoustic- and EEG-derived litter, was poorer for /i/ and /u/ than for /a/
vowels. For /a/ vowels a method of acoustic jitter estimation is also proposed that
combines peaks and zero crossings and resulted in increased consistency with the
zero crossing-based EGG measures (mean normalized absolute difference: 10.95%; SD:
6.44% range: 23.81%). The proposed method, which has a built-in test intended to
reject unreliable estimates, may provide more confidence in acoustic measures in
dysphonic speakers and lead to a better understanding of the relationships between
acoustic and EGG signals.
C1 UNIV FED MINAS GERAIS,BELO HORIZONT,MG,BRAZIL.
RP Vieira, MN (reprint author), UNIV EDINBURGH,CCIR,DEPT ELECT ENGN,80 S
BRIDGE,EDINBURGH EH1 1HN,MIDLOTHIAN,SCOTLAND.
CR BAGSHAW PC, 1993, P EUR C SPEECH COMM, P1003
Baken R. J., 1987, CLIN MEASUREMENT SPE
Bielamowicz S, 1996, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V39, P126, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3901.126
COLTON RH, 1990, J VOICE, P10
CZARNACH R, 1982, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, V30, P363, DOI
10.1109/TASSP.1982.1163901
DEEM JF, 1991, FOLIA PHONIATR, V43, P234, DOI 10.1159/000266132
DOHERTY ET, 1988, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V31, P485, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3103.485
HEIBERGER VL, 1982, SPEECH LANGUAGE ADV, V7, P299
HESS W, 1987, SPEECH COMMUN, V6, P55, DOI 10.1016/0167-6393(87)90069-0
KARNELL MP, 1991, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V34, P544, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3403.544
KORMYLO JJ, 1974, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, VAS22, P384, DOI
10.1109/TASSP.1974.1162602
LAVER J, 1992, J VOICE, V6, P115, DOI 10.1016/S0892-1997(05)80125-0
LIEBERMAN P, 1963, J ACOUST SOC AM, V35, P344, DOI 10.1121/1.1918465
LIEBERMAN P, 1961, J ACOUST SOC AM, V33, P597, DOI 10.1121/1.1908736
MEDAN Y, 1991, IEEE T SIGNAL PROCES, V39, P40, DOI 10.1109/78.80763
MILENKOVIC P, 1987, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V30, P529, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3004.529
ORLIKOFF RF, 1995, J VOICE, V9, P173, DOI 10.1016/S0892-1997(05)80251-6
ORLIKOFF RF, 1989, J SPEECH HEAR RES, V32, P576, DOI 10.1044/jshr.3203.576
PETERSON GE, 1952, J ACOUST SOC AM, V24, P175, DOI 10.1121/1.1906875
QI YG, 1992, J ACOUST SOC AM, V92, P2569, DOI 10.1121/1.404429
ROSS MJ, 1974, IEEE T ACOUST SPEECH, VAS22, P353, DOI 10.1109/TASSP.1974.1162598
ROSSI M, 1981, J PHONETICS, V9, P233
Rothenberg M., 1981, VOCAL FOLD PHYSL, P305
SCHAFERVINCENT K, 1983, PHONETICA, V40, P177, DOI 10.1159/000261691
SCHOENTGEN J, 1989, SPEECH COMMUN, V8, P61, DOI 10.1016/0167-6393(89)90068-X
SCHOENTGEN J, 1991, SPEECH COMMUN, V10, P553
Titze IR, 1995, WORKSHOP ACOUSTIC VO
Vieira MN, 1996, J ACOUST SOC AM, V99, P3171, DOI 10.1121/1.414801
VIEIRA MN, 1995, P ESCA 4 EUR C SPEEC, P1867
NR 32
TC 5
Z9 5
U1 0
U2 3
PU AMER SPEECH-LANGUAGE-HEARING ASSOC
PI ROCKVILLE
PA 10801 ROCKVILLE PIKE, ROCKVILLE, MD 20852-3279
SN 1092-4388
J9 J SPEECH LANG HEAR R
JI J. Speech Lang. Hear. Res.
PD FEB
PY 1997
VL 40
IS 1
BP 170
EP 182
DI 10.1044/jslhr.4001.170
PG 13
GA WU739
UT WOS:A1997WU73900014
PM 9113868
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU deAbreu, ML
AF deAbreu, ML
BE Rocard, M
Lapaire, JR
Mery, R
TI Problems of identity according to Jacques Godbout
SO CANADA: FRACTURE(S) BUT NOT RUPTURE
SE ANGLOPHONIA - FRENCH JOURNAL OF ENGLISH STUDIES
LA French
CT International Colloquium on Canada - Fracture(s) but not Rupture
CY JAN 26-27, 1996
CL TOULOUSE, FRANCE
C1 UNIV FED BAHIA,BR-41170290 SALVADOR,BA,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PU PRESSES UNIV MIRAIL
PI TOULOUSE
PA UNIV TOULOUSE MIRAIL, 56, RUE DU TAUR, 31069 TOULOUSE, FRANCE
SN 1278-3331
BN 2-85816-312-X
J9 ANGLOPHONIA
PY 1997
VL 1997
IS 1
BP 87
EP 94
PG 8
SC Literature
GA BH91K
UT WOS:A1997BH91K00009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Schmitz, JR
AF Schmitz, JR
TI Vocabulary, semantics, and language education - Hatch,E, Brown,C
SO CANADIAN MODERN LANGUAGE REVIEW-REVUE CANADIENNE DES LANGUES VIVANTES
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Schmitz, JR (reprint author), UNIV ESTADUAL CAMPINAS,BR-13081970
CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
CR Hatch E, 1995, VOCABULARY SEMANTICS
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 4
PU CANADIAN MODERN LANGUAGE REV
PI N YORK
PA UNIV TORONTO PRESS, JOURNALS DIVISION, 5201 DUFFERIN ST, N YORK ON M3H
5T8, CANADA
SN 0008-4506
J9 CAN MOD LANG REV
JI Can. Mod. Lang. Rev.-Rev. Can. Lang. Vivantes
PD JAN
PY 1997
VL 53
IS 2
BP 457
EP 458
PG 2
WC Linguistics
SC Linguistics
GA XA784
UT WOS:A1997XA78400009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Faria, Gd
AF Faria, Gd
TI Rio-de-Janeiro's "Belle-Epoque" revisited (Joao Paulo Alberto Coelho
Barreto, or Joao-do-Rio, 1881-1921)
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
DT Article
C1 Univ Nacl Estadual Sao Paulo, Dept Letras Modernas, BR-01001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Faria, Gd (reprint author), Univ Nacl Estadual Sao Paulo, Dept Letras Modernas,
BR-01001 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR BARRETO JPA, 1904, RELIG RIO
BARRETO JPA, PROFISSAO DE JACQUES
BARRETO JPA, 1910, ALMA ENCANTADORA RUA
BARRETO JPA, CORRESPONDENCIA DE U
CALDAS LLC, 1970, COLOMBO VIDA RIO JAN
CHAVESJUNIOR EdgardeBrito, 1971, MEMORIAS GLORIAS TEA
FARIA Gentil, 1988, PRESENCA O WILDE BEL
Magalhaes Junior R., 1978, VIDA VERTIGINOSA JD
PEIXOTO A, PANORAMA LIT BRASILE
RODRIGUES JC, 1994, JD RIO CATALOGO BIBL
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1997
IS 143-44
BP 244
EP 247
PG 4
SC Literature
GA YK312
UT WOS:000070834900031
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Aguiar, JAd
AF Aguiar, JAd
TI Introducing Pedro Nava
SO COLOQUIO-LETRAS
LA Portuguese
C1 Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciencias, Dept Teoria Literaria &
Literatura Comparada, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
RP Aguiar, JAd (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Fac Filosofia Letras & Ciencias,
Dept Teoria Literaria & Literatura Comparada, BR-05508 Sao Paulo, Brazil.
CR ANDRADE MD, CORRES CONTUMAZ
NAVA P, MEMORIAS
NUNES CV, PARTILHAR LEMBRANCAS
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI LISBON
SN 0010-1451
J9 COLOQUIO-LETRAS
JI Coloq.-Letras
PD JAN-JUN
PY 1997
IS 143-44
BP 250
EP 253
PG 4
SC Literature
GA YK312
UT WOS:000070834900033
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Rosa, C
AF Rosa, C
TI Origins of Portuguese-Latin grammatical and lexicographic works -
Portuguese - Verdelho,T
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Rosa, C (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO DE JANEIRO,BR-21941 RIO JANEIRO,BRAZIL.
CR Verdelho Telmo, 1995, ORIGENS GRAMATICOGRA
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
PA AMSTELDIJK 44, PO BOX 75577, SUBSCRIPTIONS DEPT, 1070 AN AMSTERDAM,
NETHERLANDS
SN 0302-5160
J9 HIST LING
PY 1997
VL 24
IS 1-2
BP 227
EP 231
DI 10.1075/hl.24.1-2.17ros
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA XK764
UT WOS:A1997XK76400016
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Altman, C
AF Altman, C
TI "...and the word was God": Missionary linguistics and missionary grammar
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Altman, C (reprint author), Univ Sao Paulo, Dept Linguist, BR-05508 Sao Paulo,
Brazil.
CR HOVDHAUGEN E, 1996, WORD GOD MISSIONARY
NR 1
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0302-5160
J9 HIST LING
PY 1997
VL 24
IS 3
BP 400
EP 404
DI 10.1075/hl.24.3.11alt
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA YH057
UT WOS:000070589200009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dillinger, M
AF Dillinger, M
TI Generative linguistics: A historical perspective
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, Dept Linguist, BR-31270 Belo Horizonte, MG,
Brazil.
RP Dillinger, M (reprint author), Univ Fed Minas Gerais, Fac Letras, Dept Linguist,
Av Antonio Carlos 6627, BR-31270 Belo Horizonte, MG, Brazil.
CR Newmeyer F., 1996, GENERATIVE LINGUISTI
NR 1
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0302-5160
J9 HIST LING
PY 1997
VL 24
IS 3
BP 412
EP 416
DI 10.1075/hl.24.3.13dil
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA YH057
UT WOS:000070589200011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Baxter, AN
Lucchesi, D
Guimaraes, M
AF Baxter, AN
Lucchesi, D
Guimaraes, M
TI Gender agreement as a ''decreolizing'' feature of an Afro-Brazilian
dialect + Variation in the Brazilian Portuguese of Helvecia, Bahia
SO JOURNAL OF PIDGIN AND CREOLE LANGUAGES
LA English
DT Article
C1 UNIV FED BAHIA, BR-40210 SALVADOR, BA, BRAZIL.
RP Baxter, AN (reprint author), LA TROBE UNIV, BUNDOORA, VIC 3083, AUSTRALIA.
OI Baxter, Alan/0000-0003-4716-2261
CR Abney Steven, 1987, THESIS MIT
Almada M.D de Oliveira, 1961, CABO VERDE CONTRIBUI
AMARAL A, 1976, DIALETO CAIPIRA
AMMON U, 1988, SOCIOLINGUISTICS
ANDRADE ED, 1992, ACTAS C CRIOULOS BAS
BAIOCCHI MDN, 1991, KALUNGA ESTORIAS TEX
BAKER P, 1991, J PIDGIN CREOLE LANG, V6, P267
Baker Philip, 1990, J PIDGIN CREOLE LANG, V5, P107
BAXTER A. N, 1992, ACTAS C CRIOULOS BAS, P7
Baxter Alan N., 1993, PAPIA, V2, P59
BAXTER AN, IN PRESS PAPERS AMST
BAXTER AN, IN PRESS ESTUDOS LIN, V19
BAXTER AN, IN PRESS AM NEGRA PA
BICKERTON D, 1989, DUISB ARB S, V5, P11
BICKERTON D, 1992, LINGUISTICA APLICADA, P141
Bickerton Derek, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG, V2, P268
BOFF AM, 1991, THESIS UNICAMP
CAMARA Jr J. Mattoso, ESTRUTURA LINGUA POR
Cardoso Eduardo Augusto, 1989, CRIOULO ILHA S NICOL
CARENO MD, 1991, THESIS UNESP
CARTER J, UNPUB DISSECTING ADJ
CERQUEIRA V, 1996, THESIS UNICAMP
CERQUEIRA V, 1993, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO, P129
CERQUEIRA V, UNPUB PRIMEIRO DEMON
CERQUEIRA V, 1994, 1 C INT ASS BRAS LIN
CHAMBERS JK, DIALECTOLOGY
CHOMSKY N, 1993, VIEW BUILDING 20 ESS, P2
CHOMSKY N, KNOWLEDGE LANGUAGE I
DIAZALAYON C, 1993, HOMENAJE J PEREZVIDA
Ferraz Luiz Ivens, 1979, CREOLE SAO TOME
Ferreira Carlota da Silveira, 1984, REV LUSITANA, V5, P21
Friedemann N, 1983, LENGUA SOC PALENQUE
GIORGI A, SYNTAX NOUN PHRASES
GRIMSHAW J, UNPUB EXTENDED PROJE
GUIMARAES M, 1996, 44 SEM GRUP EST LING
Hale K, 1993, VIEW BUILDING 20 ESS
HOLM J, PIDGINS CREOLES, V1
Holm John, 1992, ACT C CRIOUL BAS LEX, P37
KATO Mary, 1993, PORTUGUES BRASILEIRO
KAYNE R, ANTISYMMETRY SYNTAX
Kiss E., 1995, DISCOURSE CONFIGURAT
Kiss Katalin E., 1994, SYNTACTIC STRUCTURE
Labov William, 1973, SOCIOLINGUISTIC PATT
LABOV William, 1981, VARIATION OMNIBUS, P177
Lefebvre C., 1988, J PIDGIN CREOLE LANG, V3, P213, DOI DOI
10.1075/JPCL.3.2.05LEF
Lehmann W.P., 1968, DIRECTIONS HIST LING
LEHMANN WP, 1982, PERSPECTIVES HIST LI
LOBATO LM, 1994, REV DELTA, V10, P173
LOBATO LM, 1993, B ASS BRASILEIRA LIN, V14, P9
LOBATO LM, 1990, 9 C INT ALFAL CAMPIN
LUCCHESI D, 1995, 47 REUN AN SBPC
MEGENNEY WM, 1993, J PIDGIN CREOLE LANG, V8, P237, DOI 10.1075/jpcl.8.2.07wil
MOLLICA M. C., 1992, INTRO SOCIOLINGUISTI
NARO AJ, 1992, INTRO SOCIOLINGUISTI, P81
NARO AJ, 1986, RELATORIO FINAL PESQ
NEWMEYER FJ, 1988, LINGUISTICS CAMBRIDG
OLIVEIRA MAD, 1982, ENSAIOS LINGUISTICA, V7, P71
OUHALLA J, FUNCTIONAL CATEGORIE
PASCHOAL MSZ, 1992, LINGUISTICA APLICADA
PERL M, IN PRESS AM NEGRA PA
PINTZUK S, 1988, VARBRUL
PUTZ M, 1989, WHEELS WITHIN WHEELS
RAPOSO E, 1990, LINGUIST INQ, V21, P505
RIZZI L, UNPUB FINE STRUCTURE
RODRIGUES AN, DIALETO CAIPIRA REGI
ROMAINE S, SOCIOHISTORICAL LING
SANKOFF D., 1988, SOCIOLINGUISTICS, P119
Sankoff D., 1981, VARIATION OMNIBUS
SCHERRE M, 1988, THESIS UFRJ
SCHERRE M, 1986, RELATORIO FINAL PESQ, V1, P58
SCHERRE M, 1986, RELATORIO FINAL PESQ, V2, P144
SCHLONSKY U, UNPUB HIERARCHICAL R
Schwegler Armin, 1993, HOMENAJE JP VIDAL, P667
SPEARS A, IN PRESS PAPERS AMST
SZABOLCSI A, 1994, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V27, P179
TEIXEIRA JA, 1944, ESTUDOS DIALETOLOGIA, V2
THOMASON S, LANGUAGE CONTACT CRE
Uriagereka Juan, 1995, DISCOURSE CONFIGURAT, P153
VEADO R. M. A., 1982, COMPORTAMENTO LINGUI
VOGT C, 1985, CADERNOS ESTUDOS LIN, V8, P109
Weinreich U., 1968, DIRECTIONS HIST LING, P95
William Labov, 1982, PERSPECTIVES HIST LI, P79, DOI DOI 10.1075/CILT.24.06LAB
ZUBIZARRETA ML, PROSODY FOCUS WORD O
NR 83
TC 4
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 1
PU JOHN BENJAMINS PUBLISHING COMPANY
PI AMSTERDAM
SN 0920-9034
J9 J PIDGIN CREOLE LANG
JI J. Pidgin Creole Lang.
PY 1997
VL 12
IS 1
BP 1
EP 57
DI 10.1075/jpcl.12.1.02bax
PG 57
SC Linguistics
GA XW295
UT WOS:A1997XW29500001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Carneiro, MLT
AF Carneiro, MLT
TI Literature of immigration and literature of exile, realities and Utopias
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Carneiro, MLT (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,BR-05508 SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR ABELLAN JL, GUERRA CIVIL EXILIO
APUDJOUANNY R, 1988, LIT GUERRA CIVIL, P275
AUB M, 1970, J TORRESCAMPALANS
BOTELLAPASTOR V, ASI CAYERON LOS DADO
CARNEIRO MLT, ANTI-SEMITISMO ERA V
CARNEIRO MLT, JUDAICA LATINOAM EST
CARVALHO FMD, 1945, REV IMIGRACAO COLONI, V4, P57
CARVALHO FMD, 1943, REV IMIGRACAO COLONI, V4, P67
CASAS JC, ESPANA AUSENTE
CASAS JG, 1982, EXILIO ESPANOL MEXIC
DISEGNI F, LONGA TRILHA AZUL
ETCHRELLI C, 1988, LIT GUERRA CIVIL
FAGEN P, TRANSTERRADOS CIUDAD
GARCIANIETO C, 1985, GUERRA CIVIL ESPANOL
GIRAL F, REPUBLICA EXILIO
HERNANDEZ M, POEMAS SOCIALES GUER
LANDAU T, CRONICAS DO MEU TEMP
LASCH C, MINIMO EU SOBREVIVEN
LEONPORTILLA AH, ESPANA MEXICO VIDA T
MAIER M, ALL GARDENS OF MY LI
MARTINEZ C, CRONICA EMIGRACION R
MATEZANZ JA, 1982, EXILIO ESPANOL MEXIC
MEYER E, PALABRAS EXILIO ARCH
Podhoretz I., MEMORIAS DO INFERNO
POLLAK Michael, 1989, ESTUDOS HIST, V3
PORTILLO JL, 1982, EXILIO ESPANOL MEXIC
REJANO J, ESFINGE MESTIZA CRON
ROLNIK ML, ABISMOS MEMORIAS CON
SALMONI A, VOCE VOLTARIA
SANTA A, 1988, LIT GUERRA CIVIL INF
SCHAUFF K, SCHREIB MIR ALLES MU
SEMPRUM J, ALGARABIA
SENDER RJ, 1982, EXILIO ESPANOL MEXIC
SENKMAN L, ARGEN 2A GUERRA MUND
VILLA JM, NUEVA CORNUCOPIA MEX
VILLA JM, CORNUCOPIA MEXICO
NR 36
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
PA UNIV PITTSBURGH, 1309 CATHEDRAL LEARNING, PITTSBURGH, PA 15260
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 67
EP 80
DI 10.2307/4530892
PG 14
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Andrade, AL
AF Andrade, AL
TI Territorial language and the Latin-American Utopian cultural intertext:
Graciliano Ramos and Juan Rulfo
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Andrade, AL (reprint author), UNIV FED SANTA CATARINA,BR-88040900
FLORIANOPOLIS,SC,BRAZIL.
CR AGUIAR F, 1988, OLHAR
BAKHTIN M, 1990, M BAKHTIN CREATION P
FUENTES C, EU E OS OUTROS
JIMENEZDEBAEZ Y, 1989, REV IBEROAMERICANA, V55, P937
KRISTEVA J, ETRANGERS A NOUS-MEM
KRISTEVA J, DESIRE LANGUAGE
Morson G. S, 1990, M BAKHTIN CREATION P
NUNES B, DORSO DO TIGRE
PAZ O, LABERINTO DE SOLEDAD
PERRONEMOISES L, 1979, INTERTEXTUALIDADES P
RAMOS G, VIVENTES DAS ALAGOAS
RAMOS G, 1997, VIDAS SECAS
RULFO J, PEDRO PARAMO
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 97
EP 106
DI 10.2307/4530894
PG 10
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Fonseca, MNS
AF Fonseca, MNS
TI Outlines for the construction of images + A comparison between the
Latin-American novels Os 'passos perdidos' by Alejo Carpentier, A 'casa
verde' by Mario Vargas Llosa, and 'Viva o povo brasileiro' by Joao
Ubaldo Ribeiro
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Fonseca, MNS (reprint author), PONTIFICIA UNIV CATOLICA MINAS GERAIS,BR-30550
BELO HORIZONT,MG,BRAZIL.
CR Bhabha H, 1993, NATION NARRATION
CARPENTIER A, PASOS PERDIDOS
CARPENTIER A, NOVELA LATINOAM VISP
CESAIRE A, CAHIER DUN RETOUR AU
CHAMOISEAU P, TEXACO
CHIAMPI I, 1988, B BIBLIO, V49, P177
Enriquez E, 1972, CONNEXIONS, V3, P65
FAMA A, 1990, REV IBEROAM
FONSECA MNS, 1986, ENSAIOS SEMIOTICA, V16, P151
GLISSANT E, POETIQUE RELATION
GLISSANT E, DISCOURS ANTILLAIS
LIMA L, EXPRESSAO AMERICANA
Moura Jean-Marc, 1992, REV LIT COMP, V3, P271
RIBEIRO JU, VIVA O POVO BRASILEI
SOMMER D, 1993, NATION NARRATION
VARGASLLOSA M, CASA VERDE
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 119
EP 130
DI 10.2307/4530896
PG 12
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Walty, ILC
AF Walty, ILC
TI Imitation or departure + The literatures of Brazil and Latin-America: A
pendular movement
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Walty, ILC (reprint author), UNIV FED MINAS GERAIS,BR-31270 BELO
HORIZONT,MG,BRAZIL.
CR ALENCAR JD, GUARANI
ALENCAR JD, IRACEMA
BIDOU P, 1986, HOMME, V26, P65
CANDIDO A, ED NOITE OUTROS ENSA
CINTALARGA P, MANTERE MA KWE TINHI
COUTINHO Afranio, INTRO LIT BRASIL
FERNANDES HR, 1989, TEMPO DESEJO PSICANA
MEZAN R, 1989, TEMPO DESEJO PSICANA
Ribeiro Darcy, MAIRA
SANTIAGO Silviano, NAS MALHAS DA LETRA
SCHWARZ R, QUE HORAS SAO
SODRE NW, HIST LIT BRASILEIRA
VARGASLLOSA M, FALADOR
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 131
EP 139
DI 10.2307/4530897
PG 9
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Zilberman, R
AF Zilberman, R
TI The reader, from Machado de Assis to Jorge Luis Borges
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Zilberman, R (reprint author), PONTIFICIA UNIV CATOLICA RIO GRANDE DO SUL,BR-
90619 PORTO ALEGRE,RS,BRAZIL.
CR BORGES JL, ELOGIO DE LA SOMBRA
BORGES JL, FICCIONES
ISER W, AKT LESENS
JAUSS HR, LIT GESCH PROVOKATIO
MACHADODEASSIS JM, CONTOS FLUMINENSES
MACHADODEASSIS JM, HIST ROMANTICAS
SHAKESPEARE W, MACBETH
ZILBERMAN R, ESTETICA RECEPCAO HI
NR 8
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 141
EP 154
DI 10.2307/4530898
PG 14
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Antelo, R
AF Antelo, R
TI Per speculum in aenigmate: The construction of cultural identities in
fictions of national interpretation
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Antelo, R (reprint author), UNIV FED SANTA CATARINA,BR-88040900
FLORIANOPOLIS,SC,BRAZIL.
CR BENJAMIN W, PARIS CAPITAL 19E SI
BORGES JL, 1940, NACION 0211
BORGES JL, 1940, SUR 65
CUNHA ED, PERU VS BOLIVIA
CUNHA ED, SERTONES
CUNHA ED, MARGEM HIST
FOUCAULT M, 1968, TEL QUEL THEORIE ENS
MAUDSLEY H, CRIME FOLIE
PRADO E, VIAGENS AM OCEANIA A
SARMIENTO DF, OBRAS, V6
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 155
EP 166
DI 10.2307/4530899
PG 12
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Hansen, JA
AF Hansen, JA
TI Ut pictura poesis and verisimilitude in colonial seventeenth-century
doctrines of the ''concept''
LA Portuguese
DT Article
RP Hansen, JA (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,FFLCH,BR-05508 SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR Aquinas T., SUMMA THEOLOGICA
BAROCCHI P, 1972, SCRITTI ARTE 500
CAMASSA G, 1988, PHANTASIA-IMAGINATIO
FATTORI M, 1988, PHANTASIA-IMAGINATIO
FOUCAULT M, PALAVRAS COISAS ARQU
GONGORA LD, ARANCON
GRACIAN B, AGUDEZA ARTE INGENIO
Hett W. S., 1936, ANIMA
HORACE, ARS POETICA
JUANA INES CRUZ, LIRICA PERSONAL
KLEIN R, FORME INTELLIGIBLE E
MARTINEZ A, BATALLA TORNO GONGOR
MATOSGUERRA GD, OBRA COMPLETA
PALLAVICINO S, 1647, ARTE DELLO STILE
PEREGRINI M, 1639, DELLE ACUTEZZE CHE A
PLATO, SOPHISTE
PLATO, PHILEBE
POSSEVINO A, 1595, TRACTATIO DE POESI E
TESAURO E, IDEA PERFETTE IMPRES
TESAURO E, PANEGIRICI
TESAURO E, CANNOCCHIALE ARISTOT
TRIMPI W, 1978, TRADITIO, V34
TUVE R, ELIZABETHAN METAPHYS
VALLEYCAVIEDES J, OBRA COMPLETA
NR 24
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI PITTSBURGH
SN 0252-8843
PY 1997
VL 23
IS 45
BP 177
EP 191
DI 10.2307/4530901
PG 15
SC Literature
GA VV520
UT WOS:A1997VV52000015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU PEREIRA, EDA
AF PEREIRA, EDA
TI FROM 'LIVRO DE FALAS' + A SELECTION OF POEMS FROM 'BOOK OF VOICES'
TELLING THE CANDOMBLE MYTH, ORIGINAL POEM WITH TRANSLATION BY
WHITE,STEVEN AND EPIGRAPH BY AUGRAS,MONIQUE AS AN INTRODUCTION TO THE
DIFFERENT ORISHAS ON WHOM THE POEMS FOCUS
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
RP PEREIRA, EDA (reprint author), FED UNIV JUIZ DE FORA,JUIZ DE FORA,BRAZIL.
CR PEREIRA EDA, GESTACAO
PEREIRA EDA, CURA
PEREIRA EDA, FESTA
PEREIRA EDA, LOUVA-A-DEUS
PEREIRA EDA, EMISSARIOS ANDACOES
PEREIRA EDA, CASAL
PEREIRA EDA, LIVRO DE FALAS
PEREIRA EDA, MAU OLHADO
PEREIRA EDA, AMIGA
PEREIRA EDA, VISITACAO
PEREIRA EDA, EMISSARIOS ENCONTRO
PEREIRA EDA, EMISSARIOS ENCOMENDA
PEREIRA EDA, AMOR
PEREIRA EDA, DESTINACOES
PEREIRA EDA, CUIDADO
PEREIRA EDA, CIRCULO
PEREIRA EDA, PRINCIPIO
NR 17
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD WIN
PY 1996
VL 19
IS 1
BP 31
EP 43
PG 13
SC Literature
GA UJ252
UT WOS:A1996UJ25200006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU WHITE, SF
PEREIRA, EDA
AF WHITE, SF
PEREIRA, EDA
TI AN INTERVIEW WITH PEREIRA,EDIMILSON,DE,ALMEIDA
SO CALLALOO
LA English
C1 FED UNIV JUIZ DE FORA, JUIZ DE FORA, BRAZIL.
RP WHITE, SF (reprint author), ST LAWRENCE UNIV, DEPT MODERN LANGUAGES, CANTON, NY
13617 USA.
CR PEREIRA EDA, 1995, REBOJO
PEREIRA EDA, KIANDA
PEREIRA EDA, 1995, HOMEM DA ORELHA FURA
PEREIRA EDA, 1991, CORPO VIVIDO
PEREIRA EDA, LIVRO DE FALAS
NR 5
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4363 USA
SN 0161-2492
EI 1080-6512
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD WIN
PY 1996
VL 19
IS 1
BP 44
EP 54
PG 11
SC Literature
GA UJ252
UT WOS:A1996UJ25200007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Dillinger, M
AF Dillinger, M
TI Psycholinguistics - Gleason,JB, Ratner,NB
LA English
DT Book Review
RP Dillinger, M (reprint author), UNIV FED MINAS GERAIS,BELO HORIZONT,MG,BRAZIL.
CR BERKO J, 1958, WORD, V14, P150, DOI 10.1080/00437956.1958.11659661
GLEASON JB, 1993, PSYCHOLINGUISTICS
OSHERSON D, 1990, INITIATION COGNITIVE, V1
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0142-7164
PD SEP
PY 1996
VL 17
IS 3
BP 377
EP 380
DI 10.1017/S0142716400007992
PG 4
GA VM510
UT WOS:A1996VM51000006
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Diniz, TFN
AF Diniz, TFN
TI 'King Lear''s filmic adaptation: A chaos?
SO CANADIAN REVIEW OF COMPARATIVE LITERATURE-REVUE CANADIENNE DE
LITTERATURE COMPAREE
LA English
DT Article
RP Diniz, TFN (reprint author), UNIV FED OURO PRETO,FAC LETRAS,BR-35420000
MARIANA,MG,BRAZIL.
CR Campos Haroldo, 1981, DEUS DIABO FAUSTO GO
Cattrysse Patrick, 1992, TARGET, V4, P53, DOI DOI 10.1075/TARGET.4.1.05CAT
Collick John, 1989, SHAKESPEARE CINEMA S
KUROSAWA A, RAN
Kurosawa Akira, 1983, SOMETHING LIKE AUTOB
LEFEVERE A, 1982, MOD LANG STUD, V12, P3, DOI 10.2307/3194526
Lefevere A, 1992, TRANSLATING LIT PRAC
Prince S, 1991, WARRIORS CAMERA CINE
Richie Donald, 1990, JAPANESE CINEMA INTR
SHAKESPEARE W, KING LEAR
TORU H, 1995, FORCE VISION, V1
VIERIRA ERP, 1992, THESIS UFMG
NR 12
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CANADIAN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE ASSOC
PI EDMONTON
PA C/O RES INST COMPARATIVE LITERATURE, UNIV ALBERTA, EDMONTON AB T6G 2E6,
CANADA
SN 0319-051X
J9 CAN REV COMP LIT
JI Can. Rev. Comp. Lit.-Rev. Can. Litt. Comp.
PD SEP
PY 1996
VL 23
IS 3
BP 775
EP 780
PG 6
WC Literature; Literature, African, Australian, Canadian
SC Literature
GA XK523
UT WOS:A1996XK52300011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Garcez, PM
AF Garcez, PM
TI The discourse of negotiation: Studies of language in the workplace -
Firth,A
LA English
DT Book Review
C1 UNIV PENN,GRAD SCH EDUC,PHILADELPHIA,PA 19104.
RP Garcez, PM (reprint author), CNPQ,BRASILIA,DF,BRAZIL.
CR Firth Alan, 1995, DISCOURSE NEGOTIATIO
Gulliver P.H., 1979, DISPUTES NEGOTIATION
NR 2
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI NEW YORK
SN 0047-4045
J9 LANG SOC
JI Lang. Soc.
PD SEP
PY 1996
VL 25
IS 3
BP 463
EP 468
DI 10.1017/S0047404500019291
PG 6
GA VE733
UT WOS:A1996VE73300010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU MARTINS, W
AF MARTINS, W
TI BRAZILIAN LITERATURE IN THE NINETIES + A SURVEY OF NEW WRITING FROM
BRAZIL
SO REVIEW-LATIN AMERICAN LITERATURE AND ARTS
LA English
DT Article
RP MARTINS, W (reprint author), GLOBO,RIO JANEIRO,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CENTER INTERAMER RELATIONS
PI NEW YORK
PA 680 PARK AVE, NEW YORK, NY 10021
SN 0034-6837
J9 REVIEW-LAT AM LIT
JI Rev.-Lat. Am. Lit. Arts
PD FAL
PY 1996
IS 53
BP 5
EP 7
PG 3
WC Literary Reviews
SC Literature
GA UY329
UT WOS:A1996UY32900001
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU KRIEGER, MDG
AF KRIEGER, MDG
TI TRANSLATION AND TERMINOLOGY IN BRAZIL - INTRODUCTION
SO META
LA French
RP KRIEGER, MDG (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO GRANDE SUL,BR-90000 PORTO
ALEGRE,RS,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
PA PO BOX 6128, SUCCURSALE A, MONTREAL PQ H3C 3J7, CANADA
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 189
EP 191
DI 10.7202/003350ar
PG 3
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800001
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU AUBERT, FH
AF AUBERT, FH
TI LOGODIVERSITY AND TRANSLATION
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP AUBERT, FH (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR APARICIO FR, INSTANCIAS TRADUCCIO
NEWMARK P, APPROACHES TRANSLATI
RONAI P, BABEL ANTIBABEL
NR 3
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 192
EP 195
DI 10.7202/001918ar
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800002
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU MILTON, J
AF MILTON, J
TI LITERARY TRANSLATION THEORY IN BRAZIL
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP MILTON, J (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR ALMEIDA PD, ESCOLA BYRONIANA BRA
ARROJO R, OFICINA TRADUCAO
ARROJO R, 1986, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V9, P133
ASCHER N, 1985, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0429
BANDEIRA M, POEMAS TRADUZIDAS
BARBOSA OCC, BYRON BRASIL TRADUCO
BELLEI S, 1987, ILHA DESTERRO 17, P47
BRINK C, 1985, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V6, P49
BRINK C, 1986, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V8, P61
BRINK K, 1984, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V5, P53
CAMPOS A., 1974, MALLARME
CAMPOS AD, ANTICRITICO
CAMPOS AD, VERSO REVERSO CONTRO
CAMPOS AD, 1985, E POUND POESIA
CAMPOS G, 1985, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V7, P9
CAMPOS G, TRADUCAO RUIDO COMUN
CAMPOS H., 1974, MALLARME
CAMPOS H, 1976, OPERACAO TEXTO
CAMPOS HD, DEUS DIABO FAUSTO GO
CAMPOS HD, METALINGUAGEM
CAMPOS HD, 1987, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0109
CAMPOS HD, PANAROMA DE FINNEGAN
CANDIDO A, 1980, RODRIGUES THESIS USP
CARDOSO ZDA, 1984, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V4, P119
CESAR AC, 1908, ESCRITOS INGLATERRA
COELHO NN, 1987, ILHA DESTERRO 17, P21
COSTA WC, 1987, ILHA DESTERRO 17
DAGHLIAN C, 1987, THESIS UNESP SJRP
FARIA GD, PRESENCA O WILDE BEL
FARIA GD, 1976, THESIS U SAO PAULO
HADDAD JA, FLORES DO MAL BAUDEL
LARANJEIRA M, 1989, THESIS U SAO PAULO
MILTON J, 1990, 22 SEM NAC PROF LIT
*MIN ED CULT, 1960, EE CUMMINGS 40 POEMA
PAES JP, 1985, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V6, P35
PAES JP, 1983, FOLHA SAO PAULO 0918
PAES JP, TRADUCAO PONTE NECES
PORTINHO WM, 1982, TRADUCAO GRANDE OBRA
RODRIGUES AM, 1980, THESIS U SAO PAULO
RONAI P, GUIA PRATICA TRADUCA
RONAI P, TRADUCAO VIVIDA
RONAI P, ESCOLA TRADUTORES
SANTOS ASD, 1986, TRADUCAO COMUNICACAO, V9, P59
Steiner George, AFTER BABEL
THEODOR E, 1975, REV I ESTUDOS BRASIL, V16, P57
VIEIRA ERP, 1992, THESIS U FED BELO HO
VIZIOLI P, J DONNE POETA AMOR M
WANDERLEY J, 1988, THESIS PUC RIO JANEI
WANDERLEY J, 1983, THESIS PUC RIO JANEI
NR 49
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 196
EP 207
DI 10.7202/003652ar
PG 12
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800003
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU ARROJO, R
AF ARROJO, R
TI LITERATURE AS FETISHISM - SOME CONSEQUENCES FOR A THEORY OF TRANSLATION
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP ARROJO, R (reprint author), UNIV ESTADUAL CAMPINAS,BR-13100 CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
CR APTER E, FEMINIZING FETISH PS
ARROJO R, 1990, TEXTCONTEXT, V5, P75
ARROJO R, TRADUCAO DESCONSTRUC
BEARDSLEY MC, POSSIBILITY CRITICIS
BROOKS C, 1951, KENYON REV
Brooks Peter, 1987, DISCOURSE PSYCHOANAL
CROCE B, AESTHETIC
DANTE ALIGHIERI, CONVIVIO
DERRIDA J, POSITIONS
Derrida Jacques, 1984, DIALOGUES CONT CONTI
FORRESTER J, SEDUCTIONS PSYCHOANA
FREUD S, CREATIVE WRITERS DAY
FREUD S, INFANTILE GENITAL OR
FREUD S, INFANTILE SEXUAL THE
FREUD S, FETISHISM
GALLOP J, DAUGHTERS SEDUCTION
HALL V, SHORT HIST LIT CRITI
KEARNEY R, 1984, DIALOGUES CONT CONTI
KELLY LG, TRUE INTERPRETER HIS
LACAN J, ECRITS
LEIRIS M, 1929, DOCUMENTS 4
MARX K, GRUNDRISSE KRITIK PO
MARX K, CAPITAL
POE EA, 1974, AM TRADITION LIT
REICHERT J, MAKING SENSE LIT
Rimmon-Kenan S., 1987, DISCOURSE PSYCHOANAL
RYAN MP, MARXISM DECONSTRUCTI
WELLEK Rene, THEORY LIT
NR 29
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 208
EP 216
DI 10.7202/001907ar
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800004
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU LARANJEIRA, M
AF LARANJEIRA, M
TI SIGN AND MEANING IN POETIC TRANSLATION
SO META
LA French
DT Article
RP LARANJEIRA, M (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR ADAM JM, LIRE POEME
DELAS D, LINGUISTIQUE POETIQU
DRUMMONDDEANDAR.C, REUNION REUNIAO
KRISTEVA J, REVOLUTION LANGAGE P
LECLERC G, 1987, REV ESTHET, V12, P107
PEIRCE CS, SEMIOTICS
PREVERT J, POEMAS
RIFFATERRE M, SEMIOTIQUE POESIE
NR 8
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 217
EP 222
DI 10.7202/003399ar
PG 6
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU RODRIGUES, SV
AF RODRIGUES, SV
TI TRANSLATION QUALITY - A HOUSIAN ANALYSIS
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP RODRIGUES, SV (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO GRANDE SUL,BR-90000 PORTO
ALEGRE,RS,BRAZIL.
CR BRANDAO LF, WOLFE DECADAS PURPUR
CRYSTAL D, INVESTIGATING ENGLIS
DRESSLER W, EINFUHRUNG TEXTLINGU
Halliday M. A. K, 1971, LIT STYLE S, P330
Halliday M.A.K., EXPLORATIONS FUNCTIO
Halliday M. A. K., 1970, NEW HORIZON LINGUIST, P140
HALLIDAY MA, 1970, FOUND LANG, V6, P322
House Juliane, MODEL TRANSLATION QU
Koller Werner, 1974, ASPEKTE THEORETISCHE, P35
NIDA EA, THEORY PRACTICE TRAN
NIDA EA, SCI TRANSLATING
REISS K, 1971, LINGUISTICA ANTVERPI, V5, P137
Reiss K., MOGLICHKEITEN GRENZE
Reiss Katharina, 1968, LING ANTVERP NEW SER, V2, P369
Reiss Katharina, 1973, LING ANTVERP NEW SER, V7, P111
RODRIGUES SV, 1985, THESIS PUCRS
SAVORY T, ART TRANSLATION
WOLFE T, PURPLE DECADES
WEBSTERS NEW COLLEGI
NEW MICHAELIS ILLUST
NR 20
TC 2
Z9 2
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 223
EP 227
DI 10.7202/003969ar
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800006
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU MATTE, NDS
AF MATTE, NDS
TI TRANSLATION AND IDENTITY
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP MATTE, NDS (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO GRANDE SUL,BR-90000 PORTO
ALEGRE,RS,BRAZIL.
CR ARROYO R, 1992, SIGNO DESCONSTRUIDO
BASSNET S, TRANSLATION STUDIES
Benjamin W., 1992, THEORIES TRANSLATION
BERMAN A, 1986, REV ESTHETIQUE 12
BERMAN A, TOURS BABEL ESSAIS T
BIGUENET, CRAFT TRANSLATION
Biguenet J., 1992, THEORIES TRANSLATION
DERRIDA J, GRAMMATOLOGY
GLISSANT E, POETIQUE RELATION
HEIDEGGER M, IDENTIDAD DIFERENCIA
JOBIM JL, PALAVRAS CRITICA
LAMBERT J, THEORIE LIT PROBLEME
PAZ O, TRADUCCION LIT LITER
TOURY G, SEARCH THEORY TRANSL
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 228
EP 236
PG 9
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800007
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU FAULSTICH, E
AF FAULSTICH, E
TI LEXICOLOGY AND TERMINOLOGY - THE EPISTEMOLOGICAL NATURE OF LEXEMES AND
TERMS
SO META
LA French
DT Article
RP FAULSTICH, E (reprint author), UNIV BRASILIA,BR-70910 BRASILIA,DF,BRAZIL.
OI Faulstich, Enilde/0000-0002-0951-9496
CR Auger Pierre, 1978, METHODOLOGIE RECHERC
BOULANGER JC, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P15
BOUTINQUESNEL R, VOCABULAIRE SYSTEMAT
CABRE M. T, TERMINOLOGIA TEORIA
Celestin Tina, 1984, METHODOLOGIE RECHERC
CORBEIL JC, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P3
DROZD ML, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P37
DUBUC R, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P193
FAULSTICH E, 1992, ANAIS 6 ENCONTRO NAC
FAULSTICH E, 1992, ANAIS 3 S IBERO-AM T
FAULSTICH E, 1993, 41 ANAIS SEMINARIO G
FAULSTICH E, LEXICOLOGIA LINGUAGE
FAULSTICH E, 1992, ANAIS 2 S LATINO-AM, P425
FAULSTICH E, 1991, REFLEXAO CAMPUS
GOUADEC D, TERMINOLOGIE
GUILBERT L, 1973, VOCABULAIRES TECHNIQ, V17, P5
KOCOUREK R, LANGUE FRANCAISE TEC
LEHMANN A, 1990, DEFINITION
REY A, TERMINOLOGIE NOM NOT
RONDEAU G, TEXTES CHOISIS TERMI
ROUSSEAU LJ, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P35
SAGER JC, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P113
SAUSSURE FD, COURS LINGUISTIQUE G
*TERMCAT CTR TERM, 1990, MET TREB TERM
1988, ACT 1 S LAT AM TERM
NR 25
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 237
EP 246
DI 10.7202/002732ar
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800008
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU GOMES, HE
CAMPOS, MLDA
AF GOMES, HE
CAMPOS, MLDA
TI SYSTEMATIC ASPECTS OF TERMINOLOGY
SO META
LA English
DT Article
C1 UNIV FED FLUMINENSE,BR-24000 NITEROI,RJ,BRAZIL.
RP GOMES, HE (reprint author), ASSOC BRASILEIRA NORMAS TECNICAS,COM TEMPORARIO
ESTUDOS TERMINOL,RIO JANEIRO,BRAZIL.
CR DAHLBERG I, ONTICAL STRUCTURES U
FELBER H, 1989, TERMINOLOGY MANUAL
FELBER H, 1982, PROBLEMES DEFINITION, P433
FELBER Helmut, 1984, TERMINOLOGY MANUAL
KANDELAKI T, 1981, TEXTES CHOISIS TERMI, P133
RANGANATHAN SR, PROLEGOMENA LIBRARY
RIGGS FW, 1989, FORUM INT INFORM DOC, V14, P13
RIGGS FW, 1979, THEORETICAL METHODOL, P591
Rondeau Guy, 1981, TEXTES CHOISIS TERMI
SAUSSURE FD, CORSO LINGUISTICA GE
WUSTER E, 1971, NACHR DOK, V22, P98
WUSTER E, 1971, NACHR DOK, V22, P143
Wuster Eugen, 1981, TEXTES CHOISIS TERMI, V1, P55
NR 13
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 247
EP 254
PG 8
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU ALVES, IM
AF ALVES, IM
TI A TERMINOLOGY PROJECT - THE OBSERVATORY OF SCIENTIFIC AND TECHNICAL
NEOLOGISMS IN BRAZILIAN PORTUGUESE
SO META
LA French
DT Article
RP ALVES, IM (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR BOULANGER JC, 1988, TERMINOGRAMME 46
GERMAIN C, 1988, CAHIERS LEXICOLOGIE, V53, P51
HOLANDA ABD, NOVO DICIONARIO LING
KOCOUREK R, LANGUE FRANCAISE TEC
Portelance C., 1989, META, V34, P398
RONDEAU G, INTRO TERMINOLOGIE
NR 6
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 255
EP 258
DI 10.7202/001880ar
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800010
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU KRIEGER, MDG
MACIEL, AMB
BEVILACQUA, CR
LORENCI, ML
FAVERO, TO
OLIVEIRA, MRD
AF KRIEGER, MDG
MACIEL, AMB
BEVILACQUA, CR
LORENCI, ML
FAVERO, TO
OLIVEIRA, MRD
TI ENVIRONMENTAL LAW DICTIONARY - FROM THEORY TO PRACTICE
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP KRIEGER, MDG (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO GRANDE SUL,INST LETRAS,BR-90000
PORTO ALEGRE,RS,BRAZIL.
CR AUGER P, 1988, METHODOLOGIE RECHERC
BESSE BD, 1990, DEFINITION
Chaurand J., 1990, DEFINITION
DUBUC R, MANUEL PRATIQUE TERM
GEMAR JC, 1991, META, V36, P275
GEMAR JC, 1986, CAHIERS DROIT, V27, P437
RONDEAU G, INTRO TERMINOLOGIE
SAGER JC, PRACTICAL COURSE TER
NR 8
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 1
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 259
EP 264
DI 10.7202/003351ar
PG 6
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800011
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU BARBOSA, MA
AF BARBOSA, MA
TI REFLECTIONS ON THE SEMANTICS OF LEXICOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS
SO META
LA French
DT Article
RP BARBOSA, MA (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR BARBOSA MA, 1989, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, V18, P65
BARBOSA MA, 1989, CIENCIA CULTURA, V42, P325
BARBOSA MA, LEXICO PRODUCAO CRIA
BRECKLE HE, SEMANTIQUE
COSERIU E, LICOES LINGUISTICA G
GALISSON R, 1973, ETUDES LINGUISTIQUE, V11, P87
GECKELER H, SEMANTICA ESTRUCTURA
GENOUVRIER E, LINGUISTICA ENSINO P
LOPES E., FUNDAMENTOS LINGUIST
LYONS J, INTRO LINGUISTICA TE
Marcellesi Ch., 1974, LANGAGES, V36, P95
Michel Maillard, 1974, LANGUE FRANCAISE, P55
MULLER C, INITIATION STATISTIQ
Pais Cidmar Teodoro, 1979, ACTA SEMIOTICA LINGU, V3, P103
POTTIER B, PRESENTACION LINGUIS
Rey A, 1979, LANGUE FRANCAISE, P4, DOI DOI 10.3406/LFR.1979.6160
NR 16
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 265
EP 274
DI 10.7202/001969ar
PG 10
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800012
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU BIDERMAN, MTC
AF BIDERMAN, MTC
TI FREQUENCY DICTIONARY OF CONTEMPORARY PORTUGUESE
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP BIDERMAN, MTC (reprint author), UNIV ESTADUAL PAULISTA,BR-01001 SAO
PAULO,SP,BRAZIL.
CR ALVES I.M, 1984, ALFA, V28, P119
ALVES IM, 1978, ESTUDOS LINGUISTICOS, V2, P212
BIDERMAN MTC, TEORIA LINGUISTICA M
CARVALHO NM, EMPRESTIMOS LINGUIST
GUILBERT L, NEOLOGIE LEXICOLOGIE
GUILBERT L, CREATIVITE LEXICALE
HOLANDAFERREIRA AB, 1986, NOVO DICIONARIO LING
PEREIRA RF, 1983, THESIS UNESP ILHP
RIOTORTO GM, 1989, 19 C INT LING FIL RO
SANDMAN A, FORMACAO PALAVRAS PO
NR 10
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 275
EP 278
PG 4
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800013
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU SOARES, MF
AF SOARES, MF
TI A PROPOSAL FOR DICTIONARIZATION OF AN INDIAN LANGUAGE
SO META
LA English
DT Article
RP SOARES, MF (reprint author), UNIV FED RIO DE JANEIRO,RIO JANEIRO,BRAZIL.
OI Faco Soares, Marilia/0000-0002-5466-7527
CR Bach Emmon, 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUISTI
BASILIO M, TEORIA LEXICAL
BLOOMFIELD L, LANGUAGE
CAMARGO E, 1991, THESIS U PARIS 4
CHOMSKY N, LECTURES GOVT BINDIN
COLE R, 1976, CURRENT ISSUES LINGU
EMIRI L, DICIONARIO YANOMAME-
FILLMORE C, 1976, CURRENT ISSUES LINGU
Fillmore C. J., 1968, UNIVERSALS LINGUISTI, P1
Fillmore Charles J., 1977, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V8
LAKOFF G, CATEGORIES COGNITIVE
LANDIN D, DICIONARIO LEXICO KA
MARANTZ A, NATURE GRAMMATICAL R
Sadock Jerrold Murray, 1977, SYNTAX SEMANTICS, V8
WIESEMANN U, DICIONARIO KAINGANG-
NR 15
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI MONTREAL
SN 0026-0452
J9 META
JI Meta
PD JUN
PY 1996
VL 41
IS 2
BP 288
EP 294
DI 10.7202/004198ar
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA UQ268
UT WOS:A1996UQ26800015
OA Bronze
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Nitrini, S
AF Nitrini, S
TI Comparative literature in Brazil: A fragment of its history
SO CANADIAN REVIEW OF COMPARATIVE LITERATURE-REVUE CANADIENNE DE
LITTERATURE COMPAREE
LA English
DT Article
RP Nitrini, S (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,FAC FILOSOFIA & LETRAS,BR-05508 SAO
PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR AZEVEDO Alvares, 1942, OBRAS COMPLETAS
BALAKIAN A, 1985, ACTES XE C AILC
BARBOZA O, 1975, BYRON NO BRASIL TRAD
BRUNEL P, 1983, QU EST-CE QUE LIT
CANDIDO A, 1988, ANAIS PRIMERO C ABRA, P17
CANDIDO A, 1986, ED PELA NOITE OUTROS
CANDIDO Antonio, 1981, FORMACAO LIT BRASILE
CANDIDO Antonio, 1973, LIT SOC
CARVALHAL Tania F, 1986, LIT COMP
CARVALHAL TF, 1988, ANAIS PRIMEIRO C ABR, P13
CIONARESCU A, 1964, PRINCIPIOS LIT COMP
DINIZ A, 1911, ESTHETICA LIT COMP
FARIA M. A. de O, 1973, ASTARTE ESPIRAL CONF
FAULKNER W, ABSALOM ABSALOM
GOMES H, 1981, PODER RURAL NA FICCA
GUYARD M, 1956, LIT COMP
PIZZARO A, 1985, ACTES XE C AILC, P157
REGO JLD, FOGO MORTO
Santiago Silviano, 1978, LIT NOS TROPICOS, P11
SILVEIRA TD, 1964, LIT COMP
SOTER I, 1973, DILEMMA LITERACY
VANTIEGHEM P, 1951, LIT COMP
ZHIRMUNSKIJ V, 1969, ACTES VE C AILC, P3
NR 24
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU CANADIAN COMPARATIVE LITERATURE ASSOC
PI EDMONTON
PA C/O RES INST COMPARATIVE LITERATURE, UNIV ALBERTA, EDMONTON AB T6G 2E6,
CANADA
SN 0319-051X
J9 CAN REV COMP LIT
JI Can. Rev. Comp. Lit.-Rev. Can. Litt. Comp.
PD MAR
PY 1996
VL 23
IS 1
BP 75
EP 90
PG 16
WC Literature; Literature, African, Australian, Canadian
SC Literature
GA XK518
UT WOS:A1996XK51800010
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Higgs, PL
AF Higgs, PL
BE Legere, K
TI The UNDP UNESCO Curriculum Development and Training for In-service
Teacher Education Project
SO AFRICAN LANGUAGES IN BASIC EDUCATION: PROCEEDINGS OF THE FIRST WORKSHOP
ON AFRICAN LANGUAGES IN BASIC EDUCATION
SE DEUTSCHE STIFTUNG FUR INTERNATIONALE ENTWICKLUNG
BS GERMAN FOUNDATION FOR INTERNATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
LA English
CT 1st Workshop on African Language in Basic Education
CY SEP 18-23, 1995
CL OKAHANDJA, NAMIBIA
SP Natl Inst Educ Dev
C1 CTA, Sao Jose Dos Campos, Brazil.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU GAMSBERG MACMILLAN PUBLISHERS (PTY) LTD
PI WINDHOEK
PA PO BOX 22830, WINDHOEK, NAMIBIA
BN 99916-0-066-3
J9 DTSCH STIFT INT ENTW
PY 1996
BP 111
EP 126
PG 16
WC Education & Educational Research; Language & Linguistics; Regional &
Urban Planning
SC Education & Educational Research; Linguistics; Public Administration
GA BM96P
UT WOS:000080267200011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Galves, C
AF Galves, C
BE Parodi, C
Quicoli, C
Saltarelli, M
Zubizarreta, ML
TI Clitic placement and parametric changes in Portuguese
SO ASPECTS OF ROMANCE LINGUISTICS: SELECTED PAPERS FROM THE LINGUISTIC
SYMPOSIUM ON ROMANCE LANGUAGES XXIV
LA English
CT XXIV Linguistic Symposium on Romance Languages
CY MAR 10-13, 1994
CL LOS ANGELES, CA
SP Univ So Calif, Univ Calif Los Angeles
C1 STATE UNIV CAMPINAS,CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PU GEORGETOWN UNIV PRESS
PI WASHINGTON
PA 3619 O ST NW, WASHINGTON, DC 20007
BN 0-87840-606-9
PY 1996
BP 227
EP 239
PG 13
SC Linguistics
GA BF43L
UT WOS:A1996BF43L00015
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Kato, MA
Raposo, E
AF Kato, MA
Raposo, E
BE Parodi, C
Quicoli, C
Saltarelli, M
Zubizarreta, ML
TI European and Brazilian Portuguese word order: Questions, focus and topic
constructions
LA English
CY MAR 10-13, 1994
CL LOS ANGELES, CA
C1 UNIV CAMPINAS,CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 13
Z9 14
U1 0
U2 1
PI WASHINGTON
BN 0-87840-606-9
PY 1996
BP 267
EP 277
PG 11
SC Linguistics
GA BF43L
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Maia, M
AF Maia, M
BE Parodi, C
Quicoli, C
Saltarelli, M
Zubizarreta, ML
TI The comprehension of object anaphora in Brazilian Portuguese
LA English
CY MAR 10-13, 1994
CL LOS ANGELES, CA
C1 CNPQ,CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI WASHINGTON
BN 0-87840-606-9
PY 1996
BP 293
EP 311
PG 19
SC Linguistics
GA BF43L
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU OlivaAugusto, MH
AF OlivaAugusto, MH
BE Fraser, JT
Soulsby, MP
TI Time and the individual in the contemporary world: The meaning of death
SO DIMENSIONS OF TIME AND LIFE
SE STUDY OF TIME
LA English
CT 8th International Conference of the
International-Society-for-the-Study-of-Time - Dimensions of Time and
Life
CY 1994
CL CERISY LA SALLE, FRANCE
SP Int Soc Study Time
C1 UNIV SAO PAULO,SCH PHILOSOPHY LITERATURE & HUMAN SCI,DEPT SOCIOL,BR-05508 SAO
PAULO,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU INT UNIV PRESS INC
PI MADISON
PA 59 BOSTON POST RD, PO BOX 1524, MADISON, CT 06443-1524
BN 0-8236-1295-3
J9 STUD TIME
PY 1996
VL 8
BP 229
EP 238
PG 10
WC History; Literature; Philosophy; Psychology
SC History; Literature; Philosophy; Psychology
GA BF55S
UT WOS:A1996BF55S00018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU BOLLE, W
AF BOLLE, W
TI WRITINGS OF INTERNATIONAL TRANSFORMATION, BENJAMIN,WALTER AND THE
THOUGHT OF PERIPHERY
SO ETUDES GERMANIQUES
LA French
DT Article
RP BOLLE, W (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
CR ANDRADE Mario, MACUNAIMA
Benjamin W., 1978, BRIEFE, VII
BENJAMIN W, SENS UNIQUE
BENJAMIN W., 1987, OBRAS ESCOLHIDAS, V2
Benjamin Walter, 1972, GESAMMELTE SCHRIFTEN
BEZERRA O, UNE AVENUE NOMMEE BR
Bolle Willi, 1994, PHYSIOGNOMIK MODERNE
CAMPOS A., 1975, TEORIA POESIA CONCRE
CAMPOS AD, 1975, MALLARME
CAMPOS HD, 1967, METALINGUAGEM
CANDIDO A, 1972, CIENCIA CULTURA, V9, P803
CANDIDO Antonio, 1987, ED PELA NOITE OUTROS
HOBSBAWM E, 1987, AGE EMPIRE
Monglond A., 1930, PREROMANTISME FRANCA
ROSA Joao Guimaraes, GRANDE SERTAO VEREDA
ROSA Joao Guimaraes, 1965, SAGARANA
SCHLAFFER H, 1973, POESIE POLITIK SITUA
NR 18
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU DIDIER-ERUDITION
PI PARIS
SN 0014-2115
J9 ETUD GER
JI Etud. Ger.
PD JAN-MAR
PY 1996
VL 51
IS 1
BP 175
EP 192
PG 18
SC Literature
GA UF842
UT WOS:A1996UF84200009
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU Ruben, G
Ruben, VR
AF Ruben, G
Ruben, VR
TI The structuralism of Claude Levi-Strauss + Darnell's article focusing on
the relation between linguistics and anthropology with special reference
to Brazil - Comments
LA English
DT Article
C1 UNIV ESTADUAL CAMPINAS,CTR LOGICA EPISTEMOL & HIST CIENCIA,BR-13081970
CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
CR ARAUJOFILHO J, 1989, FRANCE-BRESIL 20 ANS, P17
BARROS MC, 1993, THESIS U ESTADUAL CA
DARNELL R, 1994, HL, V22, P163
MICELI Sergio, 1989, HIST CIENCIAS SOCIAI
WONDERLY WL, 1963, ANTHROPOL LINGUIST, V5, P104
NR 5
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 2
PI AMSTERDAM
PA AMSTELDIJK 44, PO BOX 75577, SUBSCRIPTIONS DEPT, 1070 AN AMSTERDAM,
NETHERLANDS
SN 0302-5160
J9 HIST LING
PY 1996
VL 23
IS 1-2
BP 237
EP 241
DI 10.1075/hl.23.1-2.14rub
PG 5
SC Linguistics
GA VN867
UT WOS:A1996VN86700018
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU deCampos, GL
Gouvea, EB
AF deCampos, GL
Gouvea, EB
BE Bunnell, HT
Idsardi, W
TI Speech synthesis using the CELP algorithm
SO ICSLP 96 - FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SPOKEN LANGUAGE
PROCESSING, PROCEEDINGS, VOLS 1-4
LA English
CT 4th International Congress on Spoken Language Processing
CY OCT 03-06, 1996
CL PHILADELPHIA, PA
SP Univ Delaware, Alfred I DuPont Inst, Acoust Soc Amer, Acoust Soc Japan, Amer
Speech Language Hearing Assoc, Austr Speech Sci & Technol Assoc, European Speech
Commun Assoc, IEEE Signal Proc Soc, Inc Canadian Acoust Assoc, Int Phonet Assoc,
Linguist Soc Amer
AB This paper presents a phoneme/diphone band speech synthesis system for the
(Brazilian) Portuguese language The basic idea bearing this system is the
construction of a library of phonetic units, and processing of those basic units to
build an utterance. The system is complemented by a text to phoneme translator
described in [Cam95].
The phoneme's representation in the library is based on a linear prediction
model; the filter which models the vocal tract is represented by Lint Spectrum
pairs, and the excitation by Code Excited Linear Prediction (CELP) parameters.
Thus paper is organized as follows. After a brief introduction, CELP coding is
briefly presented in part 2. Part 3 presents the relevant points to be applied in
speech synthesis. Parts 4 and 5 constitutes the main contribution of this paper,
detailing the process of building the phoneme library and the interpolation
techniques used. Part 5 presents some concluding remarks.
RP deCampos, GL (reprint author), UNIV SAO PAULO,ESCOLA POLITECN,DEPT ENGENHARIA
COMP,POB 8174,BR-01065970 SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PU I E E E
PI NEW YORK
PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017
BN 0-7803-3555-4
PY 1996
BP 1417
EP 1420
PG 4
WC Acoustics; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Language & Linguistics;
SC Acoustics; Engineering; Linguistics; Psychology
GA BJ20B
UT WOS:A1996BJ20B00357
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT B
AU Albano, EC
Moreira, AA
AF Albano, EC
Moreira, AA
BE Bunnell, HT
Idsardi, W
TI Archisegment-based letter-to-phone conversion for concatenative speech
synthesis in Portuguese
SO ICSLP 96 - FOURTH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON SPOKEN LANGUAGE
PROCESSING, PROCEEDINGS, VOLS 1-4
LA English
CT 4th International Congress on Spoken Language Processing
CY OCT 03-06, 1996
CL PHILADELPHIA, PA
SP Univ Delaware, Alfred I DuPont Inst, Acoust Soc Amer, Acoust Soc Japan, Amer
Speech Language Hearing Assoc, Austr Speech Sci & Technol Assoc, European Speech
Commun Assoc, IEEE Signal Proc Soc, Inc Canadian Acoust Assoc, Int Phonet Assoc,
Linguist Soc Amer
AB A letter-to-phone conversion scheme is proposed for Portuguese which excludes
representation of allophonic detail. Phonetically unstable segments are treated as
archisegments, their articulatory weakness being analyzed in terms of feature
underspecification. Besides solving classical problems of allophony and allomorphy,
this analysis provides an efficient principle for building a unit inventory for
concatenative speech synthesis.
RP Albano, EC (reprint author), UNICAMP,IEL,LAFAPE,CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 3
Z9 3
U1 0
U2 0
PU I E E E
PI NEW YORK
PA 345 E 47TH ST, NEW YORK, NY 10017
BN 0-7803-3555-4
PY 1996
BP 1708
EP 1711
PG 4
WC Acoustics; Engineering, Electrical & Electronic; Language & Linguistics;
SC Acoustics; Engineering; Linguistics; Psychology
GA BJ20B
UT WOS:A1996BJ20B00430
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Arrojo, R
AF Arrojo, R
BE Dollerup, C
Appel, V
TI Postmodernism and the teaching of translation
SO TEACHING TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING 3: NEW HORIZONS
LA English
CT 3rd Language International Conference
CY JUN 09-11, 1995
CL HELSINGOR, DENMARK
SP Danish Res Council Humanities, Danish Minist Educ, Tips Lotto Fund, Danish
Minist Foreign Affairs, Danish Democracy Fund
C1 UNIV ESTADUAL CAMPINAS,BR-13081970 CAMPINAS,SP,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 4
Z9 4
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM HA
PA AMSTELDIJK 44, PO BOX 52519, 1007 AMSTERDAM HA, NETHERLANDS
SN 0929-7316
BN 90-272-1617-7
PY 1996
VL 16
BP 97
EP 103
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA BG24Q
UT WOS:A1996BG24Q00011
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT S
AU Tagnin, SEO
AF Tagnin, SEO
BE Dollerup, C
Appel, V
TI Students' research for translation
SO TEACHING TRANSLATION AND INTERPRETING 3: NEW HORIZONS
LA English
CT 3rd Language International Conference
CY JUN 09-11, 1995
CL HELSINGOR, DENMARK
SP Danish Res Council Humanities, Danish Minist Educ, Tips Lotto Fund, Danish
Minist Foreign Affairs, Danish Democracy Fund
C1 UNIV SAO PAULO,BR-05508 SAO PAULO,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI AMSTERDAM HA
PA AMSTELDIJK 44, PO BOX 52519, 1007 AMSTERDAM HA, NETHERLANDS
SN 0929-7316
BN 90-272-1617-7
PY 1996
VL 16
BP 163
EP 169
PG 7
SC Linguistics
GA BG24Q
UT WOS:A1996BG24Q00019
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU MENAUGH, M
AF MENAUGH, M
TI THE ENGLISH MODALS AND ESTABLISHED MODELS OF PROBABILITY AND POSSIBILITY
- A SIGN-BASED ANALYSIS
SO STUDIA LINGUISTICA
LA English
DT Article
RP MENAUGH, M (reprint author), INST FRISCH,ATAULFO DE PAIVA 80-A-512,BR-22440 RIO
JANEIRO,RJ,BRAZIL.
CR BINNICK R, 1972, PAPERS 7TH REGIONAL, P40
BOLINGER D, 1989, J PRAGMATICS, V13, P1, DOI 10.1016/0378-2166(89)90107-0
Boyd J, 1969, J LINGUIST, V5, P57, DOI 10.1017/S002222670000205X
Coates J., 1990, J SEMANT, V7, P53, DOI DOI 10.1093/J0S/7.1.53
DIVER W, 1964, WORD, V20, P323
Ehrman M., 1966, MEANINGS MODALS PRES
Garcia Erica C., 1975, ROLE THEORY LINGUIST
HAEGEMAN L, 1989, J LINGUIST, V25, P291, DOI 10.1017/S0022226700014110
HALLIDAY MA, 1970, FOUND LANG, V6, P322
Huddleston Rodney, 1976, INTRO ENGLISH TRANSF
Johannesson NL, 1976, ENGLISH MODAL AUXILI
Lakoff R., 1972, PRAGMATICS MODALITY, P229
Leech Geoffrey N, 1971, MEANING ENGLISH VERB
LYONAS J, 1977, SEMANTICS, V2
PALER F, 1979, MODALITY ENGLISH MOD
PERKINS MR, 1982, J LINGUIST, V18, P245, DOI 10.1017/S0022226700013608
PULLUM G, 1977, LANGUAGE, V53, P741, DOI 10.2307/412911
Reid Wallis, 1991, VERB NOUN NUMBER ENG
SPERBER D, 1986, RELEVANCE
STELLE S, 1975, STANFORD U WORKING P, V18, P35
Wekker Herman, 1976, EXPRESSION FUTURE TI
WIERZBICKA A, 1987, FOLIA LINGUIST, V21, P25, DOI 10.1515/flin.1987.21.1.25
NR 23
TC 1
Z9 1
U1 0
U2 0
PU BLACKWELL PUBL LTD
PI OXFORD
PA 108 COWLEY RD, OXFORD, OXON, ENGLAND OX4 1JF
SN 0039-3193
J9 STUD LINGUISTICA
JI Studia Linguist.
PD DEC
PY 1995
VL 49
IS 2
BP 196
EP 227
DI 10.1111/j.1467-9582.1995.tb00470.x
PG 32
SC Linguistics
GA TH888
UT WOS:A1995TH88800004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU PEREIRA, ADA
AF PEREIRA, ADA
TI 'SCHOOL'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
RP PEREIRA, ADA (reprint author), FED UNIV JUIZ FORA,JUIZ DE FORA,MG,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD FAL
PY 1995
VL 18
IS 4
BP 713
EP 713
PG 1
SC Literature
GA TE051
UT WOS:A1995TE05100003
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU PEREIRA, EDA
AF PEREIRA, EDA
TI 'CIRCLE'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
RP PEREIRA, EDA (reprint author), FED UNIV JUIZ FORA,JUIZ DE FORA,MG,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD FAL
PY 1995
VL 18
IS 4
BP 714
EP 714
DI 10.1353/cal.1995.0122
PG 1
SC Literature
GA TE051
UT WOS:A1995TE05100004
DA 2019-11-26
ER
PT J
AU PEREIRA, EDA
AF PEREIRA, EDA
TI THE 'FRUIT'
SO CALLALOO
LA English
DT Poetry
RP PEREIRA, EDA (reprint author), FED UNIV JUIZ FORA,JUIZ DE FORA,MG,BRAZIL.
NR 0
TC 0
Z9 0
U1 0
U2 0
PI BALTIMORE
21218-4319
SN 0161-2492
J9 CALLALOO
JI Callaloo
PD FAL
PY 1995
VL 18
IS 4
BP 715
EP 715
DI 10.1353/cal.1995.0126
PG 1
SC Literature
GA TE051
UT WOS:A1995TE05100005
DA 2019-11-26
ER
EF

2 - 6501-7000

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

2 - 6501-7000

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

FN Clarivate Analytics Web of Science

Potrebbero piacerti anche